Pipe Hanger

AAA TECHNOLOGY
& SPECIALTIES CO., INC.
PRODUCT CATALOG
TOTAL SOLUTION SERVICE
For the Industrial Piping Marketplace
AAA TECHNOLOGY & SPECIALTIES CO., INC.

6219 Brittmoore Road, Houston, Texas 77041-5114, U.S.A.
Telephone: 713-849-3366; FAX: 713-849-3654
E-mail: info@aaatech.com; Website: http://www.aaatech.com
2012
www.aaatech.com
4 1
Y E A R S
S E R V I N G
I N D U S T R Y
713-849-3366 | www.aaatech.com | info@aaatech.com
AAA Technology & Specialties Co., Inc.
Page 229
TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. PARTIES: The parties to these terms and conditions of sale are: Buyer, the purchasing
party, and AAA Technology and Specialties Co., Inc., hereinafter referred to as AAAT, the
selling party.
2. CONTROLLING PROVISIONS: These terms and conditions with respect to any sale of
products by AAAT to Buyer whether or not Buyer issues a purchase order for the products. No Waiver, alteration or modification of these terms and conditions whether on
Buyer purchase order or otherwise shall be valid unless the waiver, alteration and modification is specially accepted in writing and signed by an authorized representative (Officer)
of AAAT.
3. FREIGHT: Unless otherwise stated, all prices for materials and F.O.B. Point of shipment.
4. PRICES AND DESIGNS: Prices and designs are subject to change without notice. AAAT
is not responsible for typographical errors.
5. DELIVERY: AAAT will make every effort to complete delivery of products as quoted
and as indicated on AAATs acceptance of an order from Buyer, however AAAT assumes
no responsibility or liability and will accept no back charge, for loss or damage due to
delays or inability to deliver such products caused by acts of God, war, labor difficulties,
accident, delays of carriers, by contractors or suppliers, inability to obtain materials, or
any other causes beyond the control of AAAT and continues for a period of sixty (60) days,
AAAT by written notice to Buyer, may terminate any such contract of sale of its products
without liability of any nature. Under no circumstances shall AAAT be liable for any
special or consequential damage or for loss, damage, or expense (whether or not based
on negligence) directly or indirectly arising from delays or failure to give notice of delay.
6. DELAYS: Delays due to lack of purchase order issuance or the submittal or required
information or design information which result in inability to meet scheduled dates shall
result in said dates being extended.
7. SHIPMENTS: All products shipped will be carefully examined, counted and packed.
The cost of any special packing or special handling caused by Buyers requirements or
requests shall be added to the amount of the order. No claim for storages will be allowed
unless made and properly documented in writing within ten (10) days of receipt of shipment. Claims for products damaged or lost in transit should be made on the carrier, as
AAATs responsibility ceases, and title passes, on delivery to the carrier.
8. SPECIAL PRODUCTS: Orders covering special or non standard products are not subject
to cancellation except on such terms as AAAT may specify upon written request from
Buyer.
9. RETURNS: Prior to returning any products to AAAT. All items shipped to AAAT without
permission to do so will not be accepted. All products approved for return to AAAT will
be subject to the following: (a) All material returned must, on its arrival at AAATs facilities, be found to be in first-class condition: If not, cost of putting in salable condition will
be deducted from credit memoranda, (b) A handling charge of twenty percent (20%) of
the original price paid by Buyer will be deducted from all credit memoranda issued for
material returned and (c) Transportation charges, if not prepaid, will be deducted from
credit memoranda.
10. WARRANTY: AAAT warrants for one year from the date of shipment all products
AAAT manufactured to the extent that AAAT will replace those having defects in material
or workmanship when used for the purpose and in the manner in which AAAT recommends. Claim for breach of the above warranty must be submitted in writing within thirty
(30) days from the date the material was determined by Buyer to be defective or, in any
event, within twelve (12) months from the date of delivery to the original user, unless
otherwise stated. If AAATs examination shall disclose to its satisfaction that the
products are defective, and an adjustment is required, the amount of such adjustment
shall not exceed the net sales price of the defective products only and no allowance will
be made for labor or expense of repairing or replacing defective products or workmanship or damage resulting from the same. AAAT warrants the products which it sells of
other manufacturers only to the extent that they are warranted to AAAT by the supplier.
Where engineering design or fabrication work is supplied, Buyers acceptance of AAATs
design or delivery of AAATs work shall relieve AAAT of all further obligation, other than
as expressed in AAATs product warranty. THIS IS AAATS SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARTRANTY. AAAT MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED
AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE WHICH EXCEED AAATS AFORESTATED OBLIGATION ARE HEREBY DESCLAIMED
BY AAAT AND EXCLUDED FROM THIS WARRANTY. IN NO EVENT AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL AAAT BE LIABLE FOR PERSINAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE ARISING IN
ANY MANNER OUT OF THE USE OR APPLICATION OF THE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES OF
AAAT. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES, AND IN NO EVENT WILL AAAT BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES WHETHER FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR
WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE OR ANY OTHER TORTUOUS ACT OR OMISSION.
The terms of this warranty can be modified or changed only in writing by an authorized
representative (officer) or AAAT. AAAT neither assumes, nor authorizes any person to
assume for it, any other obligation in connection with the sale of its engineering designs
of products. This warranty shall not apply to any products or parts of products which
been (a) repaired or altered outside of AAATs facilities. In any manner: or (b) have been
subjected to misuse, negligence or accidents: or (c) have recommendation. AAAT shall
not be responsible for design errors due to inaccurate or incomplete information supplied
by Buyer or its representatives.
11. PRODUCT APPLICATION AND INDEMNIFICATION: AAATs products are strictly intended for installation and service as illustrated or described in its catalog. AAAT is aware
that pipe hanger products have been used successfully for purposes other than for which
they were intended or designed. AAAT also know that on occasion pipe hanger products
have failed when used as tools of erection or for some purpose other than for which they
were designed.
Examples of misapplications which can result in failure include: failure to remove travel
stops before putting the piping system on line, or failure to lock spring hangers into a
solid position prior to hydrostatic testing: the use of a beam clamp on a beam other than
described in the catalog: and the suspension of clevis hangers, one under another, which
can result in an accumulative load greater than the pipe hanger will support. These
instances are by way of example only and are not intended to be all inclusive of the manner in which misapplication may occur.
Pipe hanger products are produced in accordance with industry codes and standards.
Anyone using AAAT hanger products should employ good engineering judgment, follow
industry standard practices, exercise reasonable care and follow all necessary safety
procedures to avoid accidents. AAAT shall not be responsible for any losses or damage
sustained by the Buyer or any other person as a result of misapplication.
Buyer shall defend, indemnify, and save AAAT harmless from any and all liability or alleged liability, expenses, including legal fees arising from personal injuries including death
or damage to property caused by reason of improper and/or negligent installation of
pipe hangers designed and fabricated by AAAT.
12. TAXES: The amount of any sales, excise or other taxes, if any, applicable to the products covered by this order, shall be added to the purchase price and shall be paid by
Buyer unless Buyer provides Seller with an exemption certificate acceptable to the taxing
authorities.
13. MINIMUM INVOICE: $50.00 PLUS transportation.
14. TERMS: Cash, net 30 days plus on and one half percent (1 %) interest per month on
the unpaid balance thereafter.
Page 228
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PLEASE INQUIRE ABOUT THESE OTHER QUALITY

AAA TECHNOLOGY PRODUCTS
TRI-FOAM
TRI-CAL
MOLDED POLYURETHANE FOAM

COLD SHOES AND SADDLES
CALCIUM SILICATE
HOT SHOES AND SADDLES
Introduction
Core Product Categories
ii
General Notes
iii
Parts Overview
EQUAL Variable Spring Hangers
15
Series E82
24
Series E268
28
Series E98
32
Series E100
36
Series E110
40
EQUALBALANCE Constant Effort Supports
44
Sway Struts
72
Sway Braces
85
Hydraulic Snubbers
89
Hardware Pipe Hangers and Supports
93
General Hardware
93
Clevis and Band Hangers
130
Pipe Clamps 2 and 3 Bolt
145
Pipe Rollers Supports
161
Vibration Control Hold Down Clamps
184
Pipe Shoes
193
TRI*SLIDE Low Friction Slide Bearings
216
Corrosion Resistance Products
224
TRI*WEAR FRP Wear Pads
224
TRI*COMPOSITE Molded Insulated Supports
225
TRI*GUARD - Thermoplastic Supports
227
Terms and Conditions
229
Page 227
CORROSION RESISTANCE PRODUCTS

TRI*GUARD
DURABLE THERMOPLASTIC SUPPORTS
Corrosion between pipe supports and pipe at metal to metal contact
points is a common problem in the process industry. TRIGUARD
thermoplastic bars placed under the pipe and around U-bolts, when
lateral pipe restraint is required, eliminate most metal to metal contact and therefore the resultant corrosion.
With TRIGUARD, water no longer pools on pipe support surfaces
under the pipe. Water runs off due to the TRIGUARD shape.
TRIGUARD prevents electrical conductivity between the pipe
and the pipe support member. TRIBAR can be used at operating
temperatures up to 250F (120C) and under all pipe diameters up
to 48.
TRIBAR is available for higher temperature applications, however corrosion is generally not an issue on higher temperature piping
systems. See our TRIBOLT product line for coated U-bolts to be
used with TRIGUARD supports when lateral restraint is required.
Nominal U-Bolt
Pipe Size Leg C-C
(IN)
"B" (IN)
Bar
Length
"L" (IN)
Bar Hole
Bar Size
Diam
"D" (IN)
"G" (IN)
Bar
Height
"H" (IN)
3/4
1 5/8
3/8
3/4
1/32
1 3/4
1/2
7/16
1 1/2
2 3/8
1/2
7/16
2 13/16
4 1/2
1/2
7/16
4 1/16
5/8
7/16
5 1/16
5/8
7/16
7 3/8
11/16
7/16
9 3/8
11
11/16
7/16
10
11 5/8
13 1/2
7/8
1 1/2
11/16
12
13 3/4
16
1 1/2
11/16
14
15
17
1 1/2
11/16
16
17
19
1 1/2
11/16
18
19 1/8
21 1/2
1 1/8
1 1/2
11/16
20
21 1/8
23 1/2
1 1/8
1 1/2
11/16
24
25 1/8
27 1/2
1 1/8
1 1/2
11/16
330
31 1/8
33 1/2
1 1/8
1 1/2
11/16
36
37 1/8
39 1/2
1 1/8
1 1/2
11/16
Page 226
TRI*COMPOSITE
MOLDED INSULATED SUPPORTS CONTINUED
TYPICAL SIZES
Mission, Vision and Values

Description
LENGTH
Standard Pipe Support Lengths: 12, 18, 24 (Typical 6 increments)
Custom Pipe Support Lengths: 6 to 36 (any length in this
range)
Metric Sizes are available.
Pipe Size Thickness Angle

Length ()
()
()
()
Material
TW-.75-.25-60-6-V
3/4
1/4
60
Vinyl Ester
TW-1.0-.25-90-12-V
1/4
90
12
Vinyl Ester
TW-1.5-.25-120-18-E
1 1/2
1/4
120
18
Epoxy
TW-2.0-.25-180-24-V
1/4
180
24
Vinyl Ester
TW-2.5-.25-60-6-V
2 1/2
1/4
60
Vinyl Ester
RADIUS
TW-3.0-.25-90-12-E
1/4
90
12
Epoxy
Standard Radius Angles: 30, 60, 90, 120, 180
TW-3.5-.25-120-18-V
3 1/2
1/4
120
18
Vinyl Ester
Custom Radius Angles: 15 to 360 (any radius in this range)
TW-4.0-.25-180-24-V
1/4
180
24
Vinyl Ester
THICKNESS
TW-4.5-.25-60-6-E
4 1/2
1/4
60
Epoxy
Standard Thickness: Pipe sizes to 22 (1/4)
TW-5.0-.25-90-12-V
1/4
90
12
Vinyl Ester
Pipe sizes 24 to 36 (3/8)
TW-6.0-.25-120-18-V
1/4
120
18
Vinyl Ester
Heavy Duty Thickness: 1/2 to 3/4
TW-8.0-.25-180-24-E
1/4
180
24
Epoxy
MATERIALS
TW-10-.25-60-6-V
10
1/4
60
Vinyl Ester
Standard Composites: Fiberglass + Vinyl Ester Resin
TW-12-.25-90-12-V
12
1/4
90
12
Vinyl Ester
Fiberglass + Epoxy Resin
TW-14-.25-120-18-E
14
1/4
120
18
Epoxy
Custom Composites: Fiberglass + Polyimide
TW-16-.25-180-24-V
16
1/4
180
24
Vinyl Ester
TW-18-.25-60-6-V
18
1/4
60
Vinyl Ester
TW-20-.25-90-12-E
20
1/4
90
12
Epoxy
TW-24-.25-120-18-V
24
1/4
120
18
Vinyl Ester
TW-30-.25-180-24-V
30
1/4
180
24
Vinyl Ester
TW-32-.25-60-6-E
32
1/4
60
Epoxy
TW-36-.25-90-12-V
36
1/4
90
12
Vinyl Ester
Aramid + any above resin

Polypropylene + any above resin
GUIDED SUPPORTS
Types: PTFE or Stainless over Stainless
Graphite over Stainless or Carbon
INTRODUCTION
SIZE RANGES & COMPOSITION
TO ORDER DESIGNATE AS BELOW:
AAA Technology and Specialties Co., Inc. was found in 1971 to provide a
"TOTAL SOLUTION SERVICE" to the industrial piping marketplace. Since 1971,
we have supplied pipe support systems to numerous clients throughout the
world in the following industries: power generation, petroleum refining, gas
processing, petro-chemical, pulp and paper, pharmaceutical, brewing, food
processing, pipeline and other related industries.
With our broad background and extensive experience in supplying engineered
pipe support systems, AAA Technology is uniquely qualified to offer our line of
pipe hangers and supports to the industrial market. The innovative design of
our engineered variable spring hangers reflects the extensive experience of
our personnel and their ability to be forward thinkers. Our creative design concepts enable us to respond to our customers
emergency requirements even with less inventory than our larger competitors. Assembly of hangers from our inventory of
components can be initiated almost immediate and shipment soon follows. The key is innovation and the genuine desire to
provide a superior service and a high quality product to our customers.
ii
CORE PRODUCT CATEGORIES

In accordance with our companys original goal to provide a TOTAL SOLUTION
SERVICE to the industrial piping marketplace, AAA Technology provides the
following catalogued products:
EQUAL Spring Hangers, Spring Supports, Sway

Struts, Sway Braces & Snubbers
EQUALBALANCE Constant Effort Spring Hangers
TRI*FOAM molded rigid polyurethane saddles and

supports for cold service
TRI*WOOD solid or laminated wood saddles and supports
TRI*CAL rigid Calcium Silicate saddles and supports for hot lines
TRI*CORE molded polyurethane shields reinforced with fiberglass, vinyl ester and
epoxy resins

TRI*COMPOSITE
MOLDED INSULATED SUPPORTS
This is our exclusive premier product where traditional metal pipe supports
do not provide all of the requirements needed for particular applications.
TRI*COMPOSITE is a unique product that enhances temperature and
corrosion insulation properties. These Pipe Supports also have greater fire
retardant capabilities than exclusively Polyurethane supports.
TRI*COMPOSITE Pipe Supports avoid metal-to-metal contact and can be
used on insulated or un-insulated pipelines. These Pipe Supports act as
insulators and prevent surface corrosion by keeping out moisture, isolating
electrical continuity and have a superior chemical resistance.
Made from Fiberglass reinforced Vinyl Ester or Epoxy resins it provides a
non-conductive surface that has from 35,000 to 45,000 psi compressive
strength and operating temperatures from -60 F to 500 F depending on
selected materials. Where required, we can provide Polypropylene, Aramid or Carbon fiber reinforcement to even further enhance the flexure,
impact and vibration resistance or strength of your unique application needs.
Our TRI*COMPOSITE Pipe Supports insulates from induced electrical currents that may filter from the ground acting as a barrier that can
cause localized corrosion to your pipeline while also inhibiting electrical shock. It further is lighter speeding up installation and reducing transportation costs.
Our TRI*COMPOSITE Pipe Supports have the fiberglass reinforced matrix bonded to various densities of Polyurethane Foam core. These
combined materials provide greater bearing strengths while at the same time acting as a corrosion, electrical, and insulation barrier.
TRI*COMPOSITE Guided Pipe Supports are available for medium and heavy duty rated supports. These are stainless over stainless or PTFE
over stainless as described in our TRI*SLIDE guides.
TRI*COMPOSITE corrosion resistant urethane pipe supports with fiberglass outer

shell
Light Duty TRI*COMPOSITE Pipe Support
TRI*WEAR and TRI*GUARD Corrosion Protection Supports including wear pads and
thermoplastics
Medium Duty TRI*COMPOSITE Pipe Support
TRI*SLIDE Low Friction Bearings and Supports for cryogenic service
PIPE SHOES (Weld-on, clamp-on, U-bolt-on, non-metallic)
PIPE ROLLERS (Large diameter & high temperature)
Pipe Clamps and Hardware
Vibration Control Restraints (Hold Down Clamps & Wedge Blocks)
Custom Fabrication (Angle Stands, Base Ells, Knee Braces, Field Supports, etc.)
Page 225
Our Light Duty composite pipe supports have the selected bearing pad bonded a Polyurethane foam base, typically of 2 lb./in and 4 lb./in. Base
remains unreinforced and can be surface coated with UV resistant coating or bonded into a continuous foam insulated and shielded pipeline.
Our Medium Duty composite pipe supports have the selected bearing pad bonded a Polyurethane foam base, typically of 6 lb./in. These further
have the same fiberglass reinforced matrix encasing longitudinally the Polyurethane foam base which is fused to the bearing pad with UV coating
on exposed foam.
Heavy Duty TRI*COMPOSITE Pipe Support
Our Heavy Duty composite pipe supports have the selected bearing pad bonded a Polyurethane foam base, typically poured with 8 lb./in to 20
lb./in density foam. These further have the same fiberglass reinforced matrix encasing all sides of the Polyurethane foam base which is also
fused to the bearing pad. Wear pad surface thickness starts at 3/8 up to 20 pipe and increases to 1/2 thick above 24 pipe sizes.
Guided TRI*COMPOSITE Pipe Supports
TRI*COMPOSITE Pipe Supports are optionally available with our TRI*SLIDE Low Friction Slide Bearings that allow axial movement that can
be guided or directionally constrained. Please refer to our TRI*SLIDE catalog for types, capacities, and sizing for your slide bearing needs.
CONTINUED
Page 224
iii
GENERAL NOTES

TRI*WEAR
WEAR PADS
Catalog Data
TRI*WEAR are our premier pipe protection surface pads for areas that will be exposed to rubbing, vibration, or small impact loadings. TRI*WEAR acts as a second skin protection reinforcing the
contact surface. They act as insulators and prevent surface induced
corrosion by keeping out moisture, isolating electrical continuity, and
have superior chemical resistance. TRI*WEAR Wear Pads eliminate metal to metal contact and corrosion.
The outline dimensions and design data contained in this catalog are for reference
only and are not intended for inspection purposes.
Without prior notice, AAA Technology reserves the right to discontinue any item or
change any data, dimensions or design set forth in this catalog.
Made from Fiberglass reinforced Vinyl Ester and Epoxy resins,

TRI*WEAR Wear Pads provide a non-conductive surface that has
from 35,000 to 45,000 psi compressive strength and operating temperatures from -60F to 500F.
Units of Measure
Where required, instead of Fiberglass provide Polypropylene, Aramid or Carbon fiber reinforcement to even further enhance the flexure, impact resistance or strength of your unique application needs.
For Engineered Spring Hangers, all units of measure are given in both Imperial units and in Metric units. In Imperial units, dimension are stated in inches and load/weights are stated in pounds. In Metric units, dimensions are stated in millimeters,
except where otherwise noted, weights are stated in kilograms and loads are stated in Newtons. Metric dimensions are direct
conversions from Imperial standard measurements and do not reflect metric standard material dimensions. For Pipe Support
Hardware, all units of measure are in Imperial units with dimensions stated in inches and loads/weights stated in pounds.
Please refer to our online catalog for further details and descriptions
of our line of TRI*WEAR Wear Pads which come in a multitude of
sizes and angles. Further we provide alternate fibers and resins to
enhance your wear pad requirements.
Specifications
LENGTH
Standard Wear Pad Lengths: 6, 12, 18, 24 (in 6 increments)
Custom Wear Pad Lengths: 3 to 36 (any length in this range)
TO ORDER DESIGNATE AS BELOW:
AAA Technology's "EQUAL" pipe hangers defined in this catalog meet or exceed the requirements of the American National
Standards Institute/American Society of Mechanical EngineersCodes for Pressure Piping (ASME B31.1 Code for Power Piping
and ASME B31.3 Code for Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping), the Manufacturers Standardization Society Standards SP-58 and SP-69 and the U.S. Government Federal Specification WWW-H-171 for pipe hangers and supports.
Metric Sizes are available.

RADIUS
Load Information
Standard Radius Angles: 30, 60, 90, 120, 180

Custom Radius Angles: 15 to 180 (any radius in this range)
THICKNESS
Standard Thickness: Pipe sizes 3/4 to 22 (1/4)
Pipe sizes 24 to 36 (3/8)
MATERIALS
Standard Composites: Fiberglass + Vinyl Ester Resin
Fiberglass + Epoxy Resin
Custom Composites: Fiberglass + Polyimide or Phenolic
Aramid + any above resin
Polypropylene + any above resin
Aramid Fibers: Stronger than steel and impact resistant
Polypropylene Fibers: Great flexibility and abrasion resistance
Epoxy Resins: Strongest resin, high temperature range
The maximum rated loads for hangers are based on a minimum safety factor of 5 or the allowable stress values set forth in
MSS SP-58.
iv
GENERAL NOTES
Page 223
TRI*SLIDE LOW FRICTION SLIDE BEARINGS

Additional Construction Options
Below is a breakdown of material specifications for catalog components shown as being carbon steel, chrome-moly or stainless steel, as required:
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
ITEM
CARBON STEEL
Structural Shapes, Bar, Rod and Pins

Forgings
SA-36
ASTM A-668 GRADE C, D OR F
Structural Tubing
Pipe
Bolts
Nuts
ASTM A-500 GRADE B

SA-106 GRADE B AND SA-53 GRADE B
SA-307 GRADE B OR ASTM A-307 GRADE A
ASTM A563 GRADE A
ITEM
CHROME - MOLY
STAINLESS
Plate
SA-387 GRADE 11 or 22
SA-240 TYPE 304
Pipe
SA-335 GRADE P22
SA-312 GRADE TP304
Rod and Pins
ASTM-A-322 GRADE 410
ASTM-A-276 TYPE 304
Bolts
SA-193 GRADE 4140
SA-193 GRADE B8 CLASS 1
Nuts
SA- 194 GRADE 2-H
SA-194 GRADE 8
Holes - If required, holes for bolting the slide bearing to the structure may be specified by the customer. Bolt holes should
not pass though the slide bearing surfaces.
Studs or Anchors - If studs or anchors are to be welded to the backing plate, specify a backing plate thickness equal to at
least the diameter of the stud or anchor.
Recommended Installation Procedure for a TRI*SLIDE Type TSSM High Temp Slide Bearings - A typical TRI*SLIDE TSSM slide
bearing will be supplied with a smaller Meehanite bearing pad for use as the lower element and a larger stainless steel bearing pad for use as the upper element.
1.
The lower element should be installed first.
2.
The Meehanite bearing should be covered with a material that will protect it from weld splatter during installation.
3.
Once the Meehanite bearing is properly protected, the backing plate on the lower element should be stitch welded,
use the skip and fill technique.
4.
After the lower element has been installed, completely cover the Meehanite on the lower slide bearing and the stainless
steel upper slide bearing.
5.
Once the slide bearing surfaces are properly protected, the backing plate on the upper stainless steel slide bearing
should be stitch welded to the structure. The stainless steel slide bearing may be seal welded, if desired.
6.
After welding or other installation methods are concluded, the protective covering must be removed from the Meehanite surface and the stainless steel slide bearing surface to allow for the desired movement to occur.
How to Specify Type TSSM TRI*SLIDE High Temp

Slide Bearings Specify the following items to describe the slide bearings desired:
1. Customer Tag Number (Identifier)
2. Type "TSSM"
3. Define the Upper Element Properties
a. Slide Bearing Length, Width, and Thickness
b. Backing Plate Length, Width, and Thickness
c. Back Plate Material
4. Define the Lower Element Properties
a. Slide Bearing Length, Width, and Thickness
b. Backing Plate Length, Width, and Thickness
c. Backing Plate Material
5. Describe any holes and/or slots required. If any, tagged sketches should be attached to clarify hole and slot locations and
sizes.
6. Describe any studs and/or anchor required. If any, tagged sketches should be attached to clarify stud and anchor locations
and sizes.
For Example: # Tag # 1, Type TSSM
# U, SS Slide Bearing 9", 6",.03", Backing Plate 10", 7", 10 Ga CS Black.
# L, M Slide Bearing 3", 2", .50" Backing Plate 6", 5", 0.25, CS Black.
Page 222
Page 1
AAA TECHNOLOGY & SPECIALTIES CO., INC. PRODUCTS
To properly size the upper slide bearing element, adhere to following procedure:
1.
Start with the required lower slide bearing area that you have determined to be necessary to carry the load. Do not use
the dimensions of the steel frame.
2.
To the width required for load, add two times the lateral movement expected. Then add 1" or twenty (20) percent of the
lateral movement, whichever is greater.
3.
To the length required for load, add two times the axial movement expected. Then add 1" or twenty (20) percent of the
lateral movement, whichever is greater.
4.
For the upper slide bearing element, AAA Technology recommends a backing plate with a 1/2" lip on all sides. A large lip
can be provided upon request. A smaller lip is not recommended since the slide plates are to be welded in place and a
smaller lip may lead to separation of the PTFE from the backing plate upon installation.
5.
The upper slide bearing element is made of a 20 gauge stainless steel plate welded to a Carbon Steel backing plate. The
backing plate may be as thin as 10 gauge, but you may specify any thickness you require .
Resistance to Movement The coefficient of friction for the

stainless steel slide bearing over the Meehanite lower slide
bearing is .15. In other words, when a vertical load of 10,000
pounds is carried on a TRI*SLIDE High Temp Slide Bearing, a
resistance force of 1,500 pounds must be overcome before
movement occurs.
Construction Options
Standard TRI*SLIDE high temp slide bearing assemblies are
constructed of the following:
Type TSSM TRI*SLIDE high temp slide bearing options are as follows:
Slide Bearing Thickness = as stated in table above
Backing Plate Thickness = Minimums as above
Backing Plate Materials = Stainless Steel (SS), Carbon Steel without a finish (Black), Carbon Steel with Red Oxide Primer
(Painted), Hot Dip Galvanized Carbon Steel (HDG)
We do it all!
Page 2
ENGINEERED HANGER OVERVIEW
Page 221

Recommended Installation Procedure for a TRI*SLIDE Type TFSS Slide Bearing
A Typical TRI*SLIDE TFSS slide bearing will be supplied with a smaller bearing pad for use as the lower element and a large
Stainless Steel bearing pad for use as the upper element.
EQUAL VARIABLE SPRING HANGERS & SUPPORTS

P. 15-43
1.
2.
The PTFE bearing should be covered with a material that will protect it from weld splatter during installation.
3.
Once the PTFE bearing is properly protected, the backing plate on the lower element should be stitch welded. If the backing plate is to be seal welded, use the skip and fill technique. The temperature of the steel, epoxy, and PTFE during welding is not to exceed 300F.
4.
After the lower element has been installed, completely cover the PTFE on the lower slide bearing and the Stainless Steel
upper slide bearing.
5.
Once the slide bearing surfaces are properly protected, the backing plate on the upper Stainless Steel slide bearing should
be stitch welded. The backing plate may be seal welded, if desired.
6.
After welding or other installation methods are concluded, the protective covering must be removed from the PTFE surface and Stainless Steel slide bearing surface to allow for the desired movement to occur.
TRI*SLIDE HIGH TEMP SLIDE BEARINGS

TYPE TSSM
General Specifications
TYPE A
TYPE B
TYPE C
TYPE D
TYPE E
TRI*SLIDE high temperature slide bearings are made of a stainless steel upper slide bearing bonded to a steel backing plate
and a Meehanite lower slide bearing constrained by a steel backing plate and frame. TRI*SLIDE high temperature slide
bearings are designed to reduce frictional resistance to movement at support or restraint points in piping systems and process
equipment. When utilized properly, TRI*SLIDE high temperature slide bearings will not show any significant wear during the
expected life of the process plate.
Sizing for Loads and Movements

The lower slide bearing element should be sized for the load and the upper slide
bearing element should be sized for the movement. To calculate the minimum
bearing area of the lower high temperature bearing pad in square inches, divide the
load carried by the slide bearing element by the maximum load bearing rating in
pounds per square inch. For a bearing temperature of 700 F and a load of 25,000
lbs., the required lower bearing area would be 25,000 lbs./ 3,000 lbs./in = 8.333
in. Note also that as the temperature increases, the load carrying capacity of the
slide bearing decreases.
TYPE F
TYPE G
Figs. 82, 268, 98, 100, & 110
In addition to the dimensions of the high temperature bearing pad calculated

above, 1 1/2" should be added to each of the four sides. In other words, if your
lower bearing was determined to be 4" by 3", the outside of the steel frame containing the side bearing would be 7" by 6". The side bearing backing plate can be
any desired thickness with a minimum of 1/4" recommended. The lower slide bearing pad will be 1/2" thick Meehanite.
Page 220
Page 3
ENGINEERED HANGER OVERVIEW
Ultraviolet
Testing Time accelerated tests have been conducted to determine the effects of ultraviolet rays on Type TF2 and TFSS slide
bearings and no ill effects of any significance have been found. Once TRI*SLIDE slide bearings have been installed, the PTFE
elements are protected from Ultraviolet rays for the most part by the steel backing plates as well as other near by steel and
equipment in the process or power plants.
EQUALBALANCE CONSTANT EFFORT SPRING HANGERS & SUPPORTS

P. 44-69
Installation of TRI*SLIDE Slide Bearings

Type TF2 TRI*SLIDE slide bearings consists of two (2) PTFE bearings bonded to backing plates with a lip all the away around
the PTFE bearings. With a 1/2" wide lip, the steel backing plate can be stitch welded or seal welded as desired.
Where Type TF2 TRI*SLIDE slide bearings without a "lip" are being installed, extreme care is to be taken to not exceed the
300F limit during stitch welding. A maximum weld of 1" for every 6" of bearing edge is to be applied.
S Type
When excessive heat is applied to the steel, epoxy and PTFE during welding, the steel and the PTFE will separate. Whenever
possible, Type TF2 TRI*SLIDE slide bearings without a "lip" should be installed using mechanical attachments or bonding with
an appropriate epoxy. Contact AAA Technology for such recommendations.
D Type
In all installations where the backing plate is welded to a structural member to attach the slide bearing, the bearing slide surface must be protected from weld splatter as well as all foreign matter that would scratch or gall the slide surfaces. While
awaiting installation, the PTFE surfaces should be stored where they are not exposed for prolonged periods to the direct rays
of the sun. All PTFE surfaces and Stainless Slide surfaces should have a protective covering until installation is competed.
Recommended Installation Procedure for a TRI*SLIDE Type TF2 Slide Bearing
A Typical TRI*SLIDE TF2 slide bearing will be supplied with a smaller bearing pad for use as the lower element and large
bearing pad for use as the upper element.
1.
2.
The PTFE bearing should be covered with a material that will protect it from weld splatter during installation.
3.
Once the PTFE bearing is properly protected, the backing plate on the lower element should be stitch welded. If the bearing plate is to be seal welded, use the skip and fill technique. The temperature of the steel, epoxy and PTFE during welding
is not to exceed 300F.
4.
After the lower element has been installed, completely cover the PTFE on the upper slide bearing and the lower slide
bearing.
5.
Once the PTFE bearing is properly protected, the backing plate of the upper element should be stitch welded. If the backing plate is to be seal welded, use the skip and fill technique. The temperature of the steel, epoxy and PTFE during welding
is not to exceed 300F.
6.
After welding or other installation methods are concluded the protective covering must be removed from the PTFE surfaces to allow for the desired movement to occur.
V Type
VBS Type
B Type
VB Type
U Type
Page 4
ENGINEERED SPRING HANGERS & RESTRAINTS OVERVIEW
Page 219
FIG. 75 LIGHT DUTY SINGLE SPRING HANGER BLACK OR PAINTED FINISH
FIG. 76 LIGHT DUTY DOUBLE SPRING

HANGER BLACK OR PAINTED FINISH
FIG. 77 LIGHT DUTY SINGLE SPRING HANGER HDG FINISH
FIG. 78 LIGHT DUTY DOUBLE SPRING

HANGER HDG FINISH
PAGE 70
PAGE 70
PAGE 71
PAGE 71
How to Specify Type TF2 TRI*SLIDE Slide Bearings
How to Specify Type TFSS TRI*SLIDE Slide Bearings
Specify the following items to describe the slide bearings

required:
Specify the following items to describe the slide bearings

required:
1.
Customer Tag Number (Identifier)
1.
Customer Tag Number (Identifier)
2.
Type "TF2"
2.
Type "TFSS"
3.
Define the Upper Element Properties
3.
Define the Upper Element Properties
a. Element - Upper
a. Element - Upper
b. Slide Bearing Thickness
b. Slide Bearing Thickness
c. Backing Plate Thickness
c. Backing Plate Thickness
d. Backing Plate Material
d. Backing Plate Material
e. Width of the Lip
e. Width of the Lip
f. Out-to-out dimensions in inches of the Backing

Plate

Plate
SWAY STRUTS, SWAY BRACES & HYDRAULIC SNUBBERS
a. Element - Lower
a. Element - Lower
b. Slide bearing thickness
b. Slide bearing thickness
c. Backing plate thickness
c. Backing plate thickness
d. Backing plate material
d. Backing plate material
e. Width of lip
e. Width of lip

Plate

Plate
5. Describe any holes and slots required, if any (tagged

sketches should be attached to clarify hole and slot locations
and sizes
6. Describe the studs or anchors required, if any (tagged
sketches should be attached to clarify stud and anchor locations and sizes).
FIG. 300 WELDED SWAY STRUT ASSEMBLY
FIG. 301 SHORT WELDED SWAY STRUT

ASSEMBLY
FIG. 305 THREADED SWAY STRUT

ASSEMBLY
FIG. 310 PIPE CLAMP FOR SWAY STRUT

ASSEMBLIES
PAGE 72-73
PAGE 74-75
PAGE 76-77
PAGE 78
5. Specify Virgin PTFE, if required

6. Describe any holes and slots required, if any (tagged
sketches should be attached to clarify hole and slot locations
and sizes
For Example:
7. Describe the studs or anchors required, if any (tagged

sketches should be attached to clarify stud and anchor locations and sizes).
Tag #1 Type TF2
For Example:
U, 09, 13, CS, 50, 9" X 9"
Tag #1 Type TFSS
L, 09, 13, CS, 50, 6" X 6"
U, 09, 13, CS, 50, 9" X 9"

L, 09, 13, CS, 50, 6" X 6"

ASSEMBLY, OPTION 1

ASSEMBLY, OPTION 2

ASSEMBLY, OPTION 3

ASSEMBLY WITH FIELD WELDED
EXTENSION
PAGE 79-80
PAGE 79-80
PAGE 79-80
PAGE 81-82
Page 218
Page 5
RESTRAINTS OVERVIEW

Construction Options for Type TF2 Slide Bearing
Standard TF2 slide bearing assemblies are constructed per Table 1 where all thicknesses are specified in hundredths of an
inch.
Table 1
Type TF2 slide bearing option are as follows:
Slide Bearing Thickness = 06
Backing Plate Thicknesses = 25, 38, 50, 75, 100
Backing Plate Materials = Stainless Steel (SS) Hot Dip Galvanized Carbon Steel (HDG) & Aluminum (AL).
Type TF2
Thickness
Material
Upper Slide Surface
09
PTFE
Upper Backing Plate
10ga = 13
Carbon Steel = CS
Lower Slide Surface
09
PTFE
Lower Backing Plate
10ga = 13
Carbon Steel = CS
Construction Option for a Type TFSS
FIG. 325 PIPE CLAMP FOR SWAY STRUT

ASSEMBLY FIGS. 315 & 320
FIG. 330 REPLACEMENT THREADED SWAY

STRUT
FIG. E350 VIBRATION CONTROL AND

SWAY BRACE
FIG. E355 VIBRATION CONTROL AND SWAY

BRACE ASSEMBLY
PAGE 83
PAGE 84
PAGE 85
PAGE 85

SWAY BRACE EXTENDED ASSEMBLY

BRACE WITH ADJUSTABLE PRELOAD

SWAY BRACE ASSEMBLY WITH
ADJUSTABLE PRELOAD

BRACE EXTENDED ASSEMBLY WITH ADJUSTABLE PRELOAD
PAGE 86
PAGE 86
PAGE 87
PAGE 87
Standard TFSS slide bearing assemblies are constructed per Table 2 where all thicknesses are specified in hundredths of an
inch. Type TFSS slide bearing options are as follows:
Table 2
Upper Slide Bearing Thickness = 06, 07, 10, 12, 13
Lower Slide Bearing = other Thicknesses of PTFE may be
specified as well as any desired thickness of Virgin PTFE
Backing Plate Thicknesses = 25, 375, 50, 75, 100
Backing Plate Materials = Stainless Steel (SS), Hot Dip Galvanized Carbon Steel (HDG), & Aluminum (AL).
Additional Construction Options
Type TFSS
Thickness
Material
Upper Slide Surface
03
Stainless Steel = SS
Upper Backing Plate
10ga = 13
Carbon Steel = CS
Lower Slide Surface
03
PTFE
Lower Backing Plate
10ga = 13
Carbon Steel = CS
Holes and Slots - If slide bearings are specified at bolted connections, then bolts typically pass through the slide bearings.
One slide bearing, typically the upper, will be slotted to allow for movement along the axis of the slots. The other slide bearing
will have holes in it to fix the bearing in place while the other slide bearing moves over it.
Studs or Anchors - If studs or anchors are to be welded to the backing plate, specify a backing plate thickness equal to at
least the diameter of the stud or anchor.
High Temperature - If the surface temperature at the point of the slide bearing exceeds 300F, see the brochure TRI*SLIDE
for High Temperature Applications.
FIG. 380 PIPE CLAMP FOR SWAY BRACE

ASSEMBLY FIGS. E355, E360, E370 & E375
FIG . 385 HYDRAULIC SNUBBER SHORT

ASSEMBLY
FIG. 390 HYDRAULIC SNUBBER ASSEMBLY
PAGE 88
PAGE 90
PAGE 90
Page 6
Page 217
HANGER PARTS OVERVIEW
Sizing for Loads and Movements

The lower element should be sized for the load and the upper element should be
sized for the movement. To design the lower slide bearing element, divide the
load carried by the slide bearing element by the allowable pressure given in the
following Bearing Load charts. For type TF2 the allowable pressure range
should be between 750 psi and 2000 psi; for Type TFSS, the allowable pressure
range should be between 2000 psi to 4000 psi. For example, for a Type TF2 slide
bearing carrying 5,000 pounds, the size of the bearing in square inches could be
5,000/75 = 6.6 in or it could be 5,000/2,000 = 2.5 in. For Type TF2, many designers typically use between 500 psi and 1000 psi giving a slide bearing between 10 in and 5 in. For Type TFSS, many designers typically use between
2500 psi and 3000 psi giving a slide bearing 2 in and 1.67 in. Note also that as
the temperature increases, the load carrying capacity of the slide bearing decreases.
PIPE HANGER HARDWARE
To properly size the upper slide bearing element, adhere to the following procedure:
FIG. 400 ALL THREAD ROD
FIG. 403 MACHINE THREAD RODS
PAGE 93
PAGE 93
FIG. 406 BAR STOCK
FIG. 409 STRAIGHT ROD COUPLING
FIG. 412 STEEL ROD COUPLING
FIGS.415, 415lL, 415S FORGED STEEL

CLEVIS
PAGE 94
PAGE 95
PAGE 95
PAGE 97
FIG 416 CLEVIS PIN
FIG. 418 WELDLESS EYE NUT
FIG. 421 EYE SOCKET
FIGS. 424, 424S, 424L FORGED STEEL
PAGE 97
PAGE 98
PAGE 99
PAGE 100
1.
Start with the size you have determined to be required for the lower element.
2.
To the width required for load, add two time the lateral movement expected. Then add 1" or twenty (20) percent of the lateral movement, whichever is greater.
3.
To the length required for load, add two times the axial movement expected.
Then add 1" or twenty (20) percent of the axial movement. Whichever is
greater.
4.
For both the upper and lower slide bearing elements, AAA Technology recommends a backing plate with a 1/2" lip on all
sides. A larger lip can be provided. A smaller lip is not recommended since the slide plates are to be welded in place and a
smaller lip may lead to separation of the PTFE from the backing plate because of the heat buildup from welding the backing plate to the structure.
Page 216
Page 7
Type TF2 and TFSS

General Specifications
TRI*SLIDE slide bearings are made of glass filled PTFE bonded to a steel backing plate. TRI*SLIDE slide bearings are designed to reduce frictional resistance to movement at support or restraint points in piping systems and process equipment.
When utilized properly, TRI*SLIDE slide bearings will not show any significant wear during the expected life of the process
plant.
TRI*SLIDE slide bearings are available in two basic styles for normal applications as follows:
Type TF2 (75 psi to 2,000 psi)

Type TF2 is designed for applications where PTFE to PTFE
slide bearing surfaces are desired. The Type TF2 Slide bearing consists of a 3/32" thick upper and lower PTFE slide
bearing element. These slide bearing elements are typically
bonded to 10 gauge carbon steel backing plates. The standard process industry practice is to make the upper element
larger than the low element by slightly more than the expected maximum movement. In fact, the practice is to insure that the bottom element is never left uncovered by the
upper element.
FIG. 427 TURNBUCKLE W/ SWIVEL
FIG. 430 FABRICATED TURNBUCKLE
FIG.433 HEX HEAD MACHINE BOLT
FIG. 436 STANDARD HEX NUT
PAGE 100
PAGE 101
PAGE 102
PAGE 102
FIG. 439 HEAVY HEX NUT
FIG.442 FLAT ROUND WASHER
FIG. 445 LOCK WASHER
FIG. 448 SQUARE WASHER
PAGE 103
PAGE 104
PAGE 104
PAGE 105
FIG. 451 BELVELED WASHER
FIG. 454 OVERSIZED ROUND WASHER
FIGS.457, 457L, 457N EYE ROD (NOT

WELDED)
FIGS. 460, 460L, 460N EYE ROD (WELDED)
PAGE 105
PAGE 106
PAGE 107
PAGE 108
FIGS. 463, 463L, 463N LINKED EYE RODS

(NOT WELDED)
FIGS. 466, 466L, 466N LINKED WELDED

EYE ROD (WELDED)
FIG. 469 PADDLE EYE ROD
FIG. 500 SIDE BEAM BRACKET
PAGE 109
PAGE 110
PAGE 111
PAGE 112
Type TFSS (2,000 psi to 4,000 psi)

Type TFSS is designed for application where a polished
stainless steel plate moves across a PTFE slide bearing. The
Type TFSS slide bearing consists of an upper Stainless Steel
element and a lower PTFE element. The upper element is
made of a 20 gauge Stainless Steel plate welded to a 10ga
carbon steel backing plate and the lower element is made
of a 3/32" thick PTFE slide bearing bonded to a 10 gauge
carbon steel backing plate. As with Type TF2, the standard
process industry practice is to make the stainless steel upper element larger than the lower PTFE slide bearing element by slightly more than the expected maximum movement.
APPLICATION EXAMPLES
Pipe Shoe with PTFE
Page 8
Page 215
PIPE SHOES
FIG. 5500
HEAVY DUTY PIPE SADDLE
FIG. 503 ANGLE BRACKET
FIG. 506 ADJUSTABLE BEAM
FIG. 509 WASHER PLATE
FIG. 512 THREADED SIDE BEAM BRACK-
PAGE 113
PAGE 113
PAGE 114
PAGE 114
(All possible slot options pictured for information purposes only)
APPLICATION: The Fig. 5500 Heavy Duty Pipe Saddle is used to support large diameter pipe.
CONSTRUCTION: The Saddle is constructed of A-36 steel.
FINISH: The Saddle can be provided with a black, painted or hot dip galvanized finish.
FIG. 515 BEAM BRACKET
FIG. 518 BEAM BRACKET W/HEX HEAD

MACHINE BOLT OR PIN
FIG. 521 STRUCTURAL WELDING LUG
FIG. 524 HORIZIONTAL TRAVELER
PAGE 115
PAGE 116
PAGE 117
PAGE 118
OPTIONAL FEATURES: The Saddle can be supplied in different dimensions upon request.
ORDERING: To order specify pipe size, figure number and desired finish.
EXAMPLE: 20 - Fig.5500 - Plain
FIG. 527 CONCRETE ATTACHMENT PLATE

W / BEAM BRACKET

W / BEAM BRACKET W / PIN

W / WELDING LUG
FIG. 542 TOP BEAM CLAMP
PAGE 119
PAGE 120
PAGE 121
PAGE 122
FIG.545 TOP BEAM HOOK
FIG.548 THREADED TOP HOOK
FIG. 551 CENTER LOAD BEAM CLAMP
PAGE 122
PAGE 123
PAGE 123
FIG. 554 STEEL "C" CLAMP W /

LOCKNUT
PAGE 124
Pipe Size
R (IN)
A (IN)
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
48
54
60
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
24
27
30
20 1/2
22
23 1/2
25 1/2
27
29
31
32
34
36
38
40
46
52
58
B
WIDE
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
STD.
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
C (IN)
T (IN)
T2 (IN)
T3 (IN)
14 3/8
15 3/8
16 3/8
17 3/8
18 3/8
19 1/2
20 1/2
20 1/2
22 1/2
22 1/2
24 1/2
26 1/2
32 1/2
36 1/2
40 1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
----------1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
Page 214
Page 9
PIPE SHOES
FIG. 5220
DOUBLE UPRIGHT PIPE SHOE W/CLAMPS
FIG. 557 STEEL REVERSIBLE "C" CLAMP

W / LOCKNUT (3/4" OPENING)
FIG. 560 STEEL REVERSIBLE "C" CLAMP

W / LOCKNUT (1 1/4" OPENING)
FIG. 563 WIDE THROAT BEAM "C"

CLAMP W / LOCKNUT
FIG. 566 BEAM CLAMP RETAINING STRAP
PAGE 124
PAGE 125
PAGE 125
PAGE 126
FIG. 567 BEAM CLAMP RETAINING

CLIP
FIG. 569 RETROFIT-CAPABLE BEAM

CLAMP RETAINING STRAP
FIG. 572 STANDARD & HEAVY BEAM

CLAMP W / BOLT & NUT
FIG. 575 STEEL BEAM CLAMP W /

WELDLESS EYE NUT
PAGE 126
PAGE 126
PAGE 127
PAGE 128
FIG. 584 ADJUSTABLE SIDE BEAM CLAMP
FIG. 587 ADJUSTABLE BEAM CLAMP
FIG. 600 CLEVIS HANGER - LIGHT DUTY
FIG. 603 CLEVIS HANGER - STANDARD
PAGE 129
PAGE 129
PAGE 130
PAGE 131
FIG. 606 CLEVIS HANGER

W / WELDED SHIELD
FIG. 609 ELONGATED CLEVIS HANGER
FIG. 612 CLEVIS HANGER - STANDARD

PVC COATED
FIG. 615 ADJUSTABLE BAND HANGER
PAGE 132
PAGE 133
PAGE 134
PAGE 135
(All slot options are available with each pipe shoe)
APPLICATION: The Fig. 5220 Shoe is to be clamped to the pipe along the top edge and can also be welded to the base.
CONSTRUCTION: The Pipe Shoe is constructed of two braced vertical flat bars welded on a support flat bar of A-36
steel.
FINISH: The Pipe Shoe can be provided with a black, painted or hot dip galvanized finish.
OPTIONAL FEATURES: The Pipe Shoe can be supplied in different BOP to TOS dimensions as well as different lengths.
ORDERING: See Page 2 for ordering instructions.
EXAMPLE: 3 - Fig.5220 - 4x12 - S1 - T/T - AG
Nominal
Actual
Pipe Dia.
A (in)
O.D. (in.)
(in)
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
30
36
42
10.75
12.75
14
16
18
20
24
30
36
42
6
8
8
10
10
12
12
17.5
20.5
23 1/2
D (in)
BOP to
TOS (in)
H (in)
17
19 1/4
21
23
25
27
31 1/2
38
44
50
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
9 3/8
10 3/8
11
12
13
14
16
19
22
25
Load
Unit Wt. BOP to
Capacity
(lbs.)* TOS (in)
(lbs.)
19000
19000
19000
26000
26000
26000
35000
38000
41000
44000
43.49
55.66
66.76
74.58
96.02
111.94
147.00
241.64
355.00
510.00
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
H (in)
11 3/8
12 3/8
13
14
15
16
18
15
16
18
Load
Unit Wt.
Capacity
(lbs.)*
(lbs.)
19000
19000
19000
26000
26000
26000
35000
38000
41000
44000
46.87
59.04
70.14
77.96
99.4
117.04
152.1
248.44
365.00
525.00
* - Weights shown are for 12 long shoes

* - For pipe shoes larger than 24 NPS, contact AAAT for further assistance.
Page 10
Page 213
PIPE SHOES
FIG. 5210
DOUBLE UPRIGHT PIPE SHOE W/U-BOLTS
FIG. 618 ADJUSTABLE BAND HANGER

W / SWIVEL NUT
FIG. 621 PVC COATED ADJUSTABLE BAND

HANGER W / SWIVEL NUT
FIG. 624 J-HANGER FOR PIPE OR

CONDUIT
FIG. 627 PVC COATED J-HANGER FOR

PIPE OR CONDUIT
PAGE 136
PAGE 137
PAGE 138
PAGE 139
APPLICATION: The Fig. 5210 Shoe is to be clamped to the pipe along the top edge and can also be welded to the base.
FIG. 639 STRAIGHT J-HOOK
FIG. 642 OFFSET J-HOOK
FIG. 645 STANDARD PIPE STRAP
FIG. 648 FLUSH MOUNT PIPE STRAP
PAGE 140
PAGE 140
PAGE 141
PAGE 141
steel.
EXAMPLE: 3 - Fig. 5210 - 4x12 - S1 - T/T - AG
Nominal
Actual
Pipe Dia.
O.D. (in.)
(in)
FIG. 700 STANDARD U-BOLT
FIG. 703 LIGHT DUTY U-BOLT
FIG. 706 HEAVY DUTY U-BOLT
FIG. 712 STANDARD 2-BOLT PIPE CLAMP
PAGE 142
PAGE 143
PAGE 144
PAGE 145
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
30
36
42
10.75
12.75
14
16
18
20
24
30
36
42
A (in)
D (in)
BOP to
TOS (in)
6
8
8
10
10
12
12
17 1/2
20 1/2
23 1/2
14
16.75
18
19.75
22
24
28
34
40
46
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

FIG. 715 INTERMEDIATE 2-BOLT PIPE

CLAMP
FIG. 718 HEAVY 2-BOLT PIPE CLAMP
FIG. 721 EXTRA HEAVY 2-BOLT PIPE

CLAMP
FIG. 724 STANDARD 3-BOLT PIPE CLAMP
PAGE 146
PAGE 147
PAGE 148
PAGE 149
Load
Unit Wt. BOP to
H (in) Capacity
(lbs.)* TOS (in)
(lbs.)
Load
Unit Wt.
H (in) Capacity
(lbs.)*
(lbs.)
9 3/8
10 3/8
11
12
13
14
16
19
22
25
11 3/8
12 3/8
13
14
15
16
18
15
16
18
19000
19000
19000
26000
26000
26000
35000
38000
41000
44000
19.77
33.18
36.98
42.18
50.78
59.76
64.36
88.96
112.46
129.57
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
19000
19000
19000
26000
26000
26000
35000
38000
41000
44000
23.15
36.56
40.36
45.56
54.16
64.86
69.46
95.76
119.26
136.37
Page 212
Page 11
PIPE SHOES
FIG. 5200
DOUBLE UPRIGHT PIPE SHOE
FIG. 727 INTERMEDIATE 3-BOLT PIPE
FIG. 733 HEAVY 3-BOLT PIPE CLAMP
FIG. 733 EXTRA HEAVY 3-BOLT PIPE
FIG. 736 STANDARD 3-BOLT ALLOY
PAGE 150
PAGE 151
PAGE 152
PAGE 153
FIG. 739 INTERMEDIATE 3-BOLT ALLOY

PIPE CLAMP
FIG. 748 STANDARD ALLOY YOKE

PIPE CLAMP
FIG. 751 HEAVY ALLOY YOKE PIPE CLAMP
FIG.754 EXTENSION PIPE OR RISER CLAMP
PAGE 154
PAGE 155
PAGE 156
PAGE 157
FIG. 763 OFFSET PIPE CLAMP
FIG. 766 EXTENDED PIPE CLAMP
FIG. 800 INSULATION PROTECTION

SHIELD
FIG. 803 RIBBED INSULATION

PROTECTION SHIELD
PAGE 158
PAGE 159
PAGE 160
PAGE 161
FIG. 806 CONTOURED CAST IRON PIPE

ROLLER
FIG. 809 CLEVIS ROLLER HANGER
FIG. 812 TWO ROD ROLLER TYPE HANGER
FIG. 815 ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT ROLLER
PAGE 161
PAGE 162
PAGE 163
PAGE 164
APPLICATION: The Fig. 5200 Shoe is to be welded to the pipe along the two top edges and can also be welded to the
base.
steel.
Nominal
Actual
Pipe Dia.
O.D. (in.)
(in)
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
30
36
42
10.75
12.75
14
16
18
20
24
30
36
42
A (in)
BOP to
TOS (in)
H (in)
6
8
8
10
10
12
12
17 1/2
20 1/2
23 1/2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
9 3/8
10 3/8
11
12
13
14
16
19
22
25
Load
Unit Wt.
Capacity
(lbs.)*
(lbs.)
19000
19000
19000
26000
26000
26000
35000
38000
41000
44000
11.89
20.38
20.38
23.78
23.78
30.56
30.56
43.36
48.46
53.57
BOP to
TOS (in)
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Load
Unit Wt.
H (in) Capacity
(lbs.)*
(lbs.)
11 3/8
12 3/8
13
14
15
16
18
15
16
18
19000
19000
19000
26000
26000
26000
35000
38000
41000
44000
15.27
23.76
23.76
27.16
27.16
35.66
35.66
50.16
55.26
60.37

Page 12
Page 211
PIPE SHOES
FIG. 5121
FABRICATED PIPE SHOE W/END GUSSETS W/CLAMPS
FIG. 818 ALTERNATE ADJUSTABLE

SUPPORT ROLLER
FIG. 821 PIPE ROLLER CHAIR
FIG. 824 CAST IRON PIPE ROLL
FIG. 827 PIPE ROLLER & STAND
PAGE 165
PAGE 166
PAGE 167
PAGE 168
APPLICATION: The Fig. 5121 Pipe Shoe with End Gusset Plates is to be clamped to the pipe along the top edges
and can also be welded to the base.
CONSTRUCTION: The Pipe Shoe is constructed from two pieces of A-36 steel flat bar welded together.
FIG. 830 ADJUSTABLE PIPE ROLLER &

STAND
FIG. 833 LARGE DIAMETER PIPE ROLLER

SUPPORT STAND
FIGS. 830, 842, 845 ,848, 851, 854, 857

PIPE COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE
1" TO 3" THK. INSULATION
FIG. 860 PIPE SADDLE
PAGE 169
PAGE 170
PAGE 171-173
PAGE 174
OPTIONAL FEATURES: The Pipe Shoe can be supplied in different BOP to TOS dimensions as well as different
lengths.
Nominal Actual
Pipe Dia. O.D. A (in)
(in)
(in.)
FIG. 863 PIPE SADDLE W/ U-BOLT
FIG. 866 ADJUSTABLE PIPE SADDLE

SUPPORT
FIG. 869 THREADED PIPE STAND
FIG. 900 CONCRETE INSERT PLATE FOR

ANCHOR BOLT
PAGE 175
PAGE 176
PAGE 177
PAGE 178
FIG. 903 CONCRETE INSERT FRAME FOR

ANCHOR BOLT
FIG. 909 STEEL SPOT INSERT NUT
FIG. 912 CB-UNIVERSAL CONCRETE

INSERT
FIG. 915 CB-UNIVERSAL CONCRETE

INSERT NUT
PAGE 178
PAGE 179
PAGE 179
PAGE 180
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
2.375
2.875
3.5
4
4.5
5.5625
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
14
16
18
20
24
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
10
10
D (in)
BOP to
TOS (in)
H (in)
3 7/8"
4 3/16"
4 5/8"
4 7/8"
5 7/16"
6 1/8"
7 3/8"
8 1/4"
10 1/4"
11 5/8"
12 1/2"
13 3/4"
15 1/4"
16 3/4"
19 1/4"
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5 3/16
5 7/16
5 3/4
6
6 1/4
6 25/32
7 5/16
8 5/16
9 3/8
10 3/8
11
12
13
14
16

Load
Unit Wt. BOP to
Capacity
(lbs.)* TOS (in)
(lbs.)
6500
6500
6500
6500
6500
7800
7800
7800
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
11.21
11.81
12.41
13.61
14.81
15.41
22.61
24.81
40.81
50.15
61.15
65.65
86.65
97.60
131.60
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
H (in)
7 3/16
7 3/16
7 3/4
8
8 1/4
8 25/32
9 5/16
10 5/16
11 3/8
12 3/8
13
14
15
16
18
Load
Unit Wt.
Capacity
(lbs.)*
(lbs.)
12000
14000
15000
15000
18000
18000
18000
24000
29000
30000
34000
38000
41000
41000
47000
13.90
14.50
15.10
16.30
17.50
18.10
25.30
27.50
43.50
52.59
63.59
68.09
89.09
99.09
133.09
Page 210
Page 13
PIPE SHOES
FIG. 5120
FABRICATED PIPE SHOE W/CLAMPS
FIG. 927 EXTERNAL PLUG DROP-IN
FIG. 930 SET-BOLT
FIG. 936 WEDGE ANCHOR
FIG. 945 ANCHOR BOLTLTHREADED

ONE END
PAGE 180
PAGE 181
PAGE 181
PAGE 182
FIG. 948 ANCHOR BOLTLTHREADED

BOTH ENDS
FIG. 951 ANCHOR BOLTJTHREADED

ONE END
FIG 964 LONG ROD BOTH END THREADED

W/ NUTS & WASHER PLATE
FIG. CP-1000 HOLD DOWN CLAMP
PAGE 182
PAGE 183
PAGE 183
PAGE 184
FIG. CP-2000 STANDARD HOLD

DOWN CLAMP
FIG. CP-2500 INTERMEDIATE HOLD

DOWN CLAMP
FIG. CP-3000 HEAVY HOLD

DOWN CLAMP
FIG. CP-3500 EXTRA HEAVY HOLD

DOWN CLAMP
PAGE 185
PAGE 186
PAGE 187
PAGE 188
FIG. CWP-4000 HOLD DOWN CLAMP W /

WEDGE BLOCKS
FIG. WP-2000 WEDGE BLOCKS
PIPE SHOES
TRI*SLIDE LOW FRICTION

SLIDE BEARINGS
PAGE 189
PAGE 190
PAGE 193-215
PAGE 216-223
APPLICATION: The Fig. 5120 Pipe Shoe is to be clamped to the pipe along the top edge and can also be welded
to the base.
lengths.
Nominal
Actual
Pipe Dia.
A (in)
O.D. (in.)
(in)
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
2.375
2.875
3.5
4
4.5
5.5625
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
14
16
18
20
24
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
10
10
D (in)
BOP to
TOS (in)
H (in)
3 7/8"
4 3/16"
4 5/8"
4 7/8"
5 7/16"
6 1/8"
7 3/8"
8 1/4"
10 1/4"
11 5/8"
12 1/2"
13 3/4"
15 1/4"
16 3/4"
19 1/4"
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5 3/16
5 7/16
5 3/4
6
6 1/4
6 25/32
7 5/16
8 5/16
9 3/8
10 3/8
11
12
13
14
16

Load
Unit Wt. BOP to
Capacity
(lbs.)* TOS (in)
(lbs.)
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
6000
6000
6000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8.98
9.58
10.18
11.38
12.58
13.18
20.38
22.58
38.58
45.37
56.37
60.87
81.87
91.87
125.87
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
H (in)
7 3/16
7 3/16
7 3/4
8
8 1/4
8 25/32
9 5/16
10 5/16
11 3/8
12 3/8
13
14
15
16
18
Load
Unit Wt.
Capacity
(lbs.)*
(lbs.)
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
6000
6000
6000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
10.68
11.28
11.88
13.08
14.28
14.88
22.08
24.28
40.28
47.76
58.76
63.26
84.26
94.26
128.26
Page 14
Page 209
PIPE SHOES
FIG. 5111
FABRICATED PIPE SHOE W/END GUSSETS w/U-BOLTS
TRI*WEAR FRP WEAR PADS
TRI*COMPOSITE MOLDED INSULATED

SUPPORTS
TRI*GUARD DURABLE
THERMOPLASTIC SUPPORTS
PAGE 224
PAGE 225-226
PAGE 227
lengths.
Nominal Actual
Pipe Dia. O.D. A (in)
(in)
(in.)
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
2.375
2.875
3.5
4
4.5
5.5625
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
14
16
18
20
24
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
10
10
D (in)
BOP to
TOS (in)
H (in)
3 7/8"
4 3/16"
4 5/8"
4 7/8"
5 7/16"
6 1/8"
7 3/8"
8 1/4"
10 1/4"
11 5/8"
12 1/2"
13 3/4"
15 1/4"
16 3/4"
19 1/4"
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5 3/16
5 7/16
5 3/4
6
6 1/4
6 25/32
7 5/16
8 5/16
9 3/8
10 3/8
11
12
13
14
16

Load
Unit Wt. BOP to
Capacity
(lbs.)* TOS (in)
(lbs.)
6500
6500
6500
6500
6500
7800
7800
7800
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10.25
10.61
10.97
11.69
12.41
12.77
17.09
18.41
28.01
35.95
42.55
45.25
57.85
64.80
85.20
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
H (in)
7 3/16
7 3/16
7 3/4
8
8 1/4
8 25/32
9 5/16
10 5/16
11 3/8
12 3/8
13
14
15
16
18
Load
Unit Wt.
Capacity
(lbs.)*
(lbs.)
6500
6500
6500
6500
6500
7800
7800
7800
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
12.94
13.30
13.66
14.38
15.10
15.46
19.78
21.10
30.70
38.39
44.99
47.69
60.29
66.29
86.69
Page 208
PIPE SHOES
Page 15
VARIABLE SPRING HANGERS
FIG. 5110
FABRICATED PIPE SHOE w/U-BOLTS
EQUAL VARIABLE SPRING HANGER GENERAL INFORMATION

WHEN SHOULD SPRING HANGERS BE USED?
Spring hangers should be used when:
When pipe at a support location moves up off a rigid support & when it is necessary for support loading to be maintained
When pipe at a support location needs to move downward to relieve load on equipment or stresses in the piping system
When loads on attached equipment nozzles are limited and a spring hanger would assist in controlling the nozzle loading
In other words, spring hangers are used to carry the dead weight of the piping system at a given support while allowing movement resulting from thermal expansion or contraction of the piping system. Spring hangers are frequently used at the first
pipe support location adjacent to rotating equipment such as turbines, compressors, pumps or expander-compressors. At these support locations, the amount of vertical piping movement is typically small. However to enable the loading on the equipment to be controlled, a spring hanger is used to apply a support load on the pipe. In all instanced where the use of spring
hangers is contemplated, evaluate the alternatives considering factors such as loading on equipment, cost, ease of installation
and ease of operation. If spring hangers are the most economical and most satisfactorily solution, then by all means use them.
APPLICATION: The Fig. 5110 Pipe Shoe is to be clamped to the pipe along the top edge and can also be welded to
the base.
lengths.
Nominal
Actual
Pipe Dia.
A (in)
O.D. (in.)
(in)
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
2.375
2.875
3.5
4
4.5
5.5625
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
14
16
18
20
24
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
10
10
D (in)
BOP to
TOS (in)
H (in)
3 7/8"
4 3/16"
4 5/8"
4 7/8"
5 7/16"
6 1/8"
7 3/8"
8 1/4"
10 1/4"
11 5/8"
12 1/2"
13 3/4"
15 1/4"
16 3/4"
19 1/4"
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5 3/16
5 7/16
5 3/4
6
6 1/4
6 25/32
7 5/16
8 5/16
9 3/8
10 3/8
11
12
13
14
16

Load
Unit Wt. BOP to
Capacity
(lbs.)* TOS (in)
(lbs.)
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
6000
6000
6000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8.02
8.29
8.74
9.46
10.18
10.54
14.86
16.18
25.78
31.17
37.77
40.47
53.07
59.07
79.47
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
H (in)
7 3/16
7 3/16
7 3/4
8
8 1/4
8 25/32
9 5/16
10 5/16
11 3/8
12 3/8
13
14
15
16
18
Load
Unit Wt.
Capacity
(lbs.)*
(lbs.)
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
6000
6000
6000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
9.72
10.08
10.44
11.16
11.88
12.24
16.56
17.88
27.48
33.56
40.16
42.86
55.46
61.46
81.86
DESIGN FEATURES
Hanger casings are made of pipe for long life and durability.
Spring coils are pre-compressed into the hanger casings reducing the overall casing length and insuring that support loads
can be obtained by making only a small adjustment.
The finishes available for hanger casings are primed, painted or hot dipped galvanized. For extremely corrosive service
conditions, SermaGard coatings are offered. These finish options provide our customers with a full range of choices.
Mechanically closed units allow AAA Technology to stock components from which hangers can be easily and quickly assembled for your hanger requirements. Mechanically closed units allow AAA Technology to insure that all components
are properly finished and that no welding is required after the finishes are applied.
SPECIFICATIONS
AAA Technology's "EQUAL" brand variable spring supports are designed to meet the requirements of the Manufacturers
Standardization Society's MSS SP-58 "Hangers and SupportsSelection and Application" as well as the ASME Codes for Pressure Piping. Spring hanger casings to be utilized in corrosive environments are galvanized in accordance with ASTM Specification
A-153 unless the customer opts for the SermaGard coating.
LOAD SCALE PLATE
A Load Scale Plate is attached to each "EQUAL" variable spring hanger casing directly adjacent to the slot in the casing. The
Load Scale Plate contains information such as hanger size, type, figure number, customer Identification tag number, the spring
rate, the installed load and the operating load. Installed and Operating position tags are permanently attached to the hanger
casings on the Load Scale Plate. The position tags enable field personnel to easily view the position of the bottom of the compression plate in the hanger casing at anytime therefore enabling the field personnel immediately define the position of the
pipe in the travel range. The travel scale is given in both Imperial and SI units enabling use anywhere in the world. The Load
Scale Plates are made of 20 gauge stainless steel and are attached to the spring hanger casings with stainless steel rivets.
PRESET PIECES
When customers order variable spring hangers, the installed load is specified. AAA Technology is required to supply the spring
hanger preset to the installed position. In such instances, the spring hanger loading will be set in our shop to the customer
specified installed load and a preset piece will be placed between to top plate and the compression plate so that the installed
load will be maintained. Preset pieces are to be removed after the spring hanger has been installed and the piping system is
ready for operation.
Page 16

EQUAL SPRING HANGER GENERAL INFORMATION
Page 207
PIPE SHOES
FIG. 5101
FABRICATED PIPE SHOE W/ END GUSSETS
TRAVEL STOPS
Travel stop are furnished only upon request. Full travel stops limiting both upward and downward movement may be supplied;
or upward or downward travel stops individually may be supplied. Full travel stops effectively convert the hanger assembly to
a rigid support until the stops are removed. Upward travel stops restrict upward movement beyond a customer specified
point on the travel scale. Downward travel stops restrict downward movement beyond a customer specified point on the travel scale and are frequently employed during erection and hydrostatic testing. A red tag is attached to each travel stop to emphasize the need to remove the travel stops before the piping system is placed in service.
LIFTING LUGS
Upon customer request, lifting
lugs may be welded to the hanger
casings of designated spring
hanger in order to provide a sure
means of attachment for lifting
during installation. Contact AAA
Technology for details.
FIELD ADJUSTMENT
Once the piping and the spring
hangers are installed and hydrotested, the preset bar should be
removed from the spring hanger.
The compression plate on top of
the spring coil should be at the
installed load mark on the spring
hanger load scale. If the bottom
of the compression plate is not at
the installed load mark on the
spring hanger load scale, then the
load should be adjusted so that it
is. After the piping system is
placed in service, the compression plate should indicate that the load being carried is the designated operating load. If the bottom of the compression plate
is not at the operating load mark on the spring hanger load scale, then the load should be adjusted so that the bottom of the
compression plate is at the operating load position. To adjust the load carried by the spring hangers types "A", "B", "C", "E",
and "G", turn the turnbuckle clockwise or counter clockwise, as necessary, until the bottom of the compression plate lines up
with the proper travel tag on the travel scale. For hanger type "D", loosen the lock nut and adjustment the heavy hex nut on
top of the pipe stem which sits on the compression plate until the bottom of the compression plate lines up with the proper
travel tag on the travel scale. For hanger type "F", turn the load column clockwise or counterclockwise, as necessary, until the
bottom of the compression plate lines up with the proper travel tag on the travel scale.
DETERMINING THE HANGER TYPE
The type of variable spring hanger to be used for specific applications depends upon controlling factors such as the amount of
head room available, whether the pipe is to be supported from above or from below, the configuration of the structural steel
from which the pipe is to be supported, etc. Review the characteristics of the seven standard variable hanger types shown on
the next page and select the type that best fits your requirements.
APPLICATION: The Fig. 5101 Pipe Shoe with End Gusset Plates is to be welded to the pipe along the top edges
lengths.
ORDERING: See beginning of this section for ordering instructions.
Nominal
Actual
Pipe Dia.
A (in)
O.D. (in.)
(in)
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
2.375
2.875
3.5
4
4.5
5.5625
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
14
16
18
20
24
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
10
10
BOP to
TOS (in)
H (in)
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5 3/16
5 7/16
5 3/4
6
6 1/4
6 25/32
7 5/16
8 5/16
9 3/8
10 3/8
11
12
13
14
16

Load
Unit Wt. BOP to
Capacity
(lbs.)* TOS (in)
(lbs.)
6500
6500
6500
6500
6500
7800
7800
7800
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
8.81
8.81
8.81
8.81
8.81
8.81
8.81
8.81
8.81
14.65
14.65
14.65
14.65
15.60
15.60
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
H (in)
7 3/16
7 3/16
7 3/4
8
8 1/4
8 25/32
9 5/16
10 5/16
11 3/8
12 3/8
13
14
15
16
18
Load
Unit Wt.
Capacity
(lbs.)*
(lbs.)
6500
6500
6500
6500
6500
7800
7800
7800
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
17.09
17.09
17.09
17.09
17.09
17.09
Page 206
Page 17
PIPE SHOES
FIG. 5100
FABRICATED PIPE SHOE
DETERMINING THE SIZE AND SERIES TO USE

The load to be carried in the operating condition and the installed to operating deflection must be accurately calculated by a
stress engineer. This data can be determined analytically by computer analysis or estimated by manual calculations. To determine the optimum load to be carried by the spring hanger in the operating position, calculate the weight of the piping system
in the " as installed condition" which is carried by a rigid support placed where the spring hanger is to be located. The calculation should include 1.) the weight of the pipe, valves and fittings, 2.) the weight of the contents and insulation, and 3.) the
weight of the hanger hardware below the spring hanger casing. Note: For a Type G spring hanger, the load to be carried by the
hanger should also include the catalog weight of the hanger unit itself.
Once the load to be carried is determined, the installed to operating deflection can be calculated by performing an operating
case analysis with the optimum load considered as a constant acting upward force. The analysis results will reflect the piping
system deflection from the installed position to the operating position.
APPLICATION: The Fig. 5100 Pipe Shoe is to be welded to the pipe along the top edge and can also be welded to
the base.
lengths.
Nominal
Actual
Pipe Dia.
O.D. (in.)
(in)
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
2.375
2.875
3.5
4
4.5
5.5625
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
14
16
18
20
24
A (in)
BOP to
TOS (in)
H (in)
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
10
10
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5 3/16
5 7/16
5 3/4
6
6 1/4
6 25/32
7 5/16
8 5/16
9 3/8
10 3/8
11
12
13
14
16

Load
Unit Wt.
Capacity
(lbs.)*
(lbs.)
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
6000
6000
6000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
6.58
6.58
6.58
6.58
6.58
6.58
6.58
6.58
6.58
9.87
9.87
9.87
9.87
9.87
9.87
BOP to
TOS (in)
H (in)
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
7 3/16
7 3/16
7 3/4
8
8 1/4
8 25/32
9 5/16
10 5/16
11 3/8
12 3/8
13
14
15
16
18
Load
Unit Wt.
Capacity
(lbs.)*
(lbs.)
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
6000
6000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8.28
8.28
8.28
8.28
8.28
8.28
8.28
8.28
8.28
12.26
12.26
12.26
12.26
12.26
12.26
"EQUAL" spring hangers are designed and manufactured for the following ranges of movement: 1.25" (Fig. E-82), 2.5" (Fig, E268), 5.0" (Fig. E-98), 7.5" (Fig. E-100) and 10 (Fig. E-110). Knowing the ranges of movements accepted by "EQUAL" hangers,
the operating load and the installed to operating deflection, you are now ready to select the spring that best fits your requirements. Turn to the " Hanger Size and Series Chart" which can be found on page 21 (Imperial units), on page 22 (metric kilograms/mm) and on page 23 (metric Newtons/mm). Moving from left to right between the upper and lower boundaries of
the working range, find the first occurrence of your operating load. If the movement from the installed position to the operating position is downwards, move upwards from the operating position on the chart by the amount of the movement to find
the installed load. If the movement from the installed position to the operating position is upwards, move downwards from
the operating position on the chart by the amount of the movement to find the installed load. In the event that the travel
places you outside of the working range, you have the option to try using the next larger size spring or to move up to the next
series of spring. In other words, you can move from an E-82 to an E-268 spring or from an E-268 spring to an E-98 spring, etc.
Please note that the MSS Standard also states that the maximum load variation from the installed position to the operating
position is 25%. That means that the maximum movement for a Fig. E-82 spring hanger is approximately 3/4 (19 mm), for a
Fig. E-268 spring hanger is approximately 1 1/2 (38 mm), for a Fig. E-98 spring hanger is approximately 3 (76 mm), for a Fig.
E-100 spring hanger is approximately 4 1/2 (114 mm) and for a Fig. E-110 spring hanger is approximately 6 (152 mm),
Please note that for a variable spring hanger to be acceptable the operating load and the installed position must be within the
working range on the chart. If the load variation for the piping system application is found to not be acceptable using a variable spring hanger, then you should consider the use of a constant effort spring hanger. See pages 46-71 in this catalog for information about constant effort spring hangers.
ORDERING HANGER TYPE "A", "B", "C", D and "E"
Specify: Figure Number, Size, Type, Operating load, Installed position to Operating position Deflection including direction of
movement, Customer's Tag Number, the Finish Desired and Travel Stops, if desired.
ORDERING HANGER TYPE "F"
Specify: Figure Number, Size, Type F, Operating load, Installed position to Operating position Deflection including direction of
movement, Customer's Tag Number, the Finish Desired, Travel Stops, if desired, with Load Flange. The "Installed Height"
should also be specified. Note that the installed height must be within the range defined in this catalog.
ORDERING HANGER TYPE "G"
In addition to the information listed above for hanger types A, B, C, D & E specify the center to center rod dimension, the total load to be carried by the hanger assembly and the load to be carried by each spring hanger.
ORDERING OPTION: In addition you may request any of the following: Preset Pieces, Travel Stops and Lifting Lugs.
EXAMPLE: Fig. E-82 , Size 15 , Type C, Operating Load = 5400 Lbs., Installed Load = 3000 Lbs., Installed to Operating Movement = 0.25 down, TAG = SH-124BA, Finish = HDG, Travel Stops = Hydro.
Page 18
Page 205
PIPE SHOES
APPLICATION DATA
FIG. 5021
SPLIT BEAM PIPE SHOE W/END GUSSETS W/CLAMPS
TYPE A
Used where ample headroom is available and where it is desired to locate the spring hanger at a specific elevation. Structural
attachment point is at a point above the top of the hanger.
CONSTRUCTION: The Pipe Shoe is constructed from a split beam of A-36 steel.
lengths.
Nominal Actual
Pipe Dia. O.D.
(in)
(in.)
TYPE B
Used where headroom is limited. Head attachment is a single lug. Typically used in conjunction with Fig. 515 beam bracket, a
Fig. 415 steel clevis or back to back angles.
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
2.375
2.875
3.5
4
4.5
5.5625
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
14
16
18
20
24
A (in)
D (in)
BOP to
TOS (in)
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
8
8
3 7/8"
4 3/16"
4 5/8"
4 7/8"
5 7/16"
6 1/8"
7 3/8"
8 1/4"
10 1/4"
11 5/8"
12 1/2"
13 3/4"
15 1/4"
16 3/4"
19 1/4"
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

H (in)
5 3/16
5 7/16
5 3/4
6
6 1/4
6 25/32
7 5/16
8 5/16
9 3/8
10 3/8
11
12
13
14
16
Load
Load
Unit
Unit Wt. BOP to
Capacity
H (in) Capacity Wt.
(lbs.)* TOS (in)
(lbs.)
(lbs.)
(lbs.)*
6500
6500
6500
6500
6500
7800
7800
7800
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
11.13
11.93
12.33
13.53
14.73
15.33
22.53
24.73
40.73
52.28
63.28
67.78
88.78
103.23
137.23
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
7 3/16
7 3/16
7 3/4
8
8 1/4
8 25/32
9 5/16
10 5/16
11 3/8
12 3/8
13
14
15
16
18
6500
6500
6500
6500
6500
7800
7800
7800
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
13.62
14.22
14.82
16.02
17.22
17.82
25.02
27.22
43.22
55.40
66.40
70.90
91.90
110.28
Page 204
PIPE SHOES
Page 19
FIG. 5020
SPLIT BEAM PIPE SHOE W/CLAMPS
to the base.
TYPE C
lengths.
Used where headroom is limited. Head attachment is side-by-side lugs. Typically used in conjunction with a Fig. 418 weldless
eye nut or a Fig. 521 structural welding lug.

Nominal
Actual
Pipe Dia.
A (in)
O.D. (in.)
(in)
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
2.375
2.875
3.5
4
4.5
5.5625
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
14
16
18
20
24
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
8
8
D (in)
BOP to
TOS (in)
H (in)
3 7/8"
4 3/16"
4 5/8"
4 7/8"
5 7/16"
6 1/8"
7 3/8"
8 1/4"
10 1/4"
11 5/8"
12 1/2"
13 3/4"
15 1/4"
16 3/4"
19 1/4"
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5 3/16
5 7/16
5 3/4
6
6 1/4
6 25/32
7 5/16
8 5/16
9 3/8
10 3/8
11
12
13
14
16

Load
Unit Wt. BOP to
Capacity
H (in)
(lbs.)* TOS (in)
(lbs.)
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
6000
6000
6000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8.90
9.50
10.10
11.30
12.50
13.10
20.30
22.50
38.50
47.50
58.50
63.00
84.00
97.50
131.50
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
7 3/16
7 3/16
7 3/4
8
8 1/4
8 25/32
9 5/16
10 5/16
11 3/8
12 3/8
13
14
15
16
18
Load
Unit
Capacity Wt.
(lbs.) (lbs.)*
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
6000
6000
6000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
10.40
11.00
11.60
12.80
14.00
14.60
21.80
24.00
40.00
48.50
59.50
64.00
85.00
102.00
136.00
TYPE D
TYPE E
Used where the spring hanger is mounted on top of a pair of back-to-back channels. Provides for adjustment of the load by turning the nut at the top of rod
shown above.
Used where the spring hanger is mounted on

top of a pair of back-to-back channels.
Provides for adjustments of the load from
below the supporting channels by turning
the turnbuckle.
Page 20
Page 203
PIPE SHOES
FIG. 5011
SPLIT BEAM PIPE SHOE W/END GUSSETS W/U-BOLTS
TYPE F
Used where the spring hanger must be placed under the piping to provide support from the floor or a structural member. Typically supplied with a load flange but can also be supplied with a roller.
lengths.
Nominal
Actual
Pipe Dia.
A (in)
O.D. (in.)
(in)
TYPE G
Used where head room is insufficient to accommodate the spring hanger and the necessary associated hardware. Also used
where an interference exists directly above the piping system at the support location. Note if the piping system being supported is not centered between the spring hangers each hanger will then carry its proportional load and will be different in magnitude.
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
2.375
2.875
3.5
4
4.5
5.5625
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
14
16
18
20
24
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
8
8
D (in)
BOP to
TOS (in)
H (in)
3 7/8"
4 3/16"
4 5/8"
4 7/8"
5 7/16"
6 1/8"
7 3/8"
8 1/4"
10 1/4"
11 5/8"
12 1/2"
13 3/4"
15 1/4"
16 3/4"
19 1/4"
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5 3/16
5 7/16
5 3/4
6
6 1/4
6 25/32
7 5/16
8 5/16
9 3/8
10 3/8
11
12
13
14
16

Load
Unit Wt. BOP to
Capacity
(lbs.)* TOS (in)
(lbs.)
6500
6500
6500
6500
6500
7800
7800
7800
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
11.13
11.63
12.33
13.53
14.73
15.33
22.53
24.73
40.73
52.28
63.28
67.78
88.78
103.23
137.23
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
H (in)
7 3/16
7 3/16
7 3/4
8
8 1/4
8 25/32
9 5/16
10 5/16
11 3/8
12 3/8
13
14
15
16
18
Load
Unit
Capacity Wt.
(lbs.) (lbs.)*
6500
6500
6500
6500
6500
7800
7800
7800
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
12.66
13.02
13.38
14.10
14.82
15.18
19.50
20.82
30.42
41.20
47.80
50.50
63.10
77.48
97.88
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
2.375
2.875
3.5
4
4.5
5.5625
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
14
16
18
20
24
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
8
8
D (in)
BOP to
TOS (in)
H (in)
3 7/8"
4 3/16"
4 5/8"
4 7/8"
5 7/16"
6 1/8"
7 3/8"
8 1/4"
10 1/4"
11 5/8"
12 1/2"
13 3/4"
15 1/4"
16 3/4"
19 1/4"
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5 3/16
5 7/16
5 3/4
6
6 1/4
6 25/32
7 5/16
8 5/16
9 3/8
10 3/8
11
12
13
14
16

5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
6000
6000
6000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
7.94
8.30
8.66
9.39
10.10
10.46
14.78
16.10
25.70
33.30
39.90
42.60
55.20
64.70
85.10
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
7 3/16
7 3/16
7 3/4
8
8 1/4
8 25/32
9 5/16
10 5/16
11 3/8
12 3/8
13
14
15
16
18
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
6000
6000
6000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
1
10
E98
E268
E82
00
000
72
31
70
30
15
68
29
66
28
62
27
64
60
26
28
58
25
55
23
56
53
22
24
50
21
47
20
49
45
19
21
43
40
16
18
38
15
41
35
17
34
31
12
14
30
12
14
28
11
24
26
22
10
20
5.25
5
3.75
10.5
21
42
137
134
131
129
126
123
121
118
116
113
110
108
105
102
100
97
95
92
89
87
84
81
79
76
74
71
68
66
63
7.5
15
30
98
96
94
92
90
88
86
84
83
81
79
77
75
73
71
69
68
66
64
62
60
58
56
54
53
51
49
47
45
6.75
13.5
27
54
176
172
169
165
162
159
155
152
149
145
142
138
135
132
128
125
122
118
115
111
108
105
101
98
95
91
88
84
81
8.75
11.6
17.5
35
70
228
223
219
214
210
206
201
197
193
188
184
179
175
171
166
162
158
153
149
144
140
136
131
127
123
118
114
109
105
21
31.5
63
126
410
402
394
386
378
370
362
354
347
339
331
323
315
307
299
291
284
276
268
260
252
244
236
228
221
213
205
197
189
11.75 15.75
15.6
23.5
47
94
306
300
294
288
282
276
270
264
259
253
247
241
235
229
223
217
212
206
200
194
188
182
176
170
165
159
153
147
141
21
28
42
84
168
546
536
525
515
504
494
483
473
462
452
441
431
420
410
399
389
378
368
357
347
336
326
315
305
294
284
273
263
252
28
37.3
56
112
224
728
714
700
686
672
658
644
630
616
602
588
574
560
546
532
518
504
490
476
462
448
434
420
406
392
378
364
350
336
37.5
50
75
150
300
975
956
938
919
900
881
863
844
825
806
788
769
750
731
713
694
675
656
638
619
600
581
563
544
525
506
488
469
450
11
2210
2168
2125
2083
2040
1998
1955
1913
1870
1828
1785
1743
1700
1658
1615
1573
1530
1488
1445
1403
1360
1318
1275
1233
1190
1148
1105
1063
1020
11
12
2925
2869
2813
2756
2700
2644
2588
2531
2475
2419
2363
2306
2250
2194
2138
2081
2025
1969
1913
1856
1800
1744
1688
1631
1575
1519
1463
1406
1350
12
13
13
3900
3825
3750
3675
3600
3525
3450
3375
3300
3225
3150
3075
3000
2925
2850
2775
2700
2625
2550
2475
2400
2325
2250
2175
2100
2025
1950
1875
1800
SPRING HANGER SIZE
10
1690
1658
1625
1593
1560
1528
1495
1463
1430
1398
1365
1333
1300
1268
1235
1203
1170
1138
1105
1073
1040
1008
975
943
910
878
845
813
780
10
1"
50
66.6
100
200
400
65
86.6
130
260
520
85
113.3
170
340
680
112.5
150
225
450
900
150
200
300
600
1200
SPRING RATE - POUNDS / INCH
1300
1275
1250
1225
1200
1175
1150
1125
1100
1075
1050
1025
1000
975
950
925
900
875
850
825
800
775
750
725
700
675
650
625
600
SPRING HANGER SIZE
3/4"
ROD DIAMETER
200
266.6
400
800
1600
14
5200
5100
5000
4900
4800
4700
4600
4500
4400
4300
4200
4100
4000
3900
3800
3700
3600
3500
3400
3300
3200
3100
3000
2900
2800
2700
2600
2500
2400
14
270
360
540
1080
2160
15
7020
6885
6750
6615
6480
6345
6210
6075
5940
5805
5670
5535
5400
5265
5130
4995
4860
4725
4590
4455
4320
4185
4050
3915
3780
3645
3510
3375
3240
15
1 1/4"
19
20
21
22
3"
9975 13275 17625 23438 31256
9643 12833 17038 22656 30214
9310 12390 16450 21875 29173
8978 11948 15863 21094 28131
8645 11505 15275 20313 27089
8313 11063 14688 19531 26047
7980 10620 14100 18750 25005
18
2 1/4" 2 1/2" 2 3/4"
9750 12968 17258 22913 30469 40633
9500 12635 16815 22325 29688 39591
9250 12303 16373 21738 28906 38549
9000 11970 15930 21150 28125 37508
8750 11638 15488 20563 27344 36466
8500 11305 15045 19975 26563 35424
8250 10973 14603 19388 25781 34382
8000 10640 14160 18800 25000 33340
7750 10308 13718 18213 24219 32298
7500
7250
7000
6750
6500
6250
6000
17
2"
375
500
750
1500
3000
16
500
667
1000
2000
4000
17
665
867
1330
2660
5320
18
21
22
885
E82
2350
4700
3125
6250
4167
8335
9400 12500 16670 E82
20
2083.7
1175 1562.5
5
1180 1566.6 2083.3 2778.3
1770
3540
7080
19
9750 13000 17290 23010 30550 40625 54178
9563 12750 16958 22563 29963 39844 53136
9375 12500 16625 22125 29375 39063 52094
9188 12250 16293 21683 28788 38281 51052
9000 12000 15960 21240 28200 37500 50010
8813 11750 15628 20798 27613 36719 48968
8625 11500 15295 20355 27025 35938 47926
8438 11250 14963 19913 26438 35156 46884
8250 11000 14630 19470 25850 34375 45843
8063 10750 14298 19028 25263 33594 44801
7875 10500 13965 18585 24675 32813 43759
7688 10250 13633 18143 24088 32031 42717
7500 10000 13300 17700 23500 31250 41675
7313
7125
6938
6750
6563
6375
6188
6000
5813
5625
5438
5250
5063
4875
4688
4500
16
1 1/2" 1 3/4"
E268
E268
E98
E98
10
E110
14
12
10
E100 E110
E100
INCHES
SPRING DEFLECTION
E100
19
9.44
9.80
10.16
10.88
11.60
11.96
16.28
17.60
27.20
34.30
40.90
43.60
56.20
69.20
89.60
0
H (in)
Load
Unit
Capacity Wt.
(lbs.) (lbs.)*
00
Load
Unit Wt. BOP to
Capacity
(lbs.)* TOS (in)
(lbs.)
E110
Nominal
Actual
Pipe Dia.
A (in)
O.D. (in.)
(in)
000
E82
E268
lengths.
E98
E110 E100
INCHES
to the base.
5/8"
1/2"
FIG. 5010
SPLIT BEAM PIPE SHOE W/U-BOLTS
WORKING RANGE
PIPE SHOES
HANGER SIZE AND SERIES SELECTION CHART
LOAD TABLE IN POUNDS FOR SPRING HANGER SELECTION
Page 202
Page 21
CHARTPOUNDS
254.0 190.5 127.0
E110
63.5
203.2 152.4 101.6
E100
50.8
76.2
152.4 114.3
E268
25.4
E82
31.8
25.4
19.1
12.7
6.4
E82
32
33
00
14
14
000
0.06
0.14
0.27
31
13
0.12
30
13
28
12
29
27
12
13
26
11
25
10
25
24
10
11
23
10
21
9
22
20
10
20
18
17
19
16
15
14
5
6
14
11
13
10
12
00
000
0.07
0.09
0.14
0.27
0.54
44
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
24
23
22
21
20
0.09
0.13
0.19
0.38
0.76
62
61
59
59
57
56
55
54
53
51
50
49
48
46
45
44
43
42
40
39
38
37
36
34
34
32
31
30
29
80
78
77
75
73
72
70
69
68
66
64
63
61
60
58
57
55
54
52
50
49
48
46
44
43
41
40
38
37
0.12
0.16
0.24
0.48
0.97
1/2"
0.16
0.21
0.31
0.63
1.26
103
101
99
97
95
93
91
89
88
85
83
81
79
78
75
73
72
69
68
65
64
62
59
58
56
54
52
49
48
5
86
89
93
97
100
103
107
111
114
118
122
125
129
132
136
139
143
147
150
154
157
161
164
168
171
175
179
182
186
5
2.26
1.13
0.56
0.38
0.28
4
64
67
69
72
75
77
80
83
85
88
91
93
96
98
101
104
107
109
112
115
117
120
122
125
128
131
133
136
139
4
1.68
0.84
0.42
0.28
0.21
222
229
235
241
248
254
260
267
273
279
286
292
298
305
311
318
324
330
167
171
176
181
186
191
195
200
205
210
215
219
224
229
234
238
243
248
0.50
216
162
0.38
210
157
0.67
203
152
0.50
197
148
1.00
191
143
0.75
184
138
2.00
178
133
4.00
171
129
1.50
165
124
3.00
159
119
152
114
5/8"
354
369
383
398
413
428
442
457
472
487
501
516
531
546
560
575
590
605
619
634
649
664
678
693
708
723
737
752
767
10
272
283
295
306
318
329
340
352
363
374
386
397
408
420
431
442
454
465
476
488
499
510
522
533
544
556
567
578
590
9
204
213
221
230
238
247
255
264
272
281
289
298
306
315
323
332
340
349
357
366
374
383
391
400
408
417
425
434
442
8
1089
1134
1179
1225
1270
1315
1361
1406
1451
1497
1542
1588
1633
1678
1724
1769
1814
1860
1905
1950
1996
2041
2087
2132
2177
2223
2268
2313
2359
14
816
850
885
919
953
987
1021
1055
1089
1123
1157
1191
1225
1259
1293
1327
1361
1395
1429
1463
1497
1531
1565
1599
1633
1667
1701
1735
1769
13
612
638
664
689
714
740
766
791
816
842
868
893
919
944
970
995
1021
1046
1072
1097
1123
1148
1174
1199
1225
1250
1276
1301
1327
12
771
791
810
829
848
868
887
906
925
945
964
983
1002
11
752
733
714
694
675
655
636
617
598
578
559
540
521
501
482
463
14
12
9.3
4.6
2.3
1.5
1.2
7.14
3.57
1.79
1.19
0.89
5.36
2.68
1.34
0.89
0.67
14.3
7.1
4.8
3.6
10.7
5.4
3.6
2.7
8.0
4.0
2.7
2.0
6.1
1.5
2.0
3.0
28.6
21.4
16.1
12.1
SPRING RATE - KGS / MM
4.8
6.4
9.6
19.3
38.6
15
3184
3123
3062
3001
2939
2878
2817
2756
2694
2633
2572
2511
2449
2388
2327
2266
2204
2143
2082
2021
1960
1898
1837
1776
1715
1653
1592
1531
1470
15
1 1/4"
13
11
1"
SPRING HANGER SIZE
10
SPRING HANGER SIZE
3/4"
ROD DIAMETER
17
2722
2835
2948
3062
3175
3289
3402
3515
3629
3742
3856
3969
4082
4196
4309
4423
4536
4649
4763
4876
4990
5103
5216
5330
5443
5557
5670
5783
5897
17
71.4
35.7
17.9
11.9
8.9
16
2041
2126
2211
2297
2381
2467
2551
2637
2722
2807
2892
2977
3062
3147
3232
3317
3402
3487
3572
3657
3742
3827
3912
3998
4082
4168
4252
4338
4423
16
53.6
26.8
13.4
8.9
6.7
1 1/2" 1 3/4"
22
9922 13233
9568 12760
9214 12287
8859 11815
8505 11342
21
6.4
E82
9860 13112 17486
9593 12757 17013 19.1
9327 12403 16541
9061 12049 16068
8794 11694 15595
8528 11340 15123 12.7
8261 10986 14650
7995 10631 14177
7728 10277 13705
7462
7195
6929
6662
6396
20
3"
9835 13058 17364 23157
9634 12791 17010 22684 38.1
9434 12525 16655 22212
9233 12258 16301 21739
9032 11992 15946 21266
8831 11725 15592 20794 31.8
8631 11459 15238 20321
8430 11192 14884 19849
8230 10926 14529 19376
8029 10659 14175 18903 25.4
7828 10393 13821 18431
7627 10126 13466 17958
7427
7226
7025
6824
6624
6423
6222
6021
5821
5620
5420
5219
5018
4817
19
2 1/4" 2 1/2" 2 3/4"
11.9
15.8
23.8
47.5
95.0
18
20
21
22
15.8
21.1
31.6
63.2
21.0
28.0
42.0
83.9
27.9
37.2
55.8
37.2
49.6
74.4
111.6 148.8
126.4 167.9 223.2 297.7 E82
19
7843 10437 13857 18427 24575 44.5
7692 10234 13591 18073 24102
7541 10036 13324 17719 23629
7390
7239
7089
6938
6787
6636
6485
6334
6184
6033
5882
5731
5581
5430
5279
5128
4977
4826
4676
4525
4374
4223
4072
3921
3771
3620
18
2"
E268
88.9
76.2
63.5
50.8
38.1
25.4
12.7
E268
50.8
114.3 152.4
76.2 101.6
38.1
E100 E110
PIPE SHOES
FIG. 5001
SPLIT BEAM PIPE SHOE W/ END GUSSETS
E98
E100
E110
177.8 266.7 355.6
CHART KILOGRAMS
152.4 228.6 304.8
127.0 190.5 254.0
101.6 152.4 203.2
76.2
50.8
25.4
E98
MILLIMETERS
SPRING DEFLECTION
E98
38.1
50.8
101.6 76.2
12.7
25.4
38.1
50.8
E268
E98
E110 E100
MILLIMETERS
WORKING RANGE
LOAD TABLE IN KILOGRAMS FOR SPRING HANGER SELECTION
AAA TECHNOLOGY AND SPECIALTIES CO., INC.
Page 22
Nominal
Actual
Pipe Dia.
O.D. (in.)
(in)
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
2.375
2.875
3.5
4
4.5
5.5625
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
14
16
18
20
24
Page 201
APPLICATION: The Fig 5001 Pipe Shoe with End Gusset Plates is to be welded to the pipe along the top edges of
the shoe and the gussets and can also be welded to the base.
CONSTRUCTION: The Pipe Shoe is constructed from a split beam of A-36 steel with End Gussets of Plate.
lengths.
A (in)
BOP to
TOS (in)
H (in)
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
8
8
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5 3/16
5 7/16
5 3/4
6
6 1/4
6 25/32
7 5/16
8 5/16
9 3/8
10 3/8
11
12
13
14
16

Load
Unit Wt. BOP to
Capacity
(lbs.)* TOS (in)
(lbs.)
6500
6500
6500
6500
6500
7800
7800
7800
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
8.73
8.73
8.73
8.73
8.73
8.73
8.73
8.73
8.73
16.78
16.78
16.78
16.78
21.23
21.23
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
H (in)
7 3/16
7 3/16
7 3/4
8
8 1/4
8 25/32
9 5/16
10 5/16
11 3/8
12 3/8
13
14
15
16
18
Load
Unit Wt.
Capacity
(lbs.)*
(lbs.)
6500
6500
6500
6500
6500
7800
7800
7800
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
10400
11.22
11.22
11.22
11.22
11.22
11.22
11.22
11.22
11.22
19.90
19.90
19.90
19.90
28.28
28.28
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
2.375
2.875
3.5
4
4.5
5.5625
6.625
8.625
10.75
12.75
14
16
18
20
24
A (in)
BOP to
TOS (in)
H (in)
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
8
8
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5 3/16
5 7/16
5 3/4
6
6 1/4
6 25/32
7 5/16
8 5/16
9 3/8
10 3/8
11
12
13
14
16

5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
6000
6000
6000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
6.50
6.50
6.50
6.50
6.50
6.50
6.50
6.50
6.50
12.00
12.00
12.00
12.00
15.50
15.50
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
7 3/16
7 3/16
7 3/4
8
8 1/4
8 25/32
9 5/16
10 5/16
11 3/8
12 3/8
13
14
15
16
18
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
6000
6000
6000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
63.5
203.2 152.4 101.6
254.0 190.5 127.0
E100
50.8
76.2
152.4 114.3
E268
25.4
E82
31.8
25.4
19.1
12.7
6.4
311
320
00
133
138
000
0.60
1.33
2.65
302
129
1.20
294
125
276
120
285
267
116
125
258
111
245
102
249
236
98
107
222
93
209
89
218
200
85
93
191
80
178
71
182
169
67
76
156
62
138
53
151
133
53
62
125
49
40
116
98
107
36
44
89
31
0.66
0.88
1.33
2.65
5.30
436
427
418
409
400
391
383
374
369
360
351
343
334
325
316
307
302
294
285
276
267
258
249
240
236
227
218
209
200
0.93
1.23
1.85
3.70
7.41
609
596
583
574
560
547
538
525
516
503
489
480
467
454
445
431
423
409
396
387
374
360
351
338
329
316
302
294
280
1.19
1.58
2.38
4.75
9.51
783
765
752
734
721
707
689
676
663
645
632
614
601
587
569
556
543
525
512
494
480
467
449
436
423
405
391
374
360
1361
1334
1308
1281
1254
1228
1201
1174
1152
1125
1099
1072
1045
1019
992
965
943
916
890
863
836
810
783
756
734
707
681
654
627
1824
1788
1753
1717
1681
1646
1610
1575
1544
1508
1472
1437
1401
1366
1330
1294
1263
1228
1192
1157
1121
1085
1050
1014
983
947
912
876
841
2429
2384
2335
2291
2242
2197
2148
2104
2055
2011
1962
1917
1868
1824
1775
1730
1681
1637
1588
1544
1495
1450
1401
1357
1308
1263
1214
1170
1121
3238
3176
3114
3051
2989
2927
2865
2802
2740
2678
2616
2553
2491
2429
2366
2304
2242
2180
2117
2055
1993
1931
1868
1806
1744
1681
1619
1557
1495
4337
4252
4172
4088
4003
3919
3839
3754
3670
3585
3505
3421
3336
3252
3172
3087
3003
2918
2838
2753
2669
2584
2504
2420
2335
2251
2171
2086
2002
5783
5671
5560
5449
5338
5227
5115
5004
4893
4782
4671
4559
4448
4337
4226
4115
4003
3892
3781
3670
3559
3447
3336
3225
3114
3003
2891
2780
2669
1.54
2.05
3.08
6.15
2.06
2.75
4.13
8.26
2.76
3.69
5.53
3.68
4.90
7.36
4.90
6.54
9.81
6.57
8.76
8.76
11.68
13.13 17.51
11.06 14.71 19.61 26.27 35.03
12.31 16.51 22.12 29.42 39.23 52.54 70.05
1014
992
974
952
934
916
894
876
859
836
818
796
778
761
738
721
703
681
663
641
623
605
583
565
547
525
507
485
467
11.4
15.2
22.8
45.5
15
16
17
18
19
20
2 1/4" 2 1/2"
21
2 3/4"
22
3"
9675 12900 17415 24189 32250 42894 57084 75789 100779 134399
9341 12455 16814 23353 31138 41413 55113 73173 97305 129768
9008 12010 16214 22521 30025 39936 53147 70562 93831 125133
8674 11565 15613 21685 28913 38455 51177 67947 90357 120498
8340 11121 15013 20853 27801 36978 49211 65335 86878 115863
6.4
12.7
9759 13011 17348 23420 32530 43370 57685 76767 101922 135533 180745
9510 12677 16903 22819 31694 42258 56203 74797 99307 132059 176110
9257 12344 16458 22219 30862 41146 54726 72831 96695 128580 171474
9008 12010 16014 21618 30025 40034 53245 70860 94080 125106 166844 19.1 38.1
8759 11677 15569 21018 29194 38922 51768 68894 91469 121632 162209
8509 11343 15124 20417 28357 37810 50287 66923 88853 118158 157574
8256 11009 14679 19817 27526 36698 48810 64957 86242 114680 152939
76.2 101.6
38.1 50.8
76.2 114.3 152.4
50.8
25.4
E82 E268 E98 E100 E110
MILLIMETERS
SPRING DEFLECTION
8007 10676 14234 19216 26689 35586 47329 62987 83627 111206 148304 12.7 25.4
7758 10342 13789 18616 25858 34474 45852 61021 81015 107731 143669
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
14.9
19.8
29.8
59.5
19.7
26.3
39.4
78.8
26.3
35.0
52.5
35.0
46.7
70.1
47.3
63.0
94.6
65.7
87.6
87.6
116.5 155.0
116.8 155.3 206.6
131.3 175.1 232.9 310.0
105.1 140.1 189.1 262.7 350.3 465.8 619.9
205.8
274.4
411.5
273.6
364.8
547.3
364.9
486.6
729.9
823.1 1094.5 1459.7
119.1 157.6 210.2 280.2 378.3 525.4 700.5 931.7 1239.9 1646.2 2189.1 2919.4 E82
14
E268
E98
E100
E110
9831 13011 17348 23131 31227 43370 57827 76910 10235 135893 180709 240996 44.5 88.9 177.8 266.7 355.6
9644 12762 17014 22686 30626 42538 56715 75433 10036 133282 177235 236361
9452 12513 16681 22241 30025 41702 55603 73952 98417 130667 173761 231726
9266 12259 16347 21796 29425 40870 54491 72475 96451 128055 170282 227091
9074 12010 16014 21351 28824 40034 53379 70994 94480 125440 166808 222456 38.1 76.2 152.4 228.6 304.8
8888 11761 15680 20907 28224 39202 52267 69517 92514 122829 163334 217821
8696 11512 15346 20462 27623 38366 51155 68036 90544 120213 159860 213185
8509 11258 15013 20017 27023 37534 50042 66559 88577 117602 156382 208550
8318 11009 14679 19572 26422 36698 48930 65077 86607 114987 152908 203920 31.8 63.5 127.0 190.5 254.0
8131 10760 14346 19127 25822 35866 47818 63601 84641 112375 149434 199285
7940 10511 14012 18683 25221 35030 46706 62119 82670 109760 145959 194650
7753 10258 13678 18238 24621 34198 45594 60643 80704 107149 142481 190015
SPRING RATE - N / MM
91.1
14
2"
8007 10676 14412 20017 26689 35497 47240 62720 83404 111228
13
1 1/2" 1 3/4"
7509 10008 13345 18015 25021 33362 44371 59050 78400 104257 139034
7255
7006
6757
6508
6254
6005
12
1 1/4"
7562 10008 13345 17793 24020 33362 44482 59161 78734 104533 139007 185380 25.4 50.8 101.6 152.4 203.2
7375
7184
6997
6806
6619
6428
6241
6050
5863
5671
5485
5293
5107
4915
4728
4537
11
1"
SPRING HANGER SIZE
10
7517
7375
7228
7086
6939
6797
6650
6508
6361
6219
6072
5929
5783
5640
5494
5351
5204
5062
4915
4773
4626
4484
4337
4195
4048
3906
3759
3616
3470
10
SPRING HANGER SIZE
3/4"
ROD DIAMETER
E98
38.1
50.8
101.6 76.2
12.7
25.4
38.1
50.8
85
31
8.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
8.00
13.00
13.00
13.00
13.00
20.00
20.00
00
H (in)
Load
Unit Wt.
Capacity
(lbs.)*
(lbs.)
000
Load
Unit Wt. BOP to
Capacity
(lbs.)* TOS (in)
(lbs.)
E110
Nominal
Actual
Pipe Dia.
O.D. (in.)
(in)
E82
E268
E98
lengths.
5/8"
E110 E100
MILLIMETERS
1/2"
FIG. 5000
SPLIT BEAM PIPE SHOE
WORKING RANGE
APPLICATION: The Fig 5000 Pipe Shoe is to be welded to the pipe along the top edge and can also be welded to
the base.
PIPE SHOES
LOAD TABLE IN NEWTONS FOR SPRING HANGER SELECTION
AAA TECHNOLOGY AND SPECIALTIES CO., INC.
Page 200
Page 23
CHARTNEWTONS
Page 24
Page 199
PIPE SHOES

SERIES E82
BASE PLATE DETAIL

L (in)
Single Upright Shoes (e.g. Fig Double Upright Shoes (e.g. Fig
5000, 5100 etc.)
5200)
Type A
Type B
Type C
1. The casing diameters shown for each spring hanger size are for all types of spring hangers.
2. The casing lengths shown are for Types A, B and C.
3. All Rod Takeout dimensions shown in the table for Type A, B and C spring hangers are calculated with the spring hanger at the top of the movement scale.
4. All Minimum Overall Length values shown in the table for Type A, B and C spring hangers are calculated with the spring hanger at the top of the
movement scale. All Maximum Overall Length values shown in the table for Type A, B and C spring hangers are calculated with the spring hanger
at the bottom of the movement scale. To obtain the actual shipping length, add to the minimum overall length the deflection from the top of the
scale (top of the working range) to the preset position.
APPROX
LOAD
HANGER
UNIT
RATING
WEIGHT
SIZE
(LBS)
(LBS)
69
1
2
ROD
DIA.
A (IN)
R.H.
CASING
TH'D
LENGTH
L'GTH
B (IN)
(IN)
TYPE A
CASING
MIN.
OUTTH'D
SIDE Z (IN)
ENGAGE ROD
DIA.
ENH
F (IN)
C (IN)
GAGE (IN)
G (IN)
TYPE B & C
R
(IN)
S
(IN)
T
(IN)
ROD TAKE-OUT
(IN)
Pipe Size
T (in)
Type NG
2
2 1/2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
1/4" or 3/8 or 1/2"

1/4" or 3/8 or 1/2"
1/4" or 3/8 or 1/2"
1/4" or 3/8 or 1/2"
1/4" or 3/8 or 1/2"
1/4" or 3/8 or 1/2"
1/4" or 3/8 or 1/2"
1/4" or 3/8 or 1/2"
1/4" or 3/8 or 1/2"
1/4" or 3/8 or 1/2"
1/4" or 3/8 or 1/2"
1/4" or 3/8 or 1/2"
1/4" or 3/8 or 1/2"
1/4" or 3/8 or 1/2"
1/4" or 3/8 or 1/2"
1/4" or 3/8 or 1/2"
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
10
10
10
10
12
12
----
30
36
OVERALL LENGTH X (IN)
LUG
HOLE
DIA.
(IN)
TYPE A
B&C
MIN.
MAX
MIN.
MAX
TYPE A
42
Type AG
Type AG
Type CG Type NG
Type CG
or AG2
or AG2
6 3/4
6 3/4
6 3/4
6 3/4
6 3/4
6 3/4
6 3/4
10 3/4
10 3/4
10 3/4
10 3/4
12 3/4
12 3/4
----
8 1/4
8 1/4
8 1/4
8 1/4
8 1/4
8 1/4
8 1/4
12 1/4
12 1/4
12 1/4
12 1/4
14 1/4
14 1/4
----
------8
10
10
12
12
14
14
19 1/2
22 1/2
25 1/2
------8 3/4
10 3/4
10 3/4
12 3/4
12 3/4
14 3/4
14 3/4
20 1/4
23 1/4
26 1/4
------10 1/4
12 1/4
12 1/4
14 1/4
14 1/4
16 1/4
16 1/4
21 3/4
24 3/4
27 3/4
TYPES B & C
1/2
3 1/2
5 1/2
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8 1 1/4
1/4
11/16
5 1/4
7 1/4
8 3/4
9 5/8
11 1/8
100
1/2
3 1/2
5 1/2
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8 1 1/4
1/4
11/16
5 1/4
7 1/4
8 3/4
9 5/8
11 1/8
128
10
1/2
3 1/2
5 1/2
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8 1 1/4
1/4
11/16
5 1/4
7 1/4
8 3/4
9 5/8
11 1/8
166
12
1/2
3 1/2
5 1/2
5 9/16
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8 1 1/4
1/4
11/16
5 1/4
7 1/4
8 3/4
9 5/8
11 1/8
223
14
1/2
3 1/2
5 1/2
5 9/16
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8 1 1/4
1/4
11/16
5 1/4
7 1/4
8 3/4
9 5/8
11 1/8
299
15
1/2
3 1/2
5 1/2
5 9/16
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8 1 1/4
1/4
11/16
5 1/4
7 1/4
8 3/4
9 5/8
11 1/8
399
22
5/8
6 3/4
6 5/8
1 3/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8 1 1/4
1/4
13/16
6 1/2
9 1/4
8 3/4
10 1/4
11
12 1/2
532
26
5/8
6 3/4
6 5/8
1 3/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8 1 1/4
1/4
13/16
6 1/2
9 1/4
8 3/4
10 1/4
11
12 1/2
713
27
5/8
6 3/4
6 5/8
1 3/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8 1 1/4
1/4
13/16
6 1/2
9 1/4
8 3/4
10 1/4
11
12 1/2
950
57
3/4
7 11/16
8 5/8
1 5/8
1 1/2
1 7/16
1 1/8 1 1/2
3/8
15/16
7 5/16 10 3/16 10 1/16 11 9/16 12 7/16 13 15/16
10
1235
64
3/4
7 11/16
8 5/8
1 5/8
1 1/2
1 7/16
1 1/8 1 1/2
3/8
15/16
7 5/16 10 3/16 10 1/16 11 9/16 12 7/16 13 15/16
11
1615
58
3/4
7 11/16
8 5/8
1 5/8
1 1/2
1 7/16
1 1/8 1 1/2
3/8
15/16
7 5/16 10 3/16 10 1/16 11 9/16 12 7/16 13 15/16
12
2138
60
7 11/16
8 5/8
1 7/8
1 3/4
1 11/16
1 1/2
1/2
1 1/4
7 5/16 11 3/16 10 9/16 12 1/16 14 1/16 15 9/16
13
2850
72
7 11/16
8 5/8
1 7/8
1 3/4
1 11/16
1 1/2
1/2
1 1/4
7 5/16 11 3/16 10 9/16 12 1/16 14 1/16 15 9/16
14
3800
77
1 1/4
9 5/8
8 5/8
2 1/4
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 1/2
5/8
1 1/2
13 1/8 13 1/16 14 9/16 16 7/8
18 3/8
15
5130
92
1 1/4
9 5/8
8 5/8
2 1/4
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 1/2
5/8
1 1/2
13 1/8 13 1/16 14 9/16 16 7/8
18 3/8
16
7125
106
1 1/2
11 15/16
8 5/8
2 3/4
2 5/8
2 11/16
2 1/2
3/4
1 3/4
11 3/16 16 7/16 16 1/8
17 5/8 21 3/16 22 11/16
17
9500
128
1 3/4
11 15/16
8 5/8
2 7/8
2 15/16
2 1/2 3 3/4
3/4
11 3/16 17 7/16 16 5/8
18 1/8 22 7/16 23 15/16
18
12645
262
14 3/8
12 3/4
3 1/4
3 1/8
3 5/8
3 3/4
3/4
2 3/8
13 3/8
19 7/8 19 9/16 21 1/16 25 5/8
19
16805
288
2 1/4
14 3/8
12 3/4
3 5/8
3 7/16
3 13/16
4 1/4
3/4
2 5/8
13 3/8
19 7/8 20 3/16 21 11/16 25 15/16 27 7/16
20
22325
361
2 1/2
14 3/8
12 3/4
3 7/8
3 11/16
4 1/16
4 1/2
3/4
2 7/8
13 3/8
19 7/8 20 11/16 22 3/16 27 3/16 28 11/16
21
29688
408
2 3/4
18 1/8
12 3/4
4 1/4
4 1/16
4 11/16
3/4
3 1/8
16 7/8
23 5/8 25 1/16 26 9/16 31 5/16 32 13/16
22
39591
515
18 1/8
12 3/4
4 1/2
4 5/16
4 11/16
3 3/8
16 7/8
23 5/8 25 5/16 26 13/16 31 9/16 33 1/16
Different lengths, widths and thicknesses available upon request.
Type NG Base Plate
Type AG or AG2 Base Plate
27 1/8
Type CG Base Plate
Page 198
Page 25
PIPE SHOES
SERIES E82
SLIDE BEARING OPTION DETAIL

Property
T/T - PTFE on PTFE
Compressive
2000 PSI
Strength
Maximum Tem300 F (150 C)
perature
S/T - SS on PTFE
S/P - SS on Polyethylene
G/G - Graphite on
Graphite
4000 PSI
1200 PSI
5625 PSI
300 F (150 C)
200 F (95 C)
800 F (430 C)
Type D
Type E
2. The casing lengths shown are for Type D and E spring hangers.
3. All Maximum Overall Length values shown in the table for Type D spring hangers are calculated with the spring hanger at the top of the movement scale. All Minimum Overall Length values shown in the table for Type D spring hangers are calculated with the spring hanger at the bottom
of the movement scale. To obtain the actual shipping length, subtract from the maximum overall length the deflection from the top of the scale (top
of the working range) to the preset position.
4. For Type E spring hangers, the Maximum Overall Length is equal to the Casing Length B.
LOAD
RATING
(LBS)
APPROX. UNIT
WEIGHT (LBS)
ROD
DIA.
A (IN)
R.H. TH'D
LENGTH
(IN)
CASING
LENGTH
B (IN)
CASING
OUTSIDE
DIA
ROD
LENGTH Y
(MAX) (IN)
X MIN.
X MAX
69
1/2
3 1/2
5 1/2
3/4
1 1/4
100
1/2
3 1/2
5 1/2
3/4
1 1/4
8 1/2
5 3/4
7 1/4
8 1/2
5 3/4
128
1/2
3 1/2
5 1/2
3/4
7 1/4
1 1/4
8 1/2
5 3/4
166
11
1/2
3 1/2
5 1/2
5 9/16
7 1/4
3/4
1 1/4
8 1/2
5 3/4
223
13
1/2
3 1/2
5 1/2
7 1/4
5 9/16
3/4
1 1/4
8 1/2
5 3/4
299
14
1/2
3 1/2
7 1/4
5 1/2
5 9/16
3/4
1 1/4
8 1/2
5 3/4
399
20
5/8
7 1/4
6 3/4
6 5/8
7/8
1 1/2
10
532
24
8 1/2
5/8
6 3/4
6 5/8
7/8
1 1/2
10
713
8 1/2
25
5/8
6 3/4
6 5/8
7/8
1 1/2
10
8 1/2
950
52
3/4
7 11/16
8 5/8
7/8
1 3/4
3 3/16
11 3/16
7 15/16
9 7/16
10
1235
58
3/4
7 11/16
8 5/8
7/8
1 3/4
3 5/16
11 3/16
7 15/16
9 7/16
11
1615
53
3/4
7 11/16
8 5/8
7/8
1 3/4
3 5/16
11 3/16
7 15/16
9 7/16
12
2138
55
7 11/16
8 5/8
1 1/2
2 1/4
3 5/16
11 11/16
7 15/16
9 7/16
13
2850
67
7 11/16
8 5/8
1 1/2
2 1/4
3 3/16
11 11/16
7 15/16
9 7/16
14
3800
72
1 1/4
9 5/8
8 5/8
1 5/8
2 1/2
3 7/8
13 7/8
9 7/8
11 3/8
15
5130
83
1 1/4
9 5/8
8 5/8
1 5/8
3 7/8
14 3/8
9 7/8
11 3/8
16
7125
96
1 1/2
11 15/16
8 5/8
1 3/4
3 1/2
4 3/8
17 3/16
12 3/16
13 11/16
17
9500
111
1 3/4
11 15/16
8 5/8
2 1/4
4 3/8
17 11/16
12 3/16
13 11/16
18
12645
237
14 3/8
12 3/4
2 1/2
4 9/16
5 7/16
20 11/16
14 5/8
16 1/8
19
16805
259
2 1/4
14 3/8
12 3/4
3 1/8
5 3/16
21 1/8
14 5/8
16 1/8
20
22325
325
2 1/2
14 3/8
12 3/4
3 1/8
5 9/16
5 7/16
21 11/16
14 5/8
16 1/8
21
29688
363
2 3/4
18 1/8
12 3/4
4 1/8
6 1/4
5 3/4
26 1/8
18 3/8
19 7/8
22
39591
455
18 1/8
12 3/4
4 1/2
6 5/8
5 3/4
26 1/2
18 3/8
19 7/8
HANGER
SIZE
Option T/T, S/T and S/P
Option G/G
MIN. TH'D
HEIGHT OF
ALLOW FOR
ENGAGE F
SPACER M
NUTS K (IN)
(IN)
(MAX) (IN)
Page 26
Page 197
PIPE SHOES

SERIES E82
GUIDE & STOP DETAILS
Type NG, No Guide
Type CG, Clip Guide
Type F
2. The casing lengths shown are for the Type F only.
3. The installed heights are given for the mid range load settings.
4. Guided load columns are available for cases where significant lateral loads are applied to the spring hanger.
5. When significant lateral loads are applied to the spring hanger, low friction slide bearings can be attached to the top of the load flange and the
bottom of the mating member above the load flange or a roller can be used to allow pipe movement.
BASE PLATE
INSTALLED HEIGHT X
LOAD FLANGE
LOAD
RATING
(LBS)
APPROX.
UNIT
WEIGHT
(LBS)
CASING
OUTSIDE
DIA
C (IN)
SQUARE
L (IN)
THK. T
(IN)
MIN. (IN)
MAX. (IN)
BOLT DIA.
D (IN)
MIN. (IN)
MAX. (IN)
LOAD
COLUMN
DIA. (IN)
69
12
7 1/2
1/4
8 3/4
5/8
6 1/2
7 1/2
100
12
7 1/2
1/4
8 3/4
5/8
6 1/2
7 1/2
128
13
7 1/2
1/4
8 3/4
5/8
6 1/2
166
21
5 9/16
7 1/2
1/4
7 3/4
8 3/4
3/4
223
22
5 9/16
7 1/2
1/4
7 3/4
8 3/4
3/4
299
23
5 9/16
7 1/2
1/4
7 3/4
8 3/4
399
35
6 5/8
3/8
532
38
6 5/8
3/8
713
39
6 5/8
950
81
8 5/8
10
1235
84
11
1615
12
HANGER
SIZE
BOLT CIRCLE
SQUARE
N (IN)
THK. P
(IN)
1 9/10
3/16
1 9/10
3/16
7 1/2
1 9/10
3/16
6 1/2
7 1/2
2 7/8
3/16
6 1/2
7 1/2
2 7/8
3/16
3/4
6 1/2
7 1/2
2 7/8
3/16
10 7/8
3/4
7 5/8
8 3/4
2 7/8
1/4
10 7/8
3/4
7 5/8
8 3/4
2 7/8
1/4
3/8
10 7/8
3/4
7 5/8
8 3/4
2 7/8
1/4
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
8 9/16
10
4 1/2
1/2
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
8 9/16
10
4 1/2
1/2
80
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
8 9/16
10
4 1/2
1/2
2138
81
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
8 9/16
10
4 1/2
1/2
13
2850
82
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
8 9/16
10
4 1/2
1/2
14
3800
93
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
10 9/16
11 9/16
4 1/2
1/2
15
5130
104
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
10 3/4
11 3/4
4 1/2
1/2
16
7125
116
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
12 7/16
13 7/16
4 1/2
1/2
17
9500
131
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
12 7/16
13 7/16
4 1/2
1/2
18
12645
272
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
3/4
14 7/8
15 7/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
19
16805
278
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
3/4
14 7/8
15 7/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
20
22325
352
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
3/4
14 7/8
15 7/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
21
29688
356
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
3/4
18 3/8
19 3/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
22
39591
448
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
3/4
18 3/8
19 3/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
Type AG, Angle Guide
Type AG2 & ST, Angle Guide & Line Stop
Type AG2, Angle Guide 2
Type ST, Line Stop
Page 196
PIPE SHOES
Page 27

SERIES E82
SLOT OPTION DETAIL
Type S2, Expansion Slots
Type G
2. The casing lengths shown are for Type G spring hangers.
3. The weights shown for all Type G spring hangers are based upon 24 center-to-center rod dimensions.
Type S1, No Slots
*Z = (F + N) - P
LOAD
RATING
EACH
(LBS)
APPROX
ASSEMBLY
WEIGHT
(LBS)
ROD
DIA.
A (IN)
R.H. TH'D
LENGTH
(IN)
CASING
LENGTH
B (IN)
CASING
OUTSIDE
DIA
C (IN)
MIN. TH'D
ENGAGEMENT
F (IN)
ROD
TAKE-OUT
N (IN)
CHANNEL
SIZE
MAX
C-C
(IN)
69
30
1/2
3 1/2
5 1/2
1 1/8
3 1/16
C3 X 4.1
24
5/8
1 1/2
100
32
1/2
3 1/2
5 1/2
1 1/8
3 1/16
C3 X 4.1
24
5/8
1 1/2
128
34
1/2
3 1/2
5 1/2
1 1/8
2 11/16
C3 X 4.1
24
5/8
1 1/2
166
38
1/2
3 1/2
5 1/2
5 9/16
1 1/8
2 11/16
C3 X 4.1
30
3/4
1 1/2
223
42
1/2
3 1/2
5 1/2
5 9/16
1 1/8
2 5/16
C3 X 4.1
30
3/4
1 1/2
299
44
1/2
3 1/2
5 1/2
5 9/16
1 1/8
2 3/8
C3 X 4.1
30
3/4
1 1/2
399
56
5/8
6 3/4
6 5/8
1 1/4
2 15/16
C3 X 4.1
36
532
65
5/8
6 3/4
6 5/8
1 1/4
2 11/16
C3 X 4.1
36
713
67
5/8
6 3/4
6 5/8
1 1/4
2 3/4
C3 X 4.1
36
950
128
3/4
7 11/16
8 5/8
1 1/2
3 13/16
C4 X 5.4
36
1 1/4
10
1235
142
3/4
7 11/16
8 5/8
1 1/2
2 7/8
C4 X 5.4
36
1 1/4
11
1615
130
3/4
7 11/16
8 5/8
1 1/2
3 1/4
C4 X 5.4
36
1 1/4
12
2138
138
7 11/16
8 5/8
1 3/4
2 11/16
C5 X 6.7
36
1 1/2
13
2850
162
7 11/16
8 5/8
1 3/4
3 7/16
C5 X 6.7
36
1 1/2
14
3800
172
1 1/4
9 5/8
8 5/8
2 1/8
2 11/16
C5 X 6.7
34
1 1/2
15
5130
212
1 1/4
9 5/8
8 5/8
2 1/8
C6 X 10.5
36
2 1/8
16
7125
244
1 1/2
11 15/16
8 5/8
2 5/8
3 1/8
C8 X 11.5
36
2 1/8
17
9500
288
1 3/4
11 15/16
8 5/8
2 7/8
3 1/2
C8 X 11.5
36
2 1/8
18
12645
566
14 3/8
12 3/4
3 1/8
2 3/4
C12 X 20.7
42
2 3/8
19
16805
618
2 1/4
14 3/8
12 3/4
3 7/16
3 3/8
C12 X 20.7
42
2 5/8
20
22325
764
2 1/2
14 3/8
12 3/4
3 11/16
3 1/4
C12 X 20.7
40
2 7/8
21
29688
884
2 3/4
18 1/8
12 3/4
4 1/16
C15 X 33.9
48
3 1/8
22
39591
1098
18 1/8
12 3/4
4 5/16
3 7/8
C15 X 33.9
48
3 3/8
HANGER
SIZE
Type S4, Expansion & Insulation Slots
Type S3, Insulation Slots
SPACE
BOTTOM OF
BETWEEN CASING TO
CHANNELS CHANNEL
W (IN)
P (IN)
Page 28
Page 195
PIPE SHOES
SERIES E268
HOW TO ORDER
T-Shoes are ordered by indicating the following dimensions and choices:
Type B
Type A
Type C
APPROX.
R.H.
LOAD
ROD
CASING
HANGER
UNIT
TH'D
RATING
DIA.
LENGTH
WEIGHT
L'GTH
SIZE
(LBS)
A (IN)
B (IN)
(LBS)
(IN)
TYPE
A
CASING
MIN.
OUTTH'D
SIDE
Z (IN)
ENGAGE ROD
DIA.
ENF (IN)
C (IN)
GAGE
G (IN)
TYPE B & C
ROD TAKE-OUT
(IN)
H
(IN)
R
(IN)
S
(IN)
T
(IN)
LUG
HOLE
DIA.
(IN)
TYPE A
B&C
TYPE A
Fig.
Description of Pipe Shoe
Fig.
Description of Pipe Shoe with Gusset Plates
5000
Split Beam T-Shoe
5001
Split Beam T-Shoe with End Gusset Plates
5010
Split Beam T-Shoe w/U-Bolts
5011
Split Beam T-Shoe w/U-Bolts with End Gusset Plates
5020
Split Beam T-Shoe w/Clamps
5021
Split Beam T-Shoe w/Clamps with End Gusset Plates
5100
Fabricated T-Shoe
5101
Fabricated T-Shoe with End Gusset Plates
5110
Fabricated T-Shoe w/U-Bolts
5111
Fabricated T-Shoe w/U-Bolts with End Gusset Plates
5120
Fabricated T-Shoe w/Clamps
5121
Fabricated T-Shoe w/Clamps with End Gusset Plates
5200
Double Upright T-Shoe
5210
Double Upright T-Shoe w/U-Bolts
5220
Double Upright T-Shoe w/Clamps
TYPES B & C
MIN.
MAX
MIN.
MAX
69
10
1/2
3 1/2
8 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
11/16
10 3/4
10
13
12 3/8
15 3/8
100
11
1/2
3 1/2
8 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
11/16
10 3/4
10
13
12 3/8
15 3/8
128
12
1/2
3 1/2
8 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
11/16
10 3/4
10
13
12 3/8
15 3/8
166
15
1/2
3 1/2
8 3/4
5 9/16
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
11/16
8 1/2
11 1/4
10 1/2
13 1/2
12 7/8
15 7/8
S1
No Slots
223
18
1/2
3 1/2
8 3/4
5 9/16
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
11/16
8 1/2
11 1/4
10 1/2
13 1/2
12 7/8
15 7/8
S2
Expansion Slots
299
20
1/2
3 1/2
8 3/4
5 9/16
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
11/16
8 1/2
11 1/4
10 1/2
13 1/2
12 7/8
15 7/8
S3
Insulation Band Slots
399
28
5/8
8 13/16
6 5/8
1 3/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
13/16
8 9/16 11 5/16 10 13/16 13 13/16 13 1/16
16 1/16
532
31
5/8
8 13/16
6 5/8
1 3/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
13/16
8 9/16 11 5/16 10 13/16 13 13/16 13 1/16
16 1/16
S4
Expansion Slots & Insulation Band Slots
713
33
5/8
8 13/16
6 5/8
1 3/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
13/16
8 9/16 11 5/16 10 13/16 13 13/16 13 1/16
16 1/16
950
68
3/4
11 1/16
8 5/8
1 5/8
1 1/2
1 7/16
1 1/8 1 1/2
3/8
15/16 10 11/16 13 9/16 13 7/16 16 7/16 15 13/16 18 13/16
10
1235
74
3/4
11 1/16
8 5/8
1 5/8
1 1/2
1 7/16
1 1/8 1 1/2
3/8
15/16 10 11/16 13 9/16 13 7/16 16 7/16 15 13/16 18 13/16
11
1615
70
3/4
11 1/16
8 5/8
1 5/8
1 1/2
1 7/16
1 1/8 1 1/2
3/8
15/16 10 11/16 13 9/16 13 7/16 16 7/16 15 13/16 18 13/16
12
2138
72
11 1/16
8 5/8
1 7/8
1 3/4
1 11/16
1 1/2
1/2
1 1/4
10 11/16 14 9/16 13 15/16 16 15/16 17 7/16
20 7/16
13
2850
91
11 1/16
8 5/8
1 7/8
1 3/4
1 11/16
1 1/2
1/2
1 1/4
10 11/16 14 9/16 13 15/16 16 15/16 17 7/16
20 7/16
14
3800
96
1 1/4
14 1/16
8 5/8
2 1/4
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 1/2
5/8
1 1/2
13 7/16 17 9/16 17 1/2
20 1/2 21 5/16
24 5/16
15
5130
121
1 1/4
14 1/16
8 5/8
2 1/4
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 1/2
5/8
1 1/2
13 7/16 17 9/16 17 1/2
20 1/2 21 5/16
24 5/16
16
7125
144
1 1/2
18 5/8
8 5/8
2 3/4
2 5/8
2 11/16
2 1/2
3/4
1 3/4
17 7/8
23 1/8 22 13/16 25 13/16 27 7/8
30 7/8
17
9500
172
1 3/4
18 5/8
8 5/8
2 7/8
2 15/16
2 1/2 3 3/4
3/4
17 7/8
24 1/8 23 5/16 26 5/16 29 1/8
32 1/8
18
12645
336
19 3/4
12 3/4
3 1/4
3 1/8
3 5/8
3 3/4
3/4
2 3/8
18 3/4
25 1/4 24 15/16 27 15/16
19
16805
382
2 1/4
19 3/4
12 3/4
3 5/8
3 7/16
3 13/16
4 1/4
3/4
2 5/8
18 3/4
25 1/4 25 9/16 28 9/16 31 5/16
34 5/16
20
22325
491
2 1/2
19 3/4
12 3/4
3 7/8
3 11/16
4 1/16
4 1/2
3/4
2 7/8
18 3/4
25 1/4 26 1/16 29 1/16 32 9/16
35 9/16
21
29688
502
2 3/4
26 3/4
12 3/4
4 1/4
4 1/16
4 11/16
3/4
3 1/8
25 1/2
32 1/4 33 11/16 36 11/16 39 15/16 42 15/16
22
39591
724
26 3/4
12 3/4
4 1/2
4 5/16
4 11/16
3 3/8
25 1/2
32 1/4 33 15/16 36 15/16 40 3/16
31
34
43 3/16
Type
Type
Description of Slot Options
Description of Slide Bearings
Type
T/T
PTFE on PTFE
NG
No Guide
S/T
Stainless Steel on PTFE
CG
Clip Guide
S/P
Stainless Steel on Polyethylene
AG
Angle Guide
S/G
Stainless Steel on Graphite
AG2
Angle Guide 2
G/G
Graphite on Graphite
CG & ST
Clip Guide and Line Stop
B/B
Bronze on Bronze
AG & ST
Angle Guide and Line Stop
S/M
Stainless on Meehanite
AG2 & ST
Angle Guide 2 and Line Stop
ST
Line Stop
Description of Guide Support
Page 194
PIPE SHOES
Page 29

SERIES E268
SHOE TYPES
Choose from three designs of pipe shoe: 1) Split Beam T-Shoe; 2) Fabricated (from flat bar) T-Shoe; or 3) Double Upright T-Shoe. Each design, in turn, can be fabricated : 1)
Plain; 2) With U-Bolts; or 3) With Clamps.
Fig. 5000, 5010, & 5020 SPLIT BEAM T-SHOES
5000 - Split BeamPlain
5010 - Split Beam with U-Bolts
Type D
5020 - Split Beam with Clamps
Fig. 5100, 5110, 5120 FABRICATED T-SHOES
HANGER
SIZE
5100 - Fabricated-Plain
5110 - Fabricated with U-Bolts
5120 - Fabricated with Clamps
Fig. 5200, 5210, & 5220 DOUBLE UPRIGHT T-SHOES
5200 - Double UprightPlain
5210 - Double Upright with U-Bolts
Type E
5220 - Double Upright with Clamps
LOAD
RATING
(LBS)
APPROX.
UNIT
WEIGHT
(LBS)
ROD
DIA.
A (IN)
R.H. TH'D
LENGTH
(IN)
CASING
LENGTH
B (IN)
CASING
OUTSIDE
DIA
C (IN)
MIN. TH'D
ENGAGE F
(IN)
ALLOW FOR
NUTS K (IN)
HEIGHT OF
SPACER M
(MAX) (IN)
ROD
LENGTH Y
(MAX) (IN)
X MIN.
X MAX
69
1/2
3 1/2
8 1/4
3/4
1 1/4
4 3/4
12 5/8
8 3/8
11 3/8
100
10
1/2
3 1/2
8 1/4
3/4
1 1/4
4 3/4
12 5/8
8 3/8
11 3/8
128
11
1/2
3 1/2
8 1/4
3/4
1 1/4
4 3/4
12 5/8
8 3/8
11 3/8
166
14
1/2
3 1/2
8 3/4
5 9/16
3/4
1 1/4
4 3/4
13 1/8
8 7/8
11 7/8
223
16
1/2
3 1/2
8 3/4
5 9/16
3/4
1 1/4
4 3/4
13 1/8
8 7/8
11 7/8
299
18
1/2
3 1/2
8 3/4
5 9/16
3/4
1 1/4
4 3/4
13 1/8
8 7/8
11 7/8
399
25
5/8
8 13/16
6 5/8
7/8
1 1/2
4 3/4
13 5/16
8 13/16
11 13/16
532
28
5/8
8 13/16
6 5/8
7/8
1 1/2
4 3/4
13 5/16
8 13/16
11 13/16
713
30
5/8
8 13/16
6 5/8
7/8
1 1/2
4 3/4
13 5/16
8 13/16
11 13/16
950
62
3/4
11 1/16
8 5/8
7/8
1 3/4
5 1/16
15 13/16
11 1/16
14 1/16
10
1235
67
3/4
11 1/16
8 5/8
7/8
1 3/4
4 15/16
15 13/16
11 1/16
14 1/16
11
1615
63
3/4
11 1/16
8 5/8
7/8
1 3/4
4 15/16
15 13/16
11 1/16
14 1/16
12
2138
64
11 1/16
8 5/8
1 1/2
2 1/4
5 1/16
16 5/16
11 1/16
14 1/16
13
2850
82
11 1/16
8 5/8
1 1/2
2 1/4
5 1/16
16 5/16
11 1/16
14 1/16
14
3800
86
1 1/4
14 1/16
8 5/8
1 5/8
2 1/2
5 5/8
19 9/16
14 1/16
17 1/16
15
5130
109
1 1/4
14 1/16
8 5/8
1 5/8
5 5/8
20 1/16
14 1/16
17 1/16
16
7125
130
1 1/2
18 5/8
8 5/8
1 3/4
3 1/2
6 1/8
25 1/8
18 5/8
21 5/8
17
9500
155
1 3/4
18 5/8
8 5/8
2 1/4
6 1/8
25 5/8
18 5/8
21 5/8
18
12645
302
19 3/4
12 3/4
2 1/2
4 9/16
6 15/16
27 5/16
19 3/4
22 3/4
19
16805
344
2 1/4
19 3/4
12 3/4
3 1/8
7 3/16
27 3/4
19 3/4
22 3/4
20
22325
440
2 1/2
19 3/4
12 3/4
3 1/8
5 9/16
7 3/16
28 5/16
19 3/4
22 3/4
21
29688
452
2 3/4
26 3/4
12 3/4
4 1/8
6 1/4
7 1/2
36
26 3/4
29 3/4
22
39591
651
26 3/4
12 3/4
4 1/2
6 5/8
7 1/2
36 3/8
26 3/4
29 3/4
Page 30
Page 193
PIPE SHOES

SERIES E268
Pipe Shoes for Ambient and Hot Applications

AAA Technology & Specialty Co., Inc. is proud to provide a complete line of Pipe Shoes and Supports. These pipe shoes are constructed in accordance with the rules and regulations specified and defined by the Quality Assurance Procedures for Pipe Supports Manufactured per ASME B31.1, B31.2, B31.3, B31.4, B31.5, B31.8, B31.9 & B31.11 Piping Codes, the AWS D1.1 and the
MSS SP-58 Standards. Well trained and experienced personal using formal standardized document systems and fabrication
control methods supervise all projects.
Type F
6. Extended load columns are available where taller installed heights are required.
BASE PLATE
INSTALLED HEIGHT X
LOAD FLANGE
LOAD
RATING
(LBS)
APPROX.
UNIT
WEIGHT
(LBS)
CASING
OUTSIDE
DIA
C (IN)
SQUARE
L (IN)
THK. T
(IN)
MIN. (IN)
MAX. (IN)
BOLT DIA.
D (IN)
MIN. (IN)
MAX. (IN)
LOAD
COLUMN
DIA. (IN)
69
14
7 1/2
1/4
8 3/4
5/8
9 3/8
12 5/8
100
14
7 1/2
1/4
8 3/4
5/8
9 3/8
12 5/8
128
16
7 1/2
1/4
8 3/4
5/8
9 3/8
166
24
5 9/16
7 1/2
1/4
7 3/4
8 3/4
3/4
223
26
5 9/16
7 1/2
1/4
7 3/4
8 3/4
299
27
5 9/16
7 1/2
1/4
7 3/4
399
40
6 5/8
3/8
532
46
6 5/8
713
48
6 5/8
950
83
10
1235
11
12
HANGER
SIZE
BOLT CIRCLE
SQUARE
N (IN)
THK. P
(IN)
1 9/10
3/16
1 9/10
3/16
12 5/8
1 9/10
3/16
9 5/8
13 1/2
2 7/8
3/16
3/4
9 5/8
13 1/2
2 7/8
3/16
8 3/4
3/4
9 5/8
13 1/2
2 7/8
3/16
10 7/8
3/4
9 3/4
13 5/8
2 7/8
1/4
3/8
10 7/8
3/4
9 3/4
13 5/8
2 7/8
1/4
3/8
10 7/8
3/4
9 3/4
13 5/8
2 7/8
1/4
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
12 1/8
15 3/8
4 1/2
1/2
90
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
12 1/8
15 3/8
4 1/2
1/2
1615
84
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
12 1/8
15 3/8
4 1/2
1/2
2138
87
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
12 1/8
15 3/8
4 1/2
1/2
13
2850
110
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
12 1/8
15 1/2
4 1/2
1/2
14
3800
116
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
15 1/4
18
4 1/2
1/2
15
5130
122
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
15 1/4
17 3/4
4 1/2
1/2
16
7125
140
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
18 5/8
20 7/8
4 1/2
1/2
17
9500
164
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
18 5/8
20 3/4
4 1/2
1/2
18
12645
319
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
3/4
20 1/8
22 7/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
19
16805
362
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
3/4
20 1/8
22 7/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
20
22325
464
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
3/4
20 3/8
22 7/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
21
29688
496
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
3/4
26 7/8
28 7/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
22
39591
660
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
3/4
27
28 5/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
The Pipe Shoes and Supports offered

herein are built in three categories:
Split Beam Construction, Welded Flat
Bar or Double Upright Construction in
accordance to your requirements. In
addition, we can supply the Shoe Assemblies with Lateral Guides and/or
Line Stops as illustrated in the following pages.
These shoes can be provided with our
TRI*SLIDE slide bearings. For temperatures up to 300 F (149 C), we
offer slide bearings of PTFE over PTFE,
Stainless Steel over PTFE and Stainless
Steel over Polyethylene. For temperatures above 300 F (149 C), we offer
slide bearings of Graphite over Graphite, Stainless Steel over Graphite,
Bronze over Bronze and Stainless
Steel over Meehanite.
For service temperatures from 20 F
(-29 C) to 750 F (399 C), structural carbon steel will be used in the pipe shoes. For service temperatures below 20 F (-29
C), Charpy Impact Tested carbon steel materials will be use or Stainless Steel, as necessary, will be used. For service temperatures from 751 F (400 C) to 1050 F (566 C) , alloy steel will be used in the construction of the pipe shoes. Above 1051 F
(566 C) , stainless steel will be used in the construction of the pipe shoes.
Please do not hesitate to call AAA Technology & Specialties Co., Inc. to tell us about your requirements so that we can better
serve you.
Page 192
Page 31
DYNAMIC RESTRAINTS
U-BOLT RESTRAINT
SERIES E268
U-2000 SERIES
Availability - 1/2" NPS to 12" NPS
Application Primarily to be used for small diameter piping which exerts low pulsation energy.
Provides more contact to piping than a round U-bolt when the Wide Flange Design
is used.
To be used where surrounding clearances limit the use of other types of mechanical restraints.
Can be installed as only one strap, however is most effective when installed in
pairs.
Can be supplied with a Hot Dip Galvanized finish or PTFE Coating.
Supplied with 4 Heavy Hex Nuts.
Type G
STANDARD DESIGN OPTIONS
The Vibration Control Restraints described in this bulletin incorporate one of the following two
Elastomeric Bearing Pads:
Elastomeric Preformed Fabric Bearing Pads are bonded to all pipe contact bearing surfaces of the Clamps and Wedge
blocks to reduce structural borne noise, to distribute restraint loadings on the surface of the pipe and reduce localized
stress concentrations.
Elastomeric PTFE Slide Bearing Pads are bonded to all pipe contact bearing surfaces of the Clamps and Wedge blocks to
facilitate pipe movement due to thermal expansion and contraction and to reduce frictional resistance to this movement.
CONSTRUCTION OPTIONS
Material: Carbon Steel A-36 unless environmental conditions dictate otherwise

Finish: Hot Dip Galvanized, Black, Red Oxide Primer, CZ-11 or in accordance with Customers Paint Specification
Bearing Pad: Elastomeric Random Fiber, Elastomeric Preformed Fabric Pad, Elastomeric PTFE Slide Bearing Pad
Mounting: Anchor Bolts, Base Plate, Assembly Bolts, Nuts and Washers
HOW TO ORDER
Specify Restraint Type, Nominal Pipe Size or Outside Diameter, Elastomeric Pad Type, Finish, Accessories (i.e. base plate, bolts,
etc.) and the Quantity required.
Example: CP-3000 Restraint, 24, with Elastomeric PTFE Slide Bearing Pads, Hot Dip Galvanized finish,
steel sole plate for concrete pier installation, anchor bolts, assembly bolts, heavy hex nuts and washers.
*Z = (F + N) - P
LOAD
RATING
EACH
(LBS)
APPROX
ASSEMBLY
WEIGHT
(LBS)
ROD
DIA.
A (IN)
R.H. TH'D
LENGTH
(IN)
CASING
LENGTH
B (IN)
CASING
OUTSIDE
DIA
C (IN)
MIN. TH'D
ENGAGE
F (IN)
ROD
TAKE-OUT
N (IN)
CHANNEL
SIZE
MAX
C-C
(IN)
69
1/2
3 1/2
8 1/4
1 1/8
3 1/16
C3 X 4.1
24
5/8
1 1/2
100
1/2
3 1/2
8 1/4
1 1/8
3 1/16
C3 X 4.1
24
5/8
1 1/2
128
1/2
3 1/2
8 1/4
1 1/8
2 11/16
C3 X 4.1
24
5/8
1 1/2
166
1/2
3 1/2
8 3/4
5 9/16
1 1/8
2 11/16
C3 X 4.1
30
3/4
1 1/2
223
1/2
3 1/2
8 3/4
5 9/16
1 1/8
2 5/16
C3 X 4.1
30
3/4
1 1/2
299
1/2
3 1/2
8 3/4
5 9/16
1 1/8
2 3/8
C3 X 4.1
30
3/4
1 1/2
399
5/8
8 13/16
6 5/8
1 1/4
2 15/16
C3 X 4.1
36
532
5/8
8 13/16
6 5/8
1 1/4
2 11/16
C3 X 4.1
36
713
5/8
8 13/16
6 5/8
1 1/4
2 3/4
C3 X 4.1
36
950
3/4
11 1/16
8 5/8
1 1/2
3 13/16
C4 X 5.4
36
1 1/4
10
1235
3/4
11 1/16
8 5/8
1 1/2
2 7/8
C4 X 5.4
36
1 1/4
11
1615
3/4
11 1/16
8 5/8
1 1/2
3 1/4
C4 X 5.4
36
1 1/4
12
2138
11 1/16
8 5/8
1 3/4
2 11/16
C5 X 6.7
36
1 1/2
13
2850
11 1/16
8 5/8
1 3/4
3 7/16
C5 X 6.7
36
1 1/2
14
3800
1 1/4
14 1/16
8 5/8
2 1/8
2 11/16
C5 X 6.7
34
1 1/2
15
5130
1 1/4
14 1/16
8 5/8
2 1/8
C6 X 10.5
36
2 1/8
16
7125
1 1/2
18 5/8
8 5/8
2 5/8
3 1/8
C8 X 11.5
36
2 1/8
17
9500
1 3/4
18 5/8
8 5/8
2 7/8
3 1/2
C8 X 11.5
36
2 1/8
18
12645
19 3/4
12 3/4
3 1/8
2 3/4
C12 X 20.7
42
2 3/8
19
16805
2 1/4
19 3/4
12 3/4
3 7/16
3 3/8
C12 X 20.7
42
2 5/8
20
22325
2 1/2
19 3/4
12 3/4
3 11/16
3 1/4
C12 X 20.7
40
2 7/8
21
29688
2 3/4
26 3/4
12 3/4
4 1/16
C15 X 33.9
48
3 1/8
22
39591
26 3/4
12 3/4
4 5/16
3 7/8
C15 X 33.9
48
3 3/8
HANGER
SIZE
SPACE
BOTTOM OF
BETWEEN CASING TO
CHANNELS CHANNEL
W (IN)
P (IN)
Page 32
DYNAMIC RESTRAINTS
SERIES E98
THERMAL-DYNAMIC RESTRAINT
Type C
Type B
Type A
APPROX ROD R.H.

CASING
MIN.
LOAD
CASING
HANGER
UNIT
DIA. TH'D
OUTSIDE
TH'D
RATING
LENGTH
Z
(IN)
WEIGHT
A L'GTH
DIA.
ENGAGE
SIZE
(LBS)
B (IN)
(LBS)
(IN)
(IN)
C (IN)
F (IN)
TYPE A
TYPE B & C
ROD
ENGAGE
G (IN)
H
(IN)
R
(IN)
S
(IN)
T
(IN)
ROD TAKE-OUT
(IN)
LUG
HOLE
DIA.
(IN)
TYPE A
B&C
MIN.
MAX
MIN.
MAX
TYPE A
TYPES B & C
69
14
1/2
3 1/2
15 1/2
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8 1 1/4
1/4
11/16
15 1/4
18
17 1/4
23 1/4
19 5/8
25 5/8
100
16
1/2
3 1/2
15 1/2
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8 1 1/4
1/4
11/16
15 1/4
18
17 1/4
23 1/4
19 5/8
25 5/8
128
18
1/2
3 1/2
15 1/2
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8 1 1/4
1/4
11/16
15 1/4
18
17 1/4
23 1/4
19 5/8
25 5/8
166
24
1/2
3 1/2
16 1/2
5 9/16
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8 1 1/4
1/4
11/16
16 1/4
19
18 1/4
24 1/4
20 5/8
26 5/8
223
27
1/2
3 1/2
16 1/2
5 9/16
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8 1 1/4
1/4
11/16
16 1/4
19
18 1/4
24 1/4
20 5/8
26 5/8
299
30
1/2
3 1/2
16 1/2
5 9/16
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8 1 1/4
1/4
11/16
16 1/4
19
18 1/4
24 1/4
20 5/8
26 5/8
399
44
5/8
16 5/8
6 5/8
1 3/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8 1 1/4
1/4
13/16
16 3/8
19 1/8
18 5/8
24 5/8
20 7/8
26 7/8
532
52
5/8
16 5/8
6 5/8
1 3/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8 1 1/4
1/4
13/16
16 3/8
19 1/8
18 5/8
24 5/8
20 7/8
26 7/8
713
64
5/8
16 5/8
6 5/8
1 3/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8 1 1/4
1/4
13/16
16 3/8
19 1/8
18 5/8
24 5/8
20 7/8
26 7/8
950
100
3/4
20 7/16
8 5/8
1 5/8
1 1/2
1 7/16
1 1/8 1 1/2
3/8
15/16
20 1/16 22 15/16
31 3/16
1235
120
3/4
20 7/16
8 5/8
1 5/8
1 1/2
1 7/16
1 1/8 1 1/2
3/8
15/16
20 1/16 22 15/16
25 3/16
31 3/16
11
1615
104
3/4
20 7/16
8 5/8
1 5/8
1 1/2
1 7/16
1 1/8 1 1/2
3/8
15/16
20 1/16 22 15/16
28
13/16
28
13/16
28
13/16
25 3/16
10
22
13/16
22
13/16
22
13/16
25 3/16
31 3/16
12
2138
114
20 7/16
8 5/8
1 7/8
1 3/4
1 11/16
1 1/2
1/2
1 1/4
20 1/16 23 15/16 23 5/16 29 5/16 26 13/16
32 13/16
13
2850
150
20 7/16
8 5/8
1 7/8
1 3/4
1 11/16
1 1/2
1/2
1 1/4
20 1/16 23 15/16 23 5/16 29 5/16 26 13/16
32 13/16
14
3800
159
1 1/4
25 7/8
8 5/8
2 1/4
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 1/2
5/8
1 1/2
25 1/4
29 3/8
29 5/16 35 5/16
33 1/8
39 1/8
15
5130
178
1 1/4
25 7/8
8 5/8
2 1/4
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 1/2
5/8
1 1/2
25 1/4
29 3/8
29 5/16 35 5/16
33 1/8
39 1/8
16
7125
226
1 1/2
34 3/8
8 5/8
2 3/4
2 5/8
2 11/16
2 1/2
3/4
1 3/4
33 5/8
38 7/8
38 9/16 44 9/16
43 5/8
49 5/8
17
9500
282
1 3/4
34 3/8
8 5/8
2 7/8
2 15/16
2 1/2 3 3/4
3/4
33 5/8
39 7/8
39 1/16 45 1/16
44 7/8
50 7/8
18
12645
520
34 7/16
12 3/4
3 1/4
3 1/8
3 5/8
3 3/4
3/4
2 3/8
33 7/16 39 15/16
39 5/8
45 5/8
45 11/16
51 11/16
19
16805
614
2 1/4
34 7/16
12 3/4
3 5/8
3 7/16
3 13/16
4 1/4
3/4
2 5/8
33 7/16 39 15/16
40 1/4
46 1/4
46
52
20
22325
826
2 1/2
34 7/16
12 3/4
3 7/8
3 11/16
4 1/16
4 1/2
3/4
2 7/8
33 7/16 39 15/16
40 3/4
46 3/4
47 1/4
53 1/4
21
29688
962
2 3/4
47 1/8
12 3/4
4 1/4
4 1/16
4 11/16
3/4
3 1/8
45 7/8
52 5/8
54 1/16 60 1/16 60 5/16
66 5/16
22
39591
1260
47 1/8
12 3/4
4 1/2
4 5/16
4 11/16
3 3/8
45 7/8
52 5/8
54 5/16 60 5/16 60 9/16
66 9/16
with WEGDEBLOCK / SHIMBLOCK

TRW P-2000 Series Wedge block
TRB P-2000 Series Shim block
Availability - 6" NPS to 48" NPS
Application To enable complete adjustability in any direction which provides for optimization of thermal and dynamic requirements for these restraints.
To control vibrations primarily in pulsation bottles and large diameter piping
which exhibit high pulsation energy and thermal movement.
To provide for load distribution in larger diameter piping or bottles.
To provide for easy access for pipe maintenance and inspection.
To provide for increased horizontal stiffness. To allow for added horizontal
flexibility to compensate for thermal movement, wedge blocks can be interchanged with shim blocks.
THERMAL GUIDE BOX CLAMP
BC-1000 SERIES
BC-2000 SERIES
Application To control vibrations primarily in piping which is subject to substantial movements from significant changes in temperature.
To allow for horizontal movement while providing vertical dynamic stiffness.
THERMAL GUIDE BOX CLAMP

with SHIMBLOCK
BCSB-1000 SERIES
BCSB-2000 SERIES
Application To control vibrations primarily in piping which is subject to substantial movements from significant changes in temperature.
To allow for horizontal movement while providing vertical dynamic stiffness.
To provide easy access for pipe maintenance and inspection, Shim blocks are
incorporated.
To allow for added horizontal stiffness, the Shim block SB-1000 can be replaced by a Wedge block WB-3000.
Page 191
Page 190
Page 33
VIBRATION CONTROL HOLD DOWN CLAMPS
FIG. WP-2000
WEDGE BLOCKS
SERIES E98
Type E
Type D
of the movement scale. To obtain the actual shipping length, subtract from the maximum overall length the deflection from the top of the scale
(top of the working range) to the preset position.
*F = Top of the plate and below the center of pipe
HANGER
SIZE
LOAD
RATING
(LBS)
APPROX.
UNIT
WEIGHT
(LBS)
ROD
DIA.
A (IN)
R.H. TH'D
LENGTH
(IN)
CASING
LENGTH
B (IN)
CASING
OUTSIDE
DIA
C (IN)
MIN. TH'D
ENGAGE F
(IN)
HEIGHT OF
ALLOW FOR
SPACER M
NUTS K (IN)
(MAX) (IN)
ROD
LENGTH Y
(MAX) (IN)
X MIN.
X MAX
PIPE
DIA
A
(in)
B
(in)
C
(in)
D
(in)
E
(in)
F
(in)
G
(in)
H
(in)
I
(in)
J
(in)
K
(in)
69
14
1/2
3 1/2
15 1/2
3/4
1 1/4
8 1/2
22 1/4
15
21
100
15
1/2
3 1/2
15 1/2
3/4
1 1/4
8 1/2
22 1/4
15
21
2 1/2
1/4
5/8
3 1/8
6 7/16
12
10
3/8
15 3/4
11
128
17
1/2
3 1/2
15 1/2
3/4
1 1/4
8 1/2
22 1/4
15
21
2 1/2
1/4
5/8
3 1/8
7 7/16
13
10
3/8
16 3/4
12
166
23
1/2
3 1/2
16 1/2
5 9/16
3/4
1 1/4
8 1/2
23 1/4
16
22
10
3 1/2
1/4
3/4
4 1/8
9 1/2
16
12
3/8
20 1/2
15
12
3 1/2
1/4
3/4
4 1/8
10 1/2
17
12
3/8
21 1/2
16
223
25
1/2
3 1/2
16 1/2
5 9/16
3/4
1 1/4
8 1/2
23 1/4
16
22
14
3 1/2
3/8
3/4
4 1/8
11 1/2
18
12
3/8
22 1/2
17
299
28
1/2
3 1/2
16 1/2
5 9/16
3/4
1 1/4
8 1/2
23 1/4
16
22
16
3 1/2
3/8
3/4
4 1/8
12 1/8
19
12
3/8
23 1/2
18
399
41
5/8
16 5/8
6 5/8
7/8
1 1/2
8 1/2
23 5/8
16 1/8
22 1/8
18
3 1/2
3/8
3/4
4 1/8
13 1/8
20
12
3/8
24 1/2
19
532
49
5/8
16 5/8
6 5/8
7/8
1 1/2
8 1/2
23 5/8
16 1/8
22 1/8
713
61
5/8
16 5/8
6 5/8
7/8
1 1/2
8 1/2
23 5/8
16 1/8
22 1/8
950
95
3/4
20 7/16
8 5/8
7/8
1 3/4
8 11/16
27 11/16
19 15/16
25 15/16
10
1235
109
3/4
20 7/16
8 5/8
7/8
1 3/4
8 13/16
27 11/16
19 15/16
25 15/16
11
1615
94
3/4
20 7/16
8 5/8
7/8
1 3/4
8 13/16
27 11/16
19 15/16
25 15/16
12
2138
101
20 7/16
8 5/8
1 1/2
2 1/4
8 11/16
28 3/16
19 15/16
25 15/16
13
2850
136
20 7/16
8 5/8
1 1/2
2 1/4
8 13/16
28 3/16
19 15/16
25 15/16
14
3800
142
1 1/4
25 7/8
8 5/8
1 5/8
2 1/2
9 3/8
33 7/8
25 3/8
31 3/8
37
15
5130
164
1 1/4
25 7/8
8 5/8
1 5/8
9 3/8
34 3/8
25 3/8
31 3/8
38
16
7125
208
1 1/2
34 3/8
8 5/8
1 3/4
3 1/2
9 7/8
43 3/8
33 7/8
39 7/8
39
17
9500
262
1 3/4
34 3/8
8 5/8
2 1/4
9 7/8
43 7/8
33 7/8
39 7/8
12645
467
34 7/16
12 3/4
2 1/2
4 9/16
10 5/16
44 1/2
33 15/16
39 15/16
20
10
3/8
7/8
4 1/8
14 1/8
26
12
1/2
31 1/4
25
22
10
3/8
7/8
4 1/8
15 1/8
27
12
1/2
32 1/4
26
24
10
1/2
7/8
4 1/8
16 1/8
28
12
1/2
33 1/4
27
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
6
6
8 1/2
8 1/2
8 1/2
8 1/2
8 1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
7/8
7/8
1
1
1
1
1
4 1/8
4 1/8
5 1/8
5 1/8
5 1/8
5 1/8
5 1/8
17 1/8
18 1/8
20 1/8
21 1/8
22 1/8
23 1/8
24 1/8
29
30
36
37
38
39
40
12
12
14
14
14
14
14
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
34 1/4
35 1/4
42
43
44
45
46
28
29
35
36
40
14
11
1/2
1 1/8
5 1/8
25 1/8
46
16
1/2
52 3/4
45
18
42
14
11
1/2
1 1/8
5 1/8
26 1/8
47
16
1/2
53 3/4
46
19
16805
553
2 1/4
34 7/16
12 3/4
3 1/8
10 9/16
44 15/16
33 15/16
39 15/16
47
20
22325
735
2 1/2
34 7/16
12 3/4
3 1/8
5 9/16
10 9/16
45 1/2
33 15/16
39 15/16
48
21
29688
855
2 3/4
47 1/8
12 3/4
4 1/8
6 1/4
11 3/8
58 7/8
46 5/8
52 5/8
49
22
39591
1109
47 1/8
12 3/4
4 1/2
6 5/8
11 3/8
59 1/4
46 5/8
52 5/8
44
46
48
14
14
14
11
11
11
1/2
1/2
1/2
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 3/8
5 1/8
5 1/8
5 1/8
27 1/8
28 1/8
29 1/8
48
49
50
16
16
16
1/2
1/2
1/2
54 3/4
55 3/4
58 1/4
Page 34
Page 189
SERIES E98
FIG. CWP-4000
HOLD DOWN CLAMP W/ WEDGE BLOCKS
Type F
2. The casing lengths shown are for Type F only.
BASE PLATE
INSTALLED HEIGHT X
LOAD FLANGE
LOAD
RATING
(LBS)
APPROX.
UNIT
WEIGHT
(LBS)
CASING
OUTSIDE
DIA
C (IN)
SQUARE
L (IN)
THK. T
(IN)
MIN. (IN)
MAX. (IN)
BOLT DIA.
D (IN)
MIN. (IN)
MAX. (IN)
LOAD
COLUMN
DIA. (IN)
69
22
7 1/2
1/4
8 3/4
5/8
16 5/8
22 1/8
100
24
7 1/2
1/4
8 3/4
5/8
16 5/8
22 1/8
128
26
7 1/2
1/4
8 3/4
5/8
16 5/8
166
37
5 9/16
7 1/2
1/4
7 3/4
8 3/4
3/4
223
41
5 9/16
7 1/2
1/4
7 3/4
8 3/4
3/4
299
45
5 9/16
7 1/2
1/4
7 3/4
8 3/4
399
66
6 5/8
3/8
532
79
6 5/8
3/8
713
80
6 5/8
950
140
8 5/8
10
1235
154
11
1615
12
HANGER
SIZE
BOLT CIRCLE
SQUARE
N (IN)
THK. P
(IN)
PIPE
DIA
A
(in)
B
(in)
C
(in)
D
(in)
E
(in)
F
(in)
G
(in)
H
(in)
I
(in)
B2
(in)
L
(in)
R
(in)
T
(in)
T2
(in)
W
(in)
1 9/10
3/16
16
12 1/2
3 1/8
5/8
13
6 7/16
2 1/2
15 3/4
3 7/16
3/8
1/4
11
1 9/10
3/16
18
14 1/2
3 1/8
5/8
13
7 7/16
2 1/2
16 3/4
4 7/16
3/8
1/4
11
22 1/8
1 9/10
3/16
10
21 3/4
17 1/2
4 1/8
3/4
14 1/4
9 1/2
3 1/2
20 1/2
5 1/2
1/2
1/4
14 1/4
17 3/8
23
2 7/8
3/16
12
23 3/4
20
4 1/8
3/4
10
14 1/4
10 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2
21 1/2
6 1/2
1/2
1/4
14 1/4
17 3/8
23
2 7/8
3/16
14
25
21 1/4
4 1/8
3/4
10 5/8
14 1/4
11 1/8
3 1/2
3 1/2
22 1/2
7 1/8
1/2
3/8
14 1/4
3/4
17 3/8
23
2 7/8
3/16
16
27
23 1/4
4 1/8
3/4
11 5/8
14 1/4
12 1/8
3 1/2
3 1/2
23 1/2
8 1/8
1/2
3/8
14 1/4
10 7/8
3/4
17 1/2
23 1/8
2 7/8
1/4
18
29
25 1/4
4 1/8
3/4
12 5/8
14 1/4
13 1/8
3 1/2
3 1/2
24 1/2
9 1/8
1/2
3/8
14 1/4
10 7/8
3/4
17 1/2
23 1/8
2 7/8
1/4
20
33 1/4
29 1/8
4 1/8
7/8
13 5/8
16 1/2
14 1/8
31 1/4
10 1/8
5/8
3/8
16 1/2
3/8
10 7/8
3/4
17 1/2
23 1/8
2 7/8
1/4
22
35 1/4
31 1/8
4 1/8
7/8
14 5/8
16 1/2
15 1/8
32 1/4
11 1/8
5/8
3/8
16 1/2
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
21 3/8
25 5/8
4 1/2
1/2
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
21 3/8
25 5/8
4 1/2
1/2
24
37 1/4
33 1/8
4 1/8
7/8
15 5/8
16 1/2
16 1/8
33 1/4
12 1/8
5/8
1/2
16 1/2
140
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
21 3/8
25 5/8
4 1/2
1/2
26
39 1/4
35 1/8
4 1/8
7/8
16 5/8
16 1/2
17 1/8
34 1/4
13 1/8
5/8
1/2
16 1/2
2138
148
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
21 3/8
25 5/8
4 1/2
1/2
28
41 1/4
37 1/8
4 1/8
7/8
17 5/8
16 1/2
18 1/8
35 1/4
14 1/8
5/8
1/2
16 1/2
13
2850
190
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
21 3/8
26
4 1/2
1/2
30
44 1/2
40
5 1/8
19 5/8
10
19
20 1/8
8 1/2
42
15 1/8
3/4
1/2
19
14
3800
194
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
27
31
4 1/2
1/2
32
46 1/2
42
5 1/8
20 5/8
10
19
21 1/8
8 1/2
43
16 1/8
3/4
1/2
19
34
48 1/2
44
5 1/8
21 5/8
10
19
22 1/8
8 1/2
44
17 1/8
3/4
1/2
19
1/2
36
50 1/2
46
5 1/8
22 5/8
10
19
23 1/8
8 1/2
45
18 1/8
3/4
1/2
19
1/2
38
52 1/2
48
5 1/8
23 5/8
10
19
24 1/8
8 1/2
46
19 1/8
3/4
1/2
19
55 3/4
50 7/8
5 1/8
1 1/8
24 5/8
12
22
25 1/8
11
52 3/4
20 1/8
7/8
1/2
22
15
16
17
5130
7125
9500
206
246
292
8 5/8
8 5/8
8 5/8
13 1/4
13 1/4
13 1/4
1/2
1/2
1/2
10 9/16
10 9/16
10 9/16
16 1/2
16 1/2
16 1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
27
33 1/2
33 1/2
30 3/4
37
36 3/4
4 1/2
4 1/2
4 1/2
8
8
8
1/2
18
12645
558
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
3/4
35 3/8
39 3/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
40
19
16805
632
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
3/4
35 3/8
39 3/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
42
57 3/4
52 7/8
5 1/8
1 1/8
25 5/8
12
22
26 1/8
11
53 3/4
21 1/8
7/8
1/2
22
20
22325
822
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
3/4
35 3/8
39 3/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
44
59 3/4
54 7/8
5 1/8
1 1/8
26 5/8
12
22
27 1/8
11
54 3/4
22 1/8
7/8
1/2
22
21
29688
890
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
3/4
48 1/8
51 3/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
46
61 3/4
56 7/8
5 1/8
1 1/8
27 5/8
12
22
28 1/8
11
55 3/4
23 1/8
7/8
1/2
22
22
39591
1140
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
3/4
48 1/4
51 1/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
48
63 3/4
58 7/8
5 1/8
1 3/8
28 5/8
12
22
29 1/8
11
58 1/4
24 1/8
7/8
1/2
22
Page 188
Page 35
FIG. CP-3500
EXTRA HEAVY HOLD DOWN CLAMP
SERIES E98
Type G
*Z = (F + N) - P
PIPE
DIA
4"
5"
A
(in)
11 3/4
13 7/8
B
(in)
8 3/4
10 1/2
C
(in)
3
3
D
(in)
1 7/8
2 13/32
E
(in)
6
6
F
(in)
5/8
3/4
G
(in)
7/8
1
H
(in)
1 1/2
1 1/2
R
(in)
2 7/16
3
T
(in)
3/8
1/2
T2
(in)
3/8
1/2
U
(in)
3
4
V
(in)
5
5
LOAD
RATING
EACH
(LBS)
APPROX
ASSEMBLY
WEIGHT
(LBS)
ROD
DIA.
A (IN)
R.H. TH'D
LENGTH
(IN)
CASING
LENGTH
B (IN)
CASING
OUTSIDE
DIA
C (IN)
MIN. TH'D
ENGAGE
F (IN)
ROD
TAKE-OUT
N (IN)
CHANNEL
SIZE
MAX
C-C
(IN)
69
41
1/2
3 1/2
15 1/2
1 1/8
3 1/16
C3 X 4.1
24
5/8
1 1/2
3/4
100
43
1/2
3 1/2
15 1/2
1 1/8
3 1/16
C3 X 4.1
24
5/8
1 1/2
7/8
128
47
1/2
3 1/2
15 1/2
1 1/8
2 11/16
C3 X 4.1
24
5/8
1 1/2
166
58
1/2
3 1/2
16 1/2
5 9/16
1 1/8
2 11/16
C3 X 4.1
30
3/4
1 1/2
223
62
1/2
3 1/2
16 1/2
5 9/16
1 1/8
2 5/16
C3 X 4.1
30
3/4
1 1/2
299
68
1/2
3 1/2
16 1/2
5 9/16
1 1/8
2 3/8
C3 X 4.1
30
3/4
1 1/2
ANCHOR
BOLT
(in)
HANGER
SIZE
SPACE
BOTTOM OF
BETWEEN CASING TO
CHANNELS CHANNEL
W (IN)
P (IN)
6"
15 7/8
12
2 15/16
3/4
1 1/2
3 1/2
1/2
1/2
7/8
8"
17 7/8
13 7/8
3 15/16
1 1/2
4 1/2
1/2
1/2
7/8
10"
21 1/2
17 1/4
3 1/2
1 1/8
1 3/4
5 9/16
5/8
5/8
399
94
5/8
16 5/8
6 5/8
1 1/4
2 15/16
C3 X 4.1
36
12"
23 1/2
19 1/4
3 1/2
1 1/8
1 3/4
6 9/16
5/8
5/8
532
110
5/8
16 5/8
6 5/8
1 1/4
2 11/16
C3 X 4.1
36
14"
24 3/4
20 1/2
3 1/2
6 5/8
1 1/8
1 3/4
7 3/16
5/8
5/8
713
134
5/8
16 5/8
6 5/8
1 1/4
2 3/4
C3 X 4.1
36
950
204
3/4
20 7/16
8 5/8
1 1/2
3 13/16
C4 X 5.4
36
1 1/4
10
1235
232
3/4
20 7/16
8 5/8
1 1/2
2 7/8
C4 X 5.4
36
1 1/4
11
1615
202
3/4
20 7/16
8 5/8
1 1/2
3 1/4
C4 X 5.4
36
1 1/4
12
2138
220
20 7/16
8 5/8
1 3/4
2 11/16
C5 X 6.7
36
1 1/2
16"
26 3/4
22 1/2
3 1/2
7 5/8
1 1/8
1 3/4
8 3/16
5/8
5/8
18"
28 3/4
24 1/2
3 1/2
8 5/8
1 1/8
1 3/4
9 3/16
5/8
5/8
20"
33
28 1/2
9 5/8
1 1/4
1 1/4
2 1/4
10 3/16
3/4
3/4
1 1/8
24"
37
32 1/2
11 5/8
1 1/4
1 1/4
2 1/4
12 3/16
3/4
3/4
1 1/8
13
2850
290
20 7/16
8 5/8
1 3/4
3 7/16
C5 X 6.7
36
1 1/2
26"
39
34 1/2
12 5/8
1 1/4
1 1/4
2 1/4
13 3/16
3/4
3/4
1 1/8
14
3800
302
1 1/4
25 7/8
8 5/8
2 1/8
2 11/16
C5 X 6.7
34
1 1/2
28"
41
36 1/2
13 5/8
1 1/4
1 1/4
2 1/4
14 3/16
3/4
3/4
1 1/8
15
5130
356
1 1/4
25 7/8
8 5/8
2 1/8
C6 X 10.5
36
2 1/8
1 1/4
16
7125
447
1 1/2
34 3/8
8 5/8
2 5/8
3 1/8
C8 X 11.5
36
2 1/8
17
9500
555
1 3/4
34 3/8
8 5/8
2 7/8
3 1/2
C8 X 11.5
36
2 1/8
18
12645
976
34 7/16
12 3/4
3 1/8
2 3/4
C12 X 20.7
42
2 3/8
19
16805
1148
2 1/4
34 7/16
12 3/4
3 7/16
3 3/8
C12 X 20.7
42
2 5/8
30"
44 3/4
39 3/4
14 5/8
10
1 1/4
1 1/2
2 1/2
15 3/16
7/8
7/8
32"
46 3/4
40 3/4
15 5/8
10
1 1/2
1 1/2
2 1/2
16 3/16
7/8
7/8
1 1/4
36"
50 3/4
44 3/4
17 5/8
10
1 1/2
1 1/2
2 1/2
18 3/16
7/8
7/8
1 1/4
40"
56 1/2
50 1/2
19 5/8
10
1 1/2
1 1/2
2 1/2
20 3/16
1 1/4
20
22325
1512
2 1/2
34 7/16
12 3/4
3 11/16
3 1/4
C12 X 20.7
40
2 7/8
42"
59 1/4
52 1/4
20 5/8
12
1 1/2
1 3/4
3 1/2
21 3/16
11
11
1 1/2
21
29688
1778
2 3/4
47 1/8
12 3/4
4 1/16
C15 X 33.9
48
3 1/8
48"
66 1/4
58 1/4
23 5/8
12
1 1/2
1 3/4
3 1/2
24 3/16
1 1/4
1 1/4
11
11
1 1/2
22
39591
2286
47 1/8
12 3/4
4 5/16
3 7/8
C15 X 33.9
48
3 3/8
Page 36
Page 187
SERIES E100
FIG. CP-3000
HEAVY HOLD DOWN CLAMP
Type A
Type B
Type C
APPROX
R.H.
CASING
MIN.
LOAD
ROD
CASING
HANGER
UNIT
TH'D
OUTSIDE
TH'D
RATING
DIA.
LENGTH
Z (IN)
WEIGHT
L'GTH
DIA.
ENGAGE
SIZE
(LBS)
A (IN)
B (IN)
(LBS)
(IN)
C (IN)
F (IN)
TYPE A
TYPE B & C
ROD
ENGAGE
G (IN)
H
(IN)
R
(IN)
S
(IN)
T
(IN)
ROD TAKE-OUT
(IN)
LUG
HOLE
DIA. TYPE A B & C
(IN)
E
J
TYPE A
TYPES B & C
D
(in)
E
(in)
F
(in)
G
(in)
H
(in)
R
(in)
T
(in)
T2
(in)
U
(in)
V
(in)
ANCHOR
BOLT
(in)
1 7/8
5/8
5/8
1 1/8
2 7/16
1/4
1/4
1/2
2 13/32
3/4
7/8
1 1/2
3/8
3/8
3/4
PIPE
DIA
A
(in)
B
(in)
C
(in)
4"
10 3/4
8 3/4
12 7/8
10
MIN.
MAX
MIN.
MAX
69
18
1/2
3 1/2
22 3/4
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
11/16
22 1/2
25 1/4
24 1/2
33 1/2
26 7/8
35 7/8
100
21
1/2
3 1/2
22 3/4
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
11/16
22 1/2
25 1/4
24 1/2
33 1/2
26 7/8
35 7/8
128
24
1/2
3 1/2
22 3/4
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
11/16
22 1/2
25 1/4
24 1/2
33 1/2
26 7/8
35 7/8
5"
166
33
1/2
3 1/2
24 1/4
5 9/16
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
11/16
24
26 3/4
26
35
28 3/8
37 3/8
6"
14 7/8
11 3/8
2 15/16
3/4
7/8
1 1/2
3 1/2
3/8
3/8
3/4
223
36
1/2
3 1/2
24 1/4
5 9/16
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
11/16
24
26 3/4
26
35
28 3/8
37 3/8
8"
16 7/8
13 3/8
3 15/16
7/8
1 1/2
4 1/2
3/8
3/8
3/4
299
40
1/2
3 1/2
24 1/4
5 9/16
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
11/16
24
26 3/4
26
35
28 3/8
37 3/8
10"
20 1/2
16 1/2
3 1/2
1 3/4
5 9/16
1/2
1/2
7/8
399
60
5/8
24 3/8
6 5/8
1 3/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
13/16
24 1/8
26 7/8
26 3/8
35 3/8
28 5/8
37 5/8
532
73
5/8
24 3/8
6 5/8
1 3/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
13/16
24 1/8
26 7/8
26 3/8
35 3/8
28 5/8
37 5/8
12"
22 1/2
18 1/4
3 1/2
1 3/4
6 9/16
1/2
1/2
7/8
713
95
5/8
24 3/8
6 5/8
1 3/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
13/16
24 1/8
26 7/8
26 3/8
35 3/8
28 5/8
37 5/8
14"
23 3/4
19 1/2
3 1/2
6 5/8
1 3/4
7 3/16
1/2
1/2
7/8
950
132
3/4
29 11/16
8 5/8
1 5/8
1 1/2
1 7/16
1 1/8 1 1/2
3/8
15/16 29 5/16 32 3/16 32 1/16 41 1/16 34 7/16 43 7/16
16"
25 3/4
21 1/2
3 1/2
7 5/8
1 3/4
8 3/16
1/2
1/2
7/8
10
1235
166
3/4
29 11/16
8 5/8
1 5/8
1 1/2
1 7/16
1 1/8 1 1/2
3/8
15/16 29 5/16 32 3/16 32 1/16 41 1/16 34 7/16 43 7/16
18"
27 3/4
23 1/2
3 1/2
8 5/8
1 3/4
9 3/16
1/2
1/2
7/8
11
1615
138
3/4
29 11/16
8 5/8
1 5/8
1 1/2
1 7/16
1 1/8 1 1/2
3/8
15/16 29 5/16 32 3/16 32 1/16 41 1/16 34 7/16 43 7/16
20"
32
27 1/2
9 5/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
10 3/16
5/8
5/8
12
2138
156
29 11/16
8 5/8
1 7/8
1 3/4
1 11/16
1 1/2
1/2
1 1/4
29 5/16 33 3/16 32 9/16 41 9/16 36 1/16 45 1/16
13
2850
209
29 11/16
8 5/8
1 7/8
1 3/4
1 11/16
1 1/2
1/2
1 1/4
29 5/16 33 3/16 32 9/16 41 9/16 36 1/16 45 1/16
24"
36
31 1/2
11 5/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
12 3/16
5/8
5/8
14
3800
222
1 1/4
37 5/8
8 5/8
2 1/4
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 1/2
5/8
1 1/2
37
41 1/8 41 1/16 50 1/16 44 7/8
53 7/8
26"
38
33 1/2
12 5/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
13 3/16
5/8
5/8
15
5130
235
1 1/4
37 5/8
8 5/8
2 1/4
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 1/2
5/8
1 1/2
37
41 1/8 41 1/16 50 1/16 44 7/8
53 7/8
28"
40
35 1/2
13 5/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
14 3/16
5/8
5/8
16
7125
308
1 1/2
50 1/8
8 5/8
2 3/4
2 5/8
2 11/16
2 1/2
3/4
1 3/4
49 3/8
54 5/8 54 5/16 63 5/16 59 3/8
68 3/8
30"
43 3/4
38 3/4
14 5/8
10
1 1/4
1 1/8
2 1/4
15 3/16
3/4
3/4
17
9500
392
1 3/4
50 1/8
8 5/8
2 7/8
2 15/16
2 1/2 3 3/4
3/4
49 3/8
55 5/8 54 13/16 63 13/16 60 5/8
69 5/8
32"
45 3/4
39 3/4
15 5/8
10
1 1/2
1 1/4
2 1/4
16 3/16
3/4
3/4
18
12645
704
49 11/16
12 3/4
3 1/4
3 1/8
3 5/8
3 3/4
3/4
2 3/8 48 11/16 55 3/16 54 7/8
63 7/8 60 15/16 69 15/16
19
16805
846
2 1/4
49 11/16
12 3/4
3 5/8
3 7/16
3 13/16
4 1/4
3/4
2 5/8 48 11/16 55 3/16 55 1/2
64 1/2
61 1/4
70 1/4
36"
49 3/4
43 3/4
17 5/8
10
1 1/2
1 1/4
2 1/4
18 3/16
3/4
3/4
20
22325
1161
2 1/2
49 11/16
12 3/4
3 7/8
3 11/16
4 1/16
4 1/2
3/4
2 7/8 48 11/16 55 3/16
65
62 1/2
71 1/2
40"
55 1/2
49 1/2
19 5/8
10
1 1/2
1 1/4
2 1/4
20 3/16
7/8
7/8
58 1/4
51 1/4
20 5/8
12
1 1/2
1 1/2
2 1/2
21 3/16
7/8
7/8
11
11
1 1/4
65 1/4
57 1/4
23 5/8
12
1 1/2
1 1/2
2 1/2
24 3/16
11
11
1 1/4
56
21
29688
1422
2 3/4
68 3/8
12 3/4
4 1/4
4 1/16
4 11/16
3/4
3 1/8
67 1/8
73 7/8 75 5/16 84 5/16 81 9/16 90 9/16
42"
22
39591
1796
68 3/8
12 3/4
4 1/2
4 5/16
4 11/16
3 3/8
67 1/8
73 7/8 75 9/16 84 9/16 81 13/16 90 13/16
48"
Page 186
Page 37
FIG. CP-2500
INTERMEDIATE HOLD DOWN CLAMP
SERIES E100
Type E
Type D
LOAD
RATING
(LBS)
APPROX.
UNIT
WEIGHT
(LBS)
ROD
DIA.
A (IN)
R.H. TH'D
LENGTH
(IN)
CASING
LENGTH
B (IN)
CASING
OUTSIDE
DIA
C (IN)
MIN. TH'D
ENGAGE F
(IN)
ALLOW FOR
NUTS K (IN)
HEIGHT OF
SPACER M
(MAX) (IN)
ROD
LENGTH Y
(MAX) (IN)
X MIN.
X MAX
69
17
1/2
3 1/2
22 3/4
3/4
1 1/4
12 1/4
31 3/4
21 1/2
30 1/2
100
20
1/2
3 1/2
22 3/4
3/4
1 1/4
12 1/4
31 3/4
21 1/2
30 1/2
128
22
1/2
3 1/2
22 3/4
3/4
1 1/4
12 1/4
31 3/4
21 1/2
30 1/2
166
30
1/2
3 1/2
24 1/4
5 9/16
3/4
1 1/4
12 1/4
33 1/4
23
32
223
33
1/2
3 1/2
24 1/4
5 9/16
3/4
1 1/4
12 1/4
33 1/4
23
32
299
36
1/2
3 1/2
24 1/4
5 9/16
3/4
1 1/4
12 1/4
33 1/4
23
32
399
54
5/8
24 3/8
6 5/8
7/8
1 1/2
12 1/4
33 5/8
23 1/8
32 1/8
532
64
5/8
24 3/8
6 5/8
7/8
1 1/2
12 1/4
33 5/8
23 1/8
32 1/8
713
85
5/8
24 3/8
6 5/8
7/8
1 1/2
12 1/4
33 7/16
22 15/16
31 15/16
HANGER
SIZE
PIPE
DIA
4"
5"
A
(in)
10 3/4
12 7/8
B
(in)
8 1/4
9 3/4
C
(in)
1 1/2
2
D
(in)
1 7/8
2 13/32
E
(in)
3 1/2
4
F
(in)
5/8
3/4
G
(in)
3/4
3/4
H
(in)
1 1/4
1 3/8
R
(in)
2 7/16
3
T
(in)
1/4
3/8
T2
(in)
1/4
3/8
U
(in)
3
4
V
(in)
2
3
950
119
3/4
29 11/16
8 5/8
7/8
1 3/4
12 9/16
39
28 1/4
37 1/4
10
1235
149
3/4
29 11/16
8 5/8
7/8
1 3/4
12 7/16
39
28 1/4
37 1/4
11
1615
124
3/4
29 11/16
8 5/8
7/8
1 3/4
12 9/16
39
28 1/4
37 1/4
5/8
12
2138
140
29 11/16
8 5/8
1 1/2
2 1/4
12 7/16
39 1/2
28 1/4
37 1/4
5/8
13
2850
188
29 11/16
8 5/8
1 1/2
2 1/4
12 9/16
39 1/2
28 1/4
37 1/4
14
3800
198
1 1/4
37 5/8
8 5/8
1 5/8
2 1/2
13 1/8
47 11/16
36 3/16
45 3/16
ANCHOR
BOLT
(in)
6"
14 7/8
11 3/8
2 15/16
3/4
3/4
1 3/8
3 1/2
3/8
3/8
5/8
15
5130
210
1 1/4
37 5/8
8 5/8
1 5/8
13 1/8
48 3/16
36 3/16
45 3/16
8"
16 7/8
13 3/8
3 15/16
3/4
3/4
1 3/8
4 1/2
3/8
3/8
5/8
16
7125
282
1 1/2
50 1/8
8 5/8
1 3/4
3 1/2
13 5/8
60 11/16
48 3/16
57 3/16
10"
20 1/2
16 1/2
7/8
1 1/2
5 9/16
3/8
3/8
3/4
17
9500
352
1 3/4
50 1/8
8 5/8
2 1/4
13 5/8
61 3/16
48 3/16
57 3/16
18
12645
631
49 11/16
12 3/4
2 1/2
4 9/16
14 11/16
61 1/4
47 11/16
56 11/16
19
16805
760
2 1/4
49 11/16
12 3/4
3 1/8
14 7/16
61 11/16
47 11/16
56 11/16
20
22325
1045
2 1/2
49 11/16
12 3/4
3 1/8
5 9/16
14 11/16
62 1/4
47 11/16
56 11/16
12"
22 1/2
18 1/2
7/8
1 1/2
6 9/16
3/8
3/8
3/4
14"
23 3/4
19 3/4
2 1/2
6 5/8
7/8
1 1/2
7 3/16
3/8
3/8
3/4
16"
25 3/4
21 3/4
2 1/2
7 5/8
7/8
1 1/2
8 3/16
3/8
3/8
3/4
21
29688
1280
2 3/4
68 3/8
12 3/4
4 1/8
6 1/4
15 1/8
83 15/16
68 11/16
77 11/16
18"
27 3/4
23 3/4
2 1/2
8 5/8
7/8
1 1/2
9 3/16
3/8
3/8
3/4
22
39591
1620
68 3/8
12 3/4
4 1/2
6 5/8
15 1/8
84 5/16
68 11/16
77 11/16
Page 38
Page 185
SERIES E100
FIG. CP-2000
STANDARD HOLD DOWN CLAMP
Type F
BASE PLATE
INSTALLED HEIGHT X
LOAD FLANGE
LOAD
RATING
(LBS)
APPROX.
UNIT
WEIGHT
(LBS)
CASING
OUTSIDE
DIA
C (IN)
SQUARE
L (IN)
THK. T
(IN)
MIN. (IN)
MAX. (IN)
BOLT DIA.
D (IN)
MIN. (IN)
MAX. (IN)
LOAD
COLUMN
DIA. (IN)
69
30
7 1/2
1/4
8 3/4
5/8
23 7/8
31 5/8
100
34
7 1/2
1/4
8 3/4
5/8
23 7/8
31 5/8
128
36
7 1/2
1/4
8 3/4
5/8
23 7/8
166
50
5 9/16
7 1/2
1/4
7 3/4
8 3/4
3/4
223
56
5 9/16
7 1/2
1/4
7 3/4
8 3/4
299
63
5 9/16
7 1/2
1/4
7 3/4
399
92
6 5/8
3/8
532
110
6 5/8
713
116
6 5/8
950
197
10
1235
11
12
HANGER
SIZE
BOLT CIRCLE
SQUARE
N (IN)
THK. P
(IN)
1 9/10
3/16
1 9/10
3/16
31 5/8
1 9/10
3/16
25 1/8
33
2 7/8
3/16
3/4
25 1/8
33
2 7/8
3/16
8 3/4
3/4
25 1/8
33
2 7/8
3/16
10 7/8
3/4
25 1/4
33 1/8
2 7/8
1/4
3/8
10 7/8
3/4
25 1/4
33 1/8
2 7/8
1/4
3/8
10 7/8
3/4
25 1/4
33 1/8
2 7/8
1/4
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
30 5/8
36 7/8
4 1/2
1/2
218
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
30 5/8
36 7/8
4 1/2
1/2
1615
196
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
30 5/8
36 7/8
4 1/2
1/2
2138
209
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
30 5/8
36 7/8
4 1/2
13
2850
268
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
30 5/8
37 1/2
4 1/2
14
3800
272
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
38 3/4
45
4 1/2
15
5130
290
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
38 3/4
44 3/4
16
7125
352
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
48 3/8
17
9500
420
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
48 3/8
18
12645
797
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
3/4
19
16805
902
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
20
22325
1180
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
21
29688
1284
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
22
39591
1620
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
ANCHOR
BOLT
(in)
PIPE
DIA
A
(in)
B
(in)
C
(in)
D
(in)
E
(in)
F
(in)
G
(in)
R
(in)
T
(in)
T2
(in)
U
(in)
V
(in)
1/2
4"
9 3/4
7 3/4
1 1/2
1 7/8
3 1/2
5/8
3/4
2 7/16
1/4
1/4
5/8
1/2
5"
11 5/8
9 1/8
2 13/32
3/4
3/4
3/8
3/8
5/8
1/2
4 1/2
1/2
6"
13 5/8
10 3/4
2 15/16
3/4
3/4
3 1/2
3/8
3/8
5/8
54 1/8
4 1/2
1/2
8"
15 5/8
12 3/4
3 15/16
3/4
3/4
4 1/2
3/8
3/8
5/8
53 3/4
4 1/2
1/2
10"
19
15 3/4
7/8
5 9/16
3/8
3/8
3/4
50 5/8
57 7/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
12"
21
17 3/4
7/8
6 9/16
3/8
3/8
3/4
3/4
50 5/8
57 7/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
22
3/4
50 7/8
57 7/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
14"
22 1/4
19
2 1/2
6 5/8
7/8
7 3/16
3/8
3/8
3/4
15 3/4
22
3/4
69 3/8
75 7/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
16"
24 1/4
21
2 1/2
7 5/8
7/8
8 3/16
3/8
3/8
3/4
15 3/4
22
3/4
69 1/2
75 5/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
18"
26 1/4
23
2 1/2
8 5/8
7/8
9 3/16
3/8
3/8
3/4
Page 184
Page 39
FIG. CP-1000
HOLD DOWN CLAMP
SERIES E100
Type G
*Z = (F + N) - P
LOAD
RATING
EACH
(LBS)
APPROX
ASSEMBLY
WEIGHT
(LBS)
ROD
DIA.
A (IN)
R.H. TH'D
LENGTH
(IN)
CASING
LENGTH
B (IN)
CASING
OUTSIDE
DIA
C (IN)
MIN. TH'D
ENGAGE
F (IN)
ROD
TAKE-OUT
N (IN)
CHANNEL
SIZE
MAX
C-C
(IN)
69
47
1/2
3 1/2
22 3/4
1 1/8
3 1/16
C3 X 4.1
24
5/8
1 1/2
100
53
1/2
3 1/2
22 3/4
1 1/8
3 1/16
C3 X 4.1
24
5/8
1 1/2
128
57
1/2
3 1/2
22 3/4
1 1/8
2 11/16
C3 X 4.1
24
5/8
1 1/2
166
72
1/2
3 1/2
24 1/4
5 9/16
1 1/8
2 11/16
C3 X 4.1
30
3/4
1 1/2
223
78
1/2
3 1/2
24 1/4
5 9/16
1 1/8
2 5/16
C3 X 4.1
30
3/4
1 1/2
299
84
1/2
3 1/2
24 1/4
5 9/16
1 1/8
2 3/8
C3 X 4.1
30
3/4
1 1/2
399
120
5/8
24 3/8
6 5/8
1 1/4
2 15/16
C3 X 4.1
36
532
140
5/8
24 3/8
6 5/8
1 1/4
2 11/16
C3 X 4.1
36
713
182
5/8
24 3/8
6 5/8
1 1/4
2 3/4
C3 X 4.1
36
HANGER
SIZE
SPACE
BOTTOM OF
BETWEEN CASING TO
CHANNELS CHANNEL
W (IN)
P (IN)
PIPE
DIA
A
(in)
B
(in)
C
(in)
D
(in)
E
(in)
G
(in)
V
(in)
U
(in)
R
(in)
T
(in)
T2
(in)
W
(in)
ANCHOR
BOLT
950
252
3/4
29 11/16
8 5/8
1 1/2
3 13/16
C4 X 5.4
36
1 1/4
10
1235
312
3/4
29 11/16
8 5/8
1 1/2
2 7/8
C4 X 5.4
36
1 1/4
1/2"
4 1/8
2 3/4
5/8
1/4
1 1/4
3/8
7/8
9/16
1/16
1/8
1/16
5/16"
11
1615
262
3/4
29 11/16
8 5/8
1 1/2
3 1/4
C4 X 5.4
36
1 1/4
3/4"
4 5/16
2 7/8
5/8
3/8
1 1/4
3/8
7/8
21/32
3/32
1/8
3/32
5/16"
12
2138
298
29 11/16
8 5/8
1 3/4
2 11/16
C5 X 6.7
36
1 1/2
13
2850
394
29 11/16
8 5/8
1 3/4
3 7/16
C5 X 6.7
36
1 1/2
14
3800
414
1 1/4
37 5/8
8 5/8
2 1/8
2 11/16
C5 X 6.7
34
1 1/2
15
5130
448
1 1/4
37 5/8
8 5/8
2 1/8
C6 X 10.5
36
2 1/8
1"
5 1/16
3 1/4
3/4
1/2
1 1/2
3/8
25/32
3/32
1/8
3/32
3/8"
1-1/4"
5 7/16
3 5/8
3/4
11/16
1 1/2
7/16
1 1/2
31/32
1/8
1/8
1/8
3/8"
1-1/2"
5 11/16
3 7/8
3/4
13/16
1 1/2
7/16
1 1/2
1 3/32
1/8
1/8
1/8
3/8"
16
7125
595
1 1/2
50 1/8
8 5/8
2 5/8
3 1/8
C8 X 11.5
36
2 1/8
2"
6 1/8
4 3/8
1 1/16
1/2
1 11/32
1/8
1/8
1/8
7/16"
17
9500
735
1 3/4
50 1/8
8 5/8
2 7/8
3 1/2
C8 X 11.5
36
2 1/8
1/2"
18
12645
1304
49 11/16
12 3/4
3 1/8
2 3/4
C12 X 20.7
42
2 3/8
19
16805
1562
2 1/4
49 11/16
12 3/4
3 7/16
3 3/8
C12 X 20.7
42
2 5/8
20
22325
2132
2 1/2
49 11/16
12 3/4
3 11/16
3 1/4
C12 X 20.7
40
2 7/8
21
29688
2628
2 3/4
68 3/8
12 3/4
4 1/16
C15 X 33.9
48
3 1/8
22
39591
3308
68 3/8
12 3/4
4 5/16
3 7/8
C15 X 33.9
48
3 3/8
2-1/2"
7 1/8
5 1/8
1 1/4
1 5/16
2 1/2
9/16
2 1/2
1 19/32
3/16
3/16
1/8
3"
8 3/4
6 1/2
1 1/2
1 5/8
3/4
1 29/32
1/4
1/4
1/8
5/8"
3-1/2"
9 1/4
1 1/2
1 7/8
3/4
2 5/32
1/4
1/4
1/8
5/8"
4"
9 3/4
7 1/2
1 1/2
2 1/8
3/4
2 13/32
1/4
1/4
1/8
5/8"
Page 40
Page 183
PIPE SUPPORTS and HARDWARE
SERIES E110
FIG. 951
ANCHOR BOLTJTHREADED ONE END
APPLICATION: Anchor BoltJThreaded One End is designed to be
hooked or hung from the flange of a beam or purlin. The J-Hook can
also be hooked through an angle or tee member for support and the
other end of the J-Hook can be used as a hanger rod.
CONSTRUCTION: An Anchor BoltJThreaded One End is furnished in diameters from 3/8 through 3/4. The standard thread
lengths for each rod diameter are listed in the table.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Black, Hot Dip Galvanized or Electro-Plated.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, rod diameter, length, name and
finish, if other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 951, 5/8 diameter, 28 long, Anchor BoltJ
Type A
Type B
Type C
ROD DIA.
"A" (IN)
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
FIG. 954 LONG ROD BOTH END THREAD W/ NUTS & WASHER PLATE
APPROX. ROD
LOAD
HANGER
UNIT
DIA.
RATING
WEIGHT
A
SIZE
(LBS)
(LBS)
(IN)
TYPE A
CASING
R.H.
MIN.
CASING OUTTH'D
TH'D
LENGTH SIDE Z (IN)
L'GTH
ENGAGE ROD
DIA.
B (IN)
ENH
(IN)
F (IN)
C (IN)
GAGE (IN)
G (IN)
TYPE B & C
R
(IN)
S
(IN)
T
(IN)
ROD TAKE-OUT
(IN)
LUG
HOLE
DIA. TYPE A
(IN)
E
B&C
J
TYPE A
MIN.
MAX
TYPES B & C
MIN.
MAX
69
22
1/2
3 1/2
29 11/16
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
11/16 29 7/16 32 3/16 31 7/16 43 7/16 33 13/16 45 13/16
100
26
1/2
3 1/2
29 11/16
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
11/16 29 7/16 32 3/16 31 7/16 43 7/16 33 13/16 45 13/16
128
30
1/2
3 1/2
29 11/16
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
11/16 29 7/16 32 3/16 31 7/16 43 7/16 33 13/16 45 13/16
166
42
1/2
3 1/2
31 11/16 5 9/16 1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
11/16 31 7/16 34 3/16 33 7/16 45 7/16 35 13/16 47 13/16
223
45
1/2
3 1/2
31 11/16 5 9/16 1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
11/16 31 7/16 34 3/16 33 7/16 45 7/16 35 13/16 47 13/16
299
50
1/2
3 1/2
31 11/16 5 9/16 1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
11/16 31 7/16 34 3/16 33 7/16 45 7/16 35 13/16 47 13/16
399
76
5/8
31 13/16
6 5/8
1 3/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
13/16 31 9/16 34 5/16 33 13/16 45 13/16 36 1/16
48 1/16
532
94
5/8
31 13/16
6 5/8
1 3/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
13/16 31 9/16 34 5/16 33 13/16 45 13/16 36 1/16
48 1/16
713
126
5/8
31 13/16
6 5/8
1 3/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/4
1/4
13/16 31 9/16 34 5/16 33 13/16 45 13/16 36 1/16
48 1/16
950
164
3/4
38 19/32
8 5/8
1 5/8
1 1/2
1 7/16
1 1/8 1 1/2
3/8
15/16 38 7/32 41 3/32 40 15/16 52 15/16 43 5/16
55 5/16
10
1235
212
3/4
38 19/32
8 5/8
1 5/8
1 1/2
1 7/16
1 1/8 1 1/2
3/8
15/16 38 7/32 41 3/32 40 15/16 52 15/16 43 5/16
55 5/16
11
1615
172
3/4
38 19/32
8 5/8
1 5/8
1 1/2
1 7/16
1 1/8 1 1/2
3/8
15/16 38 7/32 41 3/32 40 15/16 52 15/16 43 5/16
55 5/16
12
2138
198
38 19/32
8 5/8
1 7/8
1 3/4
1 11/16
1 1/2
1/2
1 1/4 38 7/32 42 3/32 41 7/16 53 7/16 44 15/16 56 15/16
13
2850
268
38 19/32
8 5/8
1 7/8
1 3/4
1 11/16
1 1/2
1/2
1 1/4 38 7/32 42 3/32 41 7/16 53 7/16 44 15/16 56 15/16
14
3800
285
1 1/4
49
8 5/8
2 1/4
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 1/2
5/8
1 1/2
48 3/8
52 1/2 52 7/16 64 7/16 56 1/4
68 1/4
15
5130
292
1 1/4
49
8 5/8
2 1/4
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 1/2
5/8
1 1/2
48 3/8
52 1/2 52 7/16 64 7/16 56 1/4
68 1/4
16
7125
390
1 1/2
65 15/32
8 5/8
2 3/4
2 5/8
2 11/16
2 1/2
3/4
1 3/4 64 23/32 69 31/32 69 11/16 81 11/16 74 11/16 86 11/16
17
9500
502
1 3/4
65 15/32
8 5/8
2 7/8
2 15/16
2 1/2 3 3/4
18
12645
888
64 7/16
12 3/4 3 1/4
3 1/8
3 5/8
3 3/4
3/4
2 3/8 63 7/16 69 15/16 69 5/8
81 5/8 75 11/16 87 11/16
19
16805
1078
2 1/4
64 7/16
12 3/4 3 5/8
3 7/16
3 13/16
4 1/4
3/4
2 5/8 63 7/16 69 15/16 70 1/4
82 1/4
76
88
20
22325
1496
2 1/2
64 7/16
12 3/4 3 7/8
3 11/16
4 1/16
4 1/2
3/4
2 7/8 63 7/16 69 15/16 70 3/4
82 3/4
77 1/4
89 1/4
21
29688
1882
2 3/4
89 1/16
12 3/4 4 1/4
4 1/16
4 11/16
3/4
3 1/8 87 13/16 94 9/16
108
102 1/4
114 1/4
22
39591
2332
89 1/16
12 3/4 4 1/2
4 5/16
4 11/16
3 3/8 87 13/16 94 9/16 96 1/4 108 1/4 102 1/2
114 1/2
3/4
64 23/32 70 31/32 70 3/16 82 3/16 75 15/16 87 15/16
96
APPLICATION: To support the use on back to back Channel, Beam

or Angle and Rigid .
CONSTRUCTION: Carbon Steel. Nuts, round washer, rod and
washer plate.
FINISHES AVAILALE: Stainless Steel, Hot Dip Galvanized, ElectroPlated or Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number. C-C dimension x L Length x
Rod Dia., name and finish, if other than black.
ROD DIA.
(IN)
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
* ROD DIA. X L
3/4
1 1/2
1
1 1/2
1 1/4
1 7/8
1 1/2
2 1/4
1 3/4
2 5/8
2
3
2 1/4
3 3/8
2 1/2
3 3/4
3
4 1/2
3
4 1/4
3 1/2
5
3 1/2
5 3/4
4
6 1/2
4 1/2
7 1/4
5
7
5 1/2
7 3/4
6
8 1/2
X C-C Dimension.
WASHER
PLATE
1/4 X 3 SQ.
1/4 X 3 SQ.
3/8 X 3 SQ.
3/8 X 4 SQ.
1/2 X 4 SQ.
1/2 X 4 SQ.
1/2 X 4 SQ.
1/2 X 5 SQ.
3/4 X 5 SQ.
3/4 X 5 SQ.
3/4 X 6 SQ.
3/4 X 6 SQ.
3/4 X 6 SQ.
3/4 X 6 SQ.
3/4 X 6 SQ.
3/4 X 6 SQ.
3/4 X 6 SQ.
APPROX
WT./FT
3.015
3.448
5.225
7.200
9.740
10.76
11.95
15.04
22.69
27.05
34.95
41.39
48.91
57.64
68.15
79.33
93.79
RAD. "B" (IN)

1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
C (IN)
2
2
2
2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
MAX. REC.
LOAD (LBS)
240
440
705
1050
Page 182
Page 41
FIG. 945
ANCHOR BOLTLTHREADED ONE END
SERIES E110
APPLICATION: Anchor Bolt L Threaded One End is designed to

be embedded in concrete and used as an attachment point for equipment, pipe supports or structural steel.
CONSTRUCTION: An Anchor Bolt L Threaded One End is furnished in diameters from 3/8 through 1 1/2. The standard thread
ORDERING: Specify figure number, rod diameter, length, name and
EXAMPLE: Fig. 945, 5/8 diameter, 28 long, Anchor Bolt L
Threaded One End, HDG.
ROD DIA.
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 1/2
A (IN)
2
2
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/2
4
4 1/2
5 1/4
B (IN)
2 1/2
2 1/2
2 1/2
2 1/2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
4
FIG. 948
ANCHOR BOLTLTHREADED BOTH ENDS
Type D
LOAD
RATING
(LBS)
APPROX.
UNIT
WEIGHT
(LBS)
ROD
DIA.
A (IN)
R.H. TH'D
LENGTH
(IN)
CASING
LENGTH
B (IN)
CASING
OUTSIDE
DIA
C (IN)
MIN. TH'D
ENGAGE F
(IN)
ALLOW FOR
NUTS K (IN)
HEIGHT OF
SPACER M
(MAX) (IN)
ROD
LENGTH Y
(MAX) (IN)
X MIN.
X MAX
69
20
1/2
3 1/2
29 11/16
3/4
1 1/4
16 1/4
38 11/16
25 7/16
37 7/16
100
23
1/2
3 1/2
29 11/16
3/4
1 1/4
16 1/4
38 11/16
25 7/16
37 7/16
128
27
1/2
3 1/2
29 11/16
3/4
1 1/4
16 1/4
38 11/16
25 7/16
37 7/16
166
37
1/2
3 1/2
31 11/16
5 9/16
3/4
1 1/4
16 1/4
40 11/16
27 7/16
39 7/16
223
40
1/2
3 1/2
31 11/16
5 9/16
3/4
1 1/4
16 1/4
40 11/16
27 7/16
39 7/16
299
45
1/2
3 1/2
31 11/16
5 9/16
3/4
1 1/4
16 1/4
40 11/16
27 7/16
39 7/16
399
68
5/8
31 13/16
6 5/8
7/8
1 1/2
16 1/4
41 1/16
27 9/16
39 9/16
532
85
5/8
31 13/16
6 5/8
7/8
1 1/2
16 1/4
41 1/16
27 9/16
39 9/16
713
113
5/8
31 13/16
6 5/8
7/8
1 1/2
16 1/4
40 7/8
27 3/8
39 3/8
950
148
3/4
38 19/32
8 5/8
7/8
1 3/4
16 11/16
47 39/43
34 3/16
46 3/16
10
1235
190
3/4
38 19/32
8 5/8
7/8
1 3/4
16 13/16
47 39/43
34 3/16
46 3/16
11
1615
155
3/4
38 19/32
8 5/8
7/8
1 3/4
16 13/16
47 39/43
34 3/16
46 3/16
12
2138
178
38 19/32
8 5/8
1 1/2
2 1/4
16 13/16
48 35/86
34 3/16
46 3/16
13
2850
240
38 19/32
8 5/8
1 1/2
2 1/4
16 11/16
48 35/86
34 3/16
46 3/16
14
3800
256
1 1/4
49
8 5/8
1 5/8
2 1/2
17 1/8
59 1/16
44 9/16
56 9/16
15
5130
263
1 1/4
49
8 5/8
1 5/8
17 1/8
59 9/16
44 9/16
56 9/16
16
7125
350
1 1/2
65 15/32
8 5/8
1 3/4
3 1/2
17 5/8
76 2/63
60 9/16
72 9/16
17
9500
452
1 3/4
65 15/32
8 5/8
2 1/4
17 5/8
76 25/47
60 9/16
72 9/16
18
12645
800
64 7/16
12 3/4
2 1/2
4 9/16
18 5/16
76
59 7/16
71 7/16
19
16805
971
2 1/4
64 7/16
12 3/4
3 1/8
18 1/16
76 7/16
59 7/16
71 7/16
20
22325
1345
2 1/2
64 7/16
12 3/4
3 1/8
5 9/16
18 5/16
77
59 7/16
71 7/16
HANGER
SIZE
APPLICATION: Anchor Bolt L Threaded Both Ends is designed

for the short end to be bolted through a structural member and the
long end to be used as a hanger rod.
CONSTRUCTION: An Anchor Bolt L Threaded Both Ends is
furnished in diameters from 3/8 through 7/8. The standard thread
ORDERING: Specify figure number, rod diameter, short leg length,
long leg length, name and finish, if other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 948, 1/2 diameter, short = 8 long, Long = 18 long,
Anchor Bolt L Threaded Both Ends, HDG.
ROD DIA.
LENGTH
THREAD
LENGTH
SHORT END
(IN)
THREAD
LENGTH LONG
END (IN)
Type E
3/8 - 7/8
4" - 8"
1 1/2
1 1/2
21
29688
1694
2 3/4
89 1/16
12 3/4
4 1/8
6 1/4
19 1/8
104 5/8
86 3/8
98 3/8
3/8 - 7/8
8" & up
1 1/2
2 1/2
22
39591
2100
89 1/16
12 3/4
4 1/2
6 5/8
19 1/8
105
86 3/8
98 3/8
Page 42
Page 181
SERIES E110
FIGS. 930
SET BOLT
APPLICATION: The Fig. 930 Special Flush Shell is preferred where
large quantities of shells are to be installed with power hammers. It
has a tapered chucking end for mounting on a hammer chuck. After
the shell is installed, the chucking end is broken off flush with the
surface by hitting the chuck laterally or by striking the shell with a
hammer after the chuck is removed. Cuttings pass through the shell
and chuck. The chuck does not need to be removed for cleaning,
thus drilling time is greatly reduced.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, rod diameter and name.
SIZE
1/4 x 3/4
1/4 x 2 1/4
1/4 x 3 3/4
3/8 x 2 1/4
3/8 x 3
3/8 x 3 3/4
3/8 x 6
1/2 x 2 3/4
1/2 x 4 1/4
1/2 x 5 1/4
Type F
BASE PLATE
BOLT CIRCLE
LOAD
RATING
(LBS)
WEIGHT
APPROX
EACH (LBS)
CASING
OUTSIDE
DIA
C (IN)
69
30
7 1/2
100
34
7 1/2
128
36
166
50
223
HANGER
SIZE
INSTALLED HT. X
SQUARE L
THK. T (IN)
(IN)
MIN. (IN)
MAX. (IN)
BOLT DIA.
D (IN)
1/4
8 3/4
5/8
31 1/8
37 1/8
1/4
8 3/4
5/8
31 1/8
37 1/8
7 1/2
1/4
8 3/4
5/8
31 1/8
5 9/16
7 1/2
1/4
7 3/4
8 3/4
3/4
56
5 9/16
7 1/2
1/4
7 3/4
8 3/4
299
63
5 9/16
7 1/2
1/4
7 3/4
399
92
6 5/8
3/8
532
110
6 5/8
3/8
713
116
6 5/8
950
197
8 5/8
13 1/4
10
1235
218
8 5/8
11
1615
196
12
2138
13
LOAD FLANGE
LOAD
COLUMN
DIA. (IN)
SQUARE N
(IN)
THK. (IN)
1 9/10
3/16
1 9/10
3/16
37 1/8
1 9/10
3/16
32 7/8
39
2 7/8
3/16
3/4
32 7/8
39
2 7/8
3/16
8 3/4
3/4
32 7/8
39
2 7/8
3/16
10 7/8
3/4
33
39 1/8
2 7/8
1/4
10 7/8
3/4
33
39 1/8
2 7/8
1/4
3/8
10 7/8
3/4
33
39 1/8
2 7/8
1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
39 7/8
44 1/8
4 1/2
1/2
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
39 7/8
44 1/8
4 1/2
1/2
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
39 7/8
44 1/8
4 1/2
1/2
209
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
39 7/8
44 1/8
4 1/2
1/2
2850
268
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
39 7/8
45
4 1/2
1/2
14
3800
272
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
50 1/2
55
4 1/2
1/2
15
5130
290
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
50 1/2
54 3/4
4 1/2
1/2
16
7125
352
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
63 1/4
67 1/4
4 1/2
1/2
17
9500
420
8 5/8
13 1/4
1/2
10 9/16
16 1/2
3/4
63 1/4
66 3/4
4 1/2
1/2
18
12645
797
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
3/4
65 7/8
71 3/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
19
16805
902
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
3/4
65 7/8
71 3/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
20
22325
1180
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
3/4
66 1/8
71 3/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
21
29688
1284
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
3/4
90 5/8
95 3/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
22
39591
1620
12 3/4
17 1/4
5/8
15 3/4
22
3/4
90 3/4
95 1/8
5 9/16
12
1/2
MIN. (IN)
MAX. (IN)
MIN DEPTH (IN)

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3/8
3/8
3/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
THREAD
STD. BOX
STD. CTN.
WT EA
5/8
7/8
1
5/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
2 1/2
7/8
1 7/8
2
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50
25
25
1000
500
500
250
250
250
50
250
125
50
0.02
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.11
0.16
0.14
0.24
0.28
FIGS. 936
WEDGE ANCHOR
APPLICATION: Wedge Anchors are designed to be embedded in concrete and used as an attachment
point for equipment, pipe supports or structural steel.
CONSTRUCTION: A Wedge Anchor is furnished in diameters from 1/4 through 1 and in lengths from
1 3/4 to 9. Wedge anchors are constructed of carbon steel and are zinc plated for corrosion resistance. FINISHES AVAILABLE: Zinc Plated.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, item number, name and finish.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 936, 58-6, Wedge Anchor, zinc.
BOLT DIA. &
LENGTH
1/4 x 1 3/4
1/4 x 2 1/4
1/4 x 3
3/8 x 2 1/4
3/8 x 2 3/4
3/8 x 3
3/8 x 3 1/2
3/8 x 3 3/4
3/8 x 5
1/2 x 2 3/4
1/2 x 3 3/4
1/2 x 4 1/2
1/2 x 5 1/2
1/2 x 7
5/8 x 3 1/2
5/8 x 4 1/2
5/8 x 5
5/8 x 6
THREAD
MIN DEPTH (IN)
LENGTH A (IN)
3/4
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/8
7/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 3/4
1 1/8
1 3/4
1 1/8
1 3/4
1 1/8
1 3/4
1 1/8
1 3/4
1 1/8
1 3/4
1 1/4
2 1/4
1 1/4
2 1/4
1 1/4
2 1/4
1 1/4
2 1/4
1 1/4
2 1/4
1 5/8
2 7/8
1 5/8
2 7/8
1 5/8
2 7/8
1 5/8
2 7/8
WT EA
.065
.065
.065
.095
.095
.095
.095
.095
.095
.095
.095
.095
.095
.095
.095
.095
.095
.095
0.032
0.037
0.052
0.087
0.105
0.11
0.125
0.13
0.172
0.18
0.24
0.3
0.34
0.44
0.4
0.54
0.57
0.64
Page 180
Page 43
FIGS. 915
CB-UNIVERSAL CONCRETE INSERT NUT
SERIES E110
APPLICATION: Fig. 915 CB-Universal Concrete Insert Nuts are to be

used with Fig. 912 CB-Universal Concrete Inserts in order to attach
threaded rods or bolts.
CONSTRUCTION: A CB-Universal Concrete Insert Nut is constructed of carbon steel and is furnished in diameters from 3/8 through
7/8.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Black or Electro-Plated.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 915, 1/2 diameter, CB-Universal Concrete Insert
MAX. REC. LOAD

(LBS)*
610
1130
1140
1140
1140
ROD DIA. (IN)

3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
WT EA
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
Type G
FIGS. 927
EXTERNAL PLUG DROP-IN
LOAD
RATING
EACH
(LBS)
WEIGHT
APPROX
TOTAL
(LBS)
ROD
DIA.
A (IN)
R.H. TH'D
L'GTH (IN)
CASING
LENGTH
B (IN)
CASING
OUTSIDE
DIA
C (IN)
MIN. TH'D
ENGAGE
F (IN)
ROD
TAKE-OUT
N (IN)
CHANNEL
SIZE
MAX
C-C
(IN)
69
53
1/2
3 1/2
29 11/16
1 1/8
3 1/16
C3 X 4.1
24
5/8
1 1/2
100
59
1/2
3 1/2
29 11/16
1 1/8
3 1/16
C3 X 4.1
24
5/8
1 1/2
128
67
1/2
3 1/2
29 11/16
1 1/8
2 11/16
C3 X 4.1
24
5/8
1 1/2
166
86
1/2
3 1/2
31 11/16
5 9/16
1 1/8
2 11/16
C3 X 4.1
30
3/4
1 1/2
223
92
1/2
3 1/2
31 11/16
5 9/16
1 1/8
2 5/16
C3 X 4.1
30
3/4
1 1/2
299
102
1/2
3 1/2
31 11/16
5 9/16
1 1/8
2 3/8
C3 X 4.1
30
3/4
1 1/2
399
148
5/8
31 13/16
6 5/8
1 1/4
2 15/16
C3 X 4.1
36
532
182
5/8
31 13/16
6 5/8
1 1/4
2 11/16
C3 X 4.1
36
713
238
5/8
31 13/16
6 5/8
1 1/4
2 3/4
C3 X 4.1
36
950
310
3/4
38 19/32
8 5/8
1 1/2
3 13/16
C4 X 5.4
36
1 1/4
10
1235
394
3/4
38 19/32
8 5/8
1 1/2
2 7/8
C4 X 5.4
36
1 1/4
11
1615
324
3/4
38 19/32
8 5/8
1 1/2
3 1/4
C4 X 5.4
36
1 1/4
12
2138
374
38 19/32
8 5/8
1 3/4
2 11/16
C5 X 6.7
36
1 1/2
13
2850
498
38 19/32
8 5/8
1 3/4
3 7/16
C5 X 6.7
36
1 1/2
14
3800
530
1 1/4
49
8 5/8
2 1/8
2 11/16
C5 X 6.7
34
1 1/2
15
5130
554
1 1/4
49
8 5/8
2 1/8
C6 X 10.5
36
2 1/8
16
7125
731
1 1/2
65 15/32
8 5/8
2 5/8
3 1/8
C8 X 11.5
36
2 1/8
17
9500
935
1 3/4
65 15/32
8 5/8
2 7/8
3 1/2
C8 X 11.5
36
2 1/8
18
12645
1642
64 7/16
12 3/4
3 1/8
2 3/4
C12 X 20.7
42
2 3/8
19
16805
1984
2 1/4
64 7/16
12 3/4
3 7/16
3 3/8
C12 X 20.7
42
2 5/8
20
22325
2732
2 1/2
64 7/16
12 3/4
3 11/16
3 1/4
C12 X 20.7
40
2 7/8
21
29688
3456
2 3/4
89 1/16
12 3/4
4 1/16
C15 X 33.9
48
3 1/8
22
39591
4268
89 1/16
12 3/4
4 5/16
3 7/8
C15 X 33.9
48
3 3/8
HANGER
SIZE
APPLICATION: Fig. 927 Self-Drilling Flush Shells are widely used on

new construction by plumbing, heating, ventilating and electrical contractors to fasten fixtures and equipment to walls, ceilings and floors.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 927, 3/8, Self-Drilling Flush Shell.
SIZE (IN)
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
DRILL DIAMETER
3/8
1/2
5/8
7/8
1
MIN DEPTH THREAD

(IN)
DEPTH (IN)
1 1/4
1 7/8
2 3/8
33
3 1/2
7/16
5/8
8/21
1 3/16
1 3/8
WT EA
0.02
0.06
0.12
0.32
0.48
*Z = (F + N) - P
SPACE
EDGE TO
BETWEEN
CHANNEL P
CHANNELS
(IN)
W (IN)
Page 44
EQUALBALANCE CONSTANT EFFORT SUPPORTS

An EQUALBALANCE Hanger is a reliable counter-balance with
the counterbalance force imposed by a spring coil. By using
varying lever arms and spring coil load variation, an accurate
constant supporting force is obtained. EQUALBALANCE Hangers provide constant support forces for piping systems which
move vertically due to thermal expansion or contraction and
where the transfer of support load to adjacent hangers and/or
equipment is not acceptable.
CONSTRUCTION
Page 179

LOW FRICTION
BEARING
FIG. 909
STEEL SPOT INSERT NUT
APPLICATION: Fig. 909 Steel Spot Insert Nuts are to be used with
Fig. 906 Steel Spot Concrete Inserts in order to attach threaded rods
or bolts.
CONSTRUCTION: A Steel Spot Insert Nut is constructed of carbon
steel and is furnished in diameters from 1/4 through 7/8.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Electro-Plated.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 909, 5/8 diameter, Steel Spot Insert Nut.
HOLE FOR
REMOVABLE
TOP PIN
These hangers have been thoroughly time-tested as evidenced

by years of successful operation in a large number of steam generating stations, oil refineries and chemical plants throughout
the world.
EQUALBALANCE hangers are available in seven different types
and a broad variety of sizes to accommodate a wide range of
loads, movements and hanger arrangements.
SPRING ROD
SPRING COIL
ROD DIA. (IN)

1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
LOAD ROD
SPRING CASING
All EQUALBALANCE Hangers are manufactured in conformance
with government regulations and industry codes where applicable. Among these are the American Society of Mechanical Engineers - Codes for Pressure Piping (ASME B31.1 Code for Power
Piping and ASME B31.3 Code for Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping), the Manufacturers Standardization Society
Standards SP-58 and SP-69 and the U.S. Government Federal Specification WWW-H-171 for pipe hangers and supports.
Materials and workmanship of the High Quality along with conservative designs are used to improve the operating life of the
EQUALBALANCE Hangers in severe service applications. Spring coils of a conservative design are used to guard against any
relaxation while in use. All pivot points including lower load rod pivot, are equipped with lifetime, low-friction bearings
mounted in accurately constructed and machined frames and assemblies.
TRAVEL STOPS
Each EQUALBALANCE Hanger has built-in upper and lower stops to limit the travel a minimum of 12.5% beyond the specified
actual travel range. Further, the hanger is pinned at the preset position (initial travel position) for the purpose of facilitating
installation at a specified position and making it a rigid hanger for the purposes of hydrostatic testing. Please be aware that
the EQUALBALANCE Hanger will only function properly when the temporary stop has been removed and the hanger load rod
is adjusted properly to enable the unit to operate within the specified range of travel. A movement indicator arrow, attached
to the movable pivot arm, indicates the travel position at all times.
HYDROSTATIC TEST LOADS
Each EQUALBALANCE Hanger is capable of supporting hydrostatic test loads equal to 1.5 times the largest tabulated load for
that hanger size range.
MAX. REC. LOAD

(LBS)*
240
600
600
600
600
600
WT EA
0.08
0.13
0.12
0.11
0.1
0.09
FIG. 912
CB-UNIVERSAL CONCRETE INSERT
APPLICATION: Fig. 912 CB-Universal Concrete Insert is designed to
be embedded in concrete ceilings and used as an attachment point
for equipment, pipe supports or structural steel.
INSTALLATION: To install this unit properly, place the insert face
down on the concrete form and nail it in place. Reinforcing rods may
be placed through the open area at the top of the insert. Insert Fig.
915 Concrete Insert Nuts in the open area at the base of the insert
and turn them 90 to seat them properly. Then thread the hanger
rods into the Fig. 915 Concrete Insert Nuts until they are tightly in
place. Fig. 915 Concrete Insert Nuts must be ordered separately.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 912 CB-Universal Concrete Insert is constructed of malleable iron and is furnished in diameters from 3/8
through 7/8.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 912, 5/8 diameter, CB-Universal Concrete Insert.
LOAD ADJUSTMENT
Each EQUALBALANCE Hanger is supplied with a load adjusting nut which permits up to a 10% increase or decrease in loadcarrying capacity. However, since each EQUALBALANCE Hanger is tested on a hydraulic press in our plant and pre-set to a
specified load and tested over the range of movement specified by our customer, it is recommended that no field load adjustment be made until it is determined by stress analysis or load cell that a change is necessary. In the event that changes are
made, the balance of loads and pipe stresses may be altered. Please remember that turnbuckle adjustments only change the
position of the load arm and do not affect the supporting force of the EQUALBALANCE hanger.
ROD DIA. (IN)

3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
MAX. REC.
LOAD (LBS)*
610
1130
1140
1140
1140
WT EA
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
Page 178
FIG. 900
CONCRETE INSERT PLATE FOR ANCHOR BOLT
STANDARD HANGERS
Page 45
The dimensions shown on the following pages are for convenience in selecting the proper type and size EQUALBALANCE
hangers for your specific requirement. Depending upon the customers special requirements, the dimensions of the hanger
manufactured may be slightly different than the dimensions provided in the catalog. Load to be carried, actual travel and direction of travel influence the physical design features of the final hanger. Since the load supporting capacity of all sizes of
EQUALBALANCE hangers is inversely proportional to the travel magnitude, specifying more travel than necessary will result
in a larger and more expensive hanger than actually required.
APPLICATION: Fig. 900 Concrete Insert Plate for Anchor Bolt is

designed to be embedded in concrete and used as an attachment
CONSTRUCTION: A Concrete Insert Plate for Anchor Bolt is furnished in diameters from 5/8 through 1 1/2.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 900, 5/8 diameter, Concrete Insert Plate for Anchor
Bolt.
SPECIAL HANGERS
The drawings and tabulated data on the following pages depict the hanger designs which cover a large percentage of installations. In addition, a number of typical industrial constant spring hanger applications are shown on pages 4 and 5. If constant
designs other than those illustrated in this catalog are required, our staff will be pleased to develop custom designs for your
review and approval.
In addition to the types and sizes of EQUALBALANCE hangers shown in detail in this catalog, the following can also be furnished upon request:
ANCHOR BOLT
DIA.
A (IN)
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
3
3
3
3
MAX. REC.
LOAD (LBS) (IN
MIN. EMBED.
3000 LB. HARD
(IN)
ROCK CONCRETE)
3 1/2
1810
3 1/2
2710
4
3770
4
4960
FIG. 903
CONCRETE INSERT FRAME FOR ANCHOR BOLT
INSTALLATION and SETTING

EQUALBALANCE hangers can be installed by an average field worker
with little to no difficulty. Placing the hangers in position and adjusting
them to carry the desired load at the desired position is easily accomplished. All suspension style EQUALBALANCE hangers are designed so
that the top connection can be removed in the field and can be bolted or
welded separately to the supporting structure or suspended from rods.
The hanger frame and casing can then be easily attached by reinserting
the removable pin or pins.
APPLICATION: Fig. 903 Concrete Insert Frame for Anchor Bolt is

designed to be embedded in concrete and used as an attachment
CONSTRUCTION: A Concrete Insert Frame for Anchor Bolt is furnished in diameters from 3/8 through 7/8.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 903, 5/8 diameter, Concrete Insert Frame for Anchor Bolt.
ANCHOR
BOLT DIA.
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
DESIGN LOAD - VERTICAL

HARD ROCK
(LBS)
1255
2321
780
1346
2321
LT. WT.
(LBS)
753
1392
468
806
1392
DESIGN LOAD
HARD ROCK
(LBS)
978
978
1278
1278
1278
A. Hangers to handle loads and/or travels beyond the standard ranges shown on pages 52-54.
B. EQUALBALANCE hangers with neoprene-coated coils and galvanized
exposed surfaces can be provided for use in corrosive environments.
C. Custom top connections.
D. Extra long lower load rods.
E. Custom gap turnbuckles.
F. Nonstandard materials.
G. Custom load rod connections.
LT. WT.
(LBS)
733
733
958
958
958
DESIGN LOAD 45O

HARD ROCK
(LBS)
777
980
688
927
1166
LT. WT.
(LBS)
525
679
445
619
803
"E"
EMBED.
DEPTH
(IN)
DE MIN. (IN)
3 1/2
3 1/2
4
4
4
2
2
2
2 1/2
6
All EQUALBALANCE hangers have upper and lower stops to limit travel.
Hangers with downward travel (pipe moves downward from installed to
operating) will be locked (pinned) in the installed position in order to
handle the hydrostatic test loading. Hangers with upward travel (pipe
moves upward from installed to operating) will be locked (pinned) in the
installed position which eliminates the necessity of pulling the hanger to
the bottom of the travel when connecting the load rod in the field. All hydrostatic tests should be performed with the constant locked in the installed position. If desired, EQUALBALANCE hangers can be supplied locked at any desired point in the
total travel range. Just specified the desire locking location when ordering. In all cases, the lock pin can easily be removed by
hand by adjusting the turnbuckle on the load carrying rod until the pin is loose. This lock must be removed at the final adjustment or the hanger will not function.
After the hydrostatic test is performed, the final adjustment should consist of turning the turnbuckle so that the hanger is not
resting on the travel stop in the installed position. An inspection should be made after the system is in service to insure that
the travel indicator is located at the operating position on the travel scale.
Page 46

When the supported piping system is required to be re-hydro tested after start-up, all EQUALBALANCE hangers should be repinned in the installed position. All hangers should be adjusted, by the turnbuckle, until the pin holes are aligned and the pin
can be re-inserted. In a piping system where cold spring must be utilized to align a piping system or to pre-stress it, planning ahead is encouraged so that the line can be supported before, during and after the cold spring exercise by adjusting the
turnbuckle within its limits. Larger opening turnbuckles are available upon request. EQUALBALANCE hangers are supplied
with 6 turnbuckles, unless the customer requests a longer opening.
Page 177

FIG. 869
THREADED STAND PIPE
TRAVEL INDICATION
The indicator arrow (mounted on the pivot arm) and travel indicator plate (illustrated below) mounted on the hanger frame
indicate the position of travel. The arrow should point to a point on the travel indicator plate under all operating conditions.
For hangers with downward travel as the pipe moves from installed to operating, the indicator arrow must be near the top of
the range when the load rod is properly adjusted for the installed position. For hangers with upward travel as the pipe moves
from installed to operating, the indicator arrow must be near the bottom of the range when the load rod is properly adjusted
for the installed position.
APPLICATION: FIG.869 provides a threaded

support base for various adjustable application.
CONSTRUCTION: Carbon Steel and Stainless
Steel.
FINISHES AVAILALE: Stainless Steel, Hot Dip
Galvanized, Electro-Plated or Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, pipe size,
length, name and finish, if other than black.
STAND PIPE
SIZE
1
APPROX
WT./100
416
1/4
7/16
1 1/4
474
1/4
7/16
1 1/2
519
1/4
7/16
562
3/8
7/16
2 1/2
880
1 1/8
7 1/2
1/2
9/16
905
1 1/8
7 1/2
1/2
9/16
1627
1 1/4
5/8
11/16
2976
1 1/2
11
3/4
13/16
Page 176
FIG. 866
AJUSTABLE PIPE SADDLE SUPPORT
FIELD LOAD ADJUSTMENT

The support load on each EQUALBALANCE hanger is set on a hydraulic press and calibrated with a load cell before shipment.
Adjustment of the hanger load will modify the load supported by the hanger and may invalidate the design engineers stress
calculations.
APPLICATION: Similar to FIG. 860 and 863 To support horizontal pipe from floor stanchion. Stanchion pipe must fit over
straight threaded shank that permits adjustment after installation.
CONSTRUCTION: Carbon Steel saddle, pipe, special cast iron
reducer, and assembled.
FINISHES AVAILALE: Stainless Steel, Hot Dip Galvanized,
Electro-Plated or Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, pipe size, name and finish,
if other than black.
However, in order to provide for cases where the load to be supported is different from the specified load or where a change
in hanger location becomes necessary, the EQUALBALANCE hanger is provided with a load adjustment mechanism on the tail
of the spring rod. Field adjustment can increase or decrease the specified
load by as much as 10%. As a result, an EQUALBALANCE hanger carrying
2,000 lbs. can be field adjusted to carry loads from 1,800 to 2,200 lbs.
To adjust the load, loosen the jam nut to which the load sleeve is attached.
Turn the main spring rod nut clockwise to increase the load and counter
clockwise to decrease the load. When the jam nut is returned to its original
position against the main nut, the amount of load adjustment can be read
from the position of the indicator on the load scale. When adjustment is
completed the jam nut must again be tightened snuggly.
The extreme end of the spring rod is equipped with a permanent stop to prevent the complete removal of both the jam nut and sleeve, and the main
spring rod nut. Under no circumstances should an attempt be made to remove these nuts from the end of the spring rod.
2 1/2
MIN
A
7
MAX
A
11 1/2
PIPE SIZE
B
1 1/2
PIPE SIZE
C
2
APPROX.
WT./100
453
7 5/16
11 13/16
1 1/2
466
3 1/2
7 9/16
12 1/16
1 1/2
482
10 1/4
14 3/4
2 1/2
1248
11 1/16
15 9/16
2 1/2
1282
11 9/16
16 1/16
2 1/2
1343
PIPE SIZE
Page 47
13 9/16
18 1/16
2 1/2
1583
10
14 5/8
19 1/8
2 1/2
1665
12
15 5/8
20 1/8
2 1/2
1800
14
18 7/8
23 3/8
2761
16
19 7/8
24 3/8
2900
18
22 1/4
26 3/4
4468
20
23 1/4
27 3/4
4663
22
24 1/4
28 3/4
4848
24
26 1/2
31
5218
26
27 1/2
32
4520
30
29 5/8
34 1/8
6295
32
30 5/8
35 1/8
6478
36
32 5/8
37 1/8
6856
Page 48
Page 175

FIG. 863
PIPE SADDLE U-BOLT
S-TYPE
APPLICATION: Equivalent to Fig. 860 except U-bolt provided
for retaining pipe.
CONSTRUCTION: Carbon Steel.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, pipe size, name and finish,
D-TYPE
B-TYPE
PIPE SIZE
STOCK
SIZE
APPROX
WT./100
3 13/16
2 3/8
2 1/2
1/2
3/8 X 4
620
4 3/16
2 3/8
2 1/2
1/2
3/8 X 4
660
4 7/8
2 3/8
2 1/2
5/8
3/8 X 4
835
6 15/16
2 3/8
2 1/2
5/8
3/8 X 4
1120
10
7 15/16
2 3/8
2 1/2
3/4
3/8 X 4
1400
12
9 1/8
2 3/8
2 1/2
7/8
3/8 X 4
1800
14
10 1/2
2 7/8
7/8
1/2 X 6
2930
16
11 1/2
2 7/8
7/8
1/2 X 6
3225
18
13 1/2
3 3/4
1/2 X 6
3960
20
14 1/2
3 3/4
1/2 X 6
4309
22
15 1/2
3 3/4
1/2 X 5
4660
24
17 1/2
3 3/4
1/2 X 6
5188
26
15 1/2
3 3/4
1/2 X 6
5520
30
20 5/8
3 3/4
5/8 X 6
6948
32
21 5/8
3 3/4
5/8 X 6
7327
36
23 5/8
3 3/4
5/8 X 6
8046
Page 174
Page 49
FIG. 860
PIPE SADDLE
V-TYPE
APPLICATION: To support horizontal pipe from floor stanchion. Stanchion pipe must fit over pipe saddle shank. Use a
floor flange or steel plate welded for securing stanchion to
floor.
CONSTRUCTION: Carbon Steel.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, pipe size, name and
PIPE SIZE
STOCK
SIZE
APPROX
WT./100
1 1/2
2 1/4
1/4 X 1 3/4
127
2 7/16
1/4 X 1 3/4
131
2 1/2
2 11/16
1 1/2
1 1/2
1/4 X 2 1/2
149
1 1/2
1 1/2
1/4 X 2 1/2
162
3 1/2
3 1/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
1/4 X 2 1/2
178
3 13/16
2 3/8
2 1/2
3/8 X 4
455
4 3/16
2 3/8
2 1/2
3/8 X 4
489
4 7/8
2 3/8
2 1/2
3/8 X 4
550
6 15/16
2 3/8
2 1/2
3/8 X 4
790
10
7 15/16
2 3/8
2 1/2
3/8 X 4
872
12
9 1/8
2 3/8
2 1/2
3/8 X 4
1007
14
10 1/2
2 7/8
1/2 X 4
1541
16
11 1/2
2 7/8
1/2 X 4
1680
18
13 1/2
3 3/4
1/2 X 5
2220
20
14 1/2
3 3/4
1/2 X 5
2415
22
15 1/2
3 3/4
1/2 X 5
2600
24
17 1/2
3 3/4
1/2 X 5
2970
26
15 1/2
3 3/4
1/2 X 5
3172
30
20 5/8
3 3/4
5/8 X 5
4047
32
21 5/8
3 3/4
5/8 X 5
4230
36
23 5/8
3 3/4
5/8 X 5
4608
VBS-TYPE
VB-TYPE
U-TYPE
Page 50

EQUALBALANCE Hanger
Selection Table
SIZE
Hanger Size Selection Instructions: Find the desired total travel on the top data row of the table below. From the desired total travel, move
down the load column to the first load equal to or larger than the required load. The correct hanger size will be found in the 'size' column
horizontally across to the far left from this load. Although each EQUALBALANCE hanger will accommodate a small amount of travel beyond
its rated total travel, it is good design to select a hanger that provides a larger travel than expected. In cases where travel cannot be accurately calculated, a more generous total travel should be used to size the hanger.
FIGS. 842, 845, 848, 851, 854 & 857

PIPE COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE CONTINUED
TOTAL TRAVEL (Inches)

2
2 1/2
3 1/2
4 1/2
5 1/2
6 1/2
7 1/2
8 1/2
9 1/2
10
10 1/2
134
167
101
126
80
100
67
84
57
72
50
63
45
56
40
50
37
46
34
42
31
39
29
36
27
33
25
31
24
30
22
28
21
26
20
25
19
24
207
155
124
103
89
78
69
62
56
52
48
44
41
39
36
34
33
31
30
256
192
154
128
110
96
85
77
70
64
59
55
51
48
45
43
40
38
325
244
195
162
139
122
108
97
89
81
75
70
65
61
57
54
51
49
403
303
242
202
173
151
134
121
110
101
93
86
81
76
71
67
64
61
512
384
307
256
219
192
171
154
140
128
118
Page 173
1 1/2
110
102
96
90
85
81
77
ACTUAL
THICKNESS OF
COVERING
(IN)
HANGER
ROLLER
SIZE (FIG
812, 815,
821)
HANGER
ROLLER
SIZE (FIG
809)
HANGER
ROLLER
SIZE (FIG
827, 830)
CENTERCENTERCENTERLINE OF
LINE OF
LINE OF
PIPE TO
PIPE TO
PIPE TO
CENTERCENTEROUTSIDE
LINE OF
LINE OF
OF SAD- ROLL, (FIG.
ROLL, (FIG.
809, 812,
DLE
827, 830)
815, 821)
WT EA
MAX REC
LOAD
(LBS)
6 1/2
5.4
1800
7 1/4
6.85
1800
7 5/8
7 5/8
7.69
1800
7 5/8
9 1/8
8 3/4
10.24
1800
8-10
7 1/8
7 1/16
5.82
1800
12
8-10
6 1/2
7 5/8
7 9/16
6.41
1800
12
14
8-10
7 1/4
8 5/16
8 5/16
7.21
1800
PIPE DIA
(IN)
FIG. NO.
37
848
10
12
8-10
5 1/2
6 1/2
46
851
2 1/2
10
12
8-10
6 1/16
7 1/16
58
854
12
12
8-10
6 9/16
73
857
1 1/8
14
16
12-14
845
1 1/2
10
12
848
12
851
2 11/16
630
473
378
315
270
236
210
189
172
158
145
135
126
118
111
105
99
95
90
787
590
472
393
337
295
262
236
215
197
182
169
157
148
139
131
124
118
112
984
738
590
492
422
369
328
295
268
246
227
211
197
185
174
164
155
148
141
854
6 1/8
14
16
12-14
7 5/8
9 1/8
8 3/4
9.14
1800
10
1230
923
738
615
527
461
410
369
335
308
284
264
246
231
217
205
194
185
176
857
4 1/8
16
18
12-14
8 11/16
10 1/8
9 7/8
10.24
1800
221
10
845
1 9/16
12
14
8-10
7 1/4
8 5/16
8 5/16
6.66
1800
10
848
2 1/16
14
16
12-14
7 5/8
9 1/16
8 13/16
8.57
1800
10
851
2 9/16
14
16
12-14
8 3/16
9 5/8
9 5/16
8.91
1800
10
854
3 1/16
16
18
16-20
8 7/8
10 1/4
10
11.1
1800
10
857
4 1/16
18
20
16-20
9 11/16
11 5/16
11 1/8
14.1
1800
11
1550
1163
930
775
664
581
517
465
423
388
358
332
310
291
274
258
245
233
12
1869
1402
1122
935
801
701
623
561
510
467
431
401
374
351
330
312
295
280
267
13
2003
1503
1202
1002
859
751
668
601
546
501
462
429
401
376
354
334
316
301
286
14
2135
1602
1281
1068
915
801
712
641
582
534
493
458
427
400
377
356
337
320
305
15
2249
1687
1350
1125
964
844
750
675
613
562
519
482
450
422
397
375
355
337
321
12
845
1 1/2
14
16
12-14
8 1/16
9 5/8
9 1/4
7.61
5000
16
2361
1771
1417
1181 1012
886
787
708
644
590
545
506
472
443
417
394
373
354
337
12
848
2 1/16
16
18
16-20
8 13/16
10 3/16
10
8.73
5000
380
12
851
2 5/8
16
18
16-20
9 1/8
10 11/16
10 1/2
9.69
5000
12
854
3 1/16
18
20
16-20
9 11/16
11 5/16
11
11.38
5000
12
857
4 1/8
20
---
16-20
10 13/16
12 3/8
12 3/16
14.2
5000
14
845
1 1/2
16
18
12-14
8 7/8
10 3/16
10 1/16
7.67
5000
14
848
16
18
16-20
9 1/4
10 3/4
10 11/16
9.43
5000
17
2657
1993
1594
1329 1139
997
886
797
725
664
613
569
531
498
469
443
420
399
18
2952
2214
1771
1476 1265 1107
984
886
805
738
681
633
590
554
521
492
466
443
422
19
3247
2436
1948
1624 1392 1218 1082
974
886
812
749
696
649
609
573
541
513
487
464
20
3543
2657
2126
1771 1518 1329 1181 1063
966
886
818
759
709
664
625
590
559
531
506
21
3936
2952
2362
1968 1687 1476 1312 1181 1073
984
908
843
787
738
695
656
621
590
562
14
851
2 1/2
18
20
16-20
9 3/4
11 5/16
11 3/16
9.69
5000
618
14
854
18
20
16-20
10 1/4
11 7/8
11 5/8
11.82
5000
675
14
857
20
---
24
11 7/16
13 1/8
12 5/8
18.48
7200
16
845
1 1/2
18
20
16-20
9 7/8
11 3/8
11 1/8
8.35
5000
16
848
18
20
16-20
10 1/4
11 7/8
11 9/16
10
5000
16
851
2 1/2
20
---
16-20
10 7/8
12 7/16
12 3/16
14.62
7200
22
23
24
4329
4723
5117
3247
3543
2598
2834
2165 1855 1624 1443 1299 1181 1082
999
928
2362 2024 1771 1574 1417 1288 1181 1090 1012
866
945
812
886
764
834
722
787
684
746
649
709
3838
3070
2558 2193 1919 1706 1535 1395 1279 1181 1096 1023
959
903
853
808
768
731
25
4244
3395
2829 2425 2122 1886 1698 1543 1415 1306 1213 1132 1061
999
943
893
849
808
26
4650
3720
3100 2657 2325 2066 1860 1691 1550 1431 1328 1240 1162 1094 1033
979
930
886
16
854
24
---
24
11 3/16
13 1/8
12 7/16
18.17
7200
27
5240
4192
3493 2994 2620 2329 2096 1905 1747 1612 1497 1397 1310 1233 1164 1103 1048
998
16
857
24
---
24
12 5/16
14 3/16
12 3/16
21.8
7200
28
5830
4664
3887 3331 2915 2591 2332 2120 1943 1794 1666 1555 1458 1372 1296 1227 1166
1110
18
845
1 1/2
20
---
16-20
10 7/8
12 1/2
12 3/16
8.92
5000
18
848
20
---
24
11 1/2
13 1/16
12 11/16
13.19
7200
18
851
2 1/2
24
---
24
12
13 15/16
13 1/16
16.89
7200
18
854
24
---
24
12 5/16
14 1/4
13 5/8
18.2
7200
18
857
24
---
24
13 1/2
15 7/16
14 3/4
21.95
7200
29
6273
5018
4182 3585 3137 2788 2509 2281 2091 1930 1792 1673 1568 1476 1394 1321 1255
1195
30
6716
5373
4477 3838 3358 2985 2686 2442 2239 2066 1919 1791 1679 1580 1492 1414 1343
1279
31
5934
4945 4239 3709 3297 2967 2697 2473 2282 2119 1978 1854 1745 1648 1562 1484
1413
32
6494
5412 4639 4059 3608 3247 2952 2706 2498 2319 2165 2030 1910 1804 1709 1624
1546
20
845
1 1/2
24
---
24
11 3/4
13 11/16
13 1/16
13.76
7200
33
7085
5904 5061 4428 3936 3543 3221 2952 2725 2530 2362 2214 2084 1968 1865 1771
1687
20
848
24
---
24
12 5/16
14 1/4
13 5/8
14.98
7200
34
7675
6396 5482 4797 4264 3838 3489 3198 2952 2741 2558 2399 2257 2132 2020 1919
1827
20
851
2 1/2
24
---
24
12 7/8
14 13/16
14 3/16
16.79
7200
20
854
24
---
24
13 1/2
15 1/2
14 3/4
18.4
7200
20
857
30
---
30
14 3/16
16 5/8
18 7/8
22.83
7200
24
845
1 1/2
30
---
30
13 5/8
16 1/16
15 1/4
16.05
7200
24
848
30
---
30
14 3/16
16 5/8
15 3/4
17.62
7200
35
8298
6915 5927 5186 4610 4149 3772 3458 3192 2964 2766 2593 2441 2305 2184 2075
1976
36
8922
7435 6373 5576 4956 4461 4055 3717 3431 3186 2974 2788 2624 2478 2348 2230
2124
37
9604
8003 6860 6003 5336 4802 4365 4002 3694 3430 3201 3001 2825 2668 2527 2401
2287
38
10286
8572 7347 6429 5714 5143 4675 4286 3956 3674 3429 3214 3025 2857 2707 2572
2449
24
851
2 1/2
30
---
30
14 3/4
17 3/16
16 7/16
18.75
7200
39
11073
9228 7909 6921 6152 5537 5033 4614 4259 3955 3691 3460 3257 3076 2914 2768
2636
24
854
30
---
30
15 3/8
17 13/16
17
19.72
7200
40
11860
9884 8472 7413 6589 5930 5391 4942 4562 4236 3953 3706 3488 3295 3121 2965
2824
24
857
30
---
30
16 9/16
19
19 1/4
23.14
7200
Page 172
Page 51
FIGS. 842, 845, 848, 851, 854 & 857

PIPE COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE CONTINUED
EQUALBALANCE Hanger
Selection Table
HANGER
ACTUAL
ROLLER
THICKNESS
SIZE (FIG
OF COVER812, 815,
ING (IN)
821)
HANGER
ROLLER
SIZE (FIG
809)
HANGER
ROLLER
SIZE (FIG
827, 830)
CENTERCENTERCENTERLINE OF
LINE OF
LINE OF
PIPE TO
PIPE TO
PIPE TO
CENTERCENTEROUTSIDE
LINE OF
LINE OF
OF SADDLE ROLL, (FIG.
ROLL, (FIG.
809, 812,
(IN)
827, 830)
815, 821)
MAX REC
LOAD
(LBS)
SIZE
TOTAL TRAVEL (Inches)

11
11 1/2
12
12 1/2
13
13 1/2
14
14 1/2
15
15 1/2
16
16 1/2
17
17 1/2
18
18 1/2
19
19 1/2
20
18
23
17
22
17
21
16
20
15
19
15
19
14
18
14
17
13
17
13
16
13
16
12
15
12
15
11
14
11
14
11
14
11
13
10
13
10
13
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
21
20
19
19
18
18
17
17
16
16
16
35
33
32
31
30
28
27
26
26
25
24
23
23
22
21
21
20
20
19
PIPE DIA
(IN)
FIG. NO.
3/4
842
7/8
2 1/2
2-3 1/2
1 9/16
1 15/16
2 1/4
0.93
1200
3/4
845
1 25/54
3 1/2
2-3 1/2
2 1/8
5 5/8
2 7/8
1.74
1200
3/4
848
2 1/16
2-3 1/2
2 3/4
3 3/8
3 3/8
2.6
1200
44
42
41
39
37
36
35
34
32
31
30
30
29
28
27
26
26
25
24
842
1 1/16
2 1/2
2-3 1/2
1 13/16
2 1/4
2 7/16
0.93
1200
55
53
50
48
47
45
43
42
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
845
1 9/16
2-3 1/2
2 7/16
2 15/16
1.74
1200
70
67
64
61
59
57
55
53
51
50
48
47
45
44
43
42
40
39
38
848
2 1/8
2-3 1/2
2 7/8
6 1/2
3 1/2
2.6
1200
1 1/4
842
7/8
2 1/2
2-3 1/2
1 15/16
2 1/2
2 9/16
1.32
1200
86
82
79
76
73
70
68
62
63
61
59
57
56
54
53
51
50
48
47
1 1/4
845
1 5/8
3 1/2
2-3 1/2
2 9/16
3 1/8
3 3/16
1.82
1200
107
103
98
94
91
87
84
81
79
76
74
72
69
67
66
64
62
61
59
134
128
123
118
114
109
105
102
98
95
92
89
87
84
82
80
78
76
74
WT EA
1 1/4
848
2 1/16
2-3 1/2
3 1/16
3 11/16
3 11/16
2.6
1200
1 1/2
842
3 1/2
2-3 1/2
2 1/8
2 5/8
2 11/16
1.32
1200
10
168
160
154
148
142
137
132
127
123
119
115
112
109
105
103
100
97
95
92
1 1/2
845
1 1/2
3 1/2
2-3 1/2
2 11/16
3 1/4
3 5/16
1.82
1200
1 1/2
848
2 5/16
4-6
6 7/16
4 1/8
3 7/8
2.75
1800
11
211
202
194
186
179
172
166
160
155
150
145
141
137
133
129
126
122
119
116
1 1/2
851
2 13/16
4-6
3 13/16
4 5/8
4 1/2
3.01
1800
12
255
244
234
224
216
208
200
193
187
181
175
170
165
160
156
152
148
144
140
842
1 1/16
3 1/2
2-3 1/2
2 7/16
3 1/16
1.34
1200
13
273
261
250
240
231
223
215
207
200
194
188
182
177
172
167
162
158
154
150
845
1 9/16
2-3 1/2
2 7/8
3 1/2
3 9/16
1.98
1200
14
291
279
267
256
246
237
229
221
214
207
200
194
188
183
178
173
169
164
160
848
2 1/8
4-6
3 11/16
4 3/8
4 3/16
2.8
1800
851
2 5/8
4-6
3 15/16
4 3/4
4 3/4
3.18
1800
15
307
293
281
270
260
250
241
233
225
218
211
204
198
193
187
182
178
173
169
854
3 1/8
4-6
4 11/16
5 1/2
5 1/4
3.97
1800
16
322
308
295
283
272
262
253
244
236
229
221
215
208
202
197
191
186
182
177
2 1/2
842
1 1/16
2-3 1/2
2 11/16
3 1/4
3 5/16
1.34
1200
17
362
347
332
319
307
295
285
275
266
257
249
242
234
228
221
215
210
204
199
2 1/2
845
1 7/8
4-6
3 3/4
4 1/8
3 15/16
1.98
1200
18
403
385
369
354
341
328
316
305
295
286
277
268
260
253
246
239
233
227
221
2 1/2
848
2 5/16
4-6
3 15/16
4 5/8
4 1/2
2.8
1800
19
443
424
406
390
375
361
348
336
325
314
304
295
287
278
271
263
256
250
244
2 1/2
851
2 7/8
4-6
4 7/16
4 1/4
3.2
1800
2 1/2
854
3 3/8
10
10
4-6
4 15/16
4 3/4
5 1/2
3.98
1800
20
483
462
443
425
409
394
380
366
354
343
332
322
313
304
295
287
280
273
266
842
2-3 1/2
2 15/16
3 1/2
3 9/16
1.48
1200
21
537
513
492
472
454
437
422
407
394
381
369
358
347
337
328
319
311
303
295
845
1 9/16
4-6
3 1/2
4 3/16
4 1/4
2.08
1800
22
590
565
541
520
500
481
464
448
433
419
406
394
382
371
361
351
342
333
325
848
2 1/16
4-6
4 1/8
4 7/8
4 11/16
2.9
1800
23
644
616
590
567
545
525
506
489
472
457
443
429
417
405
394
383
373
363
354
851
2 9/16
4-6
4 11/16
5 3/8
5 5/16
3.01
1800
854
3 1/16
10
10
8-10
5 15/16
6 1/16
4.49
1800
24
698
667
640
614
590
569
548
529
512
495
480
465
451
439
426
415
404
394
384
3 1/2
842
1 1/4
4-6
3 7/16
3 15/16
1.48
1200
25
772
738
707
679
653
629
606
585
566
548
531
514
499
485
472
459
447
435
424
3 1/2
845
1 13/16
4-6
4 11/16
4 1/2
2.08
1800
26
845
809
775
744
715
689
664
641
620
600
581
564
547
531
517
503
489
477
465
3 1/2
848
2 1/4
4-6
4 3/8
5 3/16
2.9
1800
27
953
911
873
838
806
776
749
723
699
676
655
635
616
599
582
566
552
537
524
3 1/2
851
2 3/4
10
10
8-10
4 13/16
5 3/4
5 11/16
3.43
1800
3 1/2
854
3 5/16
10
10
8-10
5 1/2
6 7/16
6 3/8
4.49
1800
28
1060
1014
972
933
897
864
833
804
777
752
729
707
686
666
648
630
614
598
583
842
1 1/16
4-6
3 9/16
4 3/16
4 3/16
1.58
1800
29
1141
1091
1046
1004
965
929
896
865
836
809
784
760
738
717
697
678
660
643
627
845
1 9/16
4-6
3 7/8
4 11/16
4 3/4
2.14
1800
30
1221
1168
1119
1075 1033
995
959
926
895
867
840
814
790
768
746
726
707
689
672
848
2 1/16
4-6
4 11/16
5 1/2
5 1/4
2.95
1800
31
1349
1290
1236
1187 1141 1099 1060 1023
989
957
927
899
873
848
824
802
781
761
742
851
2 9/16
10
10
8-10
5 1/8
6 1/16
3.43
1800
854
3 1/16
10
10
8-10
5 9/16
6 1/2
6 5/8
4.49
1800
32
1476
1412
1353
1299 1249 1203 1160 1120 1082 1047 1015
984
955
928
902
878
855
833
812
857
4 1/16
14
104
8-10
6 9/16
7 11/16
7 9/16
6.09
1800
33
1610
1540
1476
1417 1363 1312 1265 1222 1181 1143 1107 1074 1042 1012
984
957
932
908
886
842
4-6
4 1/8
4 13/16
4 3/4
2.62
1800
34
1744
1669
1599
1535 1476 1421 1371 1323 1279 1238 1199 1163 1129 1096 1066 1037 1010
984
959
845
1 1/2
4-6
4 1/2
5 5/16
5 3/8
3.3
1800
35
1886
1804
1729
1660 1596 1537 1482 1431 1383 1338 1297 1257 1220 1185 1153 1121 1092 1064
1037
848
10
10
8-10
4 15/16
5 7/8
6 1/8
3.45
1800
36
2028
1939
1859
1784 1716 1652 1593 1538 1487 1439 1394 1352 1312 1275 1239 1206 1174 1144
1115
851
2 9/16
12
12
8-10
5 9/16
6 1/2
6 5/8
6.85
1800
854
3 1/16
12
12
8-10
6 1/8
7 1/16
7 1/4
4.49
1800
37
2183
2088
2001
1921 1847 1779 1715 1656 1601 1549 1501 1455 1412 1372 1334 1298 1264 1231
1201
857
4 3/16
14
14
8-10
7 3/16
8 1/4
8 3/16
6.09
1800
38
2338
2236
2143
2057 1978 1905 1837 1773 1714 1659 1607 1558 1513 1469 1429 1390 1353 1319
1286
6
6
842
845
1
1 1/2
8
8
8
10
4-6
8-10
4 9/16
5 1/16
5 3/8
5 7/8
5 1/4
6
3.82
4.28
1800
1800
39
2517
2407
2307
2215 2129 2051 1977 1909 1846 1786 1730 1678 1628 1582 1538 1498 1457 1420
1384
40
2696
2578
2471
2372 2281 2196 2118 2045 1977 1913 1853 1797 1744 1694 1647 1603 1561 1521
1483
Page 52
SIZE
FIGS. 842, 845, 848, 851, 854 & 857

PIPE COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE1 TO 3
THICK INSULATION
Total Travel (Inches)

2 1/2
3 1/2
4 1/2
5 1/2
6 1/2
7 1/2
8 1/2
9 1/2
10
10 1/2
11
41
12753 10628 9109
7971
7085
6377
5797
5314
4905
4555
4251
3985
3751
3543
3356
3188
3036
2898
42
13645 11371 9746
8528
7580
6822
6202
5685
5248
4873
4548
4264
4013
3790
3591
3411
3249
3101
43
14748 12290 10534 9218
8193
7374
5267
5623
4609
4338
4097
3881
3687
3511
3352
15744 13120 11246 9840
5672
6055
4916
44
6145
6560
8747
7872
6704
7156
5248
4920
4631
4373
4143
3936
3749
3578
45
14171 12147 10628 9447
8503
7730
7086
6540
6073
5668
5314
5002
4724
4475
4251
4049
3865
46
15132 12970 11349 10088 9079
8254
7566
6984
6485
6053
5674
5341
5044
4778
4540
4323
4127
47
16225 13907 12169 10817 9735
8850
8113
7488
6954
6490
6084
5726
5408
5124
4868
4636
4425
48
17318 14844 12989 11546 10391 9446
8659
7993
7422
6927
6494
6112
5773
5469
5196
4948
4723
49
18718 16044 14039 12479 11231 10210 9359
8639
8022
7487
7019
6606
6239
5911
5615
5348
5105
50
20117 17243 15088 13412 12070 10973 10059 9285
8622
8047
7544
7100
6706
6353
6035
5748
5487
51
20994 17993 15744 13995 12595 11450 10496 9689
8997
8397
7872
7409
6997
6629
6298
5998
5725
52
21867 18743 16400 14578 13120 11927 10933 10092 9371
8747
8200
7718
7289
6905
6560
6248
5964
53
22892 19622 17169 15261 13735 12487 11446 10566 9811
9157
8585
8080
7631
7229
6868
6541
6243
54
23917 20500 17938 15944 14350 13045 11958 11038 10250 9567
8969
8441
7972
7553
7175
6833
6523
55
26513 22725 19885 17675 15908 14462 13257 12237 11363 10605 9942
9358
8838
8373
7954
7575
7231
56
21525 19133 17220 15655 14350 13246 12300 11480 10763 10129 9567
9063
8610
8200
7827
57
24088 21412 19270 17519 16059 14823 13765 12847 12044 11336 10706 10142 9635
9176
8759
58
26550 23600 21240 19309 17700 16338 15171 14160 13275 12494 11800 11179 10620 10114 9655
59
29058 25829 23246 21133 19372 17882 16604 15497 14529 13674 12914 12235 11623 11070 10566
60
31860 28320 25488 23171 21240 19606 18206 16992 15930 14993 14160 13415 12744 12137 11585
61
35400 31467 28320 25745 23600 21785 20229 18880 17700 16659 15733 14905 14160 13486 12873
62
64
38350 34089 30680 27891 25567 23600 21914 20453 19175 18047 17044 16147 15340 14610 13945
42792 38037 34233 31121 28528 26333 24452 22822 21396 20137 19019 18018 17117 16302 15561
47011 41787 37608 34189 31340 28930 26863 25072 23505 22123 20894 19794 18804 17909 17095
65
51431 45716 41144 37404 34287 31650 29389 27430 25715 24203 22858 21655 20572 19593 18702
66
56252 50002 45002 40911 37501 34617 32144 30001 28126 26472 25001 23685 22501 21429 20455
67
42648 39367 36555 34118 31986 30104 28432 26936 25589 24370 23263
68
47979 44288 41125 38383 35984 33868 31986 30303 28787 27417 26170
69
53310 49209 45694 42648 39983 37631 35540 33669 31986 30463 29078
70
58641 54130 50264 46913 43981 41394 39094 37036 35185 33509 31986
71
65749 60691 56356 52599 49312 46411 43833 41526 39449 37571 35863
72
72857 67253 62449 58286 54643 51428 48571 46015 43714 41633 39740
73
81743 75455 70065 65394 61307 57701 54495 51627 49046 46710 44587
74
90627 83656 77680 72502 67970 63972 60418 57238 54376 51787 49433
75
82250 76767 71969 67735 63972 60605 57575 54833 52341
76
91388 85295 79965 75261 71080 67339 63972 60925 58156
77
93826 87962 82787 78188 74073 70369 67018 63972
78
98623 92822 87665 83051 78899 75142 71726
79
97142 92029 87428 83265 79480
80
98090 93419 89173
81
98866
63
Page 171

EQUALBALANCE Hanger
Selection Table
APPLICATION: Insulation Protection Saddles are used to: 1.) Prevent pipe insulation from being crushed at pipe support locations, and 2.) Minimize heat losses by providing for the application of a continuous outer weather tight covering over the insulation and the saddle.
CONSTRUCTION: The saddles are made from steel plate, shaped to fit to the shape of the outside of the insulation. The edges of the saddles are
turned so that they are radial to the pipe centerline for maximum strength. The edges are notched out at the pipe to saddle contact points so as to
provide for a minimum of bearing against the pipe and therefore a minimum of heat loss. All saddles are supplied in 12 lengths. For pipe diameters of 10 or smaller, Insulation Protection Saddles will be supplied with two edges only. For pipe diameters of 12 or larger, Insulation Protection
Saddles will be supplied with two edges and a welded-in center plate.
INSTALLATION: It is advisable to spot weld each Insulation Protection Saddle to the piping system at the time of installation in order to insure that
the saddle is held in place during piping system operation. Insulation Protection Saddles are not to be allowed to move with respect to the pipe and
the combined pipe and saddle are to move in unison as the pipe expands or contracts due to temperature changes in the piping.
LOADS: When a Insulation Protection Saddle is used in conjunction with a pipe roll, the maximum load given for the pipe roll also applies to the
saddle. In the event that a saddle is to be used on a flat bearing surface, contact AAA Technology for the appropriate load ratings.
SPECIALS: Saddles of special materials, lengths or construction can be furnished upon request.
NOTE: When ordering Insulation Protection Saddles and Pipe Rolls, remember that the size of the pipe roll must be larger than the nominal diameter of the pipe. The pipe roll must be purchased to fit the outside diameter of the Insulation Protection Saddle. See size/selection chart in the pipe
roll section for sizing assistance.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Black, Hot Dip Galvanized, Electro-Plated or Painted. Stainless Steel Insulation Protection Saddles are available by special order.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, name, Insulation O.D. and finish, if other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 842, Insulation Protection Saddle, Insulation O.D.= 8.625, HDG.
Page 170
Page 53
FIG. 833
LARGE DIAMETER PIPE ROLLER SUPPORT STAND
EQUALBALANCE Hanger
Selection Table
SIZE
APPLICATION: Fig. 833 Roller Support Stand is used to support heavy

piping where; significant movement along the axis of the heavy piping NOMINAL
"A"
at the support location occurs due to thermal expansion or contraction PIPE DIA.
(IN)
(IN)
of the piping; no vertical adjustment is required. A Roller Support
Stand is designed to be bolted or welded to the supporting structural
member.
36
8
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 833 Roller Support and stand consists of an
inner and outer wheel with a stainless steel rod and carbon steel plate
42
8
base. FINISH: The Roller Support can be provided with a black, paint44
8
ed or hot dip galvanized finish. ORDERING: Specify figure number
(Fig. 833), pipe diameter, non-standard options, if other than desired
46
8
finish.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 833, 48", Roller Support, HDG.
48
8
54
"C" (IN)
"D"
(IN)
"W"
(IN)
"E"
(IN)
"L"
(IN)
BOLT
DIA.
(IN)
APPROX.
UNIT WT
EA (LBS)
Total Travel (Inches)

11 1/2
12
12 1/2
13
13 1/2
14
14 1/2
15
15 1/2
16
16 1/2
17
17 1/2
18
18 1/2
19
19 1/2
20
41
2772
2657
2551
2453
2362
2277
2199
2126
2057
1993
1932
1875
1822
1771
1723
1678
1635
1594
42
2966
2843
2729
2624
2527
2437
2353
2274
2201
2132
2067
2007
1949
1895
1844
1795
1749
1706
43
3206
3073
2950
2836
2731
2634
1993
1941
1891
1844
3028
2916
2811
2304
2460
2048
3149
2379
2539
2107
3280
2458
2624
2169
3423
2543
2714
2235
44
2385
2315
2249
2187
2128
2072
2018
1968
45
3697
3543
3401
3270
3149
3037
2932
2834
2743
2657
2577
2501
2429
2362
2298
2238
2180
2126
46
3947
3783
3632
3492
3363
3243
3131
3026
2929
2837
2751
2670
2594
2522
2454
2389
2328
2270
47
4233
4056
3894
3744
3606
3477
3357
3245
3140
3042
2950
2863
2781
2704
2631
2562
2496
2434
48
4518
4330
4156
3997
3849
3711
3583
3464
3352
3247
3149
3056
2969
2886
2808
2734
2664
2598
49
4883
4680
4492
4320
4160
4011
3873
3744
3623
3510
3403
3303
3209
3120
3035
2955
2880
2808
50
5248
5029
4828
4642
4471
4311
4162
4023
3894
3772
3658
3550
3449
3353
3262
3176
3095
3018
51
5476
5248
5038
4844
4665
4498
4343
4198
4063
3936
3817
3704
3599
3499
3404
3315
3230
3149
52
5704
5467
5248
5046
4859
4686
4524
4373
4232
4100
3976
3859
3749
3644
3546
3453
3364
3280
53
5972
5723
5494
5283
5087
4905
4736
4578
4431
4292
4162
4040
3924
3815
3712
3615
3522
3434
54
6239
5979
5740
5519
5315
5125
4948
4783
4629
4484
4348
4221
4100
3986
3878
3776
3679
3588
55
6916
6628
6363
6118
5892
5681
5485
5303
5132
4971
4821
4679
4545
4419
4299
4186
4079
3977
56
7487
7175
6888
6623
6378
6150
5938
5740
5555
5381
5218
5065
4920
4783
4654
4532
4415
4305
57
8378
8029
7708
7412
7137
6882
6645
6423
6216
6022
5840
5668
5506
5353
5208
5071
4941
4818
58
9235
8850
8496
8169
7867
7586
7324
7080
6852
6638
6436
6247
6069
5900
5741
5589
5446
5310
59
10107 9686
9298
8941
8610
8302
8016
7749
7499
7264
7044
6837
6642
6457
6283
6117
5961
5812
60
11082 10620 10195 9803
9440
9103
8789
8496
8222
7965
7724
7496
7282
7080
6889
6707
6535
6372
61
12313 11800 11328 10892 10489 10114 9766
9440
9135
8850
8582
8329
8091
7867
7654
7453
7262
7080
62
7867
7670
8778
8558
9643
9402
7 13/16
1/2
13
3/4
175
63
7 13/16
13
3/4
175
64
13339 12783 12272 11800 11363 10957 10579 10227 9897 9588 9297 9024 8766 8522 8292 8074
14884 14264 13693 13167 12679 12226 11805 11411 11043 10698 10374 10069 9781 9509 9252 9009
16351 15670 15043 14465 13929 13432 12968 12536 12132 11753 11396 11061 10745 10447 10164 9897
65
17889 17144 16458 15825 15239 14694 14188 13715 13272 12858 12468 12101 11756 11429 11120 10827 10550 10286
66
19566 18751 18001 17308 16667 16072 15518 15001 14517 14063 13637 13236 12858 12500 12163 11843 11539 11250
67
22251 21324 20471 19684 18955 18278 17647 17059 16509 15993 15508 15052 14622 14216 13832 13468 13122 12794
7 13/16
13
3/4
175
7 13/16
13
3/4
175
10 13/16
1 1/2
16
3/4
250
68
25033 23990 23030 22144 21324 20562 19853 19192 18573 17992 17447 16934 16450 15993 15561 15151 14763 14394
10 13/16
1 1/2
16
3/4
250
69
27814 26655 25589 24605 23693 22847 22059 21324 20636 19991 19385 18815 18278 17770 17290 16835 16403 15993
70
30595 29321 28148 27065 26063 25132 24265 23456 22700 21990 21324 20697 20105 19547 19019 18518 18043 17592
71
34304 32875 31560 30346 29222 28178 27206 26300 25451 24656 23909 23206 22543 21916 21324 20763 20230 19725
56
11 13/16
17
3/4
325
60
11 13/16
2 3/8
17
7/8
325
72
38012 36429 34971 33626 32381 31224 30148 29143 28203 27321 26493 25714 24980 24286 23629 23007 22418 21857
64
12 13/16
2 7/8
18
7/8
400
73
42648 40871 39237 37727 36330 35033 33825 32697 31642 30654 29725 28850 28026 27248 26511 25814 25152 24523
550
74
47284 45314 43501 41828 40279 38840 37501 36251 35081 33985 32955 31986 31072 30209 29393 28619 27885 27188
75
50065 47979 46060 44289 42648 41125 39707 38383 37145 35984 34894 33868 32900 31986 31122 30303 29526 28788
76
55627 53310 51177 49209 47386 45694 44118 42648 41272 39982 38771 37630 36555 35540 34579 33669 32806 31986
77
61191 58641 56295 54130 52125 50264 48530 46913 45399 43981 42648 41394 40211 39094 38037 37036 36087 35185
78
68607 65749 63119 60691 58443 56356 54413 52599 50902 49312 47817 46411 45085 43833 42648 41526 40461 39449
79
76024 72857 69942 67252 64761 62449 60295 58285 56405 54643 52987 51428 49959 48571 47258 46015 44835 43714
80
85296 81742 78472 75454 72659 70065 67648 65394 63284 61306 59449 57700 56052 54495 53022 51626 50303 49045
81
94567 90627 87002 83656 80557 77680 75002 72502 70163 67970 65911 63972 62144 60418 58785 57238 55771 54376
72
14 13/16
20
7/8
Page 54
Page 169
S TYPE
SINGLE SUSPENSION
FIG. 830
ADJUSTABLE PIPE ROLLER & STAND
APPLICATION: A Fig. 830 Adjustable Pipe Roller and Stand is used
to support piping where 1.) significant movement along the axis of the
piping at the support location occurs due to thermal expansion or
contraction of the piping, 2.) support is to be provided from a beam or
other structural member located below the piping and 3.) vertical
adjustment of the pipe roll is necessary and relatively easy to accomplish. This Adjustable Pipe Roller and Stand allows axial movement
of the piping with virtually a negligible amount of frictional resistance
to the movement. Vertical adjustment is achieved by turning the adjustment bolts up or down on the base. A Fig. 830 Adjustable Pipe
Roller and Stand is designed to be bolted or welded to the supporting
structural members.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 830 Adjustable Pipe Roller and Stand consists of a Fig. 824 Cast Iron Pipe Roll, four Adjusting Screws with lock
nuts for securing in final position and a Base Plate with a slot to enable anchorage to the supporting structure.
NOTE: See size selection chart for assistance in determining the
appropriate Pipe Roller and Stand number for your application.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Black, Hot Dip Galvanized, Electro-Plated or
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, Pipe Roller and Stand number,
name and finish, if other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 830, No. 2, Adjustable Pipe Roller and Stand, HDG.
T = Total Travel
Units with total travels up to and including 6 are furnished with
6 turnbuckles. Units with total travels over 6 are furnished
with 12 turnbuckles. The V dimension will be 3 for units
with 6 turnbuckles and 6 for units with 12 turnbuckles.
The Type S EQUALBALANCE single suspension point hanger is designed for use with a single rod or welding lug top connection. When the Stype EQUALBALANCE hanger is suspended by a single rod, the entire hanger can be rotated 360 to avoid interference. When headroom is
limited, an alternate top connection, a lug, can be furnished which attaches directly to the building structure. The Type S EQUALBALANCE
hanger is available for support loads from 19 lbs. through 20,117 lbs. and for total travels from 1 1/2 through 20 inches.
SIZE
TOTAL TRAVEL
(IN)
1-9
10 - 24
APPROX.
UNIT WEIGHT
(LBS.)
STD. ROD
DIA. (IN)
B (IN)
E (IN)
F (IN)
G (IN)
K (IN)
P (IN)
1 1/2 - 20
1/2 & 5/8
5 9/16
12 3/16
3 11/16
2 7/8
2 5/8
9/16
7/8
35
1 1/2 -20
1/2 - 1 1/4
9 5/8
15 1/2
4 1/4
4 1/8
3 3/8
7/8
1 1/4
135
25 - 30
2 - 20
5/8 - 1 1/4
11 3/4
16 9/16
4 5/8
4 5/8
3 5/8
1 3/8
180
31 - 34
2 1/2 - 20
3/4 - 1 1/4
12 3/4
17 9/16
5 1/16
4 5/8
4 1/8
1 3/16
1 1/2
255
35 - 44
2 1/2 - 20
3/4 - 2
14
24 5/8
6 1/8
6 1/4
5 5/8
1 7/16
390
45 - 50
3 - 20
1 - 2 1/4
14
28 7/8
6 1/2
6 1/2
5 5/8
1 9/16
530
Q (IN)
NOM. PIPE
DIA. (IN)
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
30
A (IN)
B (IN)
C MIN (IN)
C MAX (IN)
D (IN)
WT EA
6 7/8
6 7/8
6 7/8
6 7/8
8 1/2
8 1/2
8 1/2
10 1/2
10 1/2
12 1/2
12 1/2
14 5/8
14 5/8
14 5/8
15 3/4
19 1/2
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
7 1/2
7 1/2
8 1/4
8 1/4
10
10
10
10
10 3/4
4 3/4
5
5 5/16
5 9/16
6 3/16
6 3/4
7 1/4
10 1/8
11 3/16
12 3/4
13 3/8
15 3/8
16 3/8
17 3/8
19 1/4
14 7/16
5 5/8
5 7/8
6 9/16
6 7/16
7 7/16
8
8 1/2
11 11/16
12 3/4
14 1/8
14 3/8
17 1/4
18 1/4
19 1/4
21 1/4
26 11/16
3 7/8
3 7/8
3 7/8
3 7/8
5 1/8
5 1/8
5 1/8
7 3/8
7 3/8
9 1/2
9 1/2
11 1/8
11 1/8
11 1/8
12 1/4
15 3/4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
11
11
11
13.1
13.1
13.1
29
29
40
40
63.84
63.84
63.84
71
125.28
MAX REC
LOAD (LBS)
390
390
390
390
950
950
950
2100
2100
3075
3075
4980
4980
4980
6100
7500
Page 168
Page 55
FIG. 827
PIPE ROLLER & STAND
S TYPE
SINGLE SUSPENSION
DIMENSIONS "H" AND "L"
ROD DIAMETER (IN)
APPLICATION: A Fig. 827 Pipe Roller and Stand is used to support

piping where 1.) significant movement along the axis of the piping at
the support location occurs due to thermal expansion or contraction of
the piping, 2.) support is to be provided from a beam or other structural member located below the piping and 3.) vertical adjustment of the
pipe roll is not necessary. This Pipe Roller and Stand allows axial
movement of the piping with virtually a negligible amount of frictional
resistance to the movement. Vertical adjustment can only be
achieved by shimming under the stand at the time of installation. A
Fig. 827 Pipe Roller and Stand is designed to be bolted or welded to
the supporting structural member.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 827 Pipe Roller and Stand consists of a
Fig. 824 Cast Iron Pipe Roll, a base fabricated of carbon steel plate
and a carbon steel roll rod. With the Cast Iron Pipe Roll properly
positioned on the roll rod, the roll rod rests securely in the V notch in
the steel support frame.
appropriate Pipe Roller and Stand number for your application.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, Pipe Roller and Stand number,
EXAMPLE: Fig. 827, No. 2, Pipe Roller and Stand, electro-plated.
DIM.
1/2
5/8
3/4
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3/4
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 1/2
2 1/4
2 3/8
4 3/8
4 5/8
4 7/8
5 1/2
6 1/4
6 3/4
7 1/2
8 3/4
9 7/8
10
11
12
13
14
Dimension "L" to be e=incased by 3" for 12" gap turnbuckle.

DIMENSION "A"
SIZE
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)

1 1/2
1-9
6 5/8
6 5/16
5 5/8
4 3/8
3 11/16
3 9/16
3 9/16
3 9/16
3 9/16
3 9/16
3 9/16
3 9/16
3 9/16
10 - 24
8 7/16
8 1/8
7 3/4
7 7/16
6 13/16
6 3/16
5 1/2
4 7/8
4 3/8
4 3/8
4 3/8
4 3/8
4 3/8
4 3/8
4 3/8
10 3/4
10 7/16
10 1/16
9 7/16
8 13/16
8 3/16
7 1/2
6 7/8
6 1/4
5 9/16
31 - 34
12 9/16
12 1/4
11 5/8
11
10 3/8
9 11/16
9 1/16
8 7/16
7 3/4
7 1/8
6 1/2
5 13/16
5 11/16
35 - 44
13 13/16
13 1/2
12 7/8
12 1/4
11 9/16
10 15/16
10 5/16
9 5/8
8 3/8
7 3/4
7 1/16
6 7/16
14 5/8
14
13 3/8
12 11/16
12 1/16
11 7/16
10 3/4
10 1/8
9 1/2
8 13/16
8 3/16
7 9/16
25 - 30
2 1/2
45 - 50
*Dimension "A" is for down travel (cold to hot). For up travel, Increase dimension by length of total travel
DIMENSION "N"
SIZE
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)

1 1/2
2 1/2
10
11
12
13
14
1-9
11/16
1 1/16
1 9/16
1 15/16
2 13/16
3 11/16
4 9/16
5 7/16
6 5/16
7 1/16
7 15/16
8 13/16
9 11/16
10 9/16
11 7/16
10 - 24
1 1/4
1 5/8
2 1/4
3 5/8
4 3/8
5 1/8
5 3/4
6 1/2
7 1/8
7 7/8
8 1/2
9 1/4
9 7/8
1 9/16
1 13/16
2 3/16
2 13/16
3 9/16
4 3/16
4 13/16
5 9/16
6 3/16
6 13/16
7 9/16
8 11/16
8 13/16
9 9/16
31 - 34
1 13/16
2 3/16
2 15/16
3 9/16
4 5/16
5 1/16
5 11/16
6 7/16
7 1/16
7 13/16
8 7/16
9 3/16
9 15/16
35 - 44
1 1/2
1 7/8
2 1/2
3 1/8
3 3/4
4 3/8
5 5/8
6 1/4
6 7/8
7 1/2
8 1/8
8 3/4
2 5/8
3 3/8
4 5/8
5 1/4
6 5/8
7 1/4
7 7/8
8 5/8
9 1/4
10
11
12
19 9/16
20 7/16
21 5/16
22 3/16
25 - 30
45 - 50
DIMENSION "D" (MAXIMUM)
NOM.
PIPE DIA.
(IN)
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
30
36
42
C (IN)
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
D (IN)
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
8
8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
5/8
5/8
11
11
12 3/8
12 3/8
12 3/8
13 1/2
17
20
20
E (IN)
3 11/16
3 15/16
4 1/4
4 1/2
5
5 9/16
6 1/16
8 13/16
9 7/8
11 7/16
12 1/16
13 5/8
14 11/16
15 11/16
17 11/16
21 3/4
25 3/4
28 7/8
F (IN)
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
4
4
5 3/4
5 3/4
6 3/4
6 3/4
6 3/4
7 1/2
10
12
12
G (IN)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
H (IN)
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
2
2
2
3/8
3/8
7/8
7/8
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/8
3/4
3/4
J (IN)
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
11/16
11/16
13/16
13/16
13/16
13/16
13/16
13/16
1 1/16
1 3/8
1 3/8
K (IN)
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/4
3/4
3/4
7
7
9
9
10 3/8
10 3/8
10 3/8
11 1/2
14 1/4
17
17
M (IN)
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
7
4
4
4
4
1/4
1/4
1/4
5
5
6
6
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/4
9
9
WT EA
5.08
5.08
5.08
5.08
6.31
6.31
6.31
13.65
13.65
21
21
34.23
34.23
34.23
40
71.32
147
147
MAX REC
LOAD
(LBS)
390
390
390
390
650
950
950
2100
2100
3075
3075
4980
4980
4980
6100
7500
12000
12000
SIZE
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)

1 1/2
2 1/2
1-9
16 9/16
16 15/16
17 7/16
10 - 24
21
21 3/8
21 3/4
22
22 3/4
23 3/8
24 1/8
24 7/8
25 1/2
26 1/4
26 7/8
27 5/8
28 1/4
29
29 5/8
22 3/4
23
23 3/8
24
24 3/4
25 3/4
26
26 3/4
27 3/8
28
28 3/4
29 7/8
30
32 3/16
31 - 34
24 7/16
24 13/16
25 9/16
26 3/16
35 - 44
32 1/4
32 5/8
33 1/4
33 7/8
34 1/2
35 1/8
35 3/4
36 3/8
37
37 5/8
38 1/4
38 7/8
39 1/2
37 3/8
38
38 3/4
39 3/8
40
40 5/8
41 3/8
42
42 5/8
43 1/4
44
44 5/8
11
12
13
14
25 - 30
45 - 50
17 13/16 18 11/16
26 15/16 27 11/16 28 5/16
22 15/16 23 13/16 24 11/16 25 9/16
29 1/16 29 11/16 30 7/16
13
14
26 7/16
27 5/16
31 1/16 31 13/16
32 9/16
DIMENSION "C"
SIZE
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)

1 1/2
2 1/2
1-9
1 9/16
1 9/16
1 9/16
1 9/16
1 9/16
1 9/16
10 - 24
1 9/16
1 9/16
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
2 7/16
2 7/16
2 7/16
2 7/16
31 - 34
3 1/2
3 1/2
35 - 44
3 11/16
25 - 30
45 - 50
10
1 9/16
2 11/16
3 5/16
3 15/16
4 5/8
5 1/4
5 7/8
6 5/8
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 5/8
2 5/16
2 15/16
3 9/16
4 1/4
4 7/8
5 1/2
2 7/16
2 1/2
2 7/16
2 7/16
2 3/16
2 7/16
2 1/2
3 1/8
3 3/4
4 3/8
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 1/2
3 11/16
3 11/16
3 11/16
3 11/16
3 11/16
3 11/16
3 11/16
3 11/16
3 11/16
3 11/16
3 11/16
3 11/16
4 5/16
4 5/16
4 5/16
4 5/16
4 5/16
4 5/16
4 5/16
4 5/16
4 5/16
4 5/16
4 5/16
4 5/16
Page 56
Page 167
D TYPE SIZES 1-66

DOUBLE SUSPENSION
FIG. 824
CAST IRON PIPE ROLL
T = Total Travel
Units with total travels up to and including 6 are
furnished with 6 turnbuckles. Units with total
travels over 6 are furnished with 12 turnbuckles. The V dimension will be 3 for units with 6
turnbuckles and 6 for units with 12 turnbuckles.
The Type D EQUALBALANCE double suspension point hanger is designed to be able to support the heaviest support loads and the longest
actual travels. This D-type EQUALBALANCE is furnished with two lugs welded on the top of the frame plate. The lugs can be oriented either
along the axis of the hanger casing or perpendicular to the axis of the hanger casing. Mating attachments can be provided with rods and clevises
and beam brackets. The Type D EQUALBALANCE double suspension point hanger is available for support loads from 19 lbs. through 56,252
lbs. and for total travels from 1 1/2 through 20 inches.
SIZE
1-9
10 - 24
25 - 30
31 - 34
35 - 44
45 -50
51 - 55
56 - 57
58 - 60
61 - 62
63 - 66
TOTAL TRAVSTD. ROD DIA.

EL
(IN)
(IN)
1 1/2 - 10
1/2 & 5/8
1 1/2 - 3 7/8
5/8 - 1 1/4
4 - 10
5/8 - 3/4
2 - 5 3/8
5/8 - 1 1/4
5 1/2 - 11
5/8 - 3/4
2 1/2 - 7 7/8
3/4 - 1 1/4
8 - 14
5/8 - 3/4
2 1/2 - 7 7/8
3/4 - 2
8 - 14
5/8 - 1
3 - 9 7/8
1 - 2 1/4
10 - 16
3/4 - 1 1/4
3 - 9 7/8
1 1/4 - 2 1/2
10 - 16
1 - 1 1/2
4 - 9 7/8
1 1/2 - 2 1/4
10 - 16
1 1/4 - 1 1/2
4 - 9 7/8
1 1/2 - 2 1/2
10 - 16
1 1/4 - 1 3/4
4 - 9 7/8
1 3/4 - 2 3/4
10 - 18
1 1/2 - 2
4 - 9 7/8
2 - 3 1/4
10 - 18
1 1/2 - 2 1/4
B (IN)
C (IN)
E (IN)
F (IN)
G (IN)
H (IN)
N (IN)
P (IN)
5 9/16
1/2
12 3/16
3 11/16
2 7/8
5 3/16
9/16
8 5/8
11 3/4
12 3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
15 1/2
4 1/4
4 1/8
5 1/2
16 9/16
4 5/8
4 5/8
17 9/16
5 1/16
4 5/8
1 1/4
14
14
18
18
18
18
22
1
1 1/4
1
1 1/2
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 1/4
1 3/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
1 3/4
2
2
4 5/8
4 7/8
5 7/16
5 11/16
8 3/16
8 7/16
7/8
1 3/16
8 3/4
24 5/8
28 7/8
6 1/8
6 1/2
6 1/4
6 1/2
9 1/4
10 3/4
30 1/16
10 3/8
32 13/16
7 1/4
8 3/4
11 3/8
34 7/8
7 7/8
8 3/4
11 3/4
35 7/8
8 3/8
10
12 3/4
40 15/16
8 3/4
10
13
8 3/4
9 1/4
9 1/4
9 1/16
9 1/16
9 13/16
9 13/16
11 1/8
11 1/8
10 7/8
10 7/8
11 7/16
11 11/16
1 7/16
1 5/8
1 5/8
2
2
2 1/4
2 1/4
W (IN)
X (IN)
Y (IN)
APPROX.
UNIT
WEIGHT
(LBS.)
35
5 1/2
1/2
1 1/2
4 3/4
3/4
5 1/2
1/2
1 1/2
5 3/4
3/4
6 1/2
1/2
1 1/2
8 3/4
3/4
9 1/2
1/2
2 1/4
3/4
1 1/2
9 3/4
3/4
2 1/4
10
3/4
1 1/2
10 3/4
3/4
2 3/4
9 1/2
3/4
1 3/4
10 1/2
3/4
2 3/4
10 1/2
3/4
1 3/4
11 1/2
3/4
2 3/4
12
3/4
2 1/4
12 1/2
3/4
2 3/4
12
3/4
2 1/4
12 1/2
3/4
3 1/2
12
2 3/4
13
3/4
145
APPLICATION: A Fig. 824 Cast Iron Pipe Roll is the roll unit in our
Fig. 827 and 830 Pipe Roll supports. It can also be used to replace
damaged roll units in existing installations as well as being incorporated in custom field fabricated pipe rolls.
CONSTRUCTION: The Fig. 824 Cast Iron Pipe Roll is constructed of
cast iron. The Pipe Roll is designed so that the outside diameter of
the cylinder to be supported, be it bare piping or insulated piping,
contacts the two conical shapes on either end of the Pipe Roll. The
contact points are to be on the flat surface of the conical sections.
NOTE: Use the size selection chart for assistance in determining the
appropriate Pipe Roll for your application.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, roll number, name and finish, if
other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 824, Size 2, Cast Iron Pipe Roll, electro-plated.
205
280
515
655
865
1040
1310
1725
2425
NOM. PIPE
DIA.
ROLL NO.
RANGE (IN)
A (IN)
B (IN)
THRU
HOLE DIA.
"C" (IN)
ROD DIA.
(IN)
"D" (IN)
WT EA
(LBS)
MAXIMUM
RECOMMENDED
LOAD
(LBS)
2 - 3 1/2
2 3/4
2 5/8
9/16
1/2
1 7/8
0.7
390
4-6
3 3/4
3 5/8
9/16
1/2
2 1/16
1.1
950
8 - 10
5 5/8
13/16
3/4
3 1/4
4.4
2100
12 - 14
7 5/8
15/16
7/8
8.5
3075
16 - 20
8 1/2
1 3/16
1 1/8
4 1/2
12.7
4980
22 - 26
10
9 1/2
1 5/16
1 1/4
4 7/16
14.5
6100
28 - 34
12 1/2
12
1 7/8
1 3/4
5 1/2
24
7500
36 - 42
15
14 1/2
2 1/8
6 3/8
41
12000
Page 166
Page 57
FIG. 821
PIPE ROLLER CHAIR
D TYPE SIZES 1-66 (Continued)

DOUBLE SUSPENSION
(For Sizes 1 through 66)
APPLICATION: A Fig. 821 Pipe Roller Chair is used to support pipe

where 1.) significant movement along the axis of the piping at the
support location occurs due to thermal expansion or contraction of the
piping, 2.) support is to be provided from a beam or other structural
member located directly below the piping and 3.) vertical adjustment
of the pipe roll is not necessary. A Pipe Roller Chair allows axial
movement of the piping with virtually a negligible amount of frictional
resistance to the movement. Vertical adjustment can only be
achieved by shimming under the Pipe Roller Chair at the time of installation. A Fig. 821 Pipe Roller Chair may be bolted or welded to
the supporting structural member.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 821 Pipe Roller Chair consists of a Fig.
806 Cast Iron Pipe Roll, a threaded carbon steel rod with a hex nut on
each end, a heavy steel chair and two hold-down bolts in the chair.
appropriate Roller Chair for your application.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, pipe roll size, name and finish, if
other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 821, Size 8, Pipe Roller Chair, Electro-Plated.
DIMENSION "L"
ROD DIAMETER (IN)
DIM.
L
1/2
5/8
3/4
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
4 3/8
4 5/8
4 7/8
5 1/2
6 1/4
6 3/4
7 1/2
8 3/4
9 7/8
10 1/2
Dimensions "L" to be increased by 3" for 12" gap turnbuckle.
DIMENSION "A"
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)
SIZE
1 1/2
2 1/2
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1-9
7 1/8
6 13/16
6 7/16
6 1/8
5 1/2
4 13/16
4 3/16
3 9/16
2 15/16
2 5/16
1 5/8
2 3/8
2 11/16
3 1/16
3 7/16
3 3/4
4 1/8
4 1/2
4 7/8
5 1/4
10 - 24
7 15/16
7 5/8
7 1/4
6 15/16
6 5/16
5 5/8
4 3/8
3 3/4
3 1/8
2 7/16
2 13/16
3 13/16
3 1/2
3 7/8
4 1/4
4 5/8
4 15/16
5 5/16
5 11/16
9 1/4
8 15/16
8 9/16
7 15/16
7 5/16
6 11/16
5 3/8
4 3/4
4 1/16
3 7/16
3 13/16
4 1/8
4 1/2
4 7/8
5 1/4
5 9/16
5 15/16
6 5/16
6 5/8
31 - 34
11 1/8
10 3/4
10 1/8
9 1/2
8 13/16
8 3/16
7 9/16
6 15/16
6 1/4
5 5/8
4 3/8
3 11/16
4 1/16
4 3/8
4 3/4
5 1/8
5 1/2
5 13/16
35 -44
12 3/8
12
11 3/8
10 3/4
10 1/16
9 7/16
8 13/16
8 3/16
7 1/2
6 7/8
6 1/4
5 9/16
4 15/16
5 5/16
5 11/16
6 3/8
6 3/4
7 1/16
45 - 50
13 11/16
13
12 3/8
11 11/16
11 1/16
10 7/16
9 3/4
9 1/8
8 1/2
7 7/8
7 1/4
6 9/16
5 15/16
5 1/4
5 11/16
6 1/16
6 7/16
6 3/4
51 - 55
14 3/16
13 1/2
12 7/16
12 1/4
11 9/16
10 15/16
10 1/4
9 5/8
8 3/8
7 3/4
7 1/16
6 7/16
5 3/4
6 3/16
6 9/16
6 15/16
7 1/4
56 - 57
14 15/16
14 5/16
13 11/16
13
12 3/8
11 3/4
11 1/16
10 7/16
9 13/16
9 3/16
8 1/2
7 7/8
7 1/4
7 9//16
7 15/16
8 5/16
8 5/8
58 - 60
16 3/16
15 9/16
14 15/16
14 1/4
13 5/8
13
12 5/16
11 11/16
11 1/16
10 3/8
9 3/4
9 1/8
8 1/2
8 13/16
9 3/16
9 9/16
9 7/8
61 - 62
17 7/16
16 13/16
16 1/8
15 1/2
14 7/8
14 1/4
13 9/16
12 15/16
12 5/16
11 5/8
11
10 3/8
9 3/4
9 1/16
8 7/16
8 13/16
9 1/8
63 - 66
18 7/16
17 13/16
17 1/8
16 1/2
15 7/8
15 1/4
14 9/16
13 15/16
13 5/16
12 5/8
12
11 3/8
10 3/4
10 1/16
9 7/16
9 13/16
10 1/8
25 - 30
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)
SIZE
1 1/2
2 1/2
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
17 1/16
17 7/16
17 13/16
18 3/16
18 15/16
19 3/4
20 1/2
21 1/4
22
22 3/4
23 9/16
24 5/16
25 1/16
25 13/16
26 5/8
27 3/8
28 1/8
28 7/8
29 11/16
30 7/16
31 3/16
10 - 24 20 15/16
21 5/16
21 11/16
22 1/16
22 13/16
23 9/16
24 3/8
25 1/8
25 7/8
26 5/8
27 7/16
28 3/16
28 15/16 29 11/16
30 1/2
31 1/4
35 1/16
25 - 30
22 3/4
23 1/8
23 1/2
24 1/4
25
25 3/4
26 9/16
27 5/16
28 1/8
28 13/16
29 5/8
30 3/8
31 3/16
24 15/16 25 11/16
26 1/2
27 1/4
28
28 3/4
29 1/2
30 5/16
31 1/16
31 13/16
32 9/16
33 3/8
34 1/8
1-9
ROLL DIA
MAX. REC.
LOAD (LBS)
A (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
BOLT SIZE (IN)
WT EA
31 - 34
24 9/16
32 5/8
31 15/16 32 11/16
32
32 3/4
33 9/16
34 5/16
33 7/16
34 1/4
35
35 3/4
36 1/2
34 7/8
35 5/8
36 7/16
37 3/16
37 15/16
390
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 9/16
4 1/4
4ga x 1 1/4
0.94
35 -44
33 1/16
33 13/16
34 9/16
35 3/8
36 1/8
36 7/8
37 5/8
38 7/16
39 3/16
39 15/16
40 3/4
41 1/2
42 1/4
43
43 3/4
44 9/16
45 5/16
46 1 16
2 1/2
390
1 1/4
1 5/8
1 7/8
4 7/8
4ga x 1 1/4
1.18
45 - 50
37 11/16
38 7/16
39 1/4
40
40 3/4
41 1/2
42 1/4
43 1/16
43 13/16
44 9/16
45 3/8
46 1/8
46 7/8
47 5/8
48 3/8
49 3/16
49 15/16
50 11/16
390
1 3/4
2 1/8
5 11/32
4ga x 1 1/4
1.32
51 - 55
39 5/16
40 1/8
40 15/16 41 11/16
42 7/16
43 3/16
44
44 3/4
45 1/2
46 1/4
47
47 13/16
48 9/16
49 5/16
50 1/16
50 7/8
51 5/8
52 3/8
2.58
56 - 57
43 1/8
43 15/16 44 11/16
45 7/16
46 3/16
47
47 3/4
48 1/2
49 1/4
50
50 13/16
51 9/16
52 5/16
53 1/16
53 7/8
54 5/8
55 3/8
58 - 60
45 11/16
46 1/2
47 1/4
48
48 3/4
49 1/2
50 5/16
51 1/16
51 13/16
52 9/16
53 3/8
54 1/8
54 7/8
55 3/4
56 9/16
57 5/16
58 1/16
61 - 62
47 5/16
48 1/16
48 7/8
49 5/8
50 3/8
51 3/16
51 15/16 52 11/16
53 7/16
54 3/16
55
55 3/4
56 1/2
57 1/4
58 1/16
58 13/16
59 9/16
63 - 66
52 3/4
53 1/2
54 1/4
55 1/16
55 13/16
56 9/16
57 5/16
58 7/8
59 5/8
60 7/16
61 3/16
63 1/2
64 1/4
65
3 1/2
390
2 1/2
2 1/2
6 11/32
3/8 x 1 1/2
950
2 5/16
2 13/16
7 11/32
3/8 x 1 1/2
2.94
950
2 1/2
3 3/8
8 1/4
3/8 x 1 1/2
3.64
950
3 1/8
2 3/4
3 15/16
9 1/2
3/8 x 2
5.72
1350
3 3/8
2 13/16
4 1/2
10
3/8 x 2
6.98
1350
3 3/8
5 1/8
12 1/4
3/8 x 2
8.16
10
1730
3 5/8
6 3/8
14 1/2
1/2 x 2
11.96
12
2400
4 1/8
7 1/2
16 1/4
1/2 x 2
15.86
14
3130
6 1/2
4 11/16
8 3/8
18
1/2 x 2 1/2
21.58
16
3970
8 1/4
5 3/8
9 3/8
21
1/2 x 3
34.5
18
4200
9 1/4
10 7/16
22 7/8
1/2 x 3
36.5
20
4550
10 1/4
6 1/2
11 5/8
25 1/4
1/2 x 3
45
24
6160
12 1/4
7 7/8
14
30
5/8 x 4
77.5
58 1/8
61 15/16 62 11/16
Page 58
Page 165
D TYPE SIZES 67-74

DOUBLE SUSPENSION
FIG. 818
ALTERNATE ADJUSTABLE PIPE ROLLER
T = Total Travel
travels over 6 are furnished with 12 turnbuckles.
The V dimension will be 3 for units with 6 turnbuckles and 6 for units with 12 turnbuckles.
SIZE
TOTAL
TRAVEL
(IN)
STD. ROD
DIA. (IN)
B (IN)
E (IN)
F (IN)
G (IN)
H (IN)
J (IN)
P (IN)
Q (IN)
U (IN)
W (IN)
APPROX.
UNIT WT
(LBS.)
67
6 - 20
1 3/4 - 3
22
46 1/4
9 1/2
10 7/16
2 1/8
3/4
2 1/4
2 1/2
1 3/4
2475
68
6 - 20
1 3/4 - 3
22
47
9 1/2
10 7/16
2 1/8
3/4
2 1/4
2 1/2
1 3/4
2500
69
6 - 20
1 3/4 - 3 1/4
22
50
9 1/2
10 7/16
2 1/8
3/4
2 1/4
2 1/2
1 3/4
2550
70
6 - 20
2 - 3 1/2
20
51 1/8
9 1/2
10 7/16
2 1/8
3/4
2 1/4
2 1/2
1 3/4
2565
71
6 - 20
2 - 3 1/2
20
55 1/8
9 7/8
12 9/16
2 3/8
2 1/2
2 1/4
8 7/16
3180
72
6 - 20
2 - 3 3/4
18
58 1/4
9 7/8
12 9/16
2 3/8
2 1/2
2 1/4
8 7/16
3380
73
6 - 20
2 1/4 - 4
18
53 3/8
10 5/8
12 9/16
2 5/8
2 5/8
2 1/4
8 7/16
3800
74
6 - 20
2 1/4 - 4
24
54 5/8
10 5/8
12 9/16
2 5/8
2 5/8
2 1/4
8 7/16
4500
APPLICATION: A Fig. 818 Alternate Adjustable Support Roller is

used to support piping where 1.) significant movement along the axis
of the piping at the support location occurs due to thermal expansion
or contraction of the piping, 2.) support is to be provided from a beam
or other structural member located immediately below the piping and
3.) limited vertical adjustment of the pipe roll is necessary or desirable. An Alternate Adjustable Support Roller allows axial movement of
the piping with virtually a negligible amount of frictional resistance to
the movement. Vertical adjustment is achieved by changing the elevation of the adjustment nuts above and below the structural member
to which the support rods are attached. Vertical adjustment is limited
to the threads on the support rods.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 818 Alternate Adjustable Support Roller
consists of a Fig. 806 Cast Iron Pipe Roll, a carbon steel roll rod bent
on both ends to provide vertical legs for support and four nuts.
appropriate Alternate Adjustable Support Roller for your application.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, pipe roll size, name and finish,
of other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 818, Size 4, Alternate Adjustable Support Roller,
DIMENSION "L"
DIM.
L
ROD DIA. (IN)

1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3 1/4
3 1/2
3 3/4
6 1/4
6 3/4
7 1/2
8 3/4
9 7/8
10 1/2
11 1/2
11 3/4
12 1/2
13 1/4

Rod Take-out = L + A*
DIMENSION "A"
SIZE
19 3/8
18 3/4
18 1/8
71 - 72
20 5/8
20
73 - 74
21 3/4
21 1/8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
17 1/2
16 13/16
16 3/16
15 9/16
14 7/8
14 1/4
13 5/8
13
12 5/16
11 11/16
11 1/16
10 3/8
19 3/8
18 3/4
18 1/16
17 7/16
16 3/4
16 1/8
15 1/2
14 7/8
14 1/4
13 9/16
12 15/16
12 5/16
20 1/2
19 13/16
19 3/16
18 9/16
17 15/16
17 1/4
16 5/8
16
15 3/8
14 11/16
14 1/16
13 7/16
12 3/4
Dimensions "A" is for down travel (cold to hot). For up travel, increase dimension by length of total travel.
DIMENSION "C"
A (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
ROLLER
LENGTH (IN)
WT EA
300
4 1/2
3/8
4 1/2
2 5/8
1 5/8
0.6
2 1/2
600
1/2
4 1/2
3 1/8
1 15/16
0.95
600
6 1/8
1/2
4 1/2
6 3/4
2 1/4
1.2
3 1/2
600
6 1/2
1/2
4 1/2
4 1/4
2 9/16
1.3
700
7 3/8
1/2
4 1/2
4 3/4
2 13/16
1.5
700
8 1/2
5/8
4 1/2
5 13/16
3 7/16
2.8
1000
10
3/4
4 1/2
6 7/8
4 1/16
4.235
1300
12
7/8
5 1/4
8 7/8
5 1/8
6.3
10
1700
14
7/8
5 1/2
11
6 3/8
10
12
2300
16
7/8
13
7 5/16
12.7
14
3075
17 1/2
1 1/8
14 1/4
8 5/16
22
16
3075
19
1 1/4
16 1/4
9 1/2
28
DIMENSION "I" AND "N"

TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)
6 - 15
16
17
18
19
20
67 - 70
14 3/8
15 3/8
16 3/8
17 3/8
18 3/8
19 3/8
71 - 72
15 3/8
16 3/8
17 3/8
18 3/8
19 3/8
20 3/8
73 - 74
MAX. REC.
LOAD (LBS)
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)
67 - 70
SIZE
ROLL DIA
16 3/8
17 3/8
18 3/8
19 3/8
20 3/8
21 3/8
DIM.
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)

6 - 15
16
17
18
19
20
14 7/8
15 7/8
16 7/8
17 7/8
18 7/8
19 7/8
13 15/16
14 15/16
15 15/16
16 15/16
17 15/16
18 15/16
14 7/8
15 7/8
16 7/8
17 7/8
18 7/8
19 7/8
14 3/16
15 3/16
16 3/16
17 3/16
18 3/16
19 3/16
14 7/8
15 7/8
16 7/8
17 7/8
18 7/8
19 7/8
14 13/16
15 13/16
16 13/16
17 13/16
18 13/16
19 13/16
Page 164
Page 59
FIG. 815
ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT ROLLER
D TYPESIZES 67-74 (Continued)

DOUBLE SUSPENSION
APPLICATION: A Fig. 815 Adjustable Support Roller is used to support piping where 1.) significant movement along the axis of the piping at the support location occurs due to thermal expansion or contraction of the piping, 2.) support is to be provided from a beam or
other structural member located below the piping and 3.) significant
vertical adjustment of the pipe roll is necessary or desirable. An Adjustable Support Roller allows axial movement of the piping with virtually a negligible amount of frictional resistance to the movement.
Vertical adjustment is achieved by changing the elevation of the adjustment nuts above and below the structural member to which the
support rods are attached.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 815 Adjustable Support Roller consists of a
Fig. 806 Cast Iron Pipe Roll, two cast iron sockets, one on each end
as shown in the picture, a carbon steel roll rod, two pieces of all
thread rod (length = D dimension) and eight nuts.
appropriate Adjustable Support Roller for your application.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, pipe roll size, name and finish, if
other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 815, Size 8, Adjustable Support Roller, HDG.
SIZE
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)

6
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
67
60 3/8
61 1/8
61 7/8
62 5/8
63 7/16
64 3/16
64 15/16
65 11/16
66 1/2
67 1/4
68
68 3/4
69 1/2
70 5/16
71 1/16
68
61 1/8
61 7/8
62 5/8
63 3/8
64 3/16
64 15/16
65 11/16
66 1/2
67 1/4
68
68 3/4
69 1/2
70 5/16
71 1/16
71 13/16
69
64 1/8
64 7/8
65 5/8
66 3/8
67 3/16
67 15/16
68 11/16
69 1/2
70 1/4
71
71 3/4
72 1/2
73 5/16
74 1/16
74 13/16
70
65 1/4
66
66 3/4
67 1/2
68 5/16
69 1/16
69 13/16
70 9/16
71 3/8
72 1/8
72 7/8
73 5/8
74 7/16
75 3/16
75 15/16
71
69 9/16
70 3/8
71 1/8
71 7/8
72 11/16
73 7/16
74 3/16
74 15/16
75 3/4
76 1/2
77 1/4
78
78 3/4
79 9/16
80 1/4
72
72 11/16
73 1/2
74 1/4
75
75 3/4
76 9/16
77 5/16
78 1/16
78 13/16
79 9/16
80 3/8
81 1/8
81 7/8
82 11/16
83 7/16
73
68 9/16
69 3/8
70 1/8
70 7/8
71 5/8
72 7/16
73 3/16
73 15/16
74 11/16
75 1/2
76 1/4
77
77 3/4
78 9/16
79 5/16
74
69 7/8
70 5/8
71 3/8
72 1/8
72 15/16
73 11/16
74 7/16
75 3/16
76
76 3/4
77 1/2
78 1/4
79 1/16
79 13/16
80 9/16
K (IN)
M (IN)
Q (IN)
U (IN)
Z (IN)
APPROX.
UNIT WT
(LBS.)
D TYPESIZES 75-81
DOUBLE SUSPENSION
ROLL DIA
MAX. REC.
LOAD (LBS)
A (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
H (IN)
WT EA
600
3/8
4 3/8
2 7/8
12
1 9/16
1.45
2 1/2
600
1/2
5 1/8
3 1/8
12
1 7/8
2.535
700
1/2
5 5/8
3 3/4
12
2 1/8
2.735
3 1/2
750
1/2
5 7/8
3 7/8
12
2 1/2
2.85
750
1/2
4 3/4
12
2 13/16
4.32
750
5/8
8 1/8
5 3/4
12
3 3/8
4.78
1070
3/4
9 3/4
6 7/8
12
3 15/16
7.705
1070
3/4
10 1/2
12
4 1/2
8.41
1350
7/8
12 1/8
8 7/8
12
5 1/8
12.205
10
1730
7/8
14
11
12
3 1/4
13.95
12
2400
7/8
15 3/4
13
12
7 5/16
14
3130
1 1/8
17 3/4
14 1/4
18
16
3970
1 1/4
20 9/16
16 7/8
18
18
4200
1 1/4
22
18 5/16
20
4550
1 1/4
24
24
6160
1 1/2
30
7290
1 3/4
T = Total Travel
Rod Take-out = A* - K
SIZE
TOTAL
TRAVEL
(IN)
STD. ROD
DIA. (IN)
B (IN)
E (IN)
F (IN)
G (IN)
H(IN)
J (IN)
17.93
75
7 - 20
2 1/2 - 4
23 15/16
47
9 1/2
27
3 5/8
1 1/4
18
2 3/4
5300
8 3/8
27.545
76
7 - 20
2 1/2 - 4 1/4
23 15/16
50
9 1/2
27
3 5/8
1 1/4
18
2 3/4
5700
9 1/2
33.34
77
7 1/2 - 20
2 3/4 - 4 1/4
23 15/16
51 1/8
9 1/2
27
3 5/8
1 1/4
18
2 3/4
5720
18
10 7/16
36
78
8 - 20
2 3/4 - 4 1/4
23 15/16
55 1/8
9 7/8
27
3 5/8
1 1/4
16
2 3/4
5800
200 1/4
18
11 1/2
46.6
79
9 - 20
3 - 4 1/4
23 15/16
58 1/4
9 7/8
27
3 5/8
1 1/4
16
2 3/4
6400
28 3/4
24 1/4
24
13 13/16
81.22
80
10 - 20
3 1/4 - 4 1/4
23 15/16
53 3/8
10 5/8
27
3 5/8
1 1/4
16
2 3/4
6670
35 5/8
30 1/4
24
17 1/4
109.22
81
11 - 20
3 1/4 - 4 1/4
26 15/16
54 5/8
10 5/8
30
3 5/8
1 1/2
19
2 3/4
6950
3 x Rod
Dia.
(Min.)
Page 60
Page 163
D TYPESIZES 75-81 (Continued)

DOUBLE SUSPENSION
FIG. 812
TWO ROD ROLL TYPE HANGER
DIMENSION "Y"
ROD DIA.
2 1/2
2 3/4
3 1/4
3 1/2
3 3/4
4 1/4
75 - 80
10
10
11
11
81
8 1/2
8 1/2
9 1/2
9 1/2
11
11
12
12
DIMENSION "C"
DIMENSION "I" AND "N"

TOTAL TRAVEL
SIZE
MIN. TO
15
16
17
18
TOTAL TRAVEL
19
20
75 - 77
17 7/8
18 7/8
19 7/8
20 7/8
21 7/8
22 7/8
78 - 79
18 7/8
19 7/8
20 7/8
21 7/8
22 7/8
23 7/8
80 - 81
19 7/8
20 7/8
21 7/8
22 7/8
23 7/8
24 7/8
DIM.
MIN. TO
15
16
17
18
19
20
14 7/8
15 7/8
16 7/8
17 7/8
18 7/8
19 7/8
13 7/8
14 7/8
15 7/8
16 7/8
17 7/8
18 7/8
14 7/8
15 7/8
16 7/8
17 7/8
18 7/8
19 7/8
13 5/8
14 5/8
15 5/8
16 5/8
17 5/8
18 5/8
14 7/8
15 7/8
16 7/8
17 7/8
18 7/8
19 7/8
13 5/8
14 5/8
15 5/8
16 5/8
17 5/8
18 5/8
For travels over 15", dimensions "I" & "N" are approximate. These dimensions will vary to match the top connections.
DIMENSION "A"
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)
SIZE
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
75
31
29 1/4
27 1/4
26 1/2
26
25 1/4
24 3/4
24
21 3/4
22 1/4
22 9/16
22 15/16
23 3/4
24 1/8
76
31
27 3/4
26 3/4
26 1/2
25 1/2
25 1/4
24 3/4
24
21 1/4
22 1/4
22 9/16
22 15/16
23 1/4
23 5/8
77
31
27 3/4
26 3/4
26
25 1/2
24 3/4
24 3/4
24
21 1/4
20 3/4
22 9/16
22 15/16
23 1/4
23 5/8
32 1/4
30 3/4
30 1/2
29
28 1/4
28 1/4
27 1/2
25 1/4
24 3/4
25 1/16
25 7/16
25 3/4
26 1/8
30 3/4
30
30
28 3/4
27 3/4
27 1/2
25 3/4
24 1/4
25 1/16
25 7/16
25 3/4
26 1/8
32
31 1/2
30 1/4
29 3/4
29
27 3/4
27 1/4
27 9/16
26 15/16
27 1/4
27 5/8
30 1/2
29 3/4
29 1/4
29
28 1/4
26 3/4
27 9/16
27 15/16
28 1/4
27 5/8
78
79
80
81
APPLICATION: A Fig. 812 Two Rod Roll Type Hanger is used to

support piping where 1.) significant movement along the axis of the
piping at the support location occurs due to thermal expansion or
contraction of the piping, 2.) support is to be provided by two rods
attached to a structural member above the pipe and 3.) substantial
vertical adjustment of the pipe roll is necessary or desirable. A Roll
Type Hanger allows axial movement of the piping with virtually a negligible amount of frictional resistance to the movement. In addition,
the support remains virtually vertical resulting in very little angular
rotation of the support rod. Vertical adjustment is achieved by changing the elevation of the adjustment nuts and is only limited by the
amount of threading on the hanger rods.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 812 Two Rod Roll Type Hanger consists of
a Fig. 806 Cast Iron Pipe Roll, two cast iron sockets, one on each end
as shown in the picture, and a carbon steel roll rod.
appropriate Two Rod Roll Type Hanger for your application.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, roll size, name and finish, if
other than black.
NOTE: Hanger rods and nuts are to be ordered separately.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 812, Size 6, Two Rod Roll Type Hanger, HDG.
Dimension "A" is for down travel (cold to hot). For up travel, increase dimension by length of total travel.
DIMENSION "D"
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)
ROLL DIA
MAX. REC.
LOAD
A (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
J (IN)
WT EA
600
3/8
4 3/8
5 5/8
2 7/8
5/8
3/8
1 9/16
3/4
0.76
660
1/2
5 1/8
6 1/2
3 1/8
7/8
1/2
1 7/8
7/8
1.185
700
1/2
5 5/8
3 3/4
7/8
1/2
2 1/8
7/8
1.385
3 1/2
750
1/2
5 7/8
7 1/4
3 7/8
7/8
1/2
2 1/2
7/8
1.5
750
5/8
8 9/16
4 3/4
7/8
1/2
2 13/16
2.11
750
5/8
8 1/8
9 3/4
5 3/4
7/8
5/8
3 3/8
1 1/8
2.57
1070
3/4
9 3/4
11 5/8
6 7/8
3/4
3 15/16
1 3/8
4.395
79 5/16
1070
3/4
10 1/2
12 1/2
3/4
4 1/2
1 5/8
5.16
80 9/16
1350
7/8
12 1/8
14 1/4
8 7/8
1 1/8
7/8
5 1/8
1 1/2
7.425
10
1730
7/8
14
16 1/4
11
1 1/8
7/8
6 1/4
1 3/4
9.17
12
2400
7/8
15 3/4
18
13
1 1/8
7/8
7 5/16
13.15
14
3130
17 3/4
20 1/2
14 1/4
1 3/8
8 3/8
2 5/8
18.745
16
3970
20 9/16
23 3/8
16 7/8
1 3/8
9 1/2
2 5/8
24.54
18
4200
22
14 7/8
18 5/16
1 3/8
10 7/16
2 3/4
27.2
20
4550
1 1/4
24
27
20 1/4
1 1/2
1 1/4
11 1/2
32
24
6160
1 1/2
28 3/4
32
24 1/4
1 3/4
1 1/4
13 13/16
3 5/8
54
30
7290
1 3/4
35 5/8
39 3/4
30 1/4
2 1/8
1 1/4
17 1/4
4 1/2
82
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
75
61 7/8
62 5/8
63 3/8
64 3/16
64 15/16
65 11/16
66 7/16
67 1/4
68
68 3/4
69 1/2
70 5/16
71 1/16
71 13/16
76
64 7/8
65 5/8
66 3/8
67 3/16
67 15//16
68 11/16
69 7/16
70 1/4
71
71 3/4
72 1/2
73 5/16
74 1/16
74 13/16
77
66 3/4
67 1/2
68 5/16
69 1/16
69 13/16
70 9/16
71 3/8
72 1/8
72 7/8
73 5/16
74 7/16
75 3/16
75 15/16
78
71 1/8
71 7/8
72 5/8
73 7/16
74 3/16
74 15/16
75 3/4
76 1/2
77 1/4
78
78 13/16
79 9/16
80 5/16
75
75 3/4
76 9/16
77 5/16
78 1/16
78 13/16
79 5/8
80 3/8
81 1/8
81 7/8
82 5/8
83 7/16
71 5/8
72 7/16
73 3/16
73 15/16
74 3/4
75 1/2
76 1/4
77
77 3/4
78 9/16
73 11/16
74 7/16
75 3/16
76
76 3/4
77 1/2
78 1/4
79 1/16
79 13/16
81
H (IN)
80
F (IN)
2 1/2
SIZE
79
E (IN)
Page 162
Page 61
FIG. 809
CLEVIS ROLLER HANGER
B TYPE
HORIZONTAL BASE
APPLICATION: A Fig. 809 Clevis Roller Hanger is used to support

piping where 1.) significant movement along the axis of the piping at
the support location occurs due to thermal expansion or contraction of
the piping, 2.) support is to be provided by one rod attached to the
structural member above the piping, 3.) a limited amount of vertical
adjustment of the pipe roll is necessary or desirable and 4.) the support loads are relatively small. A Roller Hanger allows significant
axial movement of the piping along the axis of the piping with virtually
a negligible amount of frictional resistance to the movement. In addition, the support remains virtually vertical resulting in very little angular rotation of the support rod. Vertical adjustment is achieved by
changing the elevation of the adjustment nuts above and below the
top of the yoke and is limited to the distance between the pipes outside surface and the bottom end of the hanger rod.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 809 Clevis Roller Hanger consists of a Fig.
806 Cast Iron Pipe Roll, a carbon steel yoke, a threaded carbon steel
roll rod and hex nuts on each end of the roll rod.
appropriate Clevis Roller Hanger for your application.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, roll size, name and finish, if
other than black.
NOTE: Hanger rod and nuts are to be ordered separately.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 809, Size 4, Clevis Roller Hanger, Painted.
T = Total Travel
The horizontal base Type B EQUALBALANCE hanger is designed for use in limited headroom applications where available structural support
members are above and close to the pipe. The B-type EQUALBALANCE may be mounted on top of the supporting steel or inverted beneath
the support steel in a trapeze arrangement. The load rod connection is a bushing or a spherical bearing if desired to permit the support rod to
swing in both directions. The EQUALBALANCE Type B hanger is available for support loads from 26 lbs. through 90,627 lbs. and for total travels from 1 1/2 through 20 inches.
ROLL DIA
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
MAX. REC.
LOAD (LBS)
150
225
310
390
475
685
780
780
780
965
965
1200
1200
1400
1600
A (IN)
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
3/4
3/4
7/8
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 3/8
B (IN)
4 15/16
5 13/16
6 7/16
7 1/8
7 5/8
9 1/8
10 5/16
10 13/16
12 11/16
15
17
19 5/8
21 5/8
23 3/4
25 7/8
C (IN)
1 9/16
1 7/8
2 1/8
2 1/2
2 13/16
3 3/8
3 15/16
4 1/2
5 1/8
6 1/4
7 3/8
8 3/8
9 3/8
10 1/2
11 5/8
F (IN)
2 7/8
3 1/4
3 13/16
4 5/16
4 7/8
5 7/8
7
8
9
11 1/8
13
14 1/4
16 1/4
18 1/4
20 1/4
STEEL SIZE
8ga x 1 1/4
8ga x 1 1/4
8ga x 1 1/4
3ga x 1 1/2
3ga x 1 1/2
3ga x 2
3ga x 2
3ga x 2
3/8 x 2
3/8 x 2 1/2
1/2 x 2
1/2 x 2 1/2
1/2 x 3
1/2 x 3
1/2 x 3
ROLL ROD
DIA. (IN)
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
5/8
3/4
3/4
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
SIZE
TOTAL
TRAVEL
J (IN)
STD. ROD
DIA. (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
E (IN)
F (IN)
G (IN)
H (IN)
O (IN)
M (IN)
N (IN)
X (IN)
APPROX.
UNIT
WEIGHT
(LBS.)
1-9
1 1/2 - 20
1/2 & 5/8
5 9/16
4 5/8
12 3/16
3 11/16
2 7/8
9/16
4 1/4
1 5/16
1/4
40
10 - 24
2 - 20
1/2 - 1
8 5/8
15 1/2
4 1/4
4 1/8
9/16
5 3/4
1 5/8
3/8
120
25 - 30
3 - 20
5/8 - 1
11 3/4
7 1/2
16 9/16
4 5/8
4 5/8
9/16
6 1/4
2 1/2
1 13/16
3/8
220
31 - 34
3 - 20
5/8 - 1 1/4
12 3/4
8 3/8
17 9/16
5 1/16
4 5/8
13/16
2 1/2
2 1/16
3/8
275
WT EA
35 - 44
4 - 20
5/8 - 1 1/2
14
8 1/2
24 5/8
6 1/8
6 1/4
13/16
8 1/2
2 1/2
1/2
475
1.14
1.47
1.62
2.76
3.16
4.62
6.08
7.59
11.83
17.29
22.5
33
46
50.5
65
45 - 50
4 - 20
3/4 - 1 3/4
14
28 7/8
6 1/2
6 1/2
13/16
8 3/4
1/2
540
51 - 55
4 - 20
1-2
18
10 5/8
30 1/16
13/16
9 1/4
3 3/16
5/8
825
56 - 57
5 - 20
1 1/4 - 2
18
11 1/2
32 13/16
7 1/4
8 7/8
1 1/16
12 1/2
3 7/16
3/4
1165
58 - 60
5 - 20
1 1/4 - 2 1/4
18
11 5/8
34 7/8
7 7/8
8 7/8
1 1/16
12 1/2
4 1/2
3 5/8
3/4
1500
61 - 62
6 - 20
1 1/2 - 2 1/4
18
12 7/8
35 7/8
8 3/8
10
1 1/16
13 1/2
4 1/2
3 7/8
1550
63 - 66
6 - 20
1 1/2 - 2 3/4
22
13 3/4
40 15/16
8 3/4
10
1 1/16
13 1/2
4 1/16
2175
67
6 - 20
2-3
22
14
46 1/4
9 1/2
10 1/2
1 1/16
13 1/2
4 3/8
2475
68
6 - 20
2 - 3 1/4
22
14
47
9 1/2
10 1/2
1 1/16
13 1/2
4 3/8
2500
69
6 - 20
2 - 3 1/4
22
14
50
9 1/2
10 1/2
1 1/16
13 1/2
4 3/8
2550
70
6 - 20
2 1/4 - 3 1/2
20
14
51 1/8
9 1/2
10 1/2
1 1/16
13 1/2
4 3/8
2565
71
6 - 20
2 1/4 - 3 1/2
20
14
55 1/8
9 7/8
12 1/2
1 3/8
16 3/4
4 3/4
1 1/4
3180
72
6 - 20
2 1/2 - 3 1/4
18
14
58 1/4
9 7/8
12 1/2
1 3/8
16 3/4
4 3/4
1 1/4
3380
73
6 - 20
2 1/2 - 4
18
14
53 3/8
10 5/8
12 9/16
1 3/8
16 3/4
5 1/8
1 1/4
3800
74
6 - 20
2 3/4 - 4 1/4
24
15 1/2
54 5/8
10 5/8
12 9/16
1 3/8
16 3/4
5 1/8
1 1/4
4500
Page 62
V TYPE
VERTICAL
FIG. 803
RIBBED INSULATION PROTECTION
SHIELD
The V dimension will be

3 for units with 6 turnbuckles and 6 for units
with 12 turnbuckles.
The W dimension is equal
to the Total Travel.
The Type V EQUALBALANCE single suspension point hanger is designed for use with a single rod or welding lug top connection and can be
used when space limitations restrict the use of a model with a horizontal spring casing. When the V-type EQUALBALANCE hanger is suspended by a single rod, the entire hanger can be rotated 360 to avoid interference. When headroom is limited, an alternate top connection, a lug, can
be furnished which attaches directly to the building structure. The Type V EQUALBALANCE hanger is available for loads from 10 lbs. through
90,627 lbs. and for travels from 1 1/2 through 20 inches.
SIZE
1-9
10 - 24
25 - 30
31 - 34
35 - 44
45 - 50
51 - 55
56 - 57
58 - 60
61 - 62
63 - 66
67 - 70
71 - 72
73 - 74
TOTAL
TRAVEL
(IN)
STD. ROD
DIA. (IN)
1 1/2 - 2 3/8
1/2 - 5/8
2 1/2 - 20
1/2
2 - 3 7/8
5/8 - 1
4 - 20
5/8 - 3/4
2 - 5 7/8
5/8 - 1 1/4
6 - 20
5/8 - 3/4
3 - 6 7/8
5/8 1 1/4
7 - 20
5/8 - 1
3 - 6 3/8
1 - 1 3/4
6 1/2 - 20
5/8 - 1 1/4
4 - 7 7/8
1 1/4 - 1 3/4
8 - 20
1 - 1 1/4
4 - 8 3/8
1 1/4 - 2
8 1/2 - 20
1 1/4 - 1 1/2
5 - 9 3/8
1 1/2 - 2
9 1/2 - 20
1 1/4 - 1 1/2
5 - 8 7/8
1 3/4 - 2 1/4
9 - 20
1 1/4 - 1 3/4
6 - 10 7/8
1 3/4 - 2 1/4
11 - 20
1 1/4 - 1 3/4
6 - 10 7/8
2 - 2 3/4
11 - 20
1 1/2 - 2 1/4
6 - 11 7/8
2 1/4 - 3 1/4
12 - 20
2 1/4 - 3 1/4
6 - 12 7/8
2 1/2 - 3 3/4
13 - 20
2 - 2 3/4
6 - 12 7/8
2 3/4 - 4
13 - 20
2 1/4 - 3
A* (IN)
B (IN)
E (IN)
F (IN)
G (IN)
K (IN)
P (IN)
Q (IN)
APPROX.
UNIT WEIGHT
(LBS.)
3 9/16
5 9/16
10 7/8
3 11/16
2 15/16
2 5/8
9/16
7/8
35
4 1/8
9 5/6
13 7/8
4 1/4
4 3/16
3 3/8
7/8
1 1/4
145
11 3/4
14 3/4
4 5/8
4 5/8
3 5/8
1 3/8
180
5 11/16
12 3/4
15 1/2
5 1/16
4 5/8
4 1/8
1 3/16
1 1/2
245
6 7/16
14
22 1/8
6 1/8
6 1/4
5 5/8
1 7/16
410
7 1/8
14
26
6 1/2
6 1/2
5 5/8
1 9/16
615
7 9/16
16
26 7/8
5 1/2
1 9/16
2 1/4
740
8 1/2
18
29 3/8
7 3/8
8 7/8
5 1/2
2 1/4
990
9 1/16
18
31 1/4
7 7/8
8 7/8
6 1/8
2 1/2
1185
10 1/4
18
32
8 3/8
10
7 1/4
2 1/4
2 3/4
1600
11 1/4
22
36 7/8
8 3/4
10
7 5/8
2 1/4
2400
12 5/16
22
48 3/4
9 1/2
10 1/2
7 3/4
2 1/4
3 1/2
2540
13 1/2
20
58 1/2
9 7/8
12 1/2
8 3/8
2 1/2
3355
14 5/8
18
49 1/2
10 5/8
12 1/2
8 5/8
2 5/8
4 1/4
4475
APPLICATION: Fig. 803 Ribbed Insulation Protection Shields are

used to distribute a concentrated support load over a larger area and
thereby prevent the crushing of insulation at the support point. The
ribs in a Fig. 803 Ribbed Insulation Protection Shield are intended to
provide resistance against the hanger strap moving along the length
of the shield.
CONSTRUCTION: Depending upon the outside diameter of the insulated piping, the shield is rolled from carbon steel ranging in thickness
from 12 gauge to 18 gauge.
ALTERNATIVES: AAA Technology offers Urethane Pipe Saddles,
TRI*FOAM supports, as well as machined Wood Blocks, TRI*CAL
supports, for the support of chilled water and refrigeration piping.
Contact AAA Technology for details.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, exact outside diameter of insulated line by length of shield desired, name and finish, if other than
black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 803, 8.625 Dia. X 12 long, Ribbed Insulation Protection Shield, Electro-Plated.
Page 161
SHIELD SHIELD ID
SIZE
"A" (IN)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
2.38
2.62
2.88
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.56
6.00
6.63
7.65
8.63
9.63
10.75
SHIELD
THK.
"T" (IN)
18 ga.
18 ga.
18 ga.
18 ga.
18 ga.
18 ga.
18 ga.
18 ga.
18 ga.
18 ga.
18 ga.
18 ga.
18 ga.
18 ga.
SHIELD SPACING
LENGTH BETWEEN
"L" (IN) RIBS (IN)
8
2
8
2
8
2
8
2
8
2
8
2
8
2
8
2
8
2
12
2
12
2
18
2
18
2
24
2
WT EA
0.44
0.49
0.52
0.63
0.72
0.8
0.9
1
1.08
1.2
2.05
2.3
2.2
2.9
FIG. 806
CONTOURED CAST IRON PIPE ROLL
APPLICATION: A Fig. 806 Cast Iron Pipe Roll is the roll unit in our
Fig. 809, 812, 815 and 821 Roller Hanger/Chair units. It can also be
used to replace damaged roll units in existing installations as well as
being incorporated in custom field fabricated pipe rolls.
CONSTRUCTION: The Fig. 806 Pipe Roll is constructed of Cast
Iron. The contoured portion of the pipe roll is intended to fit the outside diameter of the pipe diameters shown in the tables given below.
NOTE: Use size selection chart for assistance in determining the
appropriate pipe roll for your application. Note that different sizes are
used for the same resultant outside pipe diameter depending upon
the type or style of hanger or chair unit you have selected.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, nominal pipe diameter, name
and finish, if other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 806, Nom. Pipe Dia. 10, Cast Iron Pipe Roll, galvanized.
NOM. PIPE
DIA. / INSULATION
O.D. (IN)
ACTUAL
O.D. (IN)
C (IN)
F (IN)
WT EA
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
30
1 23/73
1 33/50
1 9/10
2 3/8
2 7/8
3 1/2
4
4 1/2
5 9/16
5 5/8
7 5/8
8 5/8
10 3/4
12 3/4
14
16
18
20
24
30
1 1/2
1 7/8
2 1/8
2 19/31
3 1/8
3 3/4
4 3/16
4 3/4
5 13/16
6 7/8
7 29/32
8 15/16
11 1/16
13
14 1/4
16 1/4
18 1/4
20 1/4
24 1/4
30 1/4
15/32
15/32
15/32
15/32
33/64
9/16
9/16
9/16
3/4
13/16
13/16
15/16
1
1 1/16
1 3/16
1 3/16
1 1/4
1 7/16
1 5/8
1 7/8
0.12
0.15
0.17
0.35
0.53
0.66
0.64
0.8
1.15
1.96
2.28
2.96
5.47
7
13.75
19.24
29
27
42.66
88
Page 160
Page 63
FIG. 800
INSULATION PROTECTION SHIELD
V TYPE
VERTICAL
DIMENSION "H" AND "L"
DIM.
APPLICATION: Fig. 800 Insulation Protection Shields are used to

distribute a concentrated support load over a larger area and thereby
prevent the crushing of insulation at the support point. Fig. 800 Insulation Protection Shields are commonly used on refrigeration and
chilled water lines covered with either fiber glass or foam insulation.
Since there is no pipe-to-support contact, condensation or ice does
not form as found when pipe shoes or clamps are attached directly to
the pipe.
CONSTRUCTION: Depending upon the outside diameter of the insulated piping, the shield is rolled from carbon steel ranging in thickness
from 12 gauge to 18 gauge.
ALTERNATIVES: AAA Technology offers Urethane Pipe Saddles,
TRI*FOAM supports, as well as machined Wood Blocks, TRI*CAL
supports, for the support of chilled water and refrigeration piping.
Contact AAA Technology for details.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, exact outside diameter of insulated line by length of shield desired, name and finish, if other than
black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 800, 12.625 Dia. X 14 long, Insulation Protection
Shield, HDG.
ROD DIA. (IN)

1/2
5/8
3/4
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3 1/4
3 1/2
3 3/4
3/4
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 1/2
2 1/4
2 3/8
3 1/2
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
4 3/8
4 5/8
4 7/8
5 1/2
6 1/4
6 3/4
7 1/2
8 3/4
9 7/8
10 1/2
11 1/2
11 3/4
12 1/2
13 1/4

DIMENSION "N"
SIZE
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)

10
11
12
1 1/2
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
5 9/16
6 1/8
4 13/16
5 9/16
6 5/16
7 1/16
7 7/8
8 5/8
9 3/8
10 3/16
10 15/16
11 11/16
12 7/16
13 1/4
14
14 3/4
15 1/2
16 5/16
17 1/16
17 13/16
10 - 24
6 3/16
7 3/8
5 9/16
6 5/16
7 1/16
7 7/8
8 5/8
9 3/8
10 3/16
10 15/16
11 11/16
12 7/16
13 1/4
14
14 3/4
15 1/2
16 5/16
17 1/16
17 13/16
25 - 30
9 5/8
11 1/8
12 3/4
7 1/16
7 7/8
8 5/8
9 3/8
10 3/16
10 15/16
11 11/16
12 7/16
13 1/4
14
14 3/4
15 1/2
16 5/16
17 1/16
17 13/16
31 - 34
9 5/8
11 1/8
12 3/4
14 3/8
7 7/8
8 5/8
9 3/8
10 3/16
10 15/16
11 11/16
12 7/16
13 1/4
14
14 3/4
15 1/2
16 5/16
17 1/16
17 13/16
35 -44
10
11 3/8
12 13/16
14 1/4
8 5/8
9 3/8
10 1/8
10 7/8
11 11/16
12 7/16
13 3/16
14
14 3/4
15 1/2
16 5/16
17 1/16
17 13/16
18 9/16
45 - 50
11 3/8
12 13/16
14 1/4
15 5/8
9 3/8
10 1/8
10 7/8
11 11/16
12 7/16
13 3/16
14
14 3/4
15 1/2
16 5/16
17 1/16
17 13/16
18 9/16
51 - 55
11 13/16
13 1/8
14 7/16
15 3/4
17
11
11 13/16
12 9/16
13 5/16
14 1/16
14 7/8
15 5/8
16 3/8
17 3/16
17 15/16
18 11/16
19 7/16
56 - 57
13 1/8
14 7/16
15 3/4
17
18 5/16
11 13/16
12 9/16
13 5/16
14 1/16
14 7/8
15 5/8
16 3/8
17 3/16
17 15/16
18 11/16
19 7/16
58 - 60
13 1/2
14 11/16
15 15/16
17 1/8
11 7/8
12 11/16
13 7/16
14 3/16
14 15/16
15 3/4
16 1/2
17 1/4
18
18 13/16
19 9/16
20 5/16
61 - 62
14 5/8
15 13/16
16 15/16
18 1/8
19 1/4
13 7/16
14 3/16
14 15/16
15 3/4
16 1/2
17 1/4
18
18 13/16
19 9/16
20 5/16
63 - 66
14 11/16
15 3/4
16 7/8
18
19 1/8
14 3/16
14 15/16
15 3/4
16 1/2
17 1/4
18
18 3/4
19 1/2
20 5/16
21 1/16
67 - 70
15 7/8
17
18 1/16
20 3/8
20. 1/4
21 1/2
15 13/16
16 9/16
17 3/8
18 1/8
18 7/8
19 5/8
20 7/16
21 3/16
21 15/16
71 - 72
15 7/8
17
18 1/8
19 1/4
20 3/8
21 1/2
22 9/16
16 9/16
17 3/8
18 1/8
18 7/8
19 5/8
20 7/16
21 3/16
21 15/16
73 - 74
15 7/8
17
18 1/8
19 1/4
20 3/8
21 1/2
22 9/16
16 9/16
17 3/8
18 1/8
18 7/8
19 5/8
20 7/16
21 3/16
21 15/16
1-9
SHIELD ID
"R" (IN)
SHIELD THK.
"T" (IN)
SHIELD
LENGTH
"L" (IN)
WT EA
2.38
24 ga
12
0.31
SIZE
2.88
24 ga
12
0.37
1-9
3.50
4.00
18 ga.
18 ga
12
12
0.9
0.95
4.50
18 ga
12
1.1
5.00
18 ga
12
1.25
SHORT TRAVEL
STANDARD TRAVEL

TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)
10
11
12
1 1/2
20 5/16
20 13/16
21
21 5/8
22 1/4
22 15/16
23 9/16
24 3/16
24 13/16
25 1/2
26 1/8
26 3/4
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
27 7/16
28 1/16
28 11/16
29 3/8
30
30 5/8
31 1/4
31 15/16
10 - 24
24 7/8
25 7/8
25 9/16
26 3/16
26 7/8
27 1/2
28 1/8
28 3/4
29 7/16
30 1/16
30 3/4
31 3/8
32
32 5/8
33 5/16
33 15/16
34 9/16
35 3/16
35 7/8
25 - 30
28 3/8
30 1/16
31 11/16
33 3/8
29 9/16
30 3/16
30 13/16
31 3/4
32
32 5/8
34 13/16
34 13/16
34 11/16
35 5/16
36
36 5/8
37 1/4
37 15/16
38 9/16
31 - 34
32 1/8
33 3/4
35 7/16
37 1/16
32 1/8
32 3/4
33 7/16
34 1/16
34 11/16
35 5/16
36
36 5/8
37 1/4
37 15/16
38 9/16
39 3/16
39 13/16
40 1/2
35 -44
39 9/16
40 7/8
42 3/16
43 1/2
40 1/4
40 7/8
41 9/16
42 3/16
42 13/16
43 7/16
44 1/8
44 3/4
45 3/8
46 1/16
46 11/16
47 3/16
48
48 5/8
45 - 50
45 5/8
46 15/16
48 1/4
49 9/16
46 1/8
46 13/16
47 7/16
48 1/16
48 11/16
49 3/8
50
50 5/8
51 5/16
51 15/16
52 9/16
53 3/16
53 7/8
51 - 55
47 1/4
48 3/8
49 9/16
50 11/16
51 13/16
49 3/8
50
50 5/8
51 1/4
51 15/16
52 9/16
53 3/16
53 7/8
54 1/2
55 1/8
55 3/4
56 7/16
5.56
18 ga
12
1.4
56 - 57
51 3/4
52 7/8
54 1/16
55 3/16
56 5/16
53 5/8
54 1/4
54 3/4
55 7/16
56 3/16
56 13/16
57 1/2
58 1/8
58 3/4
59 3/8
60
6.63
18 ga
12
1.65
58 - 60
54 9/16
55 9/16
56 9/16
57 9/16
56 1/16
56 11/16
57 5/16
57 15/16
58 5/8
59 1/4
59 7/8
60 9/16
61 3/16
61 13/16
62 1/2
63 1/8
7.65
18 ga
12
1.9
61 - 62
58
58 15/16
59 7/8
60 13/16
61 3/4
59 7/16
60 1/16
60 3/4
61 3/8
62
62 11/16
63 5/16
63 15/16
64 5/8
65 1/4
63 - 66
64 1/16
64 15/16
65 13/16
66 1/16
69 7/16
68 7/16
66 9/16
67 1/4
67 7/8
68 1/2
69 3/16
69 13/16
70 3/16
70 13/16
71 1/2
67 - 70
75 13/16
76 11/16
77 1/2
78 3/8
79 1/4
80 1/2
78 3/8
79
79 5/8
80 1/4
80 7/8
81 9/16
82 3/16
82 13/16
83 1/2
71 - 72
84 5/16
85 3/16
86
86 7/8
87 3/4
88 5/8
89 1/2
87 1/2
88 1/8
88 3/4
89 3/8
90 1/16
90 11/16
91 3/8
92
73 - 74
82 7/16
81 5/8
83 5/16
84 1/8
85
85 7/8
86 3/4
85 7/8
86 1/4
86 7/8
87 1/2
88 5/16
88 13/16
89 1/2
90 1/8
8.63
18 ga
12
2.1
9.63
18 ga
12
2.35
10.75
18 ga
12
2.65
11.75
18 ga
12
2.95
12.75
18 ga
12
3.15
14.00
16 ga
12
4.45
15.00
16 ga
12
4.46
SIZE
16.00
16 ga
12
4.9
17.00
16 ga
12
SHORT TRAVEL
STANDARD TRAVEL
SHORT TRAVEL (IN)
STANDARD TRAVEL (IN)
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)
W (IN)
a (deg)
1-9
1 1/2 - 2 3/8
1.57 x T
40
TRAV. ARC (deg)

b
40
5.15
10 - 24
2 - 3 7/8
1.57 x T
40
25 - 30
2 - 5 7/8
2.29 x T
31 - 34
3 - 6 7/8
35 -44
TOTAL TRAVEL (in)
W (IN)
a (deg)
b (deg)
2 1/2 - 10
40
60
40
4 - 10
40
60
46
24
6 - 11
40
60
2.29 x T
46
24
7 - 14
40
60
3 - 6 3/8
1.93 x T
43
30
6 1/2 - 14
40
60
18.00
16 ga
12
5.5
19.00
16 ga
12
5.7
20.00
16 ga
12
6.35
45 - 50
4 - 7 7/8
1.93 x T
43
30
8 - 14
40
60
21.00
16 ga
12
6.45
51 - 55
4 - 8 3/8
1.72 x T
41
35
8 1/2 - 14
40
60
22.00
16 ga
12
6.6
56 - 57
5 - 9 3/8
1.72 x T
41
35
9 1/2 - 14
40
60
23.00
16 ga
12
58 - 60
5 - 8 7/8
1.57 x T
40
40
9 - 14
40
60
61 - 62
6 - 10 7/8
1.49 x T
39
43
11 - 18
40
60
24.00
16 ga
12
7.85
63 - 66
6 - 10 7/8
1.41 x T
38
45
11 - 18
40
60
26.00
16 ga
12
7.9
67 - 70
6 - 11 7/8
1.41 x T
38
45
12 - 20
40
60
27.00
16 ga
12
8.05
71 - 72
6 - 12 7/8
1.41 x T
38
45
13 - 20
40
60
28.00
16 ga
12
8.6
73 - 74
6 - 12 7/8
1.41 x T
38
45
13 - 20
40
60
These dimensions may be interpolated, except across short and standard travel separation line.
Page 64
Page 159
VB TYPE
VERTICAL BASE
FIG. 766
EXTENDED PIPE CLAMP
APPLICATION: Fig. 766 Extended Pipe Clamps are recommended
for the support of general service piping where minimal thermal
movement of the pipe is anticipated and where the support attachment points are nearby structure to which the legs of the Extended
Pipe Clamps can be welded. The maximum recommended service
temperature for this pipe clamp is 650F.
CONSTRUCTION: Fig. 766 Extended Pipe Clamps are made from
carbon steel plate or bar stock and are provided with two bolts and
nuts.
Painted.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 766, 3 1/2, Extended Pipe Clamp, Painted.
The V dimension will be 3 for units

with 6 turnbuckles and 6 for units
with 12 turnbuckles.
The W dimension is equal to the
Total Travel.
The vertical VB-type EQUALBALANCE base-type hanger is designed for use when dimensional limitations restrict the use of a horizontal type
hanger. The VB-type EQUALBALANCE hanger may be mounted on top of the supporting steel or two units may be inverted and used in a
trapeze configuration, as shown on the applications page. Attachment to the structure may be made by either bolting or welding. The VB-type
EQUALBALANCE is available for loads from 10 lbs. through 37,501 lbs. and for total travels from 1 1/2 through 20 inches.
SIZE
1-9
10 - 24
25 - 30
31 - 34
35 - 44
45 - 50
51 - 55
56 - 57
58 - 60
61 - 62
63 - 66
TOTAL TRAVEL
(IN)
STD. ROD DIA.

(IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
E (IN)
5 9/16
10 5/8
9 5/8
13 3/8
11
4 1/4
11 3/4
14
13 1/2
4 5/8
3 - 20
1/2 & 5/8
3 - 4 7/8
1/2 - 3/4
5 - 20
1/2 - 3/4
3-6
5/8 - 1
6 1/4 - 20
1/2 - 3/4
3 1/2 - 8 1/8
3/4 - 1 1/4
8 1/4 - 20
1/2 - 1
3 1/2 - 7 1/8
1 - 1 1/2
7 1/4 - 20
5/8 - 1 1/4
4 - 8 5/8
1 1/4 - 1 3/4
8 3/4 - 20
1 - 1 1/4
5 - 8 5/8
1 1/4 - 2
8 3/4 - 20
1 - 1 1/2
6 - 9 7/8
1 1/2 - 2
10 - 20
1 1/4 - 1 1/2
6 - 8 7/8
1 3/4 - 2 1/4
9 - 20
1 1/4 - 1 3/4
6 - 12 7/8
1 3/4 - 2 1/4
13 - 20
1 1/4 - 1 3/4
6 - 11 7/8
1 3/4 - 2 3/4
12 - 20
1 1/2 - 2
F (IN)
H (IN)
J (IN)
K (IN)
M (IN)
Q (IN)
X (IN)
Y (IN)
Z (IN)
APPROX
UNIT
WEIGHT
(LBS.)
9/16
3 1/4
6 1/2
3/4
1/4
10 1/2
40
4 3/16
9/16
4 1/4
8 1/2
3/4
12
1/2
13 1/2
170
4 5/8
11/16
5 1/2
11
15 1/2
3/4
17 1/2
1 1/4
275
G (IN)
3 11/16 2 15/16
12 3/4
14 3/4
16 1/4
5 1/16
4 5/8
11/16
6 1/4
12 1/2
17 1/2
3/4
19 1/2
1 1/4
310
14
21 1/8
16 1/4
6 1/8
6 3/16
15/16
6 1/4
12 1/2
1 3/8
17 5/8
20 3/8
1 1/4
450
14
25
17 1/2
6 1/2
6 1/4
15/16
6 3/4
13 1/2
1 1/2
19
22
1 1/2
550
16
25 7/8
19 1/2
15/16
7 1/2
15
1 1/2
22 1/4
25 1/4
1 1/2
905
18
28 1/8
21 3/4
7 1/4
8 7/8
1 1/16
16
1 3/4
25
1 1/4
28 1/2
1010
18
30
22
7 7/8
8 7/8
1 1/16
16
1 3/4
25 1/4
1 1/4
28 3/4
1155
18
30 3/4
26
8 3/8
10
1 1/4
8 1/2
17
1 7/8
28 1/8
1 1/4
31 7/8
2 1/2
1600
22
35 5/8
26
8 3/4
10
1 3/8
9 1/2
19
30
1 1/4
34
2 1/2
2400
3/4
4 7/16
1 9/16
1/8
2 1/4
3 1/8
3/8
BAR
STOCK
DIM. G (IN)
3/16 x 1 1/4
4 1/2
1.85
4 11/16
1 13/16
1/8
2 1/2
3 5/8
3/8
3/16 x 1 1/4
2.34
1 1/4
2 1/16
1/8
2 3/4
4 1/8
3/8
3/16 x 1 1/4
5 1/2
2.4
1 1/2
5 1/4
2 3/16
1/8
2 7/8
4 3/8
3/8
3/16 x 1 1/4
5 3/4
2.45
2 9/16
1/8
3 7/16
5 1/8
1/2
1/4 x 1 1/4
6 7/8
3.13
2 1/2
7 1/4
2 13/16
1/8
3 11/16
5 5/8
1/2
1/4 x 1 1/4
7 3/8
4.2
7 7/8
3 3/8
1/8
4 1/8
6 3/4
1/2
1/4 x 1 1/4
8 1/4
4.47
3 1/2
8 3/4
3 1/2
1/8
4 3/8
1/2
1/4 x 1 1/4
8 3/4
4.74
9 1/4
3 11/16
1/8
4 9/16
7 3/8
1/2
1/4 x 1 1/2
9 1/8
4.9
10 1/2
4 5/16
1/8
5 7/16
8 5/8
5/8
1/4 x 2
10 7/8
5.32
12 1/2
4 7/8
1/8
9 3/4
5/8
1/4 x 2
12
11.15
14 5/8
5 7/8
1/8
11 3/4
5/8
1/4 x 2
14
12.65
PIPE DIA.
(IN)
A (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
E (IN)
F (IN)
H (IN)
WT EA
Page 158
Page 65
FIG. 763
OFFSET PIPE CLAMP
VB TYPE
VERTICAL BASE
DIMENSION "A"
APPLICATION: Fig. 763 Offset Pipe Clamps are recommended for

the support of general service piping where little or no insulation is
required and where the support attachment point is a nearby wall or
floor. The maximum recommended service temperature for this pipe
clamp is 650 F.
CONSTRUCTION: Fig. 763 Offset Pipe Clamps are made from carbon steel plate or bar stock and are provided with two bolts and nuts.
For easy attachment to the floor or wall, holes for bolts are provided
in the feet. See the data table for the diameter of the holes in each
size clamp.
Painted.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 763, 3, Offset Pipe Clamp, Painted.
SIZE
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)

11
12
10
1-9
3 11/16
4 5/16
5 5/8
6 1/4
6 15/16
7 1/2
8 3/16
8 13/16
9 1/2
10 - 24
5 1/16
6 1/16
5 5/16
6 5/8
7 1/4
7 15/16
8 9/16
9 3/16
9 13/16
10 1/2
25 - 30
7 7/16
9 1/8
10 3/4
12 3/8
7 9/16
8 3/16
8 7/8
9 1/2
10 1/8
10 3/4
11 7/16
31 - 34
8 5/8
9 7/16
11 1/8
12 3/4
14 3/8
16 1/16
9 1/8
9 3/4
10 3/8
11 1/16
11 11/16
12 5/16
12 15/16
13 9/16
35 -44
7 5/16
8 5/8
10
11 1/4
12 9/16
8 5/8
9 5/16
9 15/16
10 9/16
11 1/4
11 7/8
12 1/2
13 1/8
13 13/16
8 5/8
10
11 1/4
12 9/16
13 15/16
9 3/4
10 7/16
11 1/16
11 3/4
12 3/8
13
13 5/8
14 1/4
9 1/2
10 5/8
11 3/4
12 7/8
10 1/2
11 1/8
11 3/4
12 7/16
13 1/16
13 11/16
14 5/16
15
45 - 50
51 - 55
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10 1/8
10 3/4
11 3/8
12 1/16
12 11/16
13 5/16
14
14 5/8
11 1/8
11 3/4
12 3/8
13 1/16
13 11/16
14 3/8
15
12 1/16
12 11/16
13 3/8
14
14 5/8
15 5/16
15
15/16
14 1/4
14 7/8
15 9/16
16 3/16
14 7/16
15 1/16
15 3/4
16 3/8
14 15/16
15 9/16
16 1/4
16 7/8
15 5/8
16 1/4
16 7/8
17 9/16
56 - 57
10 7/8
12
13 1/8
14 5/16
11 5/8
12 1/4
12 15/16
13 9/16
14 3/16
14 13/16
15 1/2
16 1/8
16 3/4
17 7/16
18 1/16
58 - 60
10 11/16
11 11/16
12 11/16
11 3/16
11 13/16
12 7/16
13 1/16
13 3/4
14 3/8
15
15 11/16
16 5/16
16 15/16
17 9/16
18 1/4
61 - 62
10 7/8
11 13/16
12 3/4
13 11/16
14 5/8
15 9/16
16 1/2
13 5/8
14 1/4
14 7/8
15 9/16
16 3/16
16 13/16
17 1/2
18 1/8
63 - 66
10 1/2
11 5/16
12 13/16
13 1/16
13 15/16
14 13/16
13
13 5/8
14 1/4
14 7/8
15 9/16
16 3/16
16 13/16
17 1/2
18 1/8
20
SHORT TRAVEL
DIMENSION "N" (ARM IN UP POSITION)
SIZE
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)

11
12
STANDARD TRAVEL
10
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1-9
4 13/16
5 9/16
6 5/16
7 1/16
7 7/8
8 5/8
9 3/8
10 3/16
10 15/16
11 11/16
12 7/16
13 1/4
14
14 3/4
15 1/2
16 5/16
17 1/16
10 - 24
7 5/16
8 9/16
6 5/16
7 1/16
7 7/8
8 5/8
9 3/8
10 3/16
10 15/16
11 11/16
12 7/16
13 1/4
14
14 3/4
15 1/2
16 5/16
17 1/16
25 - 30
9 9/16
11 1/8
12 3/4
14 3/8
7 7/8
8 5/8
9 3/8
10 3/16
10 15/16
11 11/16
12 7/16
13 1/4
14
14 3/4
15 1/2
16 5/16
17 1/16
31 - 34
9 9/16
11 1/8
12 3/4
14 3/8
15 15/16
17 9/16
9 3/8
10 3/16
10 15/16
11 11/16
12 7/16
13 1/4
14
14 3/4
15 1/2
16 5/16
17 1/16
35 -44
10
11 7/16
12 13/16
14 3/16
15 5/8
9 3/8
10 1/8
10 7/8
11 11/16
12 7/16
13 3/16
14
14 3/4
15 1/2
16 1/4
17 1/16
17 13/16 18 9/16
11 7/16
12 13/16
14 3/16
15 5/8
17 1/16
10 1/8
10 7/8
11 11/16
12 7/16
13 3/16
14
14 3/4
15 1/2
16 1/4
17 1/16
17 13/16 18 9/16
13 1/8
14 7/16
15 3/4
17
11
11 13/16
12 9/16
13 5/16
14 1/16
14 7/8
15 5/8
16 3/8
17 3/16
17 15/16
18 11/16 19 7/16
56 - 57
14 7/16
15 3/4
17
18 5/16
11 13/16
12 9/16
13 5/16
14 1/16
14 7/8
15 5/8
16 3/8
17 3/16
17 15/16
18 11/16 19 7/16
58 - 60
14 3/4
15 15/16
17 1/8
11 7/8
12 11/16
13 7/16
14 3/16
14 15/16
15 3/4
16 1/2
17 1/4
18
18 13/16
19 9/16
20 5/16
61 - 62
14 5/8
15 3/4
16 15/16
18 1/8
19 1/4
20 7/16
21 9/16
14 15/16
15 3/4
16 1/2
17 1/4
18
18 13/16
19 9/16
20 5/16
63 - 66
14 5/8
15 3/4
16 7/8
18
19 1/8
20 1/4
14 15/16
15 3/4
16 1/2
17 1/4
18
18 3/4
19 1/2
20 5/16
21 1/16
45 - 50
51 - 55
SHORT TRAVEL
STANDARD TRAVEL
DIMENSION "W"
SHORT TRAVEL (IN)
SIZE
MAX. REC.
PIPE DIA. (IN)
LOAD (LBS)
A (IN)
B (IN)
BAR STOCK
DIM. C (IN)
BOLT HOLE
DIA. D (IN)
BOLT DIA. &

LENGTH E
(IN)
WT EA
3/4
200
7 3/16
2 1/2
1/4 x 1 1/4
7/16
3/8 x 1
1.25
200
7 9/16
2 5/8
1/4 x 1 1/4
7/16
3/8 x 1
1.33
1 1/4
200
7 7/8
2 13/16
1/4 x 1 1/4
7/16
3/8 x 1
1.42
1 1/2
200
8 1/4
2 15/16
1/4 x 1 1/4
7/16
3/8 x 1
1.49
1-9
TRAV. ARC (deg)

b
-
3 - 10
40
TRAV. ARC
(deg) b
60
10 - 24
3 - 4 7/8
1.57 x T
40
40
5 - 10
40
60
25 - 30
3-6
2.29 x T
46
24
6 1/4 - 11
40
60
31 - 34
3 1/2 - 8 1/8
2.29 x T
46
24
8 1/4 - 14
40
60
35 -44
3 1/2 - 7 1/8
1.93 x T
43
30
7 1/4 - 14
40
60
45 - 50
4 - 8 5/8
1.93 x T
43
30
8 3/4 - 14
40
60
51 - 55
5 - 8 5/8
1.72 x T
41
35
8 3/4 - 14
40
60
56 - 57
6 - 9 7/8
1.72 x T
41
35
10 - 14
40
60
58 - 60
6 - 8 7/8
1.57 x T
40
40
9 - 14
40
60
61 - 62
6 - 12 7/8
1.49 x T
39
43
13 - 18
40
60
63 - 66
6 - 11 7/8
1.41 x T
38
45
12 - 18
40
60
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
23 1/2
24 3/8
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)
W (IN)
a (deg)
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)
W (IN)
a (deg)
DIMENSION "L"
SIZE
1-9
1/2
5/8
9 11/16
9 15/16
3/4
1 1/4
ROD SIZE
1 1/2
1 3/4
410
9 1/8
3 3/16
1/4 x 1 1/4
7/16
3/8 x 1
2.03
10 - 24
11
11 1/4
11 1/2
12 1/8
2 1/2
410
10 1/2
3 7/16
1/4 x 1 1/4
7/16
3/8 x 1
2.25
25 - 30
11 9/16
11 13/16
12 1/16
12 11/16
410
11 1/8
3 3/4
1/4 x 1 1/4
7/16
3/8 x 1
2.5
31 - 34
12 15/16
13 3/16
13 13/16
14 9/16
3 1/2
410
1 5/8
1/4 x 1 1/4
7/16
3/8 x 1
2.75
35 -44
13 13/16
14 1/16
14 11/16
15 7/16
15 15/16
45 - 50
16 11/16
17 7/16
17 15/16
18 11/16
600
12 1/2
4 1/4
1/4 x 1 1/2
9/16
1/2 x 1 1/2
3.68
51 - 55
16 15/16
17 11/16
18 3/16
18 15/16
19 7/16
600
13 3/4
4 3/4
1/4 x 1 1/2
9/16
1/2 x 1 1/2
4.25
56 - 57
18 11/16
19 3/16
19 15/16
20 7/16
58 - 60
19 1/4
19 3/4
20 1/2
21
21 3/4
850
16 1/2
5 5/16
3/8 x 1 1/2
9/16
1/2 x 1 1/2
6.8
61 - 62
20 1/2
21 1/4
21 3/4
22 1/2
850
18 5/8
6 5/16
3/8 x 1 1/2
9/16
1/2 x 1 1/2
8.2
63 - 66
21 1/4
22
22 1/2
23 1/4
Dimension "L" to be increased by 3" for 12" gap turnbuckle.
17
13/16
17
13/16
17
13/16
17
13/16
Page 66
Page 157
VBS TYPE
VERTICAL BASE STANCHION
FIG. 754
EXTENSION PIPE OR RISER CLAMP
APPLICATION: Fig. 754 Extension Pipe or Riser Pipe Clamps are
recommended for the support and/or restraint of vertical steel pipes.
A Fig. 754 Extension Pipe or Riser Pipe Clamp is designed to attach
to the pipe and to rest on a structural member or floor; it is not designed to have hanger rods attached to it to support the pipe. Note
that the maximum recommended service temperature for this pipe
clamp is 650 F. The clamp should be bolted to the pipe just below
support lugs or other attachment that can carry a shear load. Placing
the clamp just below adequate support lugs will prevent movement of
the clamp along the pipe should the frictional resistance between the
clamp and the pipe not be sufficient to support the pipe. See the
table of torque values that are provided as a guide for tightening the
bolts on the clamp.
CONSTRUCTION: Fig. 754 Extension Pipe or Riser Pipe Clamps
consists of two carbon steel flat bars bent to shape and held together
by two carbon steel bolts.
Painted.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 754, 8, Extension Pipe or Riser Pipe Clamp, HDG.
V dimensions should be set to suit
adjustment requirements.
The Type VBS EQUALBALANCE vertical base stanchion is designed for use when the footprint of the hanger must be small and the pipe must
be supported from below with a strut or from above the supporting structure. The Type VBS EQUALBALANCE support may be attached to the
supporting structure, either by bolting or welding. The Type VBS EQUALBALANCE support is available for loads from 19 lbs. through 37,501
lbs. and travels from 1 1/2 through 20 inches.
SIZE
TOTAL
TRAVEL
(IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
E (IN)
F (IN)
G (IN)
H (IN)
J (IN)
K (IN)
M (IN)
P (IN)
S (IN)
X (IN)
Y (IN)
APPROX.
UNIT
WEIGHT
(LBS.)
1-9
3 - 10
5 9/16
10 7/8
7 3/4
3 11/16
2 15/16
9/16
11
6 1/2
5/8
9 3/4
1/2
1/4
16 5/16
42
10 - 24
3 - 10
9 5/8
13 7/8
9 3/4
4 1/4
4 3/16
9/16
14
8 1/2
5/8
12 3/4
7/8
1/2
20 1/4
160
PIPE DIA (IN)
MATERIAL
SIZE
1/2
8ga x 1.0
3/4
8ga x 1.0
C-C (IN)
WT EA
MAX REC
LOAD
8 5/8
2 1/8
0.88
220
8 13/16
2 5/16
0.92
220
A (IN)
8ga x 1.0
9 1/16
2 5/8
0.94
220
1 1/4
8ga x 1.0
9 7/16
2 15/16
1.00
250
1 1/2
8ga x 1.0
10
3 7/16
1.04
250
8ga x 1.0
10 9/16
1.14
300
2 1/2
3ga x 1.0
11 1/8
4 9/16
1.60
400
3ga x 1.0
11 13/16
5 1/4
1.70
500
3 1/2
3ga x 1.0
13
2.06
600
3ga x 1.0
13 5/8
6 5/8
2.20
750
3ga x 1.5
14 1/8
7 5/8
3.40
1500
3ga x 1.5
15 3/8
8 7/8
3.72
1600
3/8 x 1.5
18 5/8
12
7.22
2500
25 - 30
3 - 11
11 3/4
14 11/16
13
4 5/8
4 5/8
11/16
18 1/2
11
16 1/2
1 1/8
3/4
20 3/4
210
31 - 34
3 1/2 - 14
12 3/4
15 1/2
14 1/2
5 1/16
4 5/8
11/16
22 3/4
12 1/2
20 3/4
1 3/8
3/4
22 1/2
280
35 - 44
3 1/2 - 14
14
22 1/8
15 1/4
6 1/8
6 1/4
15/16
23
12 1/2
1 3/8
20 1/4
1 3/4
29 7/8
460
10
3/8 x 2.0
21
14 1/2
10.94
2500
45 - 50
4 - 14
14
25 15/16
16 1/2
6 1/2
6 1/2
15/16
23
13 1/2
1 1/2
20
34
700
12
1/2 x 2.0
22 3/4
16 3/4
16.10
2700
51 - 55
5 - 14
16
26 7/8
18
15/16
28 1/4
15
1 1/2
25 1/4
35 3/8
840
14
1/2 x 2.0
24
17 7/8
17.00
2700
56 - 57
6 - 14
18
29 3/8
19 1/2
7 1/4
8 7/8
1 1/16
29 1/2
16
1 3/4
26
2 1/2
1 1/4
38 3/8
1130
16
5/8 x 2.5
26
21
29.16
2900
1365
18
5/8 x 2.5
28
23 1/8
31.91
2900
20
5/8 x 2.5
30
25
35.00
2900
24
5/8 x 2.5
36 3/4
27
41.00
8150
58 - 60
6 - 14
18
31 1/8
19 1/2
7 7/8
8 7/8
1 1/16
30 1/2
16
1 3/4
27
2 1/2
1 1/4
40 3/8
61 - 62
6 - 18
18
31 13/16
20 3/4
8 3/8
10
1 1/4
33 1/2
17
1 7/8
29 3/4
2 3/4
1 1/4
41 5/8
1800
63 - 66
6 - 18
22
35 13/16
23
8 3/4
10
1 3/8
34
19
30
2 3/4
1 1/2
47 1/8
2715
Page 156
Page 67
FIG. 751
HEAVY DUTY ALLOY YOKE PIPE
CLAMP
VBS TYPE
VERTICAL BASE STANCHION
DIMENSION "A"
SIZE
1-9
APPLICATION: Fig. 751 Heavy Duty Alloy Yoke Pipe Clamps are
recommended for the support of hot piping with 4 to 6 of insulation
where the support loads are large in magnitude. Note that the maximum recommended service temperature for this pipe clamp is 1,100
F.
CONSTRUCTION: Fig. 751 Heavy Duty Alloy Yoke Pipe Clamps
consists of a chrome molybdenum steel frame and a stainless steel Ubolt.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Black.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, nominal pipe diameter and
name.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 751, 16, Heavy Duty Alloy Yoke Pipe Clamp.
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)

10
11
3 7/16
4 1/16
4 11/16
5 3/8
6 5/8
7 5/16
7 15/16
12
13
14
10 - 24
4 1/2
4 3/16
4 13/16
5 1/2
6 1/8
6 3/4
7 7/16
8 1/16
25 - 30
6 11/16
8 5/16
10
6 3/16
6 13/16
7 7/16
8 1/8
8 3/4
31 - 34
7 1/16
8 11/16
10 3/8
12
7 1/16
7 11/16
8 3/8
9 5/8
10 1/4
10 15/16
11 9/16
35 -44
6 5/16
7 5/8
8 15/16
10 1/4
7 5/8
8 5/16
8 15/16
9 9/16
10 3/16
10 7/8
11 1/2
7 5/8
8 15/16
10 1/4
11 5/8
8 1/8
8 13/16
9 7/16
10 1/16
10 11/16
11 3/8
12
8 1/2
9 5/8
10 3/4
11 15/16
9 1/2
10 1/8
10 3/4
11 3/8
12 1/16
12 11/16
45 - 50
51 - 55
15
16
17
18
9 3/8
56 - 57
9 5/8
10 3/4
11 15/16
13
10 3/8
11
11 5/8
12 5/16
12 15/16
58 - 60
9 7/16
10 7/16
11 7/16
9 15/16
10 9/16
11 3/16
11 13/16
12 1/2
13 1/8
61 - 62
9 5/8
10 9/16
11 1/2
12 7/16
13 3/8
11 1/16
11 11/16
12 3/8
13
13 5/8
14 1/4
14 15/16
15 9/16
63 - 66
9 3/16
10 1/16
10 15/16
11 13/16
12 11/16
11 1/16
11 11/16
12 3/8
13
13 5/8
14 1/4
14 15/16
15 9/16
16
17
18
SHORT TRAVEL
STANDARD TRAVEL
DIMENSION "D"
SIZE
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)

10
11
1-9
18
18 5/8
19 1/4
19 15/16
20 9/16
21 3/16
21 7/8
22 1/2
10 - 24
22 5/8
22 5/16
22 15/16
23 5/8
24 1/4
24 7/8
25 9/16
26 3/16
25 - 30
26
27 5/8
29 5/16
25 1/2
26 1/8
26 3/4
27 7/16
28 1/16
31 - 34
27 5/8
29 1/4
30 15/16
32 9/16
27 5/8
28 1/4
28 15/16
29 9/16
35 -44
34 9/16
35 7/8
37 3/16
38 1/2
35 1/4
35 7/8
36 9/16
37 3/16
40 1/16
41 3/8
42 11/16
39 7/8
40 9/16
41 1/4
41 7/8
42 3/8
45 - 50
12
13
14
30 3/16
30 13/16
31 1/2
32 1/8
37 13/16
38 7/16
39 1/8
39 3/4
42 1/2
43 1/8
43 13/16
44 7/16
15
28 11/16
43 1/2
44 5/8
45 13/16
43 3/8
44
44 5/8
45 1/4
45 15/16
46 9/16
56 - 57
46 1/4
47 3/8
48 9/16
49 5/8
47
47 5/8
48 1/4
48 15/16
49 9/16
58 - 60
48 7/16
49 7/16
50 7/16
48 15/16
49 9/16
50 3/16
50 13/16
51 1/2
52 1/8
61 - 62
49 13/16
50 3/4
51 11/16
52 5/8
53 9/16
51 1/4
51 7/8
52 9/16
53 3/16
53 13/16
54 7/16
55 1/8
55 3/4
63 - 66
53 3/4
54 5/8
52 1/2
56 3/8
57 1/4
55 5/8
56 1/4
56 15/16
57 9/16
58 3/16
58 13/16
59 1/2
60 1/8
15
16
17
18
51 - 55
SHORT TRAVEL
STANDARD TRAVEL
DIMENSION "N" (ARM IN UP POSITION)

SIZE
MAX.
REC.
LOAD
(LBS.)
1075F
MAX.
REC.
LOAD
(LBS.)
1100F
B (IN)
8 5/8 - 10 13/16
12500
12000
11500
10 1/4
2 1/4
14
1 3/4
15 1/4
72
10 7/8 - 12 13/16
15500
15000
14500
11 3/4
2 1/4
15 1/4
1 1/8
17 3/4
103
PIPE DIA.
RANGE (IN)
1-9
4 13/16
5 9/16
6 5/16
7 1/16
7 7/8
8 5/8
9 3/8
10 3/16
10 - 24
7 5/16
5 9/16
6 5/16
7 1/16
7 7/8
8 5/8
9 3/8
10 3/16
25 - 30
9 9/16
11 1/8
12 3/4
7 1/16
7 7/8
8 5/8
9 3/8
10 3/16
10 15/16
31 - 34
10 3/8
11 1/8
12 3/4
14 3/8
7 7/8
8 5/8
9 3/8
10 3/16
35 -44
13 1/4
11 7/16
12 13/16
14 3/16
8 5/8
9 3/8
10 1/8
10 7/8
11 7/16
12 13/16
14 3/16
15 5/8
9 3/8
10 1/8
13 1/8
14 7/16
15 3/4
17
11
45 - 50
MAX.
REC.
LOAD
(LBS.)
950F 1050F
51 - 55
C (IN)
D (IN)
E (IN)
F (IN)
G (IN)
H (IN)
WT EA
12 7/8 - 14 1/8
15500
15000
14500
12 1/2
2 1/4
16
1 1/8
19 1/4
110
14 3/16 - 16 1/8
20000
19200
18500
13 3/4
2 1/2
17 1/2
2 1/4
1 1/4
22
167
16 3/16 - 18 1/8
20000
19200
18500
14 3/4
2 1/2
18 1/2
2 1/4
1 1/4
24
180
18 3/16 - 20 1/4
23700
22700
21900
16
2 3/4
6 1/2
20
2 1/2
1 3/8
26 1/2
228
20 5/16 - 22 1/4
23700
22700
21900
17
2 3/4
6 1/2
21
2 1/2
1 3/8
28 1/2
246
22 5/16 - 24 1/4
29000
28000
27000
18 1/2
22 3/4
2 3/4
1 1/2
30 3/4
325
24 5/16 - 26 1/4
29000
28000
27000
19 1/2
23 3/4
2 3/4
1 1/2
32 3/4
340
26 5/16 - 28 1/4
29000
28000
27000
20 1/2
24 3/4
2 3/4
1 1/2
34 3/4
355
28 5/16 - 30 1/4
29000
28000
27000
21 1/2
25 3/4
2 3/4
1 1/2
36 3/4
369
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)

10
11
12
13
14
10 15/16
11 11/16
12 7/16
13 1/4
11 11/16
12 7/16
13 3/16
14
10 7/8
11 11/16
12 7/16
13 3/16
14
11 13/16
12 9/16
13 5/16
14 1/16
14 7/8
56 - 57
14 7/16
15 3/4
17
18 5/16
11 13/16
12 9/16
13 5/16
14 1/16
14 7/8
58 - 60
14 3/4
15 15/16
17 1/8
11 7/8
12 11/16
13 7/16
14 3/16
14 15/16
15 3/4
61 - 62
14 5/8
15 3/4
16 15/16
18 1/8
19 1/4
13 7/16
14 3/16
14 15/16
15 3/4
16 1/2
17 1/4
18
18 13/16
63 - 66
14 5/8
15 3/4
16 7/8
18
19 1/8
14 3/16
14 15/16
15 3/4
16 1/2
17 1/4
18
18 3/4
19 1/2
W (IN)
a (deg)
TRAV. ARC
(deg) b
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
SHORT TRAVEL
STANDARD TRAVEL
DIMENSION "W"
SHORT TRAVEL (IN)
SIZE
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)
W (IN)

a (deg)
TRAV. ARC (deg) b
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)
1-9
3 - 10
10 - 24
3 - 3 7/8
1.57 x T
40
40
4 - 10
25 - 30
3 - 5 7/8
2.29 x T
46
24
6 - 11
31 - 34
3 1/2 - 6 7/8
2.29 x T
46
24
7 - 14
35 -44
3 1/2 - 6 3/8
1.93 x T
43
30
6 1/2 - 14
45 - 50
4 - 7 7/8
1.93 x T
43
30
8 - 14
51 - 55
5 - 8 3/8
1.72 x T
41
35
8 1/2 - 14
56 - 57
6 - 9 3/8
1.72 x T
41
35
9 1/2 - 14
58 - 60
6 - 8 7/8
1.57 x T
40
40
9 - 14
61 - 62
6 - 10 7/8
1.49 x T
39
43
11 - 18
63 - 66
6 - 10 7/8
1.41 x T
38
45
11 - 18
These dimensions may be interpolated, except across short and standard travel separation line.
Dimension "A" is for down travel (cold to hot), For up travel, decrease dimension by length of total travel.
For 3 1/2" total travel.
Page 68
Page 155
U TYPE
UPTHRUST
FIG. 748
STANDARD ALLOY YOKE PIPE CLAMP
APPLICATION: Fig. 748 Standard Alloy Yoke Pipe Clamps are recommended for the support of hot piping with 4 to 6 of insulation
where the support loads are relatively large in magnitude. Note that
the maximum recommended service temperature for this pipe clamp
is 1,100 F.
CONSTRUCTION: Fig. 748 Standard Alloy Yoke Pipe Clamps consists of a chrome molybdenum steel frame and a stainless steel Ubolt.
name.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 748, 12, Standard Alloy Yoke Pipe Clamp.
The upthrust support is designed for use when the pipe must be supported from below and when there is room to extend the casing horizontally.
The Type U EQUALBALANCE upthrust support may be attached to the supporting structure or foundation, by either bolting or welding. Generally, a low friction slide bearing is supplied on the top of the load table so that the member being supported by the upthrust support can move
laterally with minimal resistance. Vertical alignment of the load table is maintained by PTFE slide bearings during support movement. The Type
U EQUALBALANCE upthrust support is available for loads from 34 lbs. through 20,117 lbs. and total travels from 1 1/2 through 12 inches.
SIZE
TOTAL
TRAVEL
(IN)
B (IN)
MAX.
D (IN)
E (IN)
F (IN)
G (IN)
H
(IN)
J
(IN)
K
(IN)
1-9
1 1/2 - 6
5 9/16
24 15/16
12 1/4
3 11/16
9/16
10 - 24
2-6
9 5/8
29
15 1/2
4 1/4
10
9/16
10
25 - 30
2 1/2 - 8
11 3/4
33 3/8
16 1/2
4 5/8
13
11/16
12 1/2
31 - 34
2 1/2 - 8
12 3/4
35 1/16
17 1/2
5 1/16
13
13/16
13
35 - 44
3 - 10
14
45 3/8
24 5/8
6 1/8
15
13/16
10
14 3/4
45 - 50
3 - 10
14
50 1/2
29
6 1/2
15
13/16
10
16
51 - 55
3 1/2 - 12
16
53 7/8
30 1/16
17 1/2
1 1/8
15
18
56 - 57
4 - 12
18
59 1/4
32 13/16
7 3/8
19 7/8
1 1/8
15 1/2
20
58 - 60
4 1/2 - 12
18
62 1/8
34 7/8
7 7/8
20 1/4
1 1/8
16
20 1/2
PIPE DIA.
RANGE (IN)
MAX.
REC.
LOAD
(LBS.)
950F -
MAX.
REC.
LOAD
(LBS.)
1075F
MAX.
REC.
LOAD
(LBS.)
1100F
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
E (IN)
F (IN)
G (IN)
H (IN)
WT EA
8 5/8 - 10 13/16
9500
9100
8800
9 1/2
13 3/4
1 1/2
7/8
14 1/2
49
10 7/8 - 12 13/16
9500
9100
8800
10 1/2
13 3/4
1 1/2
7/8
16 1/2
54
APPROX.
WEIGHT
12 7/8 - 14 1/8
9500
9100
8800
11 1/4
15 1/2
1 1/2
7/8
18
59
SIZE
L
(IN)
M
(IN)
N
(IN)
P
(IN)
Q
(IN)
X
(IN)
Y
(IN)
NET
14 3/16 - 16 1/8
12500
12000
11500
13
2 1/4
16 3/4
1 3/4
21
104
1-9
6 3/8
2 3/8
1 3/8
13/16
3/8
1/4
1/2
50
16 3/16 - 18 1/8
12500
12000
11500
14
2 1/4
17 3/4
1 3/4
23
113
10 - 24
3 1/4
1 5/8
7/16
1/2
3/4
195
25 - 30
9 3/4
4 1/4
1 13/16
1 1/2
3/4
5/8
3/4
335
18 3/16 - 20 1/4
12500
12000
11500
15
2 1/4
18 3/4
1 3/4
25
125
31 - 34
10 1/2
4 1/2
2 1/16
1 1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
405
20 5/16 - 22 1/4
15500
15000
14500
16 1/2
2 1/4
20
1 1/8
28
162
35 - 44
12 1/8
4 5/8
2 1/2
1 1/8
1 3/16
3/4
640
22 5/16 - 24 1/4
15500
15000
14500
17 1/2
2 1/4
21
1 1/8
20
176
45 - 50
12 3/8
1 13/16
850
24 5/16 - 26 1/4
15500
15000
14500
18 1/2
2 1/4
22
1 1/8
32
193
51 - 55
13 1/2
1 13/16
3 3/16
2 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
950
56 - 57
16 1/2
3 9/16
3 7/16
2 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1290
26 5/16 - 28 1/4
20000
19200
18500
20
2 1/2
23 3/4
2 1/4
1 1/4
34 1/2
274
58 - 60
16 1/2
3 3/8
3 5/8
2 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1560
28 5/16 - 30 1/4
20000
19200
18500
21
2 1/2
24 3/4
2 1/4
1 1/4
36 1/2
298
Page 154
Page 69
FIG. 739
INTERMEDIATE 3-BOLT ALLOY PIPE
CLAMP
U TYPE (Continued)
UPTHRUST
DIMENSION "C"
SIZE
APPLICATION: Fig. 739 Intermediate 3-Bolt Alloy Pipe Clamps are

recommended for the support of hot piping with insulation when the
temperature exceeds 750F and is less than 1050F. Fig. 739 Intermediate 3-Bolt Alloy Pipe Clamps have been designed to carry loads
larger in magnitude than the Fig. 736 Standard 3-Bolt Alloy Pipe
Clamp. The 3 bolt design enables the attachment to the pipe clamp
outside of the insulation. For high temperature piping with thick insulation and a loading larger than this clamp will carry, a Fig. 742 or 745
3-Bolt Alloy Pipe Clamp may be used. If the temperature and loads
dictate, Alloy Yoke Clamps, Fig. 748 or 751, may be used. The selection of the proper 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp depends upon the temperature of the piping system and load to be carried. The loads shown on
the data chart are listed for 950F, 1000F and 1050F service.
CONSTRUCTION: Fig. 739 Intermediate 3-Bolt Alloy Pipe Clamps
are made from ASTM A387-Gr. 22 steel plate or bar stock and are
provided with three alloy bolts and nuts.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, nominal pipe diameter, name.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 739, 12, Intermediate 3-Bolt Alloy Pipe Clamp.
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)

1 1/2
2 1/2
3 1/2
4 1/2
5 1/2
5 1/2
6 1/2
7 1/2
8 1/2
9 1/2
7 5/8
8 1/8
9 3/8
8 5/8
9 1/8
9 5/8
10 1/8
10 5/8
11 1/8
11 5/8
25 - 30
9 7/8
10 3/8
10 7/8
11 3/8
11 7/8
12 3/8
12 7/8
13 3/8
31 - 34
10 1/2
11
11 1/2
12
12 1/2
13
13 1/2
14
14 1/2
35 -44
11
11 1/2
12
12 1/2
13
13 1/2
14
14 1/2
45 - 50
11 7/8
12 3/8
12 7/8
13 3/8
13 7/8
14 3/8
14 7/8
15 3/8
13 1/2
14
14 1/2
15
15 1/2
16
16 1/2
14 1/2
15
15 1/2
16
16 1/2
17
17 1/16
17 9/16
1-9
10 - 24
51 - 55
56 - 57
58 -60
15 9/16
16 1/16 16 9/16
SHORT TRAVEL
6 1/2
STANDARD TRAVEL
DIMENSION "C"
SIZE
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)

7
7 1/2
25 - 30
13 7/8
14 3/8
14 7/8
31 - 34
15
15 1/2
16
35 -44
15
15 1/2
16
45 - 50
15 7/8
16 3/8
16 7/8
51 - 55
17
17 1/2
18
56 - 57
17 1/2
18
18 1/2
58 -60
18 1/16
18 9/16
19 1/16
8 1/2
9 1/2
10
16 1/2
17
17 1/2
18
17 3/8
17 7/8
18 3/8
18 7/8
18 1/2
19
19 1/2
20
19
19 1/2
20
20 1/2
20 9/16
21 1/16
10 1/2
11
11 1/2
12
20 1/2
21
21 1/2
22
21
21 1/2
22
22 1/2
1-9
10 - 24
NOM.
PIPE DIA.
(IN)
MAX.
REC.
LOAD
(LBS.)
950F
MAX.
REC.
LOAD
(LBS.)
1000F
MAX.
REC.
LOAD
(LBS.)
1050F
"A"
CTRLINE
TO BOLT
(IN)
"B"
CTRLINE
TO END
(IN)
"C" GAP
(IN)
2400
1800
1400
2 5/8
3 5/8
2 1/2
3600
2700
2100
3600
2700
2100
3 1/2
3600
2700
4700
3500
"D"
CTRLINE
TO TOP
BOLT (IN)
"E"
CTRLINE
TO TOP
(IN)
F (IN)
6 5/8
7 5/8
3/4
3/8
7.49
4 1/8
1 1/8
8 1/8
7/8
3/8
2 1/2
10.36
3 3/8
4 1/2
1 1/8
7 3/8
7 1/2
7/8
3/8
11.81
2100
3 5/8
4 3/4
1 1/8
7 5/8
8 3/4
7/8
3/8
13.01
2700
4 1/4
5 1/2
1 1/4
8 1/4
9 1/2
1/2
19.20
"G" Th "G" W
(IN)
(IN)
WT EA
4700
3500
2700
4 3/4
1 1/4
8 3/4
10
1/2
20.58
4700
3500
2700
5 3/8
6 5/8
1 1/4
10 3/8
11 5/8
1/2
23.02
7600
5650
4400
8 5/8
1 1/2
12
13 5/8
1 1/4
3/4
55.46
19 9/16 20 1/16
21 9/16 22 1/16
22 9/16 23 1/16
DIMENSION "A" *
SIZE
1-9
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)

1 1/2
2 1/2
3 1/2
4 1/2
5 1/2
10 1/4
11 1/4
12 1/4
13 1/4
14 1/4
15 1/4
16 1/4
17 1/4
18 1/4
19 1/4
15 3/8
10 - 24
6 1/2
16 3/8
17 3/8
18 3/8
19 3/8
20 3/8
21 3/8
22 3/8
23 3/8
25 - 30
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
31 - 34
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
35 -44
22 1/4
23 1/4
24 1/4
25 1/4
26 1/4
27 1/4
28 1/4
29 1/4
45 - 50
23 3/4
24 3/4
25 3/4
26 3/4
27 3/4
28 3/4
29 3/4
30 3/4
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
28 3/8
29 3/8
30 3/8
31 3/8
32 3/8
33 3/8
10
7600
5650
4400
9 5/8
1 1/2
13
12
1 1/4
3/4
56.53
12
7600
5650
4400
10 5/8
1 1/2
14
15 5/8
1 1/4
3/4
66.29
51 - 55
14
7600
5650
4400
9 3/4
11 3/8
1 1/2
14 3/4
16 3/8
1 1/4
3/4
70.11
56 - 57
16
7600
5650
4400
10 3/4
12 1/4
1 1/2
15 3/4
17 3/8
1 1/4
3/4
75.21
18
7600
5650
4400
11 3/4
13 1/4
1 1/2
16 3/4
18 3/8
1 1/4
3/4
80.51
58 -60
30 7/16 31 7/16 32 7/16 33 7/16
27
34 7/16
SHORT TRAVEL
STANDARD TRAVEL
DIMENSION "A" *
20
9500
7050
5450
13
14 3/4
1 3/4
18
19 7/8
1 1/2
3/4
134.79
24
11000
8150
6300
15 1/2
17 1/4
1 3/4
20 1/2
22 1/4
1 1/2
201.60
SIZE
26
11000
8150
6300
16 1/2
18 1/4
1 3/4
21 1/2
23 3/4
1 1/2
213.92
28
11000
8150
6300
17 1/2
19 3/4
1 3/4
22 1/2
24 3/4
1 1/2
226.23
30
14500
10750
8300
18 3/4
21
2 1/8
23 3/4
26
1 3/4
315.67
32
14500
10750
8300
19 3/4
22
2 1/8
24 3/4
27
1 3/4
329.82
34
14500
10750
8300
20 3/4
23
2 1/8
25 3/4
28
1 3/4
343.97
36
14500
10750
8300
21 3/4
24
2 1/8
26 3/4
29
1 3/4
358.69
42
14500
10750
8300
24 3/4
27
2 1/8
29 3/4
32
1 3/4
401.14
1-9
10 - 24
25 - 30
31 - 34
35 -44
45 - 50
51 - 55
56 - 57
58 -60
TOTAL TRAVEL (IN)

7
7 1/2
8 1/2
9 1/2
10
28
29
30
30
31
32
30 1/4
31 1/4
32 1/4
33 1/4
34 1/4
35 1/4
36 1/4
31 3/4
32 3/4
33 3/4
34 3/4
35 3/4
36 3/4
37 3/4
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
34 3/8
35 3/8
36 3/8
37 3/8
38 3/8
39 3/8
40 3/8
35 7/16 36 7/16 37 7/16 38 7/16 39 7/16 40 7/16 41 7/16
10 1/2
41
41 3/8
42 7/8
11
11 1/2
42
43
42 3/8
43 3/8
43 7/16 44 7/16
12
44
44 3/8
'45 7/16
Page 70
Page 153
LIGHT DUTY SPRING HANGERS
FIG. 75
LIGHT DUTY SINGLE SPRING HANGER
BLACK OR PAINT FINISH
FIG. 736
STANDARD 3-BOLT ALLOY PIPE
CLAMP
APPLICATION: Fig. 736 Standard 3-Bolt Alloy Pipe Clamps are recommended for the support of hot piping with insulation when the temperature exceeds 750F and is less than 1050F. Fig. 736 Standard
3-Bolt Alloy Pipe Clamps have been designed to carry loads that are
not large in magnitude. The 3 bolt design enables the attachment to
the pipe clamp outside of the insulation. For high temperature piping
with thick insulation and a loading larger than this clamp will carry, a
Fig. 739, 742 or 745 3-Bolt Alloy Pipe Clamp may be used. If the
temperature and loads dictate, Alloy Yoke Clamps, Fig. 748 or 751,
may be used. The selection of the proper 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp depends
upon the temperature of the piping system and load to be carried.
The loads shown on the data chart are listed for 950F, 1000F and
1050F service.
CONSTRUCTION: Fig. 736 Standard 3-Bolt Alloy Pipe Clamps are
made from ASTM A387-Gr. 22 steel plate or bar stock and are provided with three alloy bolts and nuts.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, nominal pipe diameter, name.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 736, 8, Standard 3-Bolt Alloy Pipe Clamp.
APPLICATION: Light Duty Single Spring Hangers are recommended

for supporting piping systems where the load to be carried is of a small
magnitude and thermal movement must be allowed. For applications
where movements exceed the allowed movements, two or more spring
hangers can be used in series or a light-duty double spring can be
used. For applications where loads exceed the allowed loads for the
light duty spring hangers, select a Fig. E-82 or Fig. E-268 engineered
spring hanger. CONSTRUCTION: Light Duty Single Spring Hangers
are constructed of carbon steel.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Black or Painted
ORDERING: Specify figure number, Hanger Size, name and finish, if
other than black.
HANGER
SIZE
MAX. LOAD
MAX.
RATING
MVMNT (IN)
(LBS)
SPRING
CONST.
(LBS/IN)
APPRX WT.
EACH (LBS)
ROD
DIA.
A (IN)
ROD TAKEOUT LENGTH

E (IN)
CASING
OUTSIDE
DIA.
D (IN)
CASING
LENGTH
C (IN)
SHIPPING
LENGTH
B (IN)
46
15.4
2.5
3/8
5 1/4
3 1/2
5 7/16
6 9/16
131
2 1/2
52.5
3.63
3/8
5 1/4
3 1/2
5 13/16
6 9/16
220
110
5.87
1/2
5 5/8
3 1/2
7 1/8
FIG. 76
LIGHT DUTY DOUBLE SPRING HANGER
BLACK OR PAINT FINISH
APPLICATION: Light Duty Double Spring Hangers are recommended
magnitude and thermal movement must be allowed. For applications
where movements exceed the allowed movements, two or more spring
hangers can be used in series. For applications where loads exceed
the allowed loads for the light duty spring hangers, select a Fig. E-268
or Fig. E-98 engineered spring hanger.
CONSTRUCTION: Light Duty Double Spring Hangers are constructed
of carbon steel.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Black or Painted
other than black.
HANGER
SIZE
MAX. LOAD
RATING
(LBS)
MAX.
MVMNT (IN)
SPRING
CONST.
(LBS/IN)
APRX WT.
EACH (LBS)
ROD
DIA.
A (IN)
ROD TAKEOUT
LENGTH
E (IN)
CASING
OUTSIDE
DIA.
D (IN)
CASING
LENGTH
C (IN)
SHIPPING
LENGTH
B (IN)
46
7.7
4.38
3/8
9 1/2
3 1/2
9 7/8
10 13/16
131
26.2
6.35
3/8
10 1/2
3 1/2
10 5/8
11 11/16
220
55
10.27
1/2
10 5/8
3 1/2
10 7/8
12 1/8
NOM. PIPE
DIA. (IN)
MAX. REC. MAX. REC. MAX. REC.

"A"
LOAD
LOAD
LOAD
CTRLINE
(LBS.)
(LBS.)
(LBS.)
TO BOLT
950F
1000F
1050F
(IN)
3/4
1550
1100
"B"
CTRLINE
TO END
(IN)
"C"
GAP
(IN)
"D"
CTRLINE
TO TOP
BOLT (IN)
"E"
CTRLINE
TO TOP
F (IN)
"G" Th "G" W
(IN)
(IN)
810
1 1/4
1/2
3 1/16
3 3/4
1/2
1/4
WT EA
1.46
1580
1120
830
1 7/16
2 1/8
1/2
3 3/16
3 13/16
1/2
1/4
1.51
1 1/4
2000
1410
1050
1 9/16
2 1/2
4 1/8
4 7/8
5/8
1/4
1 1/4
2.57
1 1/2
2000
1410
1050
1 5/8
2 5/8
4 1/8
4 7/8
5/8
1/4
1 1/4
2.62
1930
1360
1010
2 7/8
5 1/8
5 7/8
5/8
1/4
1 1/4
2.88
2 1/2
1860
1300
970
2 5/16
3 1/8
5 3/8
6 1/8
5/8
1/4
1 1/4
3.02
1720
1210
900
2 5/8
3 1/4
5 7/8
6 11/16
5/8
1/4
1 1/4
3.21
3 1/2
1620
1190
880
3 1/8
3 7/8
6 1/4
7 1/8
5/8
1/4
1 1/4
3.46
3800
2990
2200
3 1/2
4 1/2
6 1/2
7 5/8
3/4
3/8
8.39
3400
2410
1790
4 1/8
5 1/16
8 1/8
3/4
3/8
9.08
3750
2650
1980
4 5/8
6 1/8
1 3/8
8 1/2
9 15/16
7/8
3/8
2 1/2
13.51
2850
2040
1520
5 3/4
7 1/8
1 3/8
9 1/2
10 15/16
7/8
3/8
2 1/2
15.16
10
3900
2770
2060
7 1/4
8 1/4
1 3/8
10 5/8
12
1/2
2 1/2
23.32
12
3750
2650
1970
8 1/8
9 7/8
12 3/8
13 7/8
1/2
2 1/2
26.61
14
3800
2800
2050
9 1/8
10 5/8
12 11/16
14 3/8
1 1/4
5/8
44.21
16
3800
2800
2050
10 1/8
11 5/8
13 11/16
15 3/8
1 1/4
5/8
47.54
18
3750
2750
2050
11 1/8
12 5/8
14 11/16
16 3/8
1 1/4
5/8
50.86
20
4650
3550
2620
12 3/8
14
15 7/8
17 5/8
1 3/8
3/4
72.16
24
3950
2900
2150
14 3/8
16 1/8
17 7/8
19 1/2
1 3/8
3/4
80.12
26
4500
3300
2450
15 3/4
17 1/4
20 1/2
22
1 1/4
3/4
101.10
28
4500
3300
2450
16 3/4
18 1/4
21 1/2
23
1 1/4
3/4
106.41
30
4000
3300
2450
18
19 3/4
23
24 3/4
1 1/2
3/4
122.81
Page 152
Page 71
LIGHT DUTY SPRING HANGERS
FIG. 733
EXTRA HEAVY 3-BOLT PIPE CLAMP
FIG. 77
LIGHT DUTY SINGLE SPRING HANGER
HDG FINISH
APPLICATION: Fig. 733 Extra Heavy 3-Bolt Pipe Clamps are recommended for the support of hot piping with insulation. Fig. 733 Extra
Heavy 3-Bolt Pipe Clamps have been designed to carry loads that are
larger in magnitude than can be carried by the Fig. 730 Heavy 3-Bolt
Pipe Clamp. The 3 bolt design enables the attachment to the pipe
clamp outside of the insulation. For high temperature piping with
thick insulation and a loading larger than this clamp will carry, contact
AAA Technology for a custom fabricated clamp to fit your requirements. If the temperature dictates, a Fig. 736, 739, 742 or 745 Alloy
3-Bolt Pipe Clamp may be an option for your application. The selection of the proper 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp depends upon the temperature
of the piping system and load to be carried. Alloy pipe clamps and
stainless steel pipe clamps are also available. The loads shown on
the data chart are listed for 750F and 650F service.
CONSTRUCTION: Fig. 733 Extra Heavy 3-Bolt Pipe Clamps are
made from carbon steel plate or bar stock and are provided with three
bolts and nuts.
Painted.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 733, 10, Extra Heavy 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp, HDG.
"A"
NOM. PIPE MAX LOAD MAX LOAD CTRLINE
TO BOLT
DIA. (IN)
650F
750F
(IN)
APPLICATION: Light Duty Single Spring Hangers are recommended

magnitude and thermal movement must be allowed. The corrosion
resistant model is hot dip galvanized and then mechanically closed.
No welding is performed on the components after galvanizing. For
applications where movements exceed the allowed movements, two or
more spring hangers can be used in series or a light duty double spring
can be used. For applications where loads exceed the allowed loads
for the light duty spring hangers, select a Fig. E-82 or Fig. E-268 engineered spring hanger.
CONSTRUCTION: Light Duty Single Spring Hangers are constructed
of carbon steel.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: HDG
other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 77, Size 2, Light Duty Single Spring Hanger, HDG
HANGER
SIZE
"B"
"D"
"E"
CTRLINE
CTRLINE TO CTRLINE TO
"G" Th "G" W
"C" GAP (IN)
F (IN)
TO END
TOP BOLT
TOP END
(IN)
(IN)
(IN)
(IN)
(IN)
1900
1690
1 5/8
2 3/8
1 1/4
1900
1690
1 3/4
1 1/2
2300
2050
2300
2050
2 1/2
2300
WT EA
4 5/8
5 3/8
5/8
5/16
4.13
2 1/2
4 3/4
5 1/2
5/8
5/16
4.30
2 3/4
1 1/8
4 3/4
5 1/2
3/4
3/8
6.17
2 5/16
1 1/8
5 7/16
6 3/16
3/4
3/8
6.70
2050
2 1/2
3 3/8
1 1/8
5 11/16
6 7/16
3/4
3/8
7.07
2300
2050
3 1/16
3 7/8
1 1/8
6 3/16
6 15/16
3/4
3/8
7.65
3 1/2
2300
2050
3 3/8
4 1/4
1 1/8
6 9/16
7 3/8
3/4
3/8
8.13
3600
2700
3 3/4
4 3/4
1 3/4
7 1/8
7 7/8
7/8
3/8
9.41
3600
2700
4 3/16
5 3/16
1 3/4
7 5/8
8 3/8
7/8
3/8
10.05
4500
4000
5 3/16
6 1/4
1 3/4
8 15/16
10 1/4
1/2
2 1/2
18.79
6000
5300
6 3/8
7 3/8
10 1/8
11 3/8
1 1/8
5/8
2 1/2
27.62
10
6750
6000
7 3/8
2 1/4
11 3/8
13 1/8
1 1/4
5/8
3 1/2
43.81
12
7000
6250
8 5/8
10 1/4
2 1/2
12 9/16
14 5/16
1 3/8
5/8
3 1/2
55.96
14
9500
8450
9 5/8
11 5/8
2 1/2
13 1/2
15 1/2
1 1/2
3/4
77.85
16
10000
8920
10 7/8
13 1/8
14 7/8
17 1/8
1 3/4
3/4
4 1/2
98.23
18
13800
12300
12 1/2
14 1/2
3 1/2
16 1/4
18 1/4
134.50
20
15300
13650
13 1/2
16
3 1/2
17 1/4
19 3/4
169.91
24
16300
14500
15 1/2
18 1/2
3 1/2
19 1/4
22 5/16
220.74
26
17500
15600
16 7/8
20 7/8
3 1/2
25 1/4
29 5/8
2 1/4
307.04
28
18000
16000
18 7/8
23 3/8
27 1/4
31 5/8
2 1/4
331.00
30
20500
18250
19 7/8
24 3/8
4 1/4
28 1/4
32 3/4
2 1/4
383.86
32
23750
21150
21 3/4
26 3/4
4 1/4
31
35 3/4
2 1/2
1 1/4
522.98
34
25000
22250
23 3/8
28 3/8
4 1/4
32 1/2
37 1/2
2 1/2
1 1/2
575.12
36
28000
25000
24 5/8
30
4 1/2
34 3/4
40 1/8
2 3/4
1 1/2
724.55
42
32300
28750
29
35 1/2
4 1/2
35 3/8
40 3/4
2 3/4
1 1/2
873.05
MAX. LOAD
RATING
(LBS)
MAX.
MVMNT (IN)
SPRING
CONST.
(LBS/IN)
APRX WT.
EACH (LBS)
ROD
DIA.
A (IN)
ROD TAKEOUT
LENGTH
E (IN)
CASING
OUTSIDE
DIA.
D (IN)
CASING
LENGTH
C (IN)
SHIPPING
LENGTH
B (IN)
46
15.4
2.75
3/8
5 1/4
3 1/2
5 7/16
6 9/16
131
2 1/2
52.5
3.93
3/8
5 1/4
3 1/2
5 13/16
6 9/16
220
110
6.27
1/2
5 5/8
3 1/2
7 1/8
SPRING
CONST.
(LBS/IN)
APRX WT.
EACH (LBS)
ROD
DIA.
A (IN)
ROD TAKEOUT
LENGTH
E (IN)
CASING
OUTSIDE
DIA.
D (IN)
CASING
LENGTH
C (IN)
SHIPPING
LENGTH
B (IN)
FIG. 78
LIGHT DUTY DOUBLE SPRING HANGER
HDG FINISH
APPLICATION: Light Duty Double Spring Hangers are recommended
magnitude and thermal movement must be allowed. The corrosion
resistant model is hot dip galvanized and then mechanically closed.
No welding is performed on the components after galvanizing. For
applications where movements exceed the allowed movements, two or
more spring hangers can be used in series. For applications where
loads exceed the allowed loads for the light duty spring hangers, select
a Fig. E-268 or Fig. E-98 engineered spring hanger.
CONSTRUCTION: Light Duty Double Spring Hangers are constructed
of carbon steel.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: HDG
other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 78, Size 1, Light Duty Double Spring Hanger, HDG
MAX. LOAD
RATING
(LBS)
MAX.
MVMNT (IN)
46
7.7
4.63
3/8
9 1/2
3 1/2
9 7/8
10 13/16
131
26.2
6.65
3/8
10 1/2
3 1/2
10 5/8
11 11/16
220
55
10.67
1/2
10 5/8
3 1/2
10 7/8
12 1/8
HANGER
SIZE
Page 72
Page 151
STRUTS
FIG. 300 WELDED SWAY STRUT ASSEMBLY
FIG. 730
HEAVY 3-BOLT PIPE CLAMP
APPLICATION: Fig. 730 Heavy 3-Bolt Pipe Clamps are recommended for the support of hot piping with insulation. Fig. 730 Heavy 3-Bolt
Pipe Clamps have been designed to carry loads that are larger in
magnitude than can be carried by the Fig. 727 Intermediate 3-Bolt
Pipe Clamp. The 3 bolt design enables the attachment to the pipe
clamp outside of the insulation. For high temperature piping with
thick insulation and a loading larger than this clamp will carry, a Fig.
733 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp may be used. If the temperature dictates, a
Fig. 736, 739, 742 or 745 Alloy 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp may be used. The
selection of the proper 3 Bolt Pipe Clamp depends upon the temperature of the piping system and load to be carried. Alloy pipe clamps
and stainless steel pipe clamps are also available. The loads shown
on the data chart are listed for 750F and 650F service.
CONSTRUCTION: Fig. 730 Heavy 3-Bolt Pipe Clamps are made
from carbon steel plate or bar stock and are provided with three bolts
and nuts.
Painted.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 730, 12, Heavy 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp, HDG.
*Please refer to F. 310 for Dimension K.

DIMENSIONAL DATA
SWAY
STRUT
SIZE
MAX.
RATED
TENSION
LOAD
(LBS)
ROD END
EXTENSION PIECE
DIA. (IN)
PADDLE
RADIUS
MAX. R
(IN)
FL (IN)
FR (IN)
PIPE DIA. (IN)
REAR BRACKET
LENGTH TAKE OUT A

MIN. L (IN)
(IN)
H
(IN)
W
(IN)
GAP
(G)
NOM. PIN/
C-C
MAX.
WELD
STUD DIA.
LENGTH ADJUSTSIZE X (IN)
T (IN)
MIN. (IN) MENT (IN)
738
1/2
3/4
1 7/8
3 7/8
1/2 XS
10 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
9/16
3/8
1/8
16
1/2
1434
3/4
2 1/4
4 1/4
1 S160
10 1/2
1 3/4
1 1/2
1 1/4
21/32
1/2
1/4
17
5950
1 3/8
2 5/8
4 5/8
1 1/4 S160
11
2 1/4
1 1/2
25/32
5/8
1/4
18 1/4
9750
1 1/4
1 1/2
2 13/16
4 13/16
1 1/2 S160
11 3/4
2 1/2
2 1/4
29/32
3/4
9/32
19 3/8
11900
1 1/2
1 1/2
2 15/16
5 7/16
2 XXS
13
2 3/4
2 5/8
2 1/4
1 1/32
7/16
21 3/8
2 1/2
19350
1 3/4
2 1/4
5 15/16
8 7/16
2 1/2 XXS
13 3/4
3 1/2
3 3/4
1 19/32
1 1/4
9/16
28 1/8
2 1/2
22800
2 1/4
5 3/4
8 3/4
2 1/2 S160
14 3/4
3 1/2
3 3/4
1 19/32
1 1/4
3/8
29 1/4
27600
2 1/4
2 1/2
6 3/4
9 3/4
3 XXS
15 3/4
4 1/2
3 3/4
1 25/32
1 1/2
5/8
32 1/4
40850
2 1/2
8 1/16
11 9/16
3 S160
16 1/2
2 7/32
1 3/4
7/16
36 1/8
3 1/2
46200
8 5/16
11 15/16
4 XXS
18
2 7/32
1 3/4
21/32
38 1/8
3 1/2
64400
3 1/2
3 1/4
8 9/16
12 1/16
4 S120
19 3/4
5 3/4
2 13/32
7/16
40 3/8
3 1/2
10
95950
4 3/4
4 3/4
10 1/2
14
5 XS
23 3/4
7 1/2
10
10
3 7/16
2 3/4
3/8
48 1/4
3 1/2
11
138700
5 3/4
6 5/16
6 XS
26 3/4
9 1/2
13
13
4 5/16
3 3/4
7/16
58 1/4
3 1/2
14 1/16 17 7/16
"A"
TO BOLT
DIA. (IN)
650F
750F
(IN)
1080
1 5/16
1/2
1200
1080
1 7/16
3/4
1200
1200
1080
1 9/16
1
1200
1080
1 3/4
1 1/4
1 1/2
1900
1720
2
2
1900
1720
2 5/16
2 1/2
1900
1720
2 1/2
3
1900
1720
3 1/16
3 1/2
1900
1720
3 3/8
4
3000
2700
3 3/4
5
3000
2700
4 3/16
6
3500
3150
5 3/16
8
4800
4300
6 3/8
10
5400
4900
7 3/8
12
5400
4900
8 3/8
14
5400
4900
9 1/2
16
5400
4900
10 1/2
18
6500
5900
11 1/2
20
6500
5900
12 3/8
24
6500
5900
15
26
6500
5900
16 1/4
28
6500
5900
18
30
9600
8750
19
32
10500
9500
21 1/8
34
11600
10500
22
36
12400
11300
23
42
12400
11300
29
"B"
"D"
"E"
CTRLINE
"C" GAP (IN)
TO END
TOP BOLT
TOP END
(IN)
(IN)
(IN)
1 13/16
2 9/16
3 1/16
1
1 15/16
2 9/16
3 1/16
1
2 1/16
3 1/4
1
2 11/16
2 5/16
2 3/4
3 3/8
1
2 7/16
1 1/8
4 9/16
5 1/8
2 15/16
1 1/8
5 7/16
6 1/4
3 3/16
1 1/8
5 11/16
6 3/8
3 3/4
1 1/8
6 3/16
6 15/16
4 3/16
1 1/8
6 9/16
7 3/8
4 5/8
1 3/4
7 1/8
7 7/8
5 3/16
2
7 5/8
8 3/8
6 3/8
2
8 3/4
9 7/8
7 1/2
2
9 7/8
11
8 5/8
2
11 1/8
12 3/8
9 5/8
2
12 1/8
13 3/8
11
2 1/4
13 1/8
14 5/8
12
2 1/4
14 1/8
15 5/8
13
2 1/4
15 1/8
16 5/8
14 3/8
2 1/4
16 1/2
18
16 5/8
2 1/4
18 5/8
20 1/4
18 1/2
2 1/2
20 1/2
22 7/8
20 1/2
2 1/2
22 1/4
24 7/8
21 3/4
2 3/4
24
26 7/8
23 1/8
2 3/4
25 1/2
28 5/8
25 1/2
3 1/4
28 1/4
31 7/8
26 1/2
3 1/4
29 1/4
32 7/8
32 3/4
3 1/4
35 3/8
39 3/8
F (IN)
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
11/16
11/16
11/16
11/16
11/16
3/4
3/4
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 3/4
1 3/4
1 3/4
1 3/4
1 3/4
"G" Th "G" W
(IN)
(IN)
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
7/8
7/8
7/8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
3
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
3
3
1/2
1/2
4
4
4
5
6
6
6
6
WT EA
1.71
1.76
1.86
1.97
6.76
7.43
7.65
8.18
8.58
8.62
9.24
14.94
22.76
35.28
38.38
59.96
63.94
77.99
83.76
119.27
130.01
140.17
210.00
261.13
283.53
294.57
349.34
Page 150
APPLICATION: Fig. 727 Intermediate 3-Bolt Pipe Clamps are recommended for the support of hot piping with insulation. Fig. 727 Intermediate 3-Bolt Pipe Clamps have been designed to carry loads that
are larger in magnitude than can be carried by the Fig. 724 Standard
3-Bolt Pipe Clamp. The 3 bolt design enables the attachment to the
pipe clamp outside of the insulation. For high temperature piping with
thick insulation and a loading larger than this clamp will carry, a Fig.
730 or 733 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp may be used. If the temperature dictates, a Fig. 736, 739, 742 or 745 Alloy 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp may be
used. The selection of the proper 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp depends upon
the temperature of the piping system and load to be carried. Alloy
pipe clamps and stainless steel pipe clamps are also available. The
loads shown on the data chart are listed for 750F and 650F service.
CONSTRUCTION: Fig. 727 Standard 3-Bolt Pipe Clamps are made
and nuts.
Painted.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 727, 8, Intermediate 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp, HDG.
"B"
"D"
"E"
CTRLINE
"C" GAP (IN)
TO END
TOP BOLT
TOP END
(IN)
(IN)
(IN)
1 5/8
5/8
2 3/8
2 7/8
1 3/4
5/8
2 3/8
2 7/8
1 7/8
5/8
2 1/2
3
2 1/8
5/8
2 9/16
3 1/8
2 1/4
1 1/16
4 3/8
4 7/8
2 3/4
1 1/16
5 1/4
5 7/8
2 15/16
1 1/16
5 1/2
6 1/8
3 1/2
1 1/16
6
6 11/16
3 15/16
1 1/16
6 3/8
7 1/8
4 3/8
1 1/16
6 7/8
7 5/8
4 15/16
1 1/16
7 3/8
8 1/8
6 1/8
1 7/16
8 1/2
9 5/8
7 1/8
1 7/16
9 1/2
10 5/8
8 1/4
1 7/16
10 3/4
12
9 1/4
1 7/16
11 3/4
13
10 5/8
2
12 3/4
14 1/4
11 5/8
2
13 3/4
15 1/4
12 5/8
2
14 3/4
16 1/4
14
2
16 1/8
17 5/8
16 1/8
2
18 1/8
19 5/8
18
2 1/4
20
22 1/4
20
2 1/4
21 3/4
24 1/4
21 1/4
2 1/2
23 1/2
26 1/4
22 5/8
2 1/2
25
28
25
3
27 3/4
31 1/4
26
3
28 3/4
32 1/4
Page 73
STRUTS
FIG. 727
INTERMEDIATE 3-BOLT PIPE CLAMP
"A"
TO BOLT
DIA. (IN)
650F
750F
(IN)
1/2
950
850
1 1/8
3/4
950
850
1 1/4
1
950
850
1 3/8
1 1/4
950
850
1 9/16
1 1/2
1540
1380
1 13/16
2
1540
1380
2 1/8
2 1/2
1540
1380
2 5/16
3
1540
1380
2 7/8
3 1/2
1540
1380
3 3/16
4
2500
2230
3 1/2
5
2500
2230
3 15/16
6
2860
2550
5
8
2860
2550
6
10
3240
2880
7
12
3240
2880
8
14
4300
3830
9 1/8
16
4300
3830
10 1/8
18
4300
3830
11 1/8
20
5480
4900
12 3/8
24
4500
4010
14 1/2
26
4250
3800
15 3/4
28
5800
5100
17 1/2
30
7400
6600
18 1/2
32
8200
7300
19 5/8
34
9800
8700
21 1/2
36
10400
9300
22 1/2
F (IN)
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
3/4
3/4
3/4
7/8
7/8
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 3/4
1 3/4
"G" Th "G" W
(IN)
(IN)
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
5/16
5/16
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
5/8
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
2
2
2
2
1/2
1/2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
6
5
5
WT EA
0.77
0.80
0.84
0.91
2.54
2.87
2.98
3.24
4.42
7.24
7.86
11.33
12.66
23.25
25.46
44.08
47.40
50.72
72.16
80.28
87.34
119.20
154.96
192.86
238.37
247.58
APPLICATION: Welded Sway Strut Assemblies are used in power plant and process plants of all types to restrain movement of piping in one direction while
allowing for movement lateral to the axis of the sway strut. A Welded Sway Strut allows for adjustment of the length in the field at the time of installation.
See the installation instructions below for assistance in determining the required sway strut fit-up length.
APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS: Welded Sway Struts are manufactured in accordance with the requirements of the U.S. Government and the
power and process industries. These include the Federal Specification WW-H-171E, Manufacturers Standardization Society MSS-SP-58, ASME B31.1,
B31.3 and B31.5 piping codes.
FEATURES:
Handles both compressive and tensile loads
Requires minimal maintenance
Provides up to 3 1/2 field adjustment (plus or minus) at time of installation
Provides for + or 5 combined angular rotation and misalignment
Field adjustment accomplished by extending the rod connected to the paddle on one end of the strut until the unit is rigid and welding the rod to the extension piece
SELECTING THE CORRECT SIZE SWAY STRUT
1. Given the tension load, go to the dimensional table on the regular assembly data sheet. Select the sway strut that has a tension load rating equal to or
slightly larger than the design tension load.
2. Given the compression load, go to the maximum rated compression loads table on the regular assembly data sheet. Select the sway strut that has a compression load rating equal to or slightly larger than the design compression load.
3. Determine the required C C dimension. If the unit being specified is option 1, subtract the A dimension from the total length to determine the C C
length. If the unit being specified is option 2, subtract two times the A dimension from the total length to determine the C C length. If the unit being specified is option 3, subtract the A dimension for the rear bracket and the K dimension for the clamp from the total length to determine the C C length.
4. Given the desired C C dimension, determine whether the short welded assembly or the regular length assembly is required. Note that if a short welded
sway strut is selected, the C C dimension must be equal to or greater than the minimum C C and less than or equal to the maximum C C. If a regular
welded sway strut is selected, the C C dimension must be equal to or greater than the minimum C C and less than or equal to the length of the smallest
maximum rated compression load shown in the charts.
CONSTRUCTION: A-36 Carbon Steel, Special materials available on request.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Carbon Steel - Black, Painted or Hot Dip Galvanized. Stainless Steel Plain (Special).
ORDERING: Specify figure number (Fig. 300), name (Welded Sway Strut Assembly), sway strut size (0 through 11), C-C dimension, design tension load,
design compression load, option number (1, 2 or 3), pipe diameter, if applicable, material, if other than carbon steel, and finish.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 300 Welded Sway Strut Assembly, Size 3, C-C = 8-0, Tension Load = 10,000 lbs., Compression Load = 7,500 lbs., Option #3, 10 Pipe
Dia., HDG.
INSTALLATION:
1. Weld rear bracket to the structure,
2. Install strut clamp around pipe for option 3 or weld rear bracket to other member for option 2,
3. Insert loose rod end into the extension piece,
4. Attach one rod end to the rear bracket and the other to the strut clamp,
MAXIMUM RATED COMPRESSION LOAD (KIPS)*
SWAY
STRUT
SIZE
C-C
@MIN
LENGTH
2'-0"
2"-6"
3'-0"
3'-6"
0.738
0.738
0.738
0.738
0.604
1/2
1.434
1.434
1.434
1.434
5.95
5.95
5.95
5.95
9.75
9.75
9.75
11.9
11.9
11.9
19.35
22.8
4'-0"
4'-6"
5'-0"
5'-6"
6'-0"
7'-0"
1.434
1.434
1.434
1.434
1.361
5.95
5.95
5.57
5.19
9.75
9.75
9.75
9.75
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
19.35
19.35
19.35
19.35
22.8
22.8
22.8
22.8
8'-0"
9'-0"
4.424
3.658
2.708
9.75
8.77
7.791
11.9
11.9
11.9
19.35
19.35
19.35
22.8
22.8
22.8
10'-0"
11'-0"
5.783
4.45
3.71
10.69
8.21
19.35
19.35
22.8
22.8
12'-0"
13'-0"
6.5
5.25
4.32
15.56
12.41
10.06
8.26
6.91
5.86
22.8
18.24
14.59
11.84
9.745
8.145
14'-0"
6.845

SWAY
STRUT
SIZE
C-C
@MIN
LENGTH
9'-0"
10'-0"
11'-0"
12'-0"
13'-0"
14'-0"
15'-0"
16'-0"
17'-0"
18'-0"
19'-0"
20'-0"
21-0"
22'-0"
23'-0"
24'-0"
25'-0"
27.6
27.6
26.77
22.27
18.72
15.92
13.67
11.87
11.87
40.85
36.49
30.49
25.59
20.99
17.59
14.89
12.69
10.89
9.391
46.2
46.2
46.2
46.2
46.2
46.2
43.45
37.85
34.6
30.05
26.25
23.05
20.3
17.95
64.4
64.4
61.52
54.92
48.32
42.12
36.52
31.42
34.6
23.62
20.62
18.12
16.02
14.02
12.62
10
95.95
85.28
80.98
76.28
70.88
65.28
59.38
53.68
34.6
43.08
38.38
33.88
30.28
26.88
23.88
21.58
19.28 17.38
11
138.7
124.4
120
115.2
109.8
104
98.03
91.43
34.6
77.83
71.23
64.83
59.03
53.43
48.43
43.63
39.23 35.23
Page 74
STRUTS
Page 149

FIG. 724
STANDARD 3-BOLT PIPE CLAMP
FIG. 301 SHORT WELDED SWAY STRUT ASSEMBLY
APPLICATION: Fig. 724 Standard 3-Bolt Pipe Clamps are recommended for the support of hot piping with insulation. Fig. 724 Standard 3-Bolt Pipe Clamps have been designed to carry loads that are
not large in magnitude. The 3 bolt design enables the attachment to
the pipe clamp outside of the insulation. For high temperature piping
with thick insulation and a loading larger than this clamp will carry, a
Fig. 727, 730 or 733 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp may be used. If the temperature dictates, a Fig. 736, 739, 742 or 745 Alloy 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp
may be used. The selection of the proper 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp depends
Alloy pipe clamps and stainless steel pipe clamps are also available.
The loads shown on the data chart are listed for 750F and 650F
service.
and nuts.
Painted.
"A"
TO BOLT
DIA. (IN)
650F
750F
(IN)

DIMENSIONAL DATA
SWAY
STRUT
SIZE
MAX.
RATED
TENSION
LOAD
DIA. (IN)
(LBS)
ROD END
PADDLE
RADIUS
MAX. R
(IN)
FL (IN)
EXTENSION PIECE
FR (IN)
PIPE DIA.
(IN)
LENGTH MIN.
L (IN)
REAR BRACKET
MIN
MAX
TAKE
OUT A
(IN)
H
(IN)
W
(IN)
GAP
(G)
NOM. PIN/
STUD
DIA.
T (IN)
WELD
SIZE X
(IN)
C-C
LENGTH (IN)
MIN
MAX
"B"
"D"
"E"
CTRLINE
"G" Th "G" W
"C" GAP (IN)
F (IN)
TO END
TOP BOLT
TOP END
(IN)
(IN)
(IN)
(IN)
(IN)
WT EA
1/2
300
270
1 1/8
1 3/4
5/8
4 1/8
4 3/4
3/8
1/8
0.73
3/4
300
270
1 1/4
1 7/8
5/8
4 1/4
4 7/8
3/8
1/8
0.76
300
270
1 3/8
5/8
4 3/8
3/8
1/8
0.78
1 1/4
300
270
1 9/16
2 1/8
5/8
4 1/2
5 1/8
3/8
1/8
0.82
1 1/2
620
550
1 5/8
2 1/4
5/8
4 5/8
5 1/4
1/2
3/16
1 1/4
1.68
620
550
2 1/8
2 3/4
5/8
5 1/8
5 3/4
1/2
3/16
1 1/4
1.85
2 1/2
620
550
2 5/8
3 1/4
5/8
5 5/8
6 1/4
1/2
3/16
1 1/4
2.01
620
550
2 7/8
3 1/2
5/8
5 7/8
6 1/2
1/2
3/16
1 1/4
2.13
3 1/2
620
550
3 3/16
3 13/16
3/4
6 1/8
6 13/16
1/2
3/16
1 1/4
2.28
738
1/2
3/4
1 7/8
3 3/8
1/2 XS
3 1/2
10 5/8
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
9/16
3/8
1/8
8 3/4
15 7/8
850
750
3 5/8
4 3/8
3/4
6 5/8
5 1/8
5/8
1/4
1 1/4
3.19
1/2
1434
3/4
2 1/4
3 3/4
1 S160
3 1/2
10 7/8
1 3/4
1 1/2
1 1/4
21/32
1/2
1/4
9 1/2
16 7/8
850
750
4 3/16
4 15/16
7/8
7 1/8
5 5/8
5/8
1/4
1 1/4
3.53
5950
1 3/8
2 5/8
4 1/8
1 1/4 S160
3 1/2
11 3/8
2 1/4
1 1/2
25/32
5/8
1/4
10 1/4
181/8
1900
1675
5 7/8
8 7/8
3/4
5/16
8.70
1900
1675
6 1/8
9 1/8
10
3/4
5/16
9.89
10
2400
2100
7 7/16
8 1/2
1 1/8
10 3/8
11 3/8
7/8
3/8
2 1/2
16.79
12
2400
2100
8 7/16
9 1/2
1 1/8
11 3/8
12 3/8
7/8
3/8
2 1/2
18.44
14
2400
2100
9 1/8
10 1/4
1 1/8
12
13
7/8
3/8
2 1/2
19.50
9750
1 1/4
1 1/2
2 13/16
4 5/16 1 1/2 S160
3 1/2
12 1/8
2 1/2
2 1/4
29/32
3/4
9/32
10 5/8
19 1/4
11900
1 1/2
1 1/2
2 15/16
4 7/16
3 1/2
13 7/8
2 3/4
2 5/8
2 1/4
1 1/32
7/16
10 7/8
21 1/4
19350
1 3/4
2 1/4
5 15/16
22800
2 1/4
5 3/4
7 1/4
27600
2 1/4
2 1/2
6 3/4
8 1/4
40850
46200
64400
10
95950
11
138700
2 1/2
2 XXS
7 7/16 2 1/2 XXS
8 1/16
9 9/16
8 5/16
3 1/2
3 1/4
8 9/16
4 3/4
4 3/4
10 1/2
12
5 3/4
6 5/16
3 1/2
14 5/8
3 1/2
3 3/4
1 19/32
1 1/4
9/16
16 7/8
28
2 1/2 S160
3 1/2
16 1/8
3 1/2
3 3/4
1 19/32
1 1/4
3/8
16 1/2
29 1/8
16
2400
2100
10 1/8
11 1/4
1 1/8
13
14
7/8
3/8
2 1/2
21.16
3 XXS
3 1/2
17 1/8
4 1/2
3 3/4
1 25/32
1 1/2
5/8
18 1/2
32 1/8
18
3000
2650
11 3/8
12 5/8
1 1/4
14 1/4
15 3/8
1/2
36.81
36
20
3000
2650
12 3/8
14
1 3/8
16 1/4
17 5/8
1 1/8
1/2
42.97
3 S160
3 1/2
18 3/8
9 13/16
4 XXS
3 1/2
10 1/16
4 S120
3 1/2
5 XS
6 XS
14 1/16 15 9/16
2 7/32
1 3/4
7/16
21 1/8
19 7/8
21 5/8
5 3/4
2 7/32
1 3/4
21/32
21 5/8
38
24
3000
2650
14 1/2
16 1/8
1 1/2
18 1/4
19 3/4
1 1/4
1/2
50.34
2 13/32
7/16
22 1/8
40 1/4
26
3450
3000
15 3/4
17 3/8
1 1/2
19 1/2
21
1 1/4
1/2
3 1/2
25 3/4
7 1/2
68.36
10
10
3 7/16
2 3/4
3/8
26
48 1/4
28
3450
3000
16 3/4
18 1/2
1 1/2
20 1/2
22
1 1/4
1/2
3 1/2
28 3/4
9 1/2
72.04
13
13
4 5/16
3 3/4
7/16
33 1/8
58 3/8
30
3450
3000
17 3/4
19 3/4
1 1/2
21 1/2
23
1 1/4
1/2
76.00
Page 148
APPLICATION: Fig. 721 Extra Heavy 2-Bolt Pipe Clamps are recommended for the support of hot or cold piping where little or no insulation is required on the piping and the loads to be carried are larger in
magnitude than can be safely carried by Fig. 712 Standard 2-Bolt
Pipe Clamps, Fig. 715 Intermediate 2-Bolt Pipe Clamps or Fig. 718
Heavy 2 Bolt Pipe Clamps. For insulated low temperature piping,
AAA Technologys TRI*FOAM rigid urethane saddles may be used
with a Fig. 728 Extra Heavy 2-Bolt Pipe Clamp should the loads be
large enough to require it rather than a Fig. 712, a Fig. 715 or a Fig.
718. For high temperature piping with thick insulation, a Fig. 724,
727, 730 or 733 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp may be used. If the temperature
dictates, a Fig. 736, 739, 742 or 745 Alloy 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp may be
used. The selection of the proper Double Bolt Pipe Clamp depends
CONSTRUCTION: Fig. 721 Extra Heavy 2-Bolt Pipe Clamps are
made from carbon steel plate or bar stock and are provided with two
bolts and nuts.
Painted.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 721, 12, Extra Heavy 2-Bolt Pipe Clamp, HDG.
MAX LOAD
650F
MAX LOAD
750F
Page 75
STRUTS
FIG. 721
EXTRA HEAVY 2-BOLT PIPE CLAMP
NOM. PIPE
DIA. (IN)
"A" CTRLINE "B" CTRLINE

TO BOLT (IN) TO END (IN)
"C" GAP (IN)
F (IN)
"G" Th
(IN)
"G" W
(IN)
WT EA
2000
1750
1 3/4
2 5/8
3/4
5/8
5/16
3.1
1 1/4
2000
1750
1 15/16
2 13/16
3/4
5/8
5/16
3.3
1 1/2
2000
1750
2 7/16
3 5/16
3/4
5/8
5/16
3.7
2750
2420
3 7/8
3/4
3/4
3/8
5.8
2 1/2
2750
2420
3 1/4
4 3/16
13/16
3/4
3/8
6.1
APPLICATION: Welded Sway Strut Assemblies are used in power plant and process plants of all types to restrain movement of piping in one direction while
allowing for movement lateral to the axis of the sway strut. A Welded Sway Strut allows for adjustment of the length in the field at the time of installation.
APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS: Welded Sway Struts are manufactured in accordance with the requirements of the U.S. Government and the
FEATURES:
Field adjustment accomplished by extending the rod connected to the paddle on one end of the strut until the unit is rigid and welding the rod to the extension piece
1. Given the tension load, go to the dimensional table on the regular assembly data sheet. Select the sway strut that has a tension load rating equal to or
slightly larger than the design tension load.
2. Given the compression load, go to the maximum rated compression loads table on the regular assembly data sheet. Select the sway strut that has a compression load rating equal to or slightly larger than the design compression load.
4. Given the desired C C dimension, determine whether the short welded assembly or the regular length assembly is required. Note that if a short welded
sway strut is selected, the C C dimension must be equal to or greater than the minimum C C and less than or equal to the maximum C C. If a regular
welded sway strut is selected, the C C dimension must be equal to or greater than the minimum C C and less than or equal to the length of the smallest
maximum rated compression load shown in the charts.
ORDERING: Specify figure number (Fig. 301), name (Short Welded Sway Strut Assembly), sway strut size (0 through 11), C-C dimension, design tension
load, design compression load, option number (1, 2 or 3), pipe diameter, if applicable, material, if other than carbon steel, and finish.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 301 Short Welded Sway Strut Assembly, Size 3, C-C = 8-0, Tension Load = 10,000 lbs., Compression Load = 7,500 lbs., Option #3, 10
Pipe Dia., HDG.
INSTALLATION:
3. Insert loose rod end into the extension piece,
4. Attach one rod end to the rear bracket and the other to the strut clamp,
5. Align the strut so that the components between the pinned connections form a straight line and weld the loose rod end to the extension piece.
SWAY
STRUT
SIZE
C-C
@MIN
LENGTH
2'-0"
2"-6"
3'-0"
3'-6"
0.738
0.738
0.738
0.738
0.604
1/2
1.434
1.434
1.434
1.434
5.95
5.95
5.95
5.95
9.75
9.75
9.75
9.75
11.9
4'-0"
4'-6"
5'-0"
5'-6"
6'-0"
7'-0"
1.434
1.434
1.434
1.434
1.361
5.95
5.95
5.57
5.19
9.75
9.75
9.75
9.75
4.424
3.658
2.708
8.77
7.791
5.783
8'-0"
9'-0"
4.45
3.71
10'-0"
11'-0" 12'-0" 13'-0"
14'-0"
2750
2420
3 11/16
4 5/8
13/16
3/4
3/8
6.6
3 1/2
2750
2420
3 7/8
4 7/8
13/16
3/4
3/8
6.95
3500
3100
4 3/8
5 7/16
7/8
3/8
8.35
3500
3100
6 1/8
7/8
3/8
9.2
4850
4300
6 1/8
7 3/8
1 1/8
1/2
2 1/2
17
4850
4300
7 1/8
8 1/4
1 1/8
1/2
2 1/2
19.05
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
10.69
8.21
6.5
5.25
4.32
31.4
19.35
19.35
19.35
19.35
19.35
19.35
19.35
19.35
19.35
19.35
15.56
12.41
10.06
8.26
22.8
22.8
22.8
22.8
22.8
22.8
22.8
22.8
22.8
22.8
22.8
18.24
14.59
11.84 9.745 8.145 6.845
10
6000
5300
8 3/4
10 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
5/8
12
8700
14
9100
2 1/2
7650
9 7/8
11 5/8
1 1/4
1 1/2
3/4
55.7
8000
10 3/4
12 1/2
1 3/8
1 1/2
3/4
3 1/2
65.45
16
9100
8000
12
13 3/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
3/4
3 1/2
70.7
18
13800
12100
13 1/4
15 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
3/4
123.2
20
15200
13400
14 3/4
16 3/4
1 3/4
159.7
22
15200
13400
16
18
1 3/4
187.6
24
16200
14250
17 1/8
19 1/4
1 3/4
209
26
16200
14250
18 1/8
20 1/4
1 7/8
280.3
28
16200
14250
19 1/8
21 1/4
1 7/8
294.5
30
20500
18000
20 1/4
22 1/2
2 1/8
2 1/4
1 1/4
32
20500
18000
21 1/2
23 7/8
2 1/8
2 1/4
1 1/4
34
20500
18000
22 1/2
24 7/8
2 1/8
2 1/4
36
32300
28300
23 3/4
26
2 1/4
42
32300
28300
27 1/4
29 3/4
2 1/4
6.91
5.86

SWAY
STRUT
SIZE
C-C
@MIN
LENGTH
9'-0"
10'-0"
11'-0"
12'-0"
13'-0"
14'-0"
15'-0"
16'-0"
17'-0"
18'-0"
19'-0"
20'-0"
21-0"
22'-0"
23'-0"
24'-0"
25'-0"
27.6
27.6
26.77
22.27
18.72
15.92
13.67
11.87
11.87
40.85
36.49
30.49
25.59
20.99
17.59
14.89
12.69
10.89
9.391
350.25
46.2
46.2
46.2
46.2
46.2
46.2
43.45
37.85
34.6
30.05
26.25
23.05
20.3
17.95
415.15
64.4
64.4
61.52
54.92
48.32
42.12
36.52
31.42
34.6
23.62
20.62
18.12
16.02
14.02
12.62
1 1/4
432.85
10
95.95
85.28
80.98
76.28
70.88
65.28
59.38
53.68
34.6
43.08
38.38
33.88
30.28
26.88
23.88
21.58
19.28
17.38
1 1/2
587.05
11
138.7
124.4
120
115.2
109.8
104
98.03
91.43
34.6
77.83
71.23
64.83
59.03
53.43
48.43
43.63
39.23
35.23
1 1/2
731.5
Page 76
Page 147
STRUTS
FIG. 305 THREADED SWAY STRUT ASSEMBLY
FIG. 718
HEAVY 2-BOLT PIPE CLAMP
APPLICATION: Fig. 718 Heavy 2-Bolt Pipe Clamps are recommended for the support of hot or cold piping where little or no insulation is
required on the piping and the loads to be carried are larger in magnitude than can be safely carried by Fig. 712 Standard 2-Bolt Pipe
Clamps or Fig. 715 Intermediate 2-Bolt Pipe Clamps. For insulated
low temperature piping, AAA Technologys TRI*FOAM rigid urethane saddles may be used with a Fig. 718 Heavy 2-Bolt Pipe Clamp
should the loads be large enough to require it rather than a Fig. 712
or a Fig. 715. For high temperature piping with thick insulation, a Fig.
724, 727, 730 or 733 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp may be used. If the temperature dictates, a Fig. 736, 739, 742 or 745 Alloy 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp
may be used. The selection of the proper Double Bolt Pipe Clamp
depends upon the temperature of the piping system and load to be
carried.
CONSTRUCTION: Fig. 718 Heavy 2-Bolt Pipe Clamps are made
from carbon steel plate or bar stock and are provided with two bolts
and nuts.
Painted.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 718, 10, Heavy 2-Bolt Pipe Clamp, HDG.

DIMENSIONAL DATA - FIG. 305 THREADED SWAY STRUT ASSEMBLY
ROD END
EXTENSION PIECE
SWAY
STRUT SIZE
MAX. RATED
TENSION
LOAD
(LBS)
ROD END
DIA. (IN)
PADDLE
RADIUS
MAX. (IN)
F (IN)
PIPE DIA. (IN)
738
1/2
3/4
3 3/4
1/2 STD
8 3/4
1/2
1434
3/4
4 1/8
3/4 STD
5950
1 3/8
4 3/4
9750
1 1/4
1 1/2
11900
1 1/2
19350
REAR BRACKET
NOM. PIPE
DIA. (IN)
MAX LOAD
650F
MAX LOAD
750F

1200
1050
1 7/16
1 1/4
1200
1050
1 1/2
1200
1050
1900
2 1/2
"G" Thk. "G" Width WT. EA.

(IN)
(IN)
(LBS)
"C" GAP (IN)
F (IN)
2 5/16
3/4
1/2
1/4
1 1/2
1.62
1 5/8
2 1/2
3/4
1/2
1/4
1 1/2
1.75
2 1/8
3/4
1/2
1/4
1 1/2
1.99
1700
2 5/8
3 1/2
3/4
1/2
5/16
3.4
1900
1700
2 13/16
3 11/16
13/16
5/8
5/16
4.13
1900
1700
3 1/4
4 1/8
13/16
5/8
5/16
4.58
3 1/2
1900
1700
3 7/16
4 5/16
13/16
5/8
5/16
4.8
1900
1700
3 13/16
4 11/16
7/8
3/4
5/16
2 1/2
7.1
1900
1700
4 3/8
5 5/16
7/8
3/4
5/16
2 1/2
7.93
3500
3100
5 5/16
6 3/8
7/8
1/2
12.12
3500
3100
6 3/8
7 5/8
7/8
1/2
14.17
7 7/8
9 3/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
5/8
23.75
NOM. PIN/
STUD DIA.
(IN)
C - C MIN.
[See # 1] (IN)
10
4900
4300
9/16
3/8
16 1/4
12
4900
4300
10 3/4
1 1/8
1 1/8
5/8
26.49
1 1/4
21/32
1/2
17 1/2
14
6500
5700
9 3/4
11 5/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
3/4
3 1/2
51.87
1 1/2
25/32
5/8
18 3/4
16
6500
5700
10 7/8
12 3/4
1 3/8
3/4
3 1/2
56.72
2 1/2
2 1/4
29/32
3/4
20 1/2
1 1/8
2 3/4
2 5/8
2 1/4
1 1/32
22 3/4
6500
5700
11 7/8
13 3/4
1 3/8
1 1/4
3/4
3 1/2
64.01
10 1/2
18
2 1/2 XS
11 1/8
3 1/2
3 3/4
1 19/32
1 1/4
27 1/2
20
6500
5700
13 1/4
15 3/8
1 1/2
1 3/8
3/4
3 1/2
78.94
8 1/2
2 1/2 XS
11 1/2
3 1/2
3 3/4
1 19/32
1 1/4
28 1/2
24
10000
8900
15 3/8
17
1 1/2
1 1/2
7/8
133.79
2 1/2
9 1/8
3 XS
13
4 1/2
3 3/4
1 25/32
1 1/2
31 1/4
26
10000
8900
16 3/8
18 3/8
1 3/4
1 5/8
7/8
148.02
10 3/4
3 1/2XS
13 1/2
2 7/32
1 3/4
35
28
10000
8900
17 3/8
19 3/8
1 3/4
1 5/8
7/8
155.77
30
11600
10300
18 3/8
20 1/2
1 3/4
185.02
LENGTH W TAKE OUT A

MIN. (IN)
(IN)
D (IN)
Q (IN)
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
9 1/4
1 3/4
1 1/2
1 1/4 XS
9 1/4
2 1/4
5 7/16
1 1/2 XS
9 5/8
1 1/2
6 1/8
2 XS
1 3/4
2 1/4
8 3/16
22800
2 1/4
27600
2 1/4
40850
2 1/2
GAP (S)
46200
11
4 XS
14 1/2
2 7/32
1 3/4
36 1/2
64400
3 1/2
3 1/4
11 7/8
5 XS
15 3/4
5 3/4
2 13/32
39 1/2
32
11600
10300
19 1/2
21 5/8
1 3/4
194.59
10
95950
4 3/4
4 3/4
14 1/8
6 XS
18 1/2
7 1/2
10
10
3 7/16
2 3/4
46 3/4
34
11600
10300
20 1/2
22 5/8
1 3/4
203.44
11
145400
5 3/4
6 5/16
19 1/4
8 XS
20 1/2
9 1/2
13
13
4 5/16
3 3/4
59
36
11600
10300
21 5/8
23 3/4
2 1/8
1 3/4
213.71
42
11600
10300
25 1/4
26 3/4
2 1/8
1 3/4
283.01
#1 Shorter C-C dimension available with reduced adjustment.
Page 146
APPLICATION: Fig. 715 Intermediate 2-Bolt Pipe Clamps are recommended for the support of hot or cold piping where little or no insulation is required on the piping and the loads to be carried are larger in
magnitude than can be safely carried by Fig. 712 Standard 2-Bolt
Pipe Clamps. For insulated low temperature piping, AAA Technologys TRI*FOAM rigid urethane saddles may be used with a Fig. 715
Intermediate 2-Bolt Pipe Clamp should the loads be large enough to
require it rather than a Fig. 712. For high temperature piping with
thick insulation, a Fig. 724, 727, 730 or 733 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp may
be used. If the temperature dictates, a Fig. 736, 739, 742 or 745
Alloy 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp may be used. The selection of the proper 3Bolt Pipe Clamp depends upon the temperature of the piping system
and load to be carried. Alloy pipe clamps and stainless steel pipe
clamps are also available.
CONSTRUCTION: Fig. 715 Intermediate 2-Bolt Pipe Clamps are
made from carbon steel plate or bar stock and are provided with two
bolts and nuts.
Painted.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 715, 10, Intermediate 2-Bolt Pipe Clamp, HDG.
MAX LOAD
650F
MAX LOAD
750F
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
42
850
850
850
850
1000
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
2500
2500
3500
3500
4600
4600
4600
4600
4900
4900
4900
4900
7000
7000
7000
7000
755
755
755
755
890
1330
1330
1330
1330
1330
1330
2225
2225
3125
3125
4100
4100
4100
4100
4350
4350
4350
4350
6250
6250
6250
6250

1 1/4
1 5/16
1 3/8
1 7/16
1 3/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3 1/8
3 3/8
3 3/4
4 5/16
5 1/8
6 1/4
7 3/4
8 3/4
9 1/2
10 5/8
11 3/4
12 7/8
15 1/4
16 1/4
17 1/4
18 1/4
19 1/4
20 1/4
21 1/2
25 3/4
Page 77
STRUTS
FIG. 715
INTERMEDIATE 2-BOLT PIPE CLAMP
NOM. PIPE
DIA. (IN)
1
1
1
2
2
7/8
7/8
7/8
1/4
1/2
3
3 1/2
3 3/4
4
4 3/4
5 1/8
6 1/4
7 1/4
8 3/4
10
10 3/4
12 1/8
13 5/16
14 1/4
17
18 1/2
19 1/2
20 1/2
22
23
24 1/4
28 3/4
"C" GAP (IN)
F (IN)
"G" Th
(IN)
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
7/8
7/8
1
1
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 3/4
1 3/4
2
2
2
2 1/8
2 1/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
4/9
4/7
4/7
4/7
2/3
2/3
7/8
7/8
1
1
1
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4
1 3/4
1 3/4
1 3/4
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
7/16
7/16
9/16
9/16
5/8
5/8
11/16
11/16
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
"G" W
(IN)
1
1
1
1
1
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
WT EA
0.87
0.89
0.91
1.05
1.17
2.53
3.36
3.61
3.82
6.71
7.1
11.78
13.55
20.64
23.21
35.21
39.22
82.85
91.43
77.14
103.73
109.03
119.16
173.82
181.57
191.3
261.9
APPLICATION: Threaded Sway Strut Assemblies are used in power plants and process plants of all types to restrain movement of piping in one direction
while allowing for movement lateral to the axis of the sway strut. A Threaded Sway Strut allows for adjustment of the length in the field at the time of installation. See the installation instructions below for assistance in determining the required sway strut fit-up length.
APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS: Threaded Sway Struts are manufactured in accordance with the requirements of the U.S. Government and the
FEATURES:
Field adjustment accomplished by rotating the extension piece in one direction to shorten the assembly and in the other direction to lengthen the assembly.
Once the desired length is achieved, the lock nut is to be locked to eliminate further length changes resulting from vibration, etc.
1. Given the tension load, go to the dimensional table on the threaded sway strut assembly data sheet. Select the sway strut that has a tension load rating
equal to or slightly larger than the design tension load.
2. Given the compression load, go to the maximum rated compression loads table on the threaded sway strut assembly data sheet. Select the sway strut
that has a compression load rating equal to or slightly larger than the design compression load.
4. Given the desired C C dimension, verify that the C C dimension for the selected sway strut is equal to or greater than the minimum C C and less than
or equal to the length of the smallest maximum rated compression load shown ni the charts.
ORDERING: Specify figure number (Fig. 305), name (Threaded Sway Strut Assembly), sway strut size (0 thru 11), C-C dimension, design tension load,
design compression load, option number (1, 2 or 3), pipe diameter, if applicable, material, if other than carbon steel, and finish.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 305 Threaded Sway Strut Assembly, Size 2, C-C = 5-0, Tension Load = 9,000 lbs., Compression Load = 7,500 lbs., Option #3, 6 Pipe
Dia., HDG.
INSTALLATION:
3. Insert rod ends into the extension piece and turn the rod ends equally until the C C dimension equals the distance between the pin connections in the
rear bracket(s) and/or the strut clamp,
4. Attach one rod end to the rear bracket and the other to the strut clamp or rear bracket, as applicable,
5. Align the strut so that the components between the pinned connections form a straight line and are tight. To achieve the tightened condition, rotate the
extension piece until the strut components are snug.
MAXIMUM RATED COMPRESSION LOAD (KIPS)
SWAY
STRUT
SIZE
C-C
@MIN
LENGTH
2'-0"
2'-6"
3'-0"
3'-6"
4'-0"
4'-6"
1.033
5'-0'
5'-6"
6'-0"
7'-0"
8'-0"
9'-0"
10'-0"
11'-0"
12'-0"
13'-0"
14'-0"
0.738
0.738
0.631
0.477
1/2
1.434
1.434
1.434
1.434
1.434
1.283
5.95
5.95
5.95
5.95
5.55
5.151
4.39
3.628
3.121
2.615
1.966
9.75
9.75
9.375
9.75
9.75
9.75
8.825
7.9
6.864
5.829
4.411
3.438
2.818
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
10.14
7.965
6.375
5.105
4.105
19.35
19.35
19.35
19.35
19.35
19.35
19.35
19.35
19.35
17.15
14.2
11.55
9.503
7.903
6.703
5.753
5.353
22.8
22.8
22.8
22.8
22.8
22.8
22.8
22.8
21.32
17.47
14.02
11.32
9.271
7.671
6.421
5.421
19'-0"
20'-0"
21'-0"
22'-0"
23'-0"
24'-0"
25'-0"
16.74
MAXIMUM RATED COMPRESSION LOAD (KIPS)

C-C
SWAY
STRUT
SIZE
@MIN
LENGTH
9'-0"
10'-0"
11'-0"
12'-0"
13'-0"
14'-0"
15'-0"
16'-0"
17'-0"
27.6
26.96
22.78
19.08
15.88
13.38
11.38
9.734
8.384
7.184
40.65
38.76
34.06
29.46
25.26
21.46
18.36
15.76
13.66
11.96
10.46
9.16
8.06
46.2
46.2
46.2
42.96
37.91
33.16
28.91
24.96
21.66
18.91
16.56
14.56
12.86
11.36
10.21
9.165
64.4
64.4
64.4
64.4
64.4
63.34
57.54
51.84
46.44
41.54
36.94
32.74
29.04
25.94
23.24
20.84
18.74
10
95.95
95.95
95.95
95.95
95.95
95.95
95.95
90.3
83.6
76.9
70.2
63.9
58
52.7
47.6
42.9
38.7
35.1
11
145.4
145.4
145.4
145.4
145.4
145.4
145.4
145.4
145.4
145.4
145.4
137.6
129.6
121.6
113.6
105.8
98.47
91.27
18'-0"
Page 78
Page 145
STRUTS
FIG. 712
STANDARD 2-BOLT PIPE CLAMP
FIG. 310 PIPE CLAMP FOR SWAY STRUT ASSEMBLIES

APPLICATION: These pipe clamps are for use with Sway Strut Assemblies Figs. 300, 301, and 305.
FEATURES:
Maximum design temperature is 650F
Design angle maximum is 5
SELECTING THE CORRECT SWAY STRUT CLAMP: Once the sway
strut assembly has been properly sized and select, the clamp can be
easily specified by stating the figure number of the clamp followed by a
dash and the sway strut size (1-10). That has a tension load rating
equal to or slightly larger than the design tension load.
CONSTRUCTION: A-36 Carbon Steel, Special materials available on
request.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Carbon Steel - Black, Painted or Hot Dip Galvanized.
ORDERING: Specify name (Pipe Clamp for Sway Strut Assembly), Fig.
310 - sway strut size (0 through 11), pipe diameter, material, if other
than carbon steel, and finish.
EXAMPLE: Pipe Clamp for Sway Strut Assembly, Fig. 310 5, 6 Pipe
APPLICATION: Fig. 712 Standard 2-Bolt Pipe Clamps are recommended for the support of hot or cold piping where little or no insulation is required on the piping and the loads to be carried are not large
in magnitude. For insulated low temperature piping, AAA Technologys TRI*FOAM rigid urethane saddles may be used with a Fig. 712
Standard Pipe Clamp for loads of a lower magnitude and with a Fig.
715, 718 or 721 2-Bolt Pipe Clamp for loads of a larger magnitude.
For high temperature piping with thick insulation, a Fig. 724, 727, 730
or 733 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp may be used. If the temperature dictates, a
Fig. 736, 739, 742 or 745 Alloy 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp may be used. The
selection of the proper 3-Bolt Pipe Clamp depends upon the temperature of the piping system and load to be carried. Alloy pipe clamps
and stainless steel pipe clamps are also available.
from carbon steel plate or bar stock and are provided with two bolts
and nuts.
Painted.
CLAMP TAKE OUT DIMENSION "K" FOR SWAY STRUT ASSEMBLY FIGS. 300, 301, & 305
NOM. PIPE
DIA.
SPECIFY PART NUMBER FIG. 310 - FOLLOWED BY THE SWAY STRUT SIZE
1
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
30
36
40
5 1/8
5 1/4
5 1/2
5 1/2
6 1/4
6 1/4
6 1/4
6 1/2
6 3/4
7 3/8
7 7/8
8 7/8
9 7/8
10 7/8
11 1/2
12 1/2
13 1/2
14 1/2
16 1/2
6
6 1/2
6 1/2
6 3/4
7
7 5/8
8 1/8
9 1/8
10 1/8
11 1/8
11 3/4
12 3/4
13 3/4
14 3/4
16 3/4
7
7
7
7 1/4
7 1/2
8 1/8
8 5/8
9 5/8
10 5/8
11 5/8
12 1/4
13 1/4
14 1/4
15 1/4
17 1/4
7
7 1/4
8
8 5/8
9 1/8
10 1/8
11 1/8
12 1/2
12 3/4
13 3/4
15
16
18
21 3/4
24 3/4
7 1/8
7 3/8
8 1/2
9 1/8
8 7/8
9 7/8
10 7/8
12 5/8
13 1/4
14 1/4
15 1/4
16 1/4
18 1/4
22
25
7 5/8
7 7/8
8 1/2
9 1/8
10 1/2
11 1/2
12 1/2
13 1/2
14 1/4
15 3/4
16 3/4
17 3/4
20 1/4
23 3/4
26 3/4
10 1/2
12 1/4
13 1/4
14 1/4
14 3/4
15 3/4
16 3/4
18 1/4
20 3/4
23 3/4
27
10 3/4
12
13 1/4
14 1/4
15
16 1/2
17 1/2
18 1/2
21 1/4
24 1/4
27 1/4
13
14 1/4
15 1/2
16 1/4
17 1/4
18 1/2
20
22
25 1/4
28 3/4
10
16 1/4
17 1/4
18
19 1/4
20 1/4
21 1/2
23 3/4
26 3/4
30
11
25
26 1/8
29 1/4
33
34 1/2
NOM. PIPE
DIA. (IN)
MAX LOAD
650F
MAX LOAD
750F

"C" GAP (IN)
F (IN)
"G" Th
(IN)
"G" W
(IN)
WT EA
1/2
500
445
1 1/8
3/4
500
445
1 3/16
1 3/4
3/8
5/16
1/8
0.41
1 3/4
3/8
5/16
1/8
500
445
0.42
1 1/4
1 3/4
3/8
5/16
1/8
1 1/4
500
0.44
445
1 5/16
2 1/8
3/8
5/16
1/8
1 1/2
0.5
800
715
1 5/8
2 1/4
3/8
5/16
1/8
0.53
1040
930
2 1/8
2 3/4
1/2
3/8
1/4
1.18
2 1/2
1040
930
2 5/8
3 1/4
1/2
1/2
1/4
1.65
1040
930
2 7/8
3 1/2
1/2
1/2
1/4
1.78
3 1/2
1040
930
3 3/16
3 13/16
1/2
1/2
1/4
1.9
1040
930
3 5/8
4 3/8
5/8
5/8
1/4
1 1/4
1040
930
4 3/16
4 7/8
5/8
5/8
1/4
1 1/4
3.29
1600
1440
5 7/8
3/4
3/4
3/8
1 1/2
6.88
1600
1440
6 1/8
6 7/8
3/4
3/4
3/8
1 1/2
7.87
10
2480
2200
7 7/16
8 1/2
7/8
1/2
15.8
12
2480
2200
8 7/16
9 1/2
7/8
1/2
17.64
14
3050
2730
9 1/4
10 1/2
1 1/8
7/8
1/2
2 1/2
23.19
16
3050
2730
10 1/4
11 1/2
1 1/8
7/8
1/2
2 1/2
25.4
18
3050
2730
11 5/8
13
1 1/4
5/8
2 1/2
36.12
20
3050
2730
12 3/4
14
1 3/8
1 1/8
5/8
2 1/2
40.69
24
3250
2900
15
16 7/8
1 5/8
1 1/4
5/8
58.22
26
3250
2900
16
18
1 5/8
1 1/2
5/8
88.23
28
3250
2900
17
19 1/4
1 5/8
1 1/2
5/8
93.36
30
3250
2900
19
20 7/8
1 1/2
5/8
99.14
Page 144
Page 79
STRUTS
FIG. 706
HEAVY DUTY U-BOLT
FIG. 315 THREADED SWAY STRUT ASSEMBLY (ALTERNATE DESIGNS)
APPLICATION: Fig. 706 Heavy Duty U-Bolts are used to secure

piping to structural members. When the piping is below the structural
member, the U-Bolt provides vertical support and restricts lateral
movement while allowing for axial movement of the piping. When the
piping system is above the structural member, the U-Bolt restricts
lateral movement and upward movement while allowing axial movement of the piping.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 706 U-Bolt is provided with heavy standard
hex nuts. The Heavy Duty U-Bolt is made of SA-36 carbon steel,
however, for special requirements, it can be made of alloy or stainless
steel, as needed.
FINISHES AVAILALE: Black, Hot Dip Galvanized, Electro-Plated or
Painted.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 706, 4, Heavy Duty U-Bolt.
OPTION 1
OPTION 2
OPTION 3
NOM. PIPE
DIA. (IN)
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
28
30
36
MAX LOAD
650F
480
480
480
1200
1200
1200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
3600
3600
5400
7500
7500
7500
9900
9900
9900
9900
9900
9900
MAX LOAD
750F
430
430
430
1090
1090
1090
2020
2020
2020
2020
2020
3230
3230
4830
6730
6730
6730
8850
8850
8850
8850
8850
8850
A (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
3/4
7/8
7/8
7/8
1
1
1
1
1
1
15/16
1 1/8
1 3/8
1 3/4
2
2 7/16
2 15/16
3 9/16
4 1/16
4 9/16
5 5/8
6 3/4
8 3/4
10 7/8
12 7/8
14 1/8
16 1/8
18 1/8
20 1/8
24 1/8
28 1/8
30 1/8
36 1/8
1 3/16
1 3/8
1 5/8
2 1/16
2 3/8
2 13/16
3 7/16
4 1/16
4 9/16
5 1/16
6 1/8
7 3/8
9 3/8
11 5/8
13 3/4
15
17
19 1/8
21 1/8
25 1/8
29 1/8
31 1/8
37 1/8
D (IN)
2
2
2
2
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
3
3 1/4
3 3/4
4
4 1/4
4 1/2
5
6 1/8
7 1/8
8 3/8
9 5/8
10 1/4
11 1/4
12 5/8
13 5/8
15 5/8
17 5/8
18 5/8
21 5/8
E
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/4
1/2
1/2
3
3
3
3
3
3/4
3/4
4
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
WT EA
0.12
0.13
0.14
0.26
0.3
0.33
0.85
0.96
1.03
1.11
1.24
2.2
2.45
4.79
7.8
8.5
9.35
13.5
14.6
17
18.8
20.2
23.2

ROD END
SWAY
STRUT
SIZE
MAX.
RATED
TENSION
LOAD
(LBS)
650
3/4
1500
ROD END
DIA. (IN)
PADDLE
RADIUS
(IN)
REAR BRACKET
EXTENSION PIECE
NOM. PIN/
STUD DIA.
(IN)
PIPE DIA.
(IN)
F (IN)
TAKE OUT
A (IN)
H (IN)
W (IN)
N (IN)
5/8
3 7/16
2 7/8
1 1/4
1/4
0.374
9 5/8
1 3/8
4 7/16
2 1/8
3 5/8
1/2
0.749
1 1/2
4500
1 3/8
4 7/16
2 1/8
3 5/8
1/2
0.749
8000
1 1/4
1 1/2
4 13/16
2 1/2
4 1/2
3/4
11630
1 1/2
1 1/2
2 1/2
4 1/2
15700
1 3/4
5 3/4
3 1/4
5 3/8
20700
3 1/4
27200
2 1/4
2 1/2
6 3/4
33500
2 1/2
68200
120000
C-C
LENGTH L LENGTH L
MIN. (IN)
MAX. (IN)
MIN. (IN)
MAX. (IN)
53 1/8
15 1/2
60
10 1/8
99 1/8
19
108
10 1/8
111 1/8
19
120
0.999
11 3/8
110 3/8
21
120
3/4
0.999
2 1/2
11 3/8
110
21 3/8
120
3 9/16
1.249
2 1/2
11 3/8
108 1/2
22 7/8
120
5 3/8
3 9/16
1.249
14
108
26
120
6 1/8
4 1/4
1 1/4
1.499
14
106 1/2
27 1/2
120
7 5/8
7 7/8
5 3/8
1 3/4
1.749
14
104 3/4
29 1/4
120
3 1/2
8 3/4
5 3/4
9 1/8
6 1/4
1.999
15
102 1/2
37 1/2
120
4 3/4
11
7 1/4
14
8 3/4
2 1/4
2.499
17 1/4
98
39 1/4
120
Page 80
Page 143
STRUTS
FIG. 315 THREADED SWAY STRUT ASSEMBLY (ALTERNATE DESIGN) CONTINUED
FIG. 703
LIGHT DUTY U-BOLT
APPLICATION: Threaded Sway Strut Assemblies are used in power plant and process plants of all types to restrain movement of piping in one
direction while allowing for movement lateral to the axis of the sway strut. A Threaded Sway Strut allows for adjustment of the length in the field at
the time of installation. See the installation instructions below for assistance in determining the required sway strut fit-up length.
APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS: Threaded Sway Struts are manufactured in accordance with the requirements of the U.S. Government
and the power and process industries. These include the Federal Specification WW-H-171E, Manufacturers Standardization Society MSS-SP-58,
ASME B31.1, B31.3 and B31.5 piping codes.
FEATURES:
Provides up to 3 1/2 field adjustment (plus or minus)
Field adjustment accomplished by rotating the extension piece in one direction to shorten the assembly and in the other direction to lengthen the
assembly. Once the desired length is achieved, the lock nut is to be locked to eliminate further length changes resulting from vibration, etc.
1. Given the tension load, go to the load and dimension table on the threaded sway strut assembly data sheet. Select the sway strut that has a
load rating equal to or slightly larger than the design tension and compression load.
2. Determine the required C C dimension. If the unit being specified is option 1, subtract the A dimension from the total length to determine the
C C length. If the unit being specified is option 2, subtract two times the A dimension from the total length to determine the C C length. If the
unit being specified is option 3, subtract the A dimension for the rear bracket and the K dimension for the clamp from the total length to determine the C C length.
3. Given the desired C C dimension, verify that the C C dimension for the selected sway strut is equal to or greater than the minimum C C and
less than or equal to the maximum C C shown in the tables.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Carbon Steel - Black, Painted or Hot Dip Galvanized. Stainless Steel Plain (Special)
ORDERING: Specify figure number (Fig. 315G), name (Threaded Sway Strut Assembly Alternate), sway strut size (A, B, C and 1 through 8), C-C
dimension, design compression and tension loads, option number (1, 2 or 3), pipe diameter, if applicable, material, if other than carbon steel, and
finish.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 315G Threaded Sway Strut Assembly Alternate, Size 2, C-C = 5-0, Design Compression and Tension Load = 9,000 lbs., Option
#3, 6 Pipe Dia., HDG.
INSTALLATION:
3. Insert rod ends into the extension piece and turn the rod ends equally until the C C dimension equals the distance between the pin connections
in the rear bracket(s) and/or the strut clamp,
5. Align the strut so that the components between the pinned connections form a straight line and are tight. To achieve the tightened condition,
rotate the extension piece until the strut components are snug.
6. Tighten the lock nut.
APPLICATION: Fig. 703 Light Duty U-Bolts are used to secure piping
to structural members. When the piping is below the structural member, the U-Bolt provides vertical support and restricts lateral movement while allowing for axial movement of the piping. When the piping system is above the structural member, the U-Bolt restricts lateral
movement and upward movement while allowing axial movement of
the piping.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 703 U-Bolt is provided with two standard
hex nuts. The Light Duty U-Bolt is made of SA-36 carbon steel, however, for special requirements, it can be made of alloy or stainless
steel, as needed.
Painted.
NOM. PIPE DIA.
MAX REC LOAD

(LBS)
A (IN)
1/2
485
3/4
485
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
WT EA
1/4
15/16
1 3/16
1 15/16
1 3/4
1/4
1 1/8
1 3/8
2 1/16
1 3/4
485
1/4
1 3/8
1 5/8
2 3/16
1 3/4
1 1/4
485
1/4
1 11/16
1 15/16
2 3/8
1 3/4
1 1/2
485
1/4
2 1/4
2 7/16
1 3/4
485
1/4
2 7/16
2 11/16
2 11/16
1 3/4
10
2 1/2
1220
3/8
2 15/16
3 5/16
3 1/16
28
1220
3/8
3 9/16
3 15/16
3 3/8
31
3 1/2
1220
3/8
4 1/16
4 7/16
3 5/8
35
1220
3/8
4 9/16
4 15/16
3 7/8
38
1220
3/8
5 5/8
4 9/16
2 1/4
45
2260
1/2
6 3/4
7 1/4
5 1/16
2 1/4
95
2260
1/2
8 3/4
9 1/4
6 1/16
2 1/4
117
10
3620
5/8
10 7/8
11 1/2
7 1/4
2 1/2
227
Page 142
Page 81
STRUTS
FIG. 700
STANDARD U-BOLT
FIG. 320 THREADED SWAY STRUT ASSEMBLY WITH FIELDWELDED EXTENSION PIECE (ALTERNATE DESIGN)
APPLICATION: Fig. 700 U-Bolts are used to secure piping to structural members. When the piping is below the structural member, the
U-Bolt provides vertical support and restricts lateral movement while
allowing for axial movement. When the piping system is above the
structural member, the U-Bolt restricts lateral movement and upward
movement while allowing axial movement of the piping. Custom UBolts can be ordered to allow the pipe to be clamped down to a structural member tightly.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 700 U-Bolt is provided with four standard
hex nuts and has a longer straight threaded length than the Fig. 703
Light Duty U-Bolt. The Standard U-Bolt is made of SA-36 carbon
steel, however, for special requirements, it can be made of alloy or
stainless steel, as needed.
Painted.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 700, 6, Standard U-Bolt.
NOM PIPE DIA

1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
30
36
MAX REC LOAD

(LBS)
580
580
580
1460
1460
1460
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
4320
4320
6460
9960
9960
9960
11800
11800
11800
11800
11800
11800
A (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
E (IN)
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
3/4
7/8
7/8
7/8
1
1
1
1
1
1
7/8
1 1/8
1 3/8
1 3/4
2
2 1/2
3
3 5/8
4 1/16
4 5/8
5 5/8
6 3/4
8 3/4
10 7/8
12 7/8
14 1/8
16 1/8
18 1/8
20 1/8
22 1/8
24 1/8
30 1/8
36 1/8
1 1/8
1 3/8
1 5/8
2 1/8
2 3/8
2 7/8
3 1/2
4 1/8
4 9/16
5 1/8
6 1/8
7 3/8
9 3/8
11 5/8
13 3/4
15
17
19 1/8
21 1/8
23 1/8
25 1/8
31 1/8
37 1/8
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
3
3 1/4
3 3/4
4
4 1/4
4 1/2
5
6 1/8
7 1/8
8 3/8
9 5/8
10 1/4
11 1/4
12 5/8
13 5/8
14 5/8
15 5/8
18 5/8
21 5/8
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
3
3
3
3
3
3/4
3/4
4
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
WT EA
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.26
0.28
0.32
0.7
0.76
0.8
0.86
1
1.98
2.26
3.94
6.4
8.3
9.2
13.5
14.6
16
16.9
19.1
23.2

ROD END
SWAY
STRUT
SIZE
MAX.
RATED
TENSION
LOAD
(LBS)
650
3/4
1500
C
1
REAR BRACKET
EXTENSION PIECE
F (IN)
TAKE OUT
A (IN)
H (IN)
W (IN)
N (IN)
NOM. PIN/
STUD DIA.
(IN)
PIPE DIA.
(IN)
5/8
2 11/16
2 7/8
1 1/4
1/4
0.374
6 3/4
1 3/8
3 11/16
2 1/8
3 5/8
1/2
0.749
1 1/2
4500
1 3/8
3 11/16
2 1/8
3 5/8
1/2
0.749
8000
1 1/4
1 1/2
4 1/8
2 1/2
4 1/2
3/4
0.999
11630
1 1/2
1 1/2
4 1/4
2 1/2
4 1/2
3/4
15700
1 3/4
3 1/4
5 3/8
3 9/16
20700
5 1/4
3 1/4
5 3/8
27200
2 1/4
2 1/2
6 1/8
33500
2 1/2
6 7/8
68200
3 1/2
120000
4 3/4
10 1/4
ROD END
DIA. (IN)
PADDLE
RADIUS
(IN)
C-C
LENGTH L LENGTH L
MIN. (IN)
MAX. (IN)
MIN. (IN)
MAX. (IN)
54 5/8
12 1/8
60
7 1/16
88 5/8
14 7/16
96
7 1/16
88 5/8
14 7/16
96
8 1/4
87 3/4
16 1/2
96
0.999
2 1/2
8 3/8
87 1/2
16 7/8
96
1.249
2 1/2
8 3/8
86
18 3/8
96
3 9/16
1.249
10
85 1/2
20 1/2
96
4 1/4
1 1/4
1.499
10
84
22
96
7 7/8
5 3/8
1 3/4
1.749
10
82 1/4
23 3/4
96
5 3/4
9 1/8
6 1/4
1.999
12
80
28
96
7 1/4
14
8 3/4
2 1/4
2.499
14 1/4
75 1/2
34 3/4
96
Page 82
Page 141
STRUTS
FIG. 320 THREADED SWAY STRUT ASSEMBLY WITH FIELDWELDED EXTENSION PIECE (ALTERNATE DESIGN) CONTINUED
FIG. 645
STANDARD PIPE STRAP
APPLICATION: Threaded Sway Strut Assemblies are used in power plant and process plants of all types to restrain movement of piping in one
direction while allowing for movement lateral to the axis of the sway strut. A Threaded Sway Strut with a Field Welded Extension Piece allows for
maximum adjustment of the length in the field at the time of installation. The Extension Piece can be shipped without one threaded end piece welded to the pipe. The W length can be determined in the field, the pipe cut to the desired length and the threaded end piece welded to the pipe.
APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS: Threaded Sway Struts are manufactured in accordance with the requirements of the U.S. Government
and the power and process industries. These include the Federal Specification WW-H-171E, Manufacturers Standardization Society MSS-SP-58,
ASME B31.1, B31.3 and B31.5 piping codes.
FEATURES:
Provides maximum field adjustment (plus or minus)
1. Given the tension load, go to the load and dimension table on the threaded sway strut assembly data sheet. Select the sway strut that has a
load rating equal to or slightly larger than the design tension and compression load.
2. Determine the required C C dimension. If the unit being specified is option 1, subtract the A dimension from the total length to determine the
C C length. If the unit being specified is option 2, subtract two times the A dimension from the total length to determine the C C length. If the
unit being specified is option 3, subtract the A dimension for the rear bracket and the K dimension for the clamp from the total length to determine the C C length.
3. Given the desired C C dimension, verify that the C C dimension for the selected sway strut is equal to or greater than the minimum C C and
less than or equal to the maximum C C shown in the tables.
ORDERING: Specify figure number (Fig. 320), name (Threaded Sway Strut with Field Welded Extension Piece), sway strut size (A, B, C and 1
through 8), desired C-C dimension, design compression and tension loads, option number (1, 2 or 3), pipe diameter, if applicable, material, if other than carbon steel, and finish.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 320 Threaded Sway Strut with Field Welded Extension Piece, Size 2, C-C = 6-0, Design Compression and Tension Load = 9,000
lbs., Option #3, 6 Pipe Dia., HDG.
INSTALLATION:
3. Insert rod ends into the extension piece on one end and turn the rod end until half of the threads have gone into the extension piece. Then insert
the other rod end into the loose threaded piece and turn the rod end until half of the threads have gone into the threaded piece.
5. Align the strut so that the components between the pinned connections form a near straight line. Then mark the length at which the extension
piece is to be cut. Once it is cut, then weld the threaded piece to the extension piece.
6. Then align the strut so that the components between the pinned connections form a straight line and rotate the extension piece until the components of the strut are snug.
APPLICATION: A Standard Pipe Strap is recommended for supporting a piping system with
fittings vertically or horizontally to walls or ceilings.
CONSTRUCTION: A Standard Pipe Strap consists of a piece of carbon steel shaped to the
proper configuration as shown in the diagram above.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Electro-Plated and Hot Dip Galvanized.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, nominal pipe diameter, name and finish.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 645, 3 1/2, Std. Pipe Strap, HDG.
NOM PIPE DIA

1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
6
MAX REC LOAD

(LBS)
410
410
410
410
410
410
610
610
725
725
A (IN)
2
2
3
4
4
5/8
3/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
5
6 1/4
7 1/4
8 3/8
11 1/8
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
HOLE DIA. (IN)
WT EA
3/4
13/16
7/8
1
1 3/16
1 7/16
1 11/16
2
2 1/2
3 5/8
1 7/8
2
2 5/8
3 1/4
3 3/8
4
4 3/4
5 3/4
6 7/8
9 5/8
1 5/32
1 5/16
1 1/2
1 7/8
2 1/8
2 5/8
3 1/8
3 3/4
4 3/4
6 7/8
7/32
7/32
9/32
9/32
9/32
9/32
11/32
11/32
11/32
11/32
0.04
0.07
0.09
0.1
0.13
0.18
0.26
0.32
0.4
0.75
FIG. 648
FLUSH MOUNT PIPE STRAP
APPLICATION: A Flush Mount Pipe Strap is recommended for supporting a piping system with
fittings vertically or horizontally to walls or ceilings when the mount is desired to be flush with the
wall or ceiling.
CONSTRUCTION: A Flush Mount Pipe Strap consists of a piece of carbon steel shaped to the
proper configuration as shown in the diagram above.
NOM PIPE DIA
MAX REC LOAD

(LBS)
A (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
HOLE DIA. (IN)
WT EA
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
8
410
410
410
410
410
410
610
610
610
725
725
725
900
4 1/8
4 5/16
4 9/16
4 15/16
5 3/16
5 3/4
6 1/4
6 7/8
7 3/8
8 3/8
9 7/16
10 1/2
14
5/16
7/16
9/16
11/16
13/16
1 1/16
1 9/16
1 5/8
1 7/8
2 1/8
2 5/8
3 3/16
4 1/4
2 7/8
3
3 3/8
3 3/4
4 1/4
4 3/4
5 1/4
5 7/8
6 3/8
7
7 7/8
8 7/8
11 1/2
3/4
15/16
1 1/8
1 1/2
1 5/8
2 1/4
2 3/4
3 3/8
3 7/8
4 3/8
5 3/8
6 7/16
8 3/8
7/16
7/16
7/16
7/16
7/16
7/16
7/16
7/16
7/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
11/16
20
23
25
29
32
37
100
116
128
157
188
230
440
Page 140
Page 83
STRUTS
FIG. 639
STRAIGHT J-HOOK
FIG. 325 PIPE CLAMP FOR SWAY STRUT ASSEMBLY FIGS. 315 & 320
APPLICATION: A Straight J-Hook is recommended for supporting a non-insulated piping system

from a wall or similar adjacent member when no clearance is required.
CONSTRUCTION: A Straight J-Hook consists of a piece of carbon steel shaped to the proper configuration as shown in the diagram above.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 639, 2, Straight J-Hook, HDG.
NOM PIPE DIA
MAX REC LOAD
MATERIAL SIZE E
WT EA
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
350
350
350
350
600
600
600
600
600
600
6 3/8
6 1/2
6 11/16
6 13/16
6 15/16
7 3/16
7 7/16
7 3/4
8
8 1/4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
1/4 x 1 1/4
1/4 x 1 1/4
1/4 x 1 1/4
1/4 x 1 1/4
1/4 x 1 1/2
1/4 x 1 1/2
1/4 x 1 1/2
1/4 x 1 1/2
1/4 x 1 1/2
1/4 x 1 1/2
0.55
0.59
0.82
0.84
1.09
1.15
1.23
1.9
1.48
1.58
APPLICATION: These pipe clamps are for use with Sway Strut Assemblies Figs. 315 and 320.
FEATURES:
SELECTING THE CORRECT SWAY STRUT CLAMP: Once the sway
strut assembly has been properly sized and select, the clamp can be easily
specified by stating the figure number of the clamp followed by a dash and
the sway strut size (1-10). that has a tension load rating equal to or slightly
larger than the design tension load.
request.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Carbon Steel - Black, Painted or Hot Dip Galvanized.
ORDERING: Specify name (Pipe Clamp for Sway Strut Assembly), Fig.
325 - sway strut size (A, B, C, or 1-8), pipe diameter, material, if other than
carbon steel, and finish.
EXAMPLE: Pipe Clamp for Sway Strut Assembly, Fig. 3255, 6 Pipe
FIG. 642
OFFSET J-HOOK
CLAMP TAKE OUT DIMENSION "K" FOR SWAY STRUT ASSEMBLIES 315 & 320
SPECIFY PART NUMBER 325- FOLLOWED BY THE SWAY STRUT SIZE
NOM. PIPE DIA. (IN)
APPLICATION: An Offset J-Hook is recommended for supporting a non-insulated piping system

from a wall or similar adjacent member when there is a clearance of 1.
CONSTRUCTION: An Offset J-Hook consists of a piece of carbon steel shaped to the proper
configuration as shown in the diagram above.
NOM PIPE
DIA
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
MAX REC
LOAD (LBS)
350
350
350
350
600
600
600
600
600
600
700
700
A (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
6 3/8
6 1/2
6 11/16
6 13/16
6 15/16
7 3/16
7 7/16
7 3/4
8
8 1/4
10
11
1 5/8
1 11/16
1 15/16
2 1/16
2 7/16
2 7/16
2 11/16
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
4 3/16
4 11/16
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6 1/4
7
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
3/4
MATERIAL
SIZE E
1/4 x 1 1/4
1/4 x 1 1/4
1/4 x 1 1/4
1/4 x 1 1/4
1/4 x 1 1/2
1/4 x 1 1/2
1/4 x 1 1/2
1/4 x 1 1/2
1/4 x 1 1/2
1/4 x 1 1/2
1/4 x 2
1/4 x 2
WT EA
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0.55
0.59
0.82
0.84
1.09
1.15
1.23
1.39
1.48
1.58
2.4
2.8
B&C
1&2
3&4
2 7/16
2 9/16
1 1/4
2 11/16
1 1/2
4 1/8
5 1/8
6 3/8
6 3/8
2 1/2
5 3/8
8 1/8
5 15/16
8 1/8
3 1/2
6 3/16
8 1/8
10
6 1/2
7 1/4
7 1/4
8 3/8
10
7 3/4
7 3/4
7 3/4
9 1/8
10
8 3/8
8 3/8
8 3/8
10
10
11 7/8
9 3/8
9 3/8
9 3/8
11 1/4
11 1/4
12 5/8
10
10 1/2
10 1/2
10 1/2
12 3/4
12 3/4
14 1/4
14 1/4
16 1/4
12
11 7/8
11 7/8
13 7/8
13 7/8
15 3/8
15 3/8
17 1/4
14
12 5/8
12 5/8
14 1/2
14 1/2
16
16 1/4
18
16
13 5/8
13 5/8
15 1/4
15 1/4
17 1/8
17 1/2
19
18
14 5/8
14 5/8
16 3/8
16 3/8
18 1/4
18 1/2
20 1/4
20
15 3/4
15 3/4
17 3/4
17 3/4
19 1/4
19 3/4
21 1/2
24
18 1/8
18 1/8
19 7/8
19 7/8
21 3/4
21 3/4
24
30
21 1/4
21 1/4
23
23
25
25
28
36
24
24
26 1/2
26 1/2
28 1/8
28 1/8
31 1/4
Page 84
Page 139
STRUTS
FIG. 330 REPLACEMENT THREADED SWAY STRUT
FIG. 627
PVC COATED J-HANGER FOR PIPE OR
CONDUIT
APPLICATION: Replacement threaded Sway Strut Assemblies are used in power plants and process plants of all types. When design constraints
enable the replacement of snubbers with rigid sway struts, these replacement units offer a viable alternative which restricts movement of piping in
one direction while allowing for movement lateral to the axis of the sway strut. A Replacement Threaded Sway Strut allows for adjustment of the
length in the field at the time of installation.
APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS: Replacement Threaded Sway Struts are manufactured in accordance with the requirements of the U.S.
Government and the power and process industries. These include the Federal Specification WW-H-171E, Manufacturers Standardization Society
MSS-SP-58, ASME B31.1, B31.3 and B31.5 piping codes.
FEATURES:
Provides up to 3 1/2 field adjustment (plus or minus)
SELECTING THE CORRECT SIZE REPLACEMENT SWAY STRUT
1. Determine the pin diameter of the unit to be replaced.
2. Find the same pin diameter on the Replacement Sway Strut data sheet and note the replacement sway strut size.
3. For this replacement sway strut size, check the tension load rating. The rated load must be greater that the load carried by the unit being replaced.
4. Then check the compression load rating. Use the Compression Load Table for Fig. 305. The rated load must be greater that the load carried by
the unit being replaced.
5. Determine the required C C dimension and verify that the C C length is equal to or greater than the minimum length and equal to or less
than the maximum length shown in the Replacement Sway Strut data sheet.
ORDERING: Specify figure number (Fig. 330), name (Replacement Threaded Sway Strut), sway strut size (0 through 11), C-C dimension, design
tension load, design compression load, material, if other than carbon steel, and finish.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 330 Replacement Threaded Sway Strut, Size 2, C-C = 5-0, Tension Load = 9,000 lbs., Compression Load = 7,500 lbs., HDG.
INSTALLATION:
1. Insert rod ends into the extension piece and turn the rod ends equally until the C C dimension equals the distance between the pin connections
in the rear bracket(s) and/or the strut clamp,
3. Align the strut so that the components between the pinned connections form a straight line and are tight. To achieve the tightened condition,
rotate the extension piece until the strut components are snug.
4. Tighten the lock nut.
DIMENSIONAL DATA - FIG. 330 REPLACEMENT THREADED SWAY STRUT
ROD END
SWAY STRUT MAXIMUM RATED
SIZE
TENSION LOAD (LBS) ROD END DIA.
(IN) T
PADDLE RADIUS
MAX. (IN)
EXTENSION PIECE
F (IN)
PIPE
DIA. (IN)
LENGTH L MINIMUM
(IN)
C-C
NOMINAL PIN/STUD
DIA. (IN)
MIN.
(IN)
MAX.
(IN)
APPLICATION: A PVC Coated J-Hanger for Pipe or Conduit is recommended for the suspension of non-insulated piping systems
where: 1.) electrolysis between the pipe and the hanger are of a concern or 2.) noise and/or vibration of the piping system is a problem.
The side closure bolt enables contractors to easily insert pipe into the
hanger and make the closure.
CONSTRUCTION: A PVC Coated J-Hanger for Pipe or Conduit consists of a piece of carbon steel shaped to the proper configuration and
a side bolt with a nut. The support strap is coated with PVC to a point
just above the centerline of the pipe.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Electro-Plated before shaped then PVC
coated.
name.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 627, 2 1/2 , PVC Coated J-Hanger.
NOM. PIPE
DIA.
MAX. REC.
LOAD (LBS.)
A (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
E (IN)
F (IN)
WT EA
1/2
400
3/8
2 5/8
1 3/4
7/16
1 1/2
1 15/16
0.18
3/4
400
3/8
2 7/8
1 7/8
7/16
1 11/16
2 1/8
0.21
400
3/8
2 15/16
1 15/16
7/16
1 13/16
2 15/16
0.22
400
3/8
3 1/4
7/16
2 1/16
2 5/8
0.25
2 3/16
7/16
2 7/16
2 7/8
0.27
738
1/2
3/4
3 3/4
1/2 STD
8 3/4
3/8
16 1/4
3'-0"
1 1/4
1/2
1434
3/4
4 1/8
3/4 STD
9 1/4
1/2
17 1/2
4'-6"
1 1/2
400
3/8
3 9/16
5950
1 3/8
4 3/4
1 1/4 XS
9 1/4
5/8
18 3/4
7'-0"
9750
1 1/4
1 1/2
5 7/16
1 1/2 XS
9 5/8
3/4
20 1/2
9'-0"
11900
1 1/2
1 1/2
6 1/8
2 XS
10 1/2
22 3/4
11'-0"
19350
1 3/4
2 1/4
8 3/16
2 1/2 XS
11 1/8
1 1/4
27 1/2
400
3/8
3 11/16
2 1/8
7/16
2 9/16
3 1/16
0.29
2 1/2
500
1/2
4 7/16
2 7/16
9/16
3 3/16
3 5/8
0.64
14'-0"
500
1/2
4 13/16
2 9/16
9/16
3 1/2
4 1/16
0.72
500
1/2
5 1/8
2 5/8
9/16
3 3/4
4 3/8
0.84
22800
2 1/4
8 1/2
2 1/2 XS
11 1/2
1 1/4
28 1/2
14'-0"
3 1/2
27600
2 1/4
2 1/2
9 1/8
3 XS
13
1 1/2
31 1/4
17'-0"
550
5/8
6 1/8
3 3/16
9/16
4 5/8
5 3/16
1.38
40850
2 1/2
10 3/4
3 1/2XS
13 1/2
1 3/4
35
20'-0"
46200
11
4 XS
14 1/2
1 3/4
36 1/2
23'-0"
550
5/8
6 3/4
3 1/4
9/16
5 1/16
5 3/4
1.62
64400
3 1/2
3 1/4
11 7/8
5 XS
15 3/4
39 1/2
25'-0"
600
3/4
7 3/4
3 9/16
9/16
5 13/16
6 5/8
2.49
10
11
95950
145400
4 3/4
5 3/4
4 3/4
6 5/16
14 1/8
19 1/4
6 XS
8 XS
18 1/2
20 1/2
2 3/4
3 3/4
46 3/4
59
25'-0"
25'-0"
760
7/8
9 3/16
3 15/16
9/16
6 15/16
2.91
10
760
7/8
10 3/4
3 7/8
9/16
7 5/8
9 1/8
3.15
Page 138
Page 85
SWAY BRACES
FIG. 624
J-HANGER FOR PIPE OR CONDUIT
FIG. E350 VIBRATION CONTROL AND SWAY BRACE
APPLICATION: A J-Hanger for Pipe or Conduit is recommended for

the suspension of non-insulated piping systems or insulated piping
systems with an insulation protection shield. The side closure bolt
enables contractors to easily insert pipe into the hanger and make the
closure.
CONSTRUCTION: A J-Hanger for Pipe or Conduit consists of a
piece of carbon steel shaped to the proper configuration and a side
bolt with a nut.
name.
This sway brace consists of a sway brace unit with a single lug on top and a connector rod with a thrust nut, a lock nut and a rod coupling. This unit
can be attached to the existing sway brace hardware.
ORDERING: Specify figure number (Fig. E350), name (Vibration Control and Sway Brace), sway brace size (1 through 6), material, if other than
carbon steel, and finish.
SWAY
BRACE
SIZE
FOR USE
WITH PIPE
DIA.
SPRING
RATE (LBS/
IN)
MAX
FORCE
(LBS)
WEIGHT
(LBS)
1 to 2 1/2
3 to 4
50
50
200
19
3/4
1/2
150
150
600
22
1/2
5 to 8
450
450
1800
31
10 to 14
16 to 20
900
900
3600
72
1350
1350
5400
89
24 to 40
1800
1800
7200
108
PRELOAD
(LBS)
ROD NOM. PIN

ROD
DIA.
DIA. TAKE OUT
B (IN)
T (IN)
E (IN)
CASING
R
(IN)
OVERALL
LENGTH
L (IN)
M
(IN)
N
(IN)
14 7/16
1 1/8
19 3/16
7 15/16
15 5/16
1 1/8
20 1/16
8 7/16
5/8
17 11/16
1 3/8
22 15/16
1 1/4
3/4
19 5/8
1 5/8
1 1/2
3/4
22 5/8
1 3/4
1 1/2
25 1/16
O.D.
C (IN)
LENGTH P
(IN)
4 1/2
8 3/8
4 1/2
8 3/4
8 7/16
4 1/2
10 7/8
25 5/8
9 5/16
1 1/2
6 5/8
12 3/16
28 5/8
9 3/4
1 1/2
6 5/8
14 5/8
31 5/16
9 3/4
1 1/2
6 5/8
16 13/16
FIG. E355 VIBRATION CONTROL AND SWAY BRACE ASSEMBLY
NOM. PIPE
DIA.
MAX. REC.
LOAD (LBS.)
A (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
E (IN)
F (IN)
WT EA
1/2
400
3/8
2 5/8
1 3/4
7/16
1 1/2
1 15/16
0.18
3/4
400
3/8
2 7/8
1 7/8
7/16
1 11/16
2 1/8
0.21
400
3/8
2 15/16
1 15/16
7/16
1 13/16
2 15/16
0.22
1 1/4
400
3/8
3 1/4
7/16
2 1/16
2 5/8
0.25
1 1/2
400
3/8
3 9/16
2 3/16
7/16
2 7/16
2 7/8
0.27
400
3/8
3 11/16
2 1/8
7/16
2 9/16
3 1/16
0.29
2 1/2
500
1/2
4 7/16
2 7/16
9/16
3 3/16
3 5/8
0.64
500
1/2
4 13/16
2 9/16
9/16
3 1/2
4 1/16
0.72
3 1/2
500
1/2
5 1/8
2 5/8
9/16
3 3/4
4 3/8
0.84
550
5/8
6 1/8
3 3/16
9/16
4 5/8
5 3/16
1.38
550
5/8
6 3/4
3 1/4
9/16
5 1/16
5 3/4
1.62
600
3/4
7 3/4
3 9/16
9/16
5 13/16
6 5/8
2.49
760
7/8
9 3/16
3 15/16
9/16
6 15/16
2.91
10
760
7/8
10 3/4
3 7/8
9/16
7 5/8
9 1/8
3.15
This sway brace consists of a rear bracket, a sway brace unit with a single lug on the top, a connector rod with a thrust nut, a lock nut and a rod
coupling, a male rod extension piece with a lock nut and a sway brace pipe clamp. The C-C length must be equal to or greater than the minimum
length in the table below and equal to or greater than the maximum length in the table below.
ORDERING: Specify figure number (Fig. E355), name (Vibration Control and Sway Brace), sway brace size (1 through 6), C-C dimension, pipe
diameter, material, if other than carbon steel, and finish.
SWAY BRACE "C-C" DIMENSION

SWAY BRACE SIZE
E 355
MIN
1'-9 13/16"
1'-11 9/16"
2'-1 15/16"
2'-4 5/8"
2'-7 3/4"
2'-10 3/16"
MAX
3'-1 1/4"
3'-9 5/8"
4'-0"
4'-8 1/4"
5'-5 3/4"
5'-1 7/8"
Page 86
Page 137
SWAY BRACES

SWAY BRACE EXTENDED ASSEMBLY
FIG. 621
PVC COATED ADJUSTABLE BAND
HANGER W/ SWIVEL NUT
This sway brace consists of a rear bracket, a sway brace unit with a single lug on the top, a connector rod with a thrust nut, a lock nut and a rod
coupling, a male rod extension piece with a pipe extension piece, a male adaptor rod, a lock nut and a sway brace pipe clamp. The C-C length
must be equal to or greater than the minimum length in the table below and equal to or greater than the maximum length in the table below.
ORDERING: Specify figure number (Fig. E360), name (Vibration Control and Sway Brace), sway brace size (1 through 6), C-C dimension, pipe
diameter, material, if other than carbon steel, and finish.

SWAY BRACE SIZE
MIN
2'-2 7/16"
2'-4 15/16"
2'-7 3/16"
2'-11 1/8"
3'-3 1/2"
3'-5 15/16"
MAX
6'-7 3/4"
8'-3 1/8"
8'-2"
8'-7 3/4"
9'-7 3/4"
8'-6 1/8"
2" XXS
2" XXS
APPLICATION: A PVC Coated Adjustable Band Hanger with Swivel

Nut provides for vertical support of small diameter piping systems.
The elevation of the piping system may be altered by adjusting the
position of the swivel nut on the hanger rod at the top of the hanger.
Temporary support is not required for the piping while elevation
changes are being made. The swivel nut is knurled to provide a gripping surface for the use of pliers when adjusting the elevation of the
pipe. The nut has a retainer to keep it from dropping out of the ring
while it is in the open position being fitted onto the pipe. The PVC
coating prevents electrolysis between the pipe and the hanger and it
reduces transmitted noise and vibration.
CONSTRUCTION: An Adjustable Band Hanger with a Swivel Nut
consists of a piece of carbon steel shaped to the proper configuration
and a swivel nut. The support strap is coated with PVC to a point just
above the centerline of the pipe.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Galvanized before shaped then PVC coated.
name.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 621, 3, PVC Coated Adjustable Band Hanger w/
E 360
1" Sch 160
Extension Piece
1 1/4" Sch 160 1 1/4" Sch 160 1 1/2" Sch 160
FIG. E365 VIBRATION CONTROL AND SWAY BRACE WITH

ADJUSTABLE PRELOAD
This sway brace consists of a male rod extension piece with an
adjustment nut, a lock nut, a sway brace unit, a connector rod with a
thrust nut, a lock nut and a rod coupling. This unit can be attached
to the existing sway brace hardware.
This unit allows for preload adjustment. The adjustment nut can be
turned until the desire preload is shown by the indicator. The thrust
nut should also be turned until it is in contact with the spring plate.
Lock nuts should then be tightened against the thrust nut and the
adjustment nut.
ORDERING: Specify figure number (Fig. E365), name (Vibration
Control and Sway Brace with Adjustable Preload), sway brace size
(1 through 6), desired L dimension, material, if other than carbon
steel, and finish.
EXAMPLE: Fig. E365 Vibration Control and Sway Brace with Adjustable Preload, Size 2, L = 24, HDG.
NOM. PIPE MAX. REC.

A STD. (IN)
DIA.
LOAD (LBS.)
SWAY
BRACE
SIZE
FOR USE
WITH PIPE
DIA.
PRELOAD
(LBS)
SPRING
RATE (LBS/
IN)
MAX
FORCE
(LBS)
WEIGHT
(LBS)
ROD NOM. PIN

ROD
DIA.
DIA. TAKE OUT
B (IN)
T (IN)
E (IN)
1 to 2 1/2
50
50
200
19
3/4
1/2
3 to 4
150
150
600
23
5 to 8
450
450
1800
32
10 to 14
900
900
3600
16 to 20
1350
1350
24 to 40
1800
1800
CASING
F
(IN)
OVERALL
LENGTH
L (IN)
M
(IN)
N
(IN)
20
6 1/2
24 9/16
7 15/16
1/2
20 7/8
6 1/2
25 7/16
5/8
23 7/8
7 3/8
75
1 1/4
3/4
26 1/2
5400
91
1 1/2
3/4
7200
112
1 1/2
A NFPA (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
E (IN)
STEEL SIZE
WT EA
1/2
400
3/8
3/8
1 5/8
3 1/8
1 3/16
18ga x 5/8
0.08
3/4
400
3/8
3/8
1 9/16
3 1/8
1 1/16
18ga x 5/8
0.08
600
3/8
3/8
1 3/4
3 3/8
1 1/16
18ga x 5/8
0.08
1 1/4
600
3/8
3/8
1 11/16
3 3/4
7/8
18ga x 5/8
0.1
1 1/2
600
3/8
3/8
1 13/16
3 7/8
7/8
18ga x 5/8
0.1
600
3/8
3/8
2 1/2
4 1/4
1 5/16
18ga x 5/8
0.12
2 1/2
600
1/2
3/8
2 3/4
5 3/4
1 1/4
14 ga. x 3/4
0.32
O.D.
C (IN)
LENGTH P
(IN)
600
1/2
3/8
3 1/8
1 1/8
14 ga. x 3/4
0.35
4 1/2
8 3/8
3 1/2
600
1/2
3/8
3 5/8
6 3/4
1 1/2
14 ga. x 3/4
0.39
8 7/16
4 1/2
8 3/4
1000
5/8
3/8
3 7/8
7 3/8
1 1/4
13ga x 3/4
0.43
28 15/16
8 7/16
4 1/2
10 7/8
8 5/16
32 5/16
9 5/16
1 1/2
6 5/8
12 3/16
1000
5/8
1/2
6 1/8
1 3/8
12ga x 1
0.65
29 1/2
8 5/16
35 3/16
9 3/4
1 1/2
6 5/8
14 5/8
1250
3/4
1/2
5 5/16
9 3/8
12ga x 1
1.09
32 3/4
9 5/16
38 5/8
9 3/4
1 1/2
6 5/8
16 13/16
1250
3/4
1/2
6 15/16
12 1/4
2 5/8
11ga x 1
1.24
Page 136
Page 87
SWAY BRACES
FIG. 618
ADJUSTABLE BAND HANGER W/
SWIVEL NUT
FIG. E370 VIBRATION CONTROL AND SWAY BRACE

ASSEMBLY WITH ADJUSTABLE PRELOAD
APPLICATION: An Adjustable Band Hanger with Swivel Nut provides

for vertical support of small diameter piping systems. The elevation
of the piping system may be altered by adjusting the position of the
swivel nut on the hanger rod at the top of the hanger. Temporary
support is not required for the piping while elevation changes are
being made. The swivel nut is knurled to provide a gripping surface
for the use of pliers when adjusting the elevation of the pipe. The nut
has a retainer to keep it from dropping out of the ring while it is in the
open position being fitted onto the pipe. Installation and adjustment
of an Adjustable Band Hanger with a Swivel Nut is easier than for an
Adjustable Band Hanger without a Swivel Nut.
CONSTRUCTION: An Adjustable Band Hanger with a Swivel Nut
consists of a piece of carbon steel shaped to the proper configuration
and a swivel nut.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Galvanized before shaped.
name.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 618, 3, Adjustable Band Hanger w/ Swivel Nut.
This sway brace consists of a rear bracket, a male rod extension piece with an adjustment nut, a lock nut, a sway brace unit, a connector rod with a
thrust nut, a lock nut, a rod coupling, a male rod extension piece with a lock nut and a sway brace pipe clamp. The C-C length must be equal to or
greater than the minimum length in the table below and equal to or less than the maximum length in the table below.
This unit allows for preload adjustment. The adjustment nut can be turned until the desire preload is shown by the indicator. The thrust nut should
also be turned until it is in contact with the spring plate. Lock nuts should then be tightened against the thrust nut and the adjustment nut.
ORDERING: Specify figure number (Fig. E370), name (Vibration Control and Sway Brace Assembly with Adjustable Preload), sway brace size (1
thru 6), C-C dimension, pipe diameter, material, if other than carbon steel, and finish.

SWAY BRACE SIZE
MIN
2'-3 3/4"
2'-5 1/8"
2'-8 1/8"
2'-11 1/2"
3'-2 5/8"
3'-5 7/8"
MAX
3'-6 7/8"
4'-3 1/4"
4'-6 1/4"
5'-0 5/8"
5'-10 3/8"
5'-7 3/8"
E 370

BRACE EXTENDED ASSEMBLY WITH ADJUSTABLE
PRELOAD
NOM. PIPE
MAX REC
DIA.
LOAD (LBS)
A STD. (IN)
A NFPA (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
E (IN)
STEEL SIZE
WT EA
1/2
400
3/8
3/8
2 1/16
1 5/8
3 1/8
1 3/16
18ga x 5/8
0.08
3/4
400
3/8
3/8
1 15/16
1 9/16
3 1/8
1 1/16
18ga x 5/8
0.08
600
3/8
3/8
1 15/16
1 3/4
3 3/8
1 1/16
18ga x 5/8
0.08
1 1/4
600
3/8
3/8
1 3/4
1 11/16
3 3/4
7/8
18ga x 5/8
0.1
1 1/2
600
3/8
3/8
1 3/4
1 13/16
3 7/8
7/8
18ga x 5/8
0.1
600
3/8
3/8
2 3/16
2 1/2
4 1/4
1 5/16
18ga x 5/8
0.12
2 1/2
600
1/2
3/8
2 5/16
2 3/4
5 3/4
1 1/4
14 ga. x 3/4
0.32
This sway brace consists of a rear bracket, a male rod extension piece with an adjustment nut, a lock nut, a sway brace unit, a connector rod with a
thrust nut, a lock nut, a rod coupling, a lock nut, a male adaptor rod, a female extension piece, a male rod extension piece, a male rod extension
piece and a sway brace pipe clamp. The C-C length must be equal to or greater than the minimum length in the table below and equal to or less
than the maximum length in the table below.
This unit allows for preload adjustment. The adjustment nut can be turned until the desire preload is shown by the indicator. The thrust nut should
also be turned until it is in contact with the spring plate. Lock nuts should then be tightened against the thrust nut and the adjustment nut.
ORDERING: Specify figure number (Fig. E375), name (Vibration Control and Sway Brace Extended Assembly with Adjustable Preload), sway
brace size (1 through 6), C-C dimension, pipe diameter, material, if other than carbon steel, and finish.
600
1/2
3/8
2 3/16
3 1/8
1 1/8
14 ga. x 3/4
0.35
3 1/2
600
1/2
3/8
2 9/16
3 5/8
6 3/4
1 1/2
14 ga. x 3/4
0.39
1000
5/8
3/8
2 3/8
3 7/8
7 3/8
1 1/4
13ga x 3/4
0.43
SWAY BRACE SIZE
1000
5/8
1/2
2 1/2
6 1/8
1 3/8
12ga x 1
0.65
E 375
1250
3/4
1/2
3 3/8
5 5/16
9 3/8
12ga x 1
1.09
1250
3/4
1/2
6 15/16
12 1/4
2 5/8
11ga x 1
1.24

1
MIN
2'-8"
2'-10 3/8"
MAX
6'-5 3/8"
7'-11 3/4"
Female Extension Piece
1" Sch 160
3'-1 3/8"
3'-6"
3'-10 3/8"
4'-1 5/8"
7'-5 1/4"
7'-10 5/8"
8'-10 5/8"
7'-9 7/8"
2" XXS
2" XXS
1 1/4" Sch 160 1 1/4" Sch 160 1 1/2" Sch 160
Page 88
Page 135
SWAY BRACES
FIG. 380 PIPE CLAMP FOR SWAY BRACE ASSEMBLY FIGS. E355, E360, E370 and E375
FIG. 615
ADJUSTABLE BAND HANGER
APPLICATION: These pipe clamps are for use with Sway Brace
Assemblies Figs. E355, E360, E370, & E375.
FEATURES:
SELECTING THE CORRECT SWAY STRUT CLAMP: Once the

sway brace assembly has been properly sized and selected, the
clamp can be easily specified by stating the figure number of the
clamp followed by a dash and the sway brace size (1-6).
request.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Carbon Steel - Black, Painted or Hot Dip
Galvanized.
ORDERING: Specify name (Pipe Clamp for Sway Brace Assembly),
Fig. E380 - sway brace size (0-6), pipe diameter, material, if other
than carbon steel, and finish.
EXAMPLE: Pipe Clamp for Sway Brace Assembly, Fig. E3804, 12
Pipe Dia., HDG.
NOM.
PIPE
DIA.
(IN)
APPLICATION: An Adjustable Band Hanger without Swivel Nut provides for vertical support of small diameter piping systems. The elevation of the piping system may be altered by adjusting the position of
the hex nuts on the hanger rod at the top of the hanger. Temporary
being made.
CONSTRUCTION: An Adjustable Band Hanger without a swivel nut
consists of a piece of carbon steel shaped to the proper configuration.
NOTE: Fig. 615 does not include nuts as shown in picture.
FINISHES AVAILALE: Galvanized before shaped.
name.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 615, 4, Adjustable Band Hanger w/o Swivel Nut.
CLAMP TAKE OUT DIMENSION "K" IN INCHES FOR

SWAY BRACE ASSEMBLIES E355, E360, E370 & E375
SPECIFY PART NUMBER E380- FOLLOWED BY THE SWAY BRACE SIZE
1
5 7/8
5 7/8
6 1/4
6 3/8
6 1/2
6 1/4
6 1/4
6 5/8
2 1/2
6 1/2
6 1/2
6 7/8
6 3/4
6 3/4
5 3/4
1 1/4
1 1/2
6 3/4
6 3/4
6 3/4
7 1/8
7 1/4
7 1/4
7 1/4
3 1/2
7 3/8
7 1/2
7 1/2
7 1/2
7 1/4
7 1/4
7 5/8
7 3/4
7 3/4
7 3/4
7 7/8
8 1/4
8 3/8
8 3/8
8 3/8
8 3/8
8 3/4
8 7/8
8 7/8
8 7/8
9 3/8
9 3/4
9 7/8
9 7/8
9 7/8
10
10 3/8
10 3/4
10 7/8
10 7/8
10 7/8
12
11 3/8
11 3/4
11 7/8
11 7/8
11 7/8
14
12
12 3/8
12 1/2
12 1/2
12 1/2
16
13
13 3/8
13 1/2
13 1/2
13 1/2
18
14
14 3/8
14 1/2
14 1/2
20
15
15 3/8
15 1/2
22
16
16 3/8
24
17
NOM. PIPE
DIA.
MAX REC
LOAD (LBS)
A STD. (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
E (IN)
STEEL SIZE
WT EA
3/8
610
3/8
1 3/16
2 1/4
2 5/8
1 7/16
16 ga. x 7/8
0.10
1/2
610
3/8
1 3/16
2 1/8
2 5/8
13/16
16 ga. x 7/8
0.10
3/4
610
3/8
1 1/8
2 5/8
3/4
16 ga. x 7/8
0.10
14 1/2
610
3/8
1 5/16
2 1/8
2 7/8
16 ga. x 7/8
0.12
15 1/2
15 1/2
1 1/4
610
3/8
1 3/8
2 1/2
3 3/8
1 1/16
16 ga. x 7/8
0.12
16 1/2
16 1/2
16 1/2
1 1/2
610
3/8
1 9/16
2 1/2
3 1/2
1 1/4
16 ga. x 7/8
0.14
17 3/8
17 1/2
17 1/2
17 1/2
26
18 3/8
18 1/2
18 1/2
18 1/2
28
19 3/8
19 1/2
19 1/2
19 3/4
30
20 3/8
610
3/8
1 3/4
2 1/2
3 3/4
1 7/16
14 ga. x 1
0.16
2 1/2
970
1/2
1 5/8
3 1/2
1 1/8
14 ga. x 1
0.28
970
1/2
1 1/2
3 5/8
5 1/2
1 1/8
1/8 x 1
0.38
20 1/2
20 1/2
20 3/4
32
21 1/2
21 1/2
21 3/4
3 1/2
970
1/2
1 1/2
4 5/8
6 3/4
1 1/8
1/8 x 1
0.42
34
22 1/2
22 1/2
22 3/4
1130
5/8
1 1/2
4 3/8
6 3/4
1 1/8
1/8 x 1 1/4
0.60
36
23 1/2
23 1/2
23 7/8
38
24 1/2
25 3/8
1130
5/8
2 3/16
5 5/8
8 1/2
1 3/4
1/8 x 1 1/4
0.70
40
42
25 1/2
26 3/4
26 3/8
27 3/8
1600
3/4
2 3/8
5 7/8
9 1/4
1 13/16
1/8 x 1 1/2
1.34
1800
3/4
2 3/8
7 7/8
12 1/4
1 5/8
1/8 x 1 3/4
1.64
Page 134
Page 89
HYDRAULIC SNUBBERS
FIG. 612
CLEVIS HANGERSTANDARD PVC
COATED
HYDRAULIC SHOCK AND SWAY SUPPRESSORSSHORT ASSEMBLYFIG. 385

HYDRAULIC SHOCK AND SWAY SUPPRESSORSLONG ASSEMBLYFIG. 390
APPLICATION: A PVC Coated Standard Clevis Hanger provides for

sizeable loads to be supported and for an elevation adjustment of 1/2
inch to 3 3/4 depending upon the pipe diameter/hanger size. Temporary support is not required for the piping while elevation changes
are being made. The lower nut adjusts the piping to the proper elevation and the upper nut, when locked into position, prevents loosening
due to vibration. The PVC coating prevents electrolysis between the
pipe and the hanger and it reduces transmitted noise and vibration.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 612 PVC Coated Clevis Hanger consists of
a yoke and a support strap made from shaped carbon steel plate or
bar stock and a joining bolt. The support strap is coated with PVC to
a point just above the centerline of the pipe.
NOTE: Fig. 612 does not include hanger rod or nuts as shown in
picture.
name.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 612, 4, PVC Coated Std. Clevis Hanger.
AAA Technologys Hydraulic Shock and Sway Suppressor is a standard

3000 psi hydraulic cylinder with a self-contained fluid reservoir. The
hydraulic fluid is ported through the end blocks to a manifold which then
directs the flow through a valve block. The valve block contains two
regulating valves with bleed grooves. Ethylene propylene O ring seals
are used at the connection of the manifold to the reservoir and at the
valve block to the manifold.
tural attachment (dimension A for a rear bracket) to obtain

the C-C (COLD) dimension. To insure the compression load
is less than maximum allowed, see the table entitled
Compression Chart following the dimensional tables for Fig.
385 and for Fig. 390 and move from left to right until you find
the C-C dimension of your unit. The maximum compressive
load for the specific C-C dimension for the bore sizes and
strokes is given in the table. Calculate the required W dimension that accommodates the adjusted P (COLD) dimensions. Insure the W dimension is greater than or equal to
the W (MIN) dimension specified in the table.
While the suppressor operates, the piston rod extends or retracts at a

velocity less than the lockup velocity. When shock, vibration or sway
increases the rate of displacement of the piston rod beyond the lockup
velocity, the regulating valves close and the velocity of the movement is
limited. The resistive capacity of the suppressor transfers the force to FEATURES:
the structure and reduces the likelihood of the piping system or the
Minimal resistance to normal thermal expansion movements.
connections to associated equipment becoming overstressed.
Compact furnished as a complete workable unit.
Bleed grooves control the velocity of the piping system after lockup.
For prolonged thrust applications, bleed grooves can be eliminated and
the suppressor becomes a rigid strut during lockup.
Recommended Service: AAA Technologys suppressors (hydraulic
snubbers) are recommended: 1.) to absorb thrust associated with the
release of relief valves which can cause immediate or accumulative
damage to piping or equipment, and 2.) to absorb forces associated
with shock, sway or vibration caused by earthquake, water hammer,
steam hammer or other transient forces.
Codes and Standards: Hydraulic snubbers (suppressors) are manufactured in conformance with government and industry codes where
applicable. Among these are Federal Specification WW-H-171E, Manufacturers Standardization Society MSS-SP-58, and American National
Standards Institute Code for pressure piping ANSI B31.1.
How to Size:
1.
NOM. PIPE
DIA.
MAX. REC.
LOAD
(LBS.)
A STD.
(IN)
A NFPA
(IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
E (IN)
F (IN)
G (IN)
H (IN)
WT EA
1/2
600
3/8
3/8
2 7/16
2 7/8
1 3/8
1/4
1/8 x 1
1/8 x 1
0.33
3/4
600
3/8
3/8
2 9/16
3 1/16
1 3/4
1/4
1/8 x 1
1/8 x 1
0.38
600
3/8
3/8
2 11/16
3 3/8
1 7/8
1/4
1/8 x 1
1/8 x 1
0.42
1 1/4
600
3/8
3/8
2 15/16
3 7/8
1/4
1/8 x 1
1/8 x 1
0.47
1 1/2
600
3/8
3/8
3 1/8
4 1/8
2 1/4
1/4
5/32 x 1
1/8 x 1
0.59
600
3/8
3/8
3 5/16
4 1/2
2 5/8
1/4
5/32 x 1
1/8 x 1
0.64
2 1/2
1100
1/2
3/8
4 1/16
5 1/2
3 1/8
5/16
3/16 x 1 1/4
3/16 x 1 1/4
1.1
1100
1/2
3/8
4 3/8
6 1/8
3 1/4
1 1/4
5/16
3/16 x 1 1/4
3/16 x 1 1/4
1.2
3 1/2
1100
1/2
3/8
4 3/4
6 5/8
3 1/2
1 1/4
3/8
3/16 x 1 1/4
3/16 x 1 1/4
1.35
1400
5/8
3/8
5 3/8
7 3/4
4 1/8
1 1/2
1/2
1/4 x 1 1/4
3/16 x 1 1/4
2.05
1400
5/8
1/2
6 1/8
5 1/16
1 1/2
1/2
1/4 x 1 1/4
3/16 x 1 1/4
2.85
1900
3/4
1/2
6 11/16
10
5 3/4
1 1/2
5/8
1/4 x 1 1/2
3/16 x 1 1/4
3.7
2000
7/8
1/2
8 7/16
12 3/4
6 3/4
5/8
1/4 x 1 3/4
3/16 x 1 3/4
5.1
2.
3.
4.
Select a AAA Technology figure number and bore size, that

will handle the maximum required loading (tension and compression) and movement and will fit within the dimensional or
space limitations. The stroke of the unit should be greater
than or equal to the anticipated maximum movement plus
20%.
Adjust the P (COLD) dimension so that 50% of the expected
movement will be consumed, when the unit reaches the midstroke position.
For a AAA Technology Fig. 385 assembly, add the appropriate J dimension to the adjusted P (COLD) dimension to
determine the Center-Center (COLD) dimension. To insure
the compression load is less than or equal to that specified at
C-C (MIN), see the table entitled Compression Chart following the dimensional tables for Fig. 385 and for Fig. 390.
To obtain the overall length from a structural attachment point
to the centerline of the pipe, add to the C-C dimension the
applicable takeout for the pipe attachment (dimension K for
a pipe clamp) and structural attachment (dimension A for a
rear bracket).
For a AAA Technology Fig. 390 assembly, the designer
should calculate the distance from the structural attachment
point (back of rear bracket) to center of pipe. From this value,
the designer should subtract the appropriate takeout of the
pipe attachment (dimension K for a pipe clamp) and struc-
Can be used in compression or tension.

Has a self-contained reservoir with a transparent window for
easy viewing of the fluid level.
No external piping or reservoirs unit is completely manifolded.
Hydraulic fluid is nonflammable.
All units have special fluid and seals suitable for installation in
radiation areas.
Optional Features:
An external reservoir for remote mounting can be added for

inaccessible locations. Pressure relief valve blocks are also
available. Contact AAA Technology & Specialties Co., Inc.
for further information and ordering instructions.
Ordering Information:
AAA Technology Fig. 385: Specify figure number, name, bore size,
stroke, loads (tension and compression), C-C (Cold) and C-C (Hot)
dimensions, option number and pipe size (if applicable). For available
pipe clamps and options, see page 82. For corrosion resistant assemblies, indicate that you want a hot dip galvanized finish.
AAA Technology Fig. 390: Specify figure number, name, bore size,
stroke, loads (tension and compression), C-C (Cold) and C-C (Hot)
dimensions, option number and pipe size (if applicable) plus the W
dimension. For corrosion resistant assemblies, indicate that you want a
hot dip galvanized finish.
Page 90
Page 133
HYDRAULIC SNUBBERS
FIG. 385 HYDRAULIC SNUBBER

SHORT ASSEMBLY
FIG. 609
ELONGATED CLEVIS HANGER
CYLINDER
BORE
SIZE
REAR BRACKET
MAX. RATED
TAKE
WEIGHT
LOAD
(LBS)
OUT
STROKE
H
(LBS)
L3
L5
W
L4
THREAD
MIN
MID
MAX
LENGTH
L6
SIZE
H2
C-C
MIN
**
R
MAX
GAP
G
NOMINAL
PIN/STUD
DIA. P
3/4
738
19
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 5/8
15 7/8
18 3/8
20 7/8
1 7/16
1 5/8
1/2-20 NF-3A
17 1/2
3/4
9/16
3/8
3/4
10
738
24
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 5/8
23 3/8
23 3/8
33 3/8
1 7/16
1 5/8
1/2-20 NF-3A
25
3/4
9/16
3/8
1434
23
1 3/4
1 1/2
1 1/4
2 1/8
16 3/4
19 1/4
21 3/4
1 11/16
1 3/4
5/8-18 NF-3A
18 7/8
21/32
1/2
10
1434
28
1 3/4
1 1/2
1 1/4
2 1/8
24 1/4
29 1/4
34 1/4
1 11/16
1 3/4
5/8-18 NF-3A
26 3/8
21/32
1/2
1 1/2
3900
31
2 1/4
1 1/2
2 3/4
18 7/8
21 3/8
23 7/8
3 5/16
1 3/8
3/4-16 UNF
21 5/8
1 1/4
25/32
5/8
1 1/2
10
3900
38
2 1/4
1 1/2
2 3/4
26 3/8
31 3/8
36 3/8
3 5/16
1 3/8
3/4-16 UNF
29 1/8
1 1/4
25/32
5/8
1 1/2
15
3900
44
2 1/4
1 1/2
2 3/4
33 7/8
41 3/8
48 7/8
3 5/16
1 3/8
3/4-16 UNF
36 5/8
1 1/4
25/32
5/8
1 1/2
20
3900
51
2 1/4
1 1/2
2 3/4
41 3/8
51 3/8
61 3/8
3 5/16
1 3/8
3/4-16 UNF
44 1/8
1 1/4
25/32
5/8
7000
42
2 1/2
2 1/4
3 3/8
19 1/8
21 5/8
24 1/8
3 9/16
1 3/4
1 - 14 NF
22 1/2
1 1/2
29/32
3/4
10
7000
51
2 1/2
2 1/4
3 3/8
26 5/8
31 5/8
36 5/8
3 9/16
1 3/4
1 - 14 NF
30
1 1/2
29/32
3/4
15
7000
60
2 1/2
2 1/4
3 3/8
34 1/8
41 5/8
49 1/8
3 9/16
1 3/4
1 - 14 NF
37 1/2
1 1/2
29/32
3/4
20
7000
69
2 1/2
2 1/4
3 3/8
41 5/8
51 5/8
61 5/8
3 9/16
1 3/4
1 - 14 NF
45
1 1/2
29/32
3/4
2 1/2
11000
55
2 3/4
2 5/8
2 1/4
3 1/2
20 5/8
23 1/8
25 5/8
3 13/16
2 1/8
1 1/4 - 12 UNF 24 1/8
1 1/2
1 1/32
2 1/2
10
11000
66
2 3/4
2 5/8
2 1/4
3 1/2
28 1/8
33 1/8
38 1/8
3 13/16
2 1/8
1 1/4 - 12 UNF 31 5/8
1 1/2
1 1/32
2 1/2
15
11000
77
2 3/4
2 5/8
2 1/4
3 1/2
35 5/8
43 1/8
50 5/8
3 13/16
2 1/8
1 1/4 - 12 UNF 39 1/8
1 1/2
1 1/32
2 1/2
20
11000
88
2 3/4
2 5/8
2 1/4
3 1/2
43 1/8
53 1/8
63 1/8
3 13/16
2 1/8
1 1/4 - 12 UNF 46 5/8
1 1/2
1 1/32
3 1/4
17600
95
3 1/2
3 3/4
25
27 1/2
30
4 5/16
2 7/8
1 3/4 - 12 UN
29
2 1/4
1 19/32
1 1/4
3 1/4
10
17600
112
3 1/2
3 3/4
32 7/8
37 7/8
42 7/8
4 5/16
2 7/8
1 3/4 - 12 UN
36 7/8
2 1/4
1 19/32
1 1/4
3 1/4
15
17600
130
3 1/2
3 3/4
40 3/4
48 1/4
55 3/4
4 5/16
2 7/8
1 3/4 - 12 UN
44 3/4
2 1/4
1 19/32
1 1/4
3 1/4
20
17600
147
3 1/2
3 3/4
48 5/8
58 5/8
68 5/8
4 5/16
2 7/8
1 3/4 - 12 UN
52 5/8
2 1/4
1 19/32
1 1/4
28200
126
4 1/2
3 3/4
4 1/4
25 3/4
28 1/4
30 3/4
4 9/16
3 1/4
2 - 12 UN
30
2 1/2
1 25/32
1 1/2
10
28200
147
4 1/2
3 3/4
4 1/4
33 1/4
38 1/4
43 1/4
4 9/16
3 1/4
2 - 12 UN
37 1/2
2 1/2
1 25/32
1 1/2
15
28200
168
4 1/2
3 3/4
4 1/4
40 3/4
48 1/4
55 3/4
4 9/16
3 1/4
2 - 12 UN
45
2 1/2
1 25/32
1 1/2
20
28200
189
4 1/2
3 3/4
4 1/4
48 1/4
58 1/4
68 1/4
4 9/16
3 1/4
2 - 12 UN
52 1/2
2 1/2
1 25/32
1 1/2
44000
220
5 1/4
28 3/8
31 1/4
33 3/4
5 5/16
2 1/2 - 12 UN
34
2 7/32
1 3/4
10
44000
253
5 1/4
36 1/4
41 1/4
46 1/4
5 5/16
2 1/2 - 12 UN
41 1/2
2 7/32
1 3/4
15
44000
287
5 1/4
43 3/4
51 1/4
58 3/4
5 5/16
2 1/2 - 12 UN
49
2 7/32
1 3/4
20
44000
321
5 1/4
51 1/4
61 1/4
71 1/4
5 5/16
2 1/2 - 12 UN
56 1/2
2 7/32
1 3/4
63600
332
5 3/4
5 3/4
31 5/8
34 1/8
36 5/8
5 13/16
4 3/4
3 - 12 UN
37 3/8
3 1/4
2 13/32
10
63600
376
5 3/4
5 3/4
39 1/8
44 1/8
49 1/8
5 13/16
4 3/4
3 - 12 UN
44 7/8
3 1/4
2 13/32
15
63600
421
5 3/4
5 3/4
46 5/8
54 1/8
61 5/8
5 13/16
4 3/4
3 - 12 UN
52 3/8
3 1/4
2 13/32
20
63600
465
5 3/4
5 3/4
54 1/8
64 1/8
74 1/8
5 13/16
4 3/4
3 - 12 UN
59 7/8
3 1/4
2 13/32
113000
684
7 1/2
10
10
38
40 1/2
43
6 13/16
6 1/4
4 - 12 UN
46
4 3/4
3 7/16
2 3/4
10
113000
755
7 1/2
10
10
45 1/2
50 1/2
55 1/2
6 13/16
6 1/4
4 - 12 UN
53 1/2
4 3/4
3 7/16
2 3/4
15
113000
828
7 1/2
10
10
53
60 1/2
68
6 13/16
6 1/4
4 - 12 UN
61
4 3/4
3 7/16
2 3/4
20
113000
900
7 1/2
10
10
60 1/2
70 1/2
50 1/2
6 13/16
6 1/4
4 - 12 UN
68 1/2
4 3/4
3 7/16
2 3/4
10
187900
1308
9 1/2
13
13
9 1/2
45 1/16 47 9/16 50 1/16
8 3/8
4 1/2 - 12 UN 54 9/16
6 1/3
4 5/16
3 3/4
10
10
187900
1419
9 1/2
13
13
9 1/2
52 9/16 57 9/16 62 9/16
8 3/8
4 1/2 - 12 UN 62 1/16
6 1/3
4 5/16
3 3/4
10
15
187900
1529
9 1/2
13
13
9 1/2
60 1/16 67 9/16 75 1/16
8 3/8
4 1/2 - 12 UN 69 9/16
6 1/3
4 5/16
3 3/4
10
20
187900
1640
9 1/2
13
13
9 1/2
57 9/16 77 9/16 87 9/16
8 3/8
4 1/2 - 12 UN 77 1/16
6 1/3
4 5/16
3 3/4
APPLICATION: An Elongated Clevis Hanger for Insulated Lines is

used to support insulated piping and will accommodate a 2 thickness
of insulation on 3/4 to 1 1/2 piping and a 4 thickness of insulation
on 2 and larger piping. The insulation is applied around and over the
clamp itself. An Elongated Clevis Hanger provides for elevation adjustment of 1 1/16 to 3 depending upon the pipe size, hanger size
and insulation thickness. Temporary support is not required for the
piping while elevation changes are being made.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 609 Elongated Clevis Hanger for Insulated
Lines consists of a yoke and a support strap made from shaped carbon steel plate or bar stock and a joining bolt.
NOTE: Fig. 609 does not include hanger rod or nuts as shown in the
picture.
Painted.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 609, 8, Elongated Clevis Hanger for Insulated
Lines, HDG.
*Please refer to F. 603 for Dimension H.

NOM.
PIPE
DIA.
MAX. REC.
LOAD (LBS.)
A
(IN)
B
(IN)
C
(IN)
D
(IN)
E
(IN)
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
610
610
610
610
610
610
1130
1130
1430
1430
1940
2000
3600
3800
4200
4800
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
3/4
3/4
7/8
7/8
1
1
3 13/16
3 3/4
4 1/8
4 7/16
4 3/4
7 1/4
8 13/16
9
10 1/8
9 7/8
10 7/8
12 1/4
14 1/2
15 7/8
19 1/2
23
4 1/4
4 3/16
4 3/4
5 1/4
5 3/4
8 7/16
10 3/16
10 3/4
12 3/8
12 9/16
14 1/8
16 9/16
19 7/8
22 1/4
26 1/2
31
3
2 15/16
3 5/16
3 5/8
3 15/16
6 7/16
7 3/4
7 15/16
8 13/16
8 7/16
9 1/4
10 7/16
12 1/2
13 39/50
15 7/8
17 1/8
7/16
7/16
5/8
7/8
1 1/16
1 1/4
1 15/16
1 3/4
2 1/8
1 7/16
1 3/4
1 7/8
2 1/4
2 13/16
2 1/8
2 5/8
18
4800
24 3/4
33 3/4
19 1/4
3 1/4
F
(IN)
G
(IN)
13ga x 7/8
12ga x 7/8
13ga x 7/8
12ga x 7/8
13ga x 7/8
12ga x 7/8
13ga x 7/8
12ga x 7/8
12ga x 7/8
12ga x 7/8
12ga x 7/8
12ga x 7/8
9ga x 1 3/16 10ga x 1 3/16
9ga x 1 3/16 10ga x 1 3/16
8ga x 1 3/16 10ga x 1 3/16
4ga x1 1/4
8ga x 1 1/4
3ga x 1 1/2
8ga x 1 1/2
3ga x 1 3/4
8ga x 1 3/4
3/8 x 1 3/4
3ga x 1 3/4
3/8 x 2
3ga x 2
1/2 x 2
1/4 x 2
1/2 x 2 1/2
1/4 x 2 1/2
1/2 x 2 1/2
1/4 x 2 1/2
WT EA
0.30
0.33
0.34
0.39
0.47
0.65
1.25
1.34
1.92
2.58
3.36
5.08
9.08
11.54
14.80
21.00
24.35
Page 132
Page 91
HYDRAULIC SNUBBERS
FIG. 606
CLEVIS HANGER W/ WELDED SHIELD
FIG. 390 HYDRAULIC SNUBBER ASSEMBLY
APPLICATION: Fig. 606 Clevis Hangers with Welded Shields are

used to support insulated piping while preventing the crushing of the
insulation or vapor barrier by the clevis hangers. Elevation adjustment is provided for as with a Standard Clevis Hanger. Temporary
being made.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 606 Clevis Hanger with Welded Shield is a
combination of the Fig. 603 Clevis Hanger and the Fig. 800 Insulation
Protection Shield. The Insulation Protection Shield is rolled carbon
steel plate and the Clevis Hanger consists of a yoke and a support
strap made from shaped carbon steel plate or bar stock and a joining
bolt.
NOTE: Fig. 606 does not include hanger rod or nuts as shown in the
picture.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, nominal pipe diameter from
chart, name and finish, if other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 606, 10, Clevis Hanger with Welded Shield, HDG.
PIPE SIZE
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
1/2"
1 1/2
2
2
2 1/2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
5
5
6
7
10
12
14
16
18
THICKNESS OF PIPE INSULATION (IN)

1"
1 1/2"
2"
2 1/2"
2 1/2
3 1/2
5
6
3
3 1/2
5
6
3
4
5
6
3 1/2
4
5
6
3 1/2
5
6
7
4
5
6
7
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
6
7
8
10
6
7
8
10
7
8
10
10
8
10
10
12
10
12
12
14
12
14
16
16
16
16
18
18
16
18
18
20
18
20
20
24
MAX*
CYLINDER
RATED
BORE STRO LOADS
SIZE
KE
(LBS)
3"
7
7
7
7
8
8
10
10
10
10
12
12
16
18
20
20
24
REAR BRACKET
L5
TAKE
OUT
MIN
MID
MAX
C-C
MIN
**
FEMALE
PIPE
EXT.
PIECE
R
MAX
GAP
G
NOM.
PIN/STUD
DIA.
P
L4
MIN
THREAD
LENGTH
L6
SIZE
H2
3/4
738
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
15 7/8
18 3/8
20 7/8
5 1/2
1 7/16
29 5/8 1/2 - STD
3/4
9/16
3/8
8 1/4
1 5/8
1/2-20 NF-3A
3/4
10
738
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
23 3/8
23 3/8
33 3/8
5 1/2
1 7/16
37 1/8 1/2 - STD
3/4
9/16
3/8
8 1/4
1 5/8
1/2-20 NF-3A
1434
1 3/4
1 1/2
1 1/4
16 3/4
19 1/4
21 3/4
5 3/4
1 11/16
31 1/8
3/4 STD
21/32
1/2
8 5/8
1 3/4
5/8-18 NF-3A
10
1434
1 3/4
1 1/2
1 1/4
24 1/4
29 1/4
34 1/4
5 3/4
1 11/16
38 5/8
3/4 STD
21/32
1/2
8 5/8
1 3/4
5/8-18 NF-3A
1 1/2
3900
2 1/4
1 1/2
18 7/8
21 3/8
23 7/8
6 1/4
3 5/16
34
1 1/4 XS
1 1/4
25/32
5/8
8 7/8
1 3/8
3/4 - 16 UNF
1 1/2
10
3900
2 1/4
1 1/2
26 3/8
31 3/8
36 3/8
6 1/4
3 5/16
41 1/2
1 1/4 XS
1 1/4
25/32
5/8
8 7/8
1 3/8
3/4 - 16 UNF
1 1/2
15
3900
2 1/4
1 1/2
33 7/8
41 3/8
48 7/8
6 1/4
3 5/16
49
1 1/4 XS
1 1/4
25/32
5/8
8 7/8
1 3/8
3/4 - 16 UNF
1 1/2
20
3900
2 1/4
1 1/2
41 3/8
51 3/8
61 3/8
6 1/4
3 5/16
56 1/2
1 1/4 XS
1 1/4
25/32
5/8
8 7/8
1 3/8
3/4 - 16 UNF
7000
2 1/2
2 1/4
19 1/8
21 5/8
24 1/8
6 7/8
3 9/16
36 1/4
1 1/2 XS
1 1/2
29/32
3/4
9 1/4
1 3/4
1 - 14 NF
10
7000
2 1/2
2 1/4
26 5/8
31 5/8
36 5/8
6 7/8
3 9/16
42 3/4
1 1/2 XS
1 1/2
29/32
3/4
9 1/4
1 3/4
1 - 14 NF
15
7000
2 1/2
2 1/4
34 1/8
41 5/8
49 1/8
6 7/8
3 9/16
50 1/4
1 1/2 XS
1 1/2
29/32
3/4
9 1/4
1 3/4
1 - 14 NF
20
7000
2 1/2
2 1/4
41 5/8
51 5/8
61 5/8
6 7/8
3 9/16
57 3/4
1 1/2 XS
1 1/2
29/32
3/4
9 1/4
1 3/4
1 - 14 NF
2 1/2
11000
2 3/4
2 5/8
2 1/4
20 5/8
23 1/8
25 5/8
7 1/2
3 13/16
38
2XS
1 1/2
1 1/32
9 7/8
2 1/8
1 1/4 - 12 UNF
2 1/2
10
11000
2 3/4
2 5/8
2 1/4
28 1/8
33 1/8
38 1/8
7 1/2
3 13/16
45 1/2
2XS
1 1/2
1 1/32
9 7/8
2 1/8
1 1/4 - 12 UNF
2 1/2
15
11000
2 3/4
2 5/8
2 1/4
35 5/8
43 1/8
50 5/8
7 1/2
3 13/16
53
2XS
1 1/2
1 1/32
9 7/8
2 1/8
1 1/4 - 12 UNF
2 1/2
20
11000
2 3/4
2 5/8
2 1/4
43 1/8
53 1/8
63 1/8
7 1/2
3 13/16
60 1/2
2XS
1 1/2
1 1/32
9 7/8
2 1/8
1 1/4 - 12 UNF
3 1/4
17600
3 1/2
3 3/4
25
27 1/2
30
9 3/4
4 5/16
45 1/2
2 1/2 XS
2 1/4
1 19/32
1 1/4
10 3/4
2 7/8
1 3/4 - 12 UN
3 1/4
10
17600
3 1/2
3 3/4
32 7/8
37 7/8
42 7/8
9 3/4
4 5/16
53 3/8
2 1/2 XS
2 1/4
1 19/32
1 1/4
10 3/4
2 7/8
1 3/4 - 12 UN
3 1/4
15
17600
3 1/2
3 3/4
40 3/4
48 1/4
55 3/4
9 3/4
4 5/16
61 1/4
2 1/2 XS
2 1/4
1 19/32
1 1/4
10 3/4
2 7/8
1 3/4 - 12 UN
3 1/4
20
17600
3 1/2
3 3/4
48 5/8
58 5/8
68 5/8
9 3/4
4 5/16
69 1/8
2 1/2 XS
2 1/4
1 19/32
1 1/4
10 3/4
2 7/8
1 3/4 - 12 UN
28200
4 1/2
3 3/4
25 3/4
28 1/4
30 3/4
10 5/8
4 9/16
47 7/8
3XS
2 1/2
1 25/32
1 1/2
11 1/2
3 1/4
2 - 12 UN
10
28200
4 1/2
3 3/4
.33 1/4
38 1/4
43 1/4
10 5/8
4 9/16
55 3/8
3XS
2 1/2
1 25/32
1 1/2
11 1/2
3 1/4
2 - 12 UN
15
28200
4 1/2
3 3/4
40 3/4
48 1/4
55 3/4
10 5/8
4 9/16
62 7/8
3XS
2 1/2
1 25/32
1 1/2
11 1/2
3 1/4
2 - 12 UN
20
28200
4 1/2
3 3/4
48 1/4
58 1/4
68 1/4
10 5/8
4 9/16
70 3/8
3XS
2 1/2
1 25/32
1 1/2
11 1/2
3 1/4
2 - 12 UN
44000
28 3/8
31 1/4
33 3/4
12 3/8
5 5/16
53 3/8
4XS
2 7/32
1 3/4
12 1/4
2 1/2 - 12 UN
10
44000
36 1/4
41 1/4
46 1/4
12 3/8
5 5/16
60 7/8
4XS
2 7/32
1 3/4
12 1/4
2 1/2 - 12 UN
15
44000
43 3/4
51 1/4
58 3/4
12 3/8
5 5/16
68 3/8
4XS
2 7/32
1 3/4
12 1/4
2 1/2 - 12 UN
20
44000
51 1/4
61 1/4
71 1/4
12 3/8
5 5/16
75 7/8
4XS
2 7/32
1 3/4
12 1/4
2 1/2 - 12 UN
63600
5 3/4
31 5/8
34 1/8
36 5/8
13 1/4
5 13/16
58
5XS
3 1/4
2 13/32
13 1/8
4 3/4
3 - 12 UN
10
63600
5 3/4
39 1/8
44 1/8
49 1/8
13 1/4
5 13/16
65 1/2
5XS
3 1/4
2 13/32
13 1/8
4 3/4
3 - 12 UN
15
63600
5 3/4
46 5/8
54 1/8
61 5/8
13 1/4
5 13/16
73
5XS
3 1/4
2 13/32
13 1/8
4 3/4
3 - 12 UN
20
63600
5 3/4
54 1/8
64 1/8
74 1/8
13 1/4
5 13/16
80 1/2
5XS
3 1/4
2 13/32
13 1/8
4 3/4
3 - 12 UN
113000
7 1/2
10
10
38
40 1/2
43
16
6 13/16
69 1/4
6XS
4 3/4
3 7/16
2 3/4
15 1/4
6 1/4
4 - 12 UN
10
113000
7 1/2
10
10
45 1/2
50 1/2
55 1/2
16
6 13/16
76 3/4
6XS
4 3/4
3 7/16
2 3/4
15 1/4
6 1/4
4 - 12 UN
15
113000
7 1/2
10
10
53
60 1/2
68
16
6 13/16
84 1/4
6XS
4 3/4
3 7/16
2 3/4
15 1/4
6 1/4
4 - 12 UN
20
113000
7 1/2
10
10
60 1/2
70 1/2
80 1/2
16
6 13/16
91 3/4
6XS
4 3/4
3 7/16
2 3/4
15 1/4
6 1/4
4 - 12 UN
10
187900
9 1/2
13
13
45 1/16 47 9/16 50 1/16
20 1/8
8 3/8
81 15/16
8XS
6 5/16
4 5/16
3 3/4
16 3/4
4 1/2 - 12 UN
10
10
187900
9 1/2
13
13
52 9/16 57 9/16 62 9/16
20 1/8
8 3/8
89 7/16
8XS
6 5/16
4 5/16
3 3/4
16 3/4
4 1/2 - 12 UN
10
15
187900
9 1/2
13
13
60 1/16 67 9/16 75 1/16
20 1/8
8 3/8
96 15/16
8XS
6 5/16
4 5/16
3 3/4
16 3/4
4 1/2 - 12 UN
10
20
187900
9 1/2
13
13
67 9/16 77 9/16 87 9/16
20 1/8
8 3/8
104 7/16
8XS
6 5/16
4 5/16
3 3/4
16 3/4
4 1/2 - 12 UN
Page 92
Page 131
HYDRAULIC SNUBBERS
FIG. 385 & FIG. 390 COMPRESSION CHART
FIG. 603
CLEVIS HANGERSTANDARD
APPLICATION: A standard Clevis Hanger provides for sizeable
loads to be supported and for an elevation adjustment of 1/2 to 3 3/4
depending upon the pipe diameter/hanger size. Temporary support is
not required for the piping while elevation changes are being made.
The lower nut adjusts the piping to the proper elevation and the upper
nut, when locked into position, prevents loosening due to vibration.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 603 standard Clevis Hanger consists of a
yoke and a support strap made from shaped carbon steel plate or bar
stock and a joining bolt.
picture.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, nominal pipe diameter, name,
MAXIMUM RATED COMPRESSION LOADS (LBS)**

CYLINDER
BORE
SIZE
STROKE
(IN)
@MIN
32
36
40
44
3/4
520
275
190
125
75
1434
1100
855
710
10
765
325
48
52
56
565
465
390
345
215
185
140
120
60
64
68
72
76
CYLINDER
BORE
SIZE
1 1/2
2 1/2
3 1/4
10
STROKE
(IN)
@MIN
3 - 0
4 - 0
5 - 0
6 - 0
7 - 0
3200
2450
1760
1180
800
560
10
1400
860
440
240
15
350
7000
10
4500
15
20
8 - 0
9 - 0
10 - 0
11 - 0
12 - 0
13 - 0
14 - 0
15 - 0
100
6050
4850
3750
2800
2050
3300
2400
1650
1400
2300
1500
950
550
1400
900
450
1550
11000
10000
8650
7400
6000
4800
3400
10
9300
8200
6700
5400
4600
3200
2600
15
6400
5000
3800
2800
2000
1600
20
3700
2600
1700
1200
900
17600
17600
17200
14900
12600
10200
17600
16500
14200
12000
9900
7800
17600
NOM. PIPE
DIA.
1/2
17600
10
17600
15
16800
14200
11700
8400
7700
6100
5000
20
14400
11850
9500
7600
6000
4700
4000
28200
28200
26350
23950
21600
19000
28200
28200
27600
MAX. REC.
LOAD
A STD. (IN)
(LBS.)
610
3/8
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
E (IN)
F (IN)
G (IN)
H (IN)
WT EA
1 11/16
2 1/16
15/16
7/16
13 ga x 7/8
13 ga x 7/8
1/4
0.18
3/4
610
3/8
1 11/16
2 9/16
15/16
7/16
13 ga x 7/8
13 ga x 7/8
1/4
0.18
610
3/8
2 1/16
2 11/16
1 1/4
5/8
13 ga x 7/8
13 ga x 7/8
1/4
0.22
1 1/4
610
3/8
2 1/2
3 3/16
1 11/16
7/8
13 ga x 7/8
13 ga x 7/8
1/4
0.26
1 1/2
610
3/8
2 7/8
3 11/16
2 1/16
1 1/16
12 ga x 7/8
12 ga x 7/8
1/4
0.34
610
3/8
3 5/16
4 7/16
2 1/2
1 8/31
12 ga x 7/8
12 ga x 7/8
1/4
0.38
2 1/2
1130
1/2
4 1/2
5 7/8
3 3/8
1 15/16
9ga x 1 3/16 10ga x 1 3/16
5/16
0.86
1130
1/2
4 3/4
6 1/2
3 11/16
1 3/4
9ga x 1 3/16 10ga x 1 3/16
5/16
0.96
3 1/2
1130
1/2
5 7/8
7 15/16
4 13/16
2 9/16
8ga x 1 3/16 10ga x 1 3/16
3/8
1.14
1430
5/8
5 15/16
8 3/16
4 9/16
2 1/8
8ga x 1 3/16 10ga x 1 3/16
1/2
1.26
10
28200
25200
22500
20000
17700
15400
15
25200
22250
19300
16800
14600
12450
10500
20
23000
19600
16200
14100
12000
10000
8300
44000
44000
44000
43000
40400
37000
33800
30600
10
44000
43800
41100
38300
35300
32300
29100
26000
15
43400
40400
37000
33800
30600
27400
24500
21400
20
36700
32600
29100
26000
23000
20400
17800
1430
5/8
5 11/16
8 7/16
4 5/16
1 7/16
4ga x1 1/4
8ga x 1 1/4
1/2
2.04
44000
63600
63600
63600
63600
61600
58200
54800
63600
63600
61100
58800
53400
51400
47400
1940
3/4
3 13/16
10 1/8
5 3/16
1 3/4
3ga x 1 1/2
8ga x 1 1/2
1/2
2.80
63600
60200
57600
53000
49400
45600
42000
2000
3/4
7 13/16
11 5/8
6 3/16
3ga x 1 1/2
8ga x 1 1/2
1/2
3.24
20
60500
56200
51800
47800
43600
40000
36800
113000
113000
113000
113000
113000
113000
111000
108000
2000
3/4
8 1/16
12 7/16
6 1/4
1 7/8
3ga x 1 3/4
8ga x 1 3/4
1/2
4.46
10
113000
113000
113000
113000
110000
106000
102000
97500
10
3600
7/8
10
15 7/16
2 1/4
3/8 x 1 3/4
3ga x 1 3/4
3/4
8.06
15
113000
113000
108000
103000
98300
93500
88800
12
3800
7/8
11 9/16
18
9 9/16
2 13/16
3/8 x 2
3ga x 2
3/4
10.37
20
112500
107000
102000
96000
90000
84000
78000
14
4200
12 9/16
19 9/16
10 9/16
2 9/16
1/2 x 2
1/4 x 2
7/8
14.80
159000
151000
146500
142000
137500
133000
128000
123000
118000
16
4600
13 15/16
21 15/16
11 15/16
2 13/16
1/2 x 2 1/2
1/4 x 2 1/2
21.00
10
148000
143300
138800
134000
129500
125000
120000
115000
110500
15
143500
131600
125500
120000
114500
109500
104000
98500
18
4800
16
25
13 7/8
3 3/4
1/2 x 2 1/2
1/4 x 2 1/2
1 1/8
24.40
20
131000
116500
110500
104500
99000
93000
87000
20
4800
1 1/4
17 1/2
27 1/2
15 1/8
3 3/4
5/8 x 3
3/8 x 3
1 1/4
47.00
24
4800
1 1/4
19 3/4
31 3/4
17 3/8
5/8 x 3
3/8 x 3
1 1/4
54.00
30
6000
1 1/4
24 1/8
39 1/8
21 1/2
4 3/4
5/8 x 3
3/8 x 3
1 1/4
69.50
63600
10
63600
15
63600
113000
Interpolate for lengths not listed.

**Do not use unit in compression if no maximum rating is shown.
155000
Page 130
FIG. 600
CLEVIS HANGERLIGHT DUTY
FIG. 400
ALL THREAD ROD
APPLICATION: A Light Duty Clevis Hanger provides for small vertical

loads to be supported and for elevation adjustment of 1 1/16 to 2 1/4
depending upon the pipe diameter/hanger size. Temporary support is
not required for the piping while elevation changes are being made.
The lower nut adjusts the piping to the proper elevation and the upper
nut, when locked into position, prevents loosening due to vibration.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 600 Light Duty Clevis Hanger consists of a
yoke and a support strap made from shaped carbon steel plate or bar
stock and a joining bolt.
picture.
Painted.
EXAMPLE; Fig. 600, 2 1/2, Light Duty Clevis Hanger, HDG.
APPLICATION: All Thread Rod is the most versatile type of hanger

rod. Since All Thread Rod is threaded for the entire length of the
rod, it may be cut to any length and used without additional threading being required.
CONSTRUCTION: All Thread Rod is made of mild low carbon
steel, SA-36, and is available in 6 ft., 10 ft. and 20 ft. lengths.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, rod diameter X rod length,
EXAMPLE: Fig. 400, 3/8 diameter X 10 ft. long, All Thread Rod,
Page 93
ROD DIA
1/4
MAX. REC.
MAX. REC.
LOAD LBS., 650 LOAD LBS., 750
F
F
240
215
Wt PER FT.
0.12
3/8
610
540
0.29
1/2
1130
1010
0.53
5/8
1810
1610
0.85
3/4
2710
2420
1.22
7/8
3770
3360
1.65
4960
4420
2.21
1 1/8
6230
5560
2.80
1 1/4
8000
7140
3.55
1 1/2
11630
10370
5.10
1 3/4
15700
14000
8.16
20700
18460
10.68
2 1/4
28200
24260
13.32
2 1/2
3350
29880
16.68
2 3/4
41580
37066
20.88
50580
45085
26.04
FIG. 403
MACHINE THREADED ROD
NOM. PIPE
DIA.
3/8
FIG. 403 - Right Hand Threads Both Ends

FIG. 403L - Left Hand Threads Both Ends
FIG. 403RL - Right Hand Threads one end, Left Hand Threads
other end.
MAX. REC.
LOAD
(LBS.)
A (IN)
150
3/8
B (IN)
2 7/16
C (IN)
2 7/8
D (IN)
2 1/16
E (IN)
1 1/16
STEEL
SIZE F
STEEL
SIZE G
16 ga x 7/8 16 ga x 7/8
BOLT H (IN)
1/4
WT EA
0.11
1/2
150
3/8
2 7/16
2 7/8
2 1/16
1 1/16
16 ga x 7/8 16 ga x 7/8
1/4
0.13
3/4
250
3/8
2 11/16
3 3/16
2 5/16
1 1/8
16 ga x 7/8 16 ga x 7/8
1/4
0.28
250
3/8
2 5/8
3 5/16
2 1/4
1 1/8
16 ga x 7/8 16 ga x 7/8
1/4
0.31
1 1/4
250
3/8
3 1/16
3 7/8
2 11/16
1 5/16
16 ga x 7/8 16 ga x 7/8
1/4
0.33
1 1/2
250
3/8
3 1/4
4 1/8
2 7/8
1 3/16
13 ga x 7/8 16 ga x 7/8
1/4
0.36
250
3/8
3 13/16
3 7/8
1 5/8
13 ga x 7/8 13 ga x 7/8
1/4
2 1/2
350
1/2
4 1/4
5 1/16
3 11/16
1 7/16
1/8 x 1 1/4
1/8 x 1 1/4
350
1/2
4 1/4
3 11/16
1 1/4
1/8 x 1 1/4
3 1/2
350
1/2
4 1/2
6 1/2
3 15/16
1 3/16
1/8 x 1 1/4
400
5/8
5 9/16
7 13/16
4 13/16
2 1/4
APPLICATION: Machine Thread Rod is designed to be used as a

hanger rod and is threaded on each end to allow adjustment of
overall hanger length when used with end attachments like Fig. 424
Turnbuckles, Fig. 418 Eyenuts, etc.
CONSTRUCTION: Machine Thread Rod is furnished in diameters
from 3/8 inch through 4 inches. The standard thread lengths for
each rod diameter are listed in the table. Machine Thread Rod can
be furnished in any specified length. Machine Thread Rod shorter
than 16 inches will be furnished in All Thread Rod.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Black, Hot Dip Galvanized, Electro-Plated
or Painted.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 403RL, 5/8 diameter X 38 long, Machine Thread
Rod, HDG.
ROD DIA
STD. ROD
THREAD
LENGTH
3/8
2 1/2
1/2
2 1/2
5/8
2 1/2
3/4
7/8
MAX. REC.
LOAD LBS.,
650 F
MAX. REC.
LOAD LBS.,
750 F
WT EA
610
540
0.44
1130
1010
0.79
1810
1610
1.27
2710
2420
1.83
3 1/2
3770
3360
2.48
4960
4420
3.31
1 1/8
4 1/2
6230
5560
4.20
1 1/4
8000
7140
5.33
1 1/2
11630
10370
7.65
1 3/4
15700
14000
12.24
0.37
20700
18460
16.02
1/4
0.89
2 1/4
27200
24260
19.98
1/8 x 1 1/4
1/4
0.98
2 1/2
10
33500
29880
25.02
1/8 x 1 1/4
5/16
1.07
2 3/4
11
41600
37104
31.32
3/16 x 1 1/4 1/8 x 1 1/4
3/8
1.3
12
50600
45131
39.06
Page 94
FIG. 406
BAR STOCK
FIG. 584
ADJUSTABLE SIDE BEAM CLAMP
APPLICATION: Bar Stock is used for hanger rod applications and

can be cut to any length and threaded on the jobsite.
CONSTRUCTION: Bar Stock is made of mild low carbon steel, SA36, and is available in 6 ft., 10 ft. and 20 ft. lengths.
Painted.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 406, 5/8 diameter X 6 ft. long, Bar Stock, painted.
MAX. REC.
LOAD LBS.,
650 F
MAX. REC.
LOAD LBS.,
750 F
Wt PER FT.
1/4
240
215
0.17
3/8
610
510
0.38
1/2
1130
940
0.67
5/8
1810
1510
1.04
3/4
2710
2260
1.50
7/8
3770
3150
2.04
4960
4150
2.67
1 1/8
6230
5560
3.38
1 1/4
8000
6660
4.17
1 1/2
11630
9700
6.01
1 3/4
15700
14000
8.18
ROD DIA.
20700
18460
10.68
2 1/4
27200
24260
13.52
2 1/2
33500
29880
16.69
2 3/4
41600
37104
20.21
50600
45131
24.05
Page 129
APPLICATION: Fig. 584 Adjustable Side Beam Clamps are recommended for use in suspending hanger rods from the edge of the overhead support beams. The support members are I-beams or wide
flange beams.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 584 Adjustable Side Beam Clamp consists
of two bent flat bars as shown in the diagram above. One end of one
flat bar is hooked and the other end of the flat bar has a hole and a
slot punched in it as shown. The second flat bar is offset as shown in
the diagram and has a hole and a slot punched in it as shown. Both
bent flat bars are attached with a bolt and hex nut as shown. The flat
bars are carbon steel.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, rod diameter, width and thickness of flange, name and finish, if other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 584, 5/8, Flange width = 5.25 & thickness = .330,
SIZE
STOCK SIZE
A (IN)
B (IN)
1 1/4 X 1/4
3/8
5/16
1 1/4 X 1/4
1/2
5/16
1 1/2 X 3/8
5/8
7/16
2 X 3/8
3/4
1/2
2 1/2 X 1/2
7/8
9/16
FIG. 587
ADJUSTABLE BEAM CLAMP
APPLICATION: Fig. 587 Adjustable Beam Clamps are recommended for use in suspending hanger rods from the center of overhead
support beams. The support members are I-beams or wide flange
beams with a flange width from 3 1/2 to 8 and a flange thickness up
to 1/2.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 587 Adjustable Beam Clamp consists of
one bent flat bar and one bent rod as shown in the diagram above.
One end of the flat bar is bent to hook around the flange member and
the one end of the rod is bent to hook around the other edge of the
flange member. The flat bar and rod are made of carbon steel.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, rod diameter, name and finish, if
other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 587, 1/2, Adjustable Beam Clamp, HDG.
ROD DIA.
A (IN)
MATERIAL
FLANGE
WIDTH
MIN
FLANGE
WIDTH
MAX
B (IN)
C (IN)
MAX.
REC.
LOAD
(LBS)
WT EA
0.375
3ga x 1 1/4
3.5
2 3/4
300
0.98
0.5
3ga x 1 1/2
3.5
2 3/4
700
1.38
0.625
3ga x 1 3/4
3.5
2 3/4
7/8
1000
1.86
Page 128
FIG. 575
STEEL BEAM CLAMP W/ WELDLESS EYE NUT
FIG. 409
STRAIGHT ROD COUPLING
APPLICATION: Fig. 575 Steel Beam Clamps are made of Carbon

Steel Plate and Weldless Eye Nuts. The clamping effect is produced
by the hooking action of the arms, while the locking effect is provided
by the through bolt located directly below the flange.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 575 Steel Beam Clamp with Weldless Eye
Nut consists of two Carbon Steel hook units connected at the bottom
by a support bolt, a through bolt, hex nut, and weldless eye nut. All
components are made of carbon steel.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, rod size, name and finish.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 575, 3, Steel Beam Clamp with Weldless Eye Nut,
APPLICATION: Straight Rod Couplings are used to connect two

hanger rods of the same diameter. The opening in the middle of the
coupling provides for visual inspection of the rod engagement.
CONSTRUCTION: Straight Rod Couplings are made of malleable
iron.
FINISHES AVAILALE: Black or Electro-Plated.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, rod diameter, name and finish,
EXAMPLE: Fig. 409, 5/8 diameter, Straight Rod Coupling, painted.
MAX. ROD
CLAMP
SIZE A
SIZE
(IN)
MAX. RECOM.
LOAD (LBS)**
BEAM
WIDTH
(IN)
WEIGHT
(LBS)
MAX.
FLANGE
THICKNESS
3/4
2710
3-8
5.5
0.60
4960
3-8
5.5
0.60
4960
4 - 11
0.60
4960
4 - 12
29
1.03
4960
11 - 15
33.25
1.03
1 1/2
11500
4 - 12
29
1.03
1 1/2
11500
11 - 15
33.25
1.03
11500
4 - 15
29
1.03
MAX. REC.
LOAD (LBS)
OVERALL
LENGTH (L)
WT EA
1/4
3/8
230
7/8
0.02
610
1 3/4
0.11
1/2
1130
1 3/4
0.10
5/8
1810
2 1/8
0.18
3/4
2710
2 1/4
0.28
7/8
3770
2 1/2
0.55
4960
2 3/4
0.71
1/4
7/8
3/8
MAX. REC.
LOAD
(LBS.)
230
3/8
1 3/4
5/8
610
0.11
1/2
1 3/4
11/16
1130
0.10
5/8
2 1/8
13/16
1810
0.18
3/4
2 1/4
2710
0.28
7/8
2 1/2
1 1/4
3770
0.55
ROD DIA
APPLICATION: Steel Rod Couplings are used to connect two
hanger rods of the same diameter. The coupling is tapped right
hand straight U.S. standard thread.
CONSTRUCTION: Steel Rod Couplings are made of steel.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, rod diameter, name and finish,
ROD TAKEOUT E FOR WIDTH OF BEAM

3
ROD TAPPING DIA
FIG. 412
STEEL ROD COUPLING
** Based on the allowable stresses shown in the ASME B31.1 Power Piping Code.
CLAMP
SIZE
Page 95
10
11
12
13
14
15
WT EA
0.02
2 3/4
1 3/8
4960
0.71
1 1/8
1 1/2
6230
0.86
1 1/4
1 5/8
8000
0.95
1 1/2
3 1/2
11630
1.88
1 3/4
5 1/4
2 3/4
15700
6.14
5 3/16
5 1/8
4 13/16
4 3/8
3 15/16
5 3/16
5 1/8
4 13/16
4 3/8
3 15/16
8 1/4
8 1/8
8 1/8
7 7/8
7 3/4
7 3/8
6 1/2
20700
7.95
2 1/4
20700
10.10
8 5/8
8 5/8
8 1/2
8 3/8
8 1/8
7 7/8
7 5/8
6 3/4
9 1/2
9 1/4
8 7/8
8 3/8
7 7/8
8 5/8
8 5/8
8 1/2
8 3/8
8 1/8
7 7/8
7 5/8
6 3/4
9 3/4
9 1/2
9 1/8
8 3/4
11 5/8
11 1/2
11 1/2
11 3/8
11 1/8
10 7/8
10 3/4
10 1/2
10
2 1/2
7 1/2
3 1/2
33500
15.83
2 3/4
7 1/2
3 1/2
33500
25.00
4 1/2
50600
36.00
8 1/8
3 1/4
60500
37.26
3 1/2
10 1/4
5 3/8
71260
48.59
3 3/4
11
5 3/4
82900
59.18
11 1/2
6 1/8
95500
69.92
Page 96
Page 127
FIG. 415
FORGED STEEL CLEVIS
FIG. 572
STANDARD & HEAVY BEAM CLAMP W/ BOLT & NUT
FIG. 415 - Right Hand Tap Thread

FIG. 415L - Left Hand Tap Thread
FIG. 415WP - Right Hand Tap Thread With Pin
FIG. 415LWP - Left Hand Tap Thread With Pin
APPLICATION: Fig. 551 Standard or Heavy Beam Clamps are recommended for use in suspending hanger rods from the center of an
overhead support beam.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 551 Standard or Heavy Beam Clamp consists of two bent flat bars as shown in the diagram above. One end of
each flat bar is hooked and the other is bent and a hole is punched in
the flat bar. Both bent flat bars are attached with a support bolt and
hex nut to which a hanger rod can be attached.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, type, width of flange, name and
EXAMPLE: Fig. 551, type 4, Flange width = 8, Standard Beam
Clamp, HDG.
APPLICATION: Fig. 415 Forged Steel Clevises are used to

attach hanger rods to pipe lugs, T-shapes, angles and other
structural members. The most typical use of a Fig. 415 Forged
Steel Clevis is with a Welding Lug, Fig. 521. Fig. 415 Forged
Steel Clevis will support at least the same load that the attached hanger rod will support.
CONSTRUCTION: Fig. 415 Forged Steel Clevises are made
of Drop Forged Carbon Steel and are threaded at the connection to the hanger rod. Pins are made of mild carbon steel and
supplied with a cotter pin.
FINISHES AVAILALE: Black, Hot Dip Galvanized, ElectroPlated or Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, name, rod diameter and
EXAMPLE: Fig. 415WP, Forged Steel Clevis, 1 1/4 rod diameter, 1 grip, 1 1/4 pin, HDG.
FLANGE
WIDTH
MAX.
REC.
TAP DIA
LOAD
A
(LBS.)
650 F
3/8
730
MAX.
REC.
LOAD
(LBS.)
750 F
572
PIN DIA
P
MAX.
GRIP
SIZE
NO.
WT EA
WT EA
W/ OUT
W/ PIN
PIN
3 9/16
1 7/16
5/8
3 3/16
1/2
5/16
1 1/16
1/2
0.9
1/2
1350
1057
3 9/16
1 7/16
5/8
1 1/8
3 1/16
5/8
5/16
1 1/16
1/2
0.7
0.9
5/8
2160
1695
3 9/16
1 7/16
5/8
1 1/4
2 15/16
3/4
5/16
1 1/16
5/8
0.7
0.9
3/4
3230
2530
7/8
1 3/4
3 1/4
7/8
3/8
1 1/4
3/4
2 1/2
2.5
7/8
4480
3508
7/8
1 7/8
3 1/8
3/8
1 1/4
7/8
2 1/2
2.5
3.4
5900
4620
5 1/16
1 5/16
2 1/4
4 1/16
1 1/8
1/2
1 1/2
5.1
1 1/8
6230
5560
5 1/16
1 5/16
2 3/8
3 15/16
1 1/4
1/2
1 1/2
1 1/4
391
548
1 1/4
9500
7440
5 1/16
1 5/16
2 1/2
3 13/16
1 3/8
1/2
1 1/2
1 1/4
3.8
5.5
1 1/2
13800
10807
3 1/2
1 5/8
4 1/2
1 5/8
1/2
1 3/4
1 1/2
3 1/2
8.5
1 3/4
18600
14566
1 3/4
3 1/2
4 1/4
1 7/8
1/2
2 1/2
12.9
24600
19265
2 1/4
5 1/4
2 1/4
5/8
2 1/2
2 1/2
16
23.3
2 1/4
32300
25295
2 3/4
4 3/4
2 1/2
3/4
2 1/2
26
35.1
2 1/2
39800
31169
2 3/4
4 3/4
2 3/4
3/4
2 1/2
25.5
36
2 3/4
49400
38687
7/8
3 1/2
2 1/2
36
60100
47066
3 1/4
7/8
3 1/2
2 1/2
35
51.5
3 1/4
71900
56307
10 1/8
8 1/8
3 1/2
1 1/2
90
116
3 1/2
84700
66331
10 1/8
8 1/8
3 3/4
1 1/2
88
118
3 3/4
98500
77139
10 1/8
8 1/8
1 1/2
86
120
113400
88807
10 1/8
8 1/8
4 1/4
1 1/2
84
122
MAX
B (IN)
FLANGE
STANDARD
THICKNESS
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
B (IN)
HEAVY
2
2
2
2
2
C (IN)
STANDARD
C (IN)
HEAVY
BOLT SIZE
STANDARD
BOLT SIZE
HEAVY
WT EA
STANDARD
WT EA
HEAVY
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
0.91
1
1.15
1.29
1.44
3.82
4.35
4.52
4.84
5.1
4
5
6
7
8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
7/8
1
1
1
1
1
1 3/8
2 1/4
1/2
3/4
3/8
5/8
5.83
10
11
12
1
1
1
1 3/8
1 3/8
1 3/8
2 1/4
2 1/4
2 1/4
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
6.25
6.67
7.09
Page 126
Page 97
FIG. 566
BEAM CLAMP RETAINING STRAP
FIG. 416
CLEVIS PIN
APPLICATION: Fig. 566 Beam Clamp Retaining Straps are recommended for use with various types of beam clamps in order to provide
a more secure means of fastening to the structural member.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 566 Beam Clamp Retaining Strap consists
of a bent flat bar with a hook on one end and an attachment hole for
the support rod or the beam clamp in the other end of the flat bar.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, type, name and finish.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 566, 2, Beam Clamp Retaining Strap, Electro-Plated.
TYPE
HOLE DIA
B (IN)
ROD DIA. (IN)

3/8
7/16
Specify
1a
1/2
9/16
Specify
5/8
11/16
Specify
2a
3/4
13/16
Specify
Specify
Specify
3/8 - 7/8
FIG. 567
BEAM CLAMP RETAINING CLIP
APPLICATION: Fig. 567 C Clamp Retaining Clip is designed for use
with Figs. 554, 557, 560, & 563 to eliminate movement of the beam
clamp due to vibration.
MATERIAL: Carbon Steel
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Plain or Electro-Plated.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, length and finish.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 567, 10, Electro-Plated.
WT EA (LBS)
LENGTH L
MATERIAL
11GA X 1 1/4
4 1/2"
10
12
14
0.22
0.3
0.36
0.44
0.48
0.66
FIG. 569
RETROFIT-CAPABLE BEAM CLAMP
RETAINING STRAP
APPLICATION: Fig. 569 Retrofit Capable Beam Clamp Retaining
Straps are recommended for use with various types of beam clamps
in order to provide a more secure means of fastening to the structural
member. This design enables the installation of the unit on a retrofit
basis. NFPA #13 requires the use of retaining straps with all beam
clamps installed in regions susceptible to earthquakes.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 569 Retrofit Capable Beam Clamp Retaining Strap consists of a bent flat bar with a hook on one end and an
attachment hole for the support rod or the beam clamp in the other
end of the flat bar.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, rod diameter, name and finish.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 569, 1/2, Retrofit Capable Beam Clamp Retaining
Strap, Electro-Plated.
ROD DIA. A (IN)
LENGTH (IN)
PIN DIA (A)
MAX LOAD
650F
MAX LOAD
750F
COTTER PIN
SIZE
WT EA
1/2
730
572
2 7/8
2 1/8
3/8
5/32
1/8 X 1 1/4
0.12
5/8
1350
1057
3 1/8
2 3/8
3/8
5/32
1/8 X 1 1/4
0.18
3/4
2160
1691
3 5/8
2 7/8
3/8
7/32
3/16 X 1 1/2
0.29
7/8
3230
2529
3 1/4
3/8
7/32
3/16 X 1 1/2
0.47
4480
3508
3 1/4
3/8
7/32
3/16 X 2
0.67
1 1/8
5900
4620
4 3/4
3/8
7/32
3/16 X 2
1.00
1 3/8
9500
7439
5 3/8
4 3/8
1/2
9/32
1/4 X 2
2.10
1 5/8
13800
10805
1/2
9/32
1/4 X 2
3.30
1 7/8
18600
14564
7 1/8
5 7/8
5/8
11/32
3/8 X 3
4.80
2 1/4
24600
19262
7 1/8
5 7/8
5/8
11/32
3/8 X 4
7.20
2 1/2
32300
25291
7 5/8
6 3/8
5/8
11/32
3/8 X 4
9.30
2 3/4
39800
31163
7 7/8
6 5/8
5/8
11/32
3/8 X 4
12.50
49400
38680
8 1/4
6 3/4
3/4
17/32
1/2 X 5
16.60
3 1/4
60100
47058
8 1/2
3/4
17/32
1/2 X 5
20.00
3 1/2
71900
56298
8 3/4
7 1/4
3/4
17/32
1/2 X 5
23.90
3/8
Specify
3 3/4
84700
66320
9 1/2
3/4
17/32
1/2 X 6
25.10
1/2
Specify
98500
77125
9 3/4
8 1/4
3/4
17/32
1/2 X 6
34.80
Page 98
FIG. 418
WELDLESS EYE NUT
FIG. 560
STEEL REVERSIBLE C CLAMP W/
LOCKNUT (1 1/4 OPENING)
FIG. 418 - Right Hand Tap Thread

FIG. 418L - Left Hand Tap Thread
APPLICATION: Reversible C-Type Beam Clamps with Lock

Nuts are used to mechanically attach hanger rods to supporting structural members where the welding of Beam
Brackets or Side Beam Brackets is not desired or allowed.
The structural member may be I beams, wide flange beams,
channels, tees or angles where the thickness does not exceed 1 1/4. The locking nut when tightened prevents loosening of the set screw from vibration. In piping systems
where vibration is of a concern, the Reversible C-Type
Beam Clamp with Locknut is highly recommended. The
offset design permits unlimited rod adjustment. The hanger
rod may be threaded completely through the clamp. The
open design allows easy inspection of the thread engagement.
CONSTRUCTION: Reversible C-Type Beam Clamps are
made of carbon steel. Hardened steel cup point set
screws with carbon steel locknuts are also provided.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Black, Electro-Plated or HDG.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, rod diameter, name
and finish.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 560, 3/4, Reversible C-Type Beam Clamp
APPLICATION: A Fig. 418 Weldless Eye Nut is used to join a rod to a

pinned connection. A Fig. 418 Weldless Eye Nut will support at least the
full load which the attached hanger rod will support. A weldless eye nut
attached to straight threaded hanger rod provides the same functionality
as a Fig. 457 or 460 Eye Rod.
CONSTRUCTION: Fig. 418 and 418L Weldless Eye Nuts are made of
Drop Forged Carbon Steel and are available for rod diameters of 1/4
through 2 3/4.
Painted.
other than black.
Page 125
ROD
DIA. A
(IN)
B (IN) C (IN) D (IN) E (IN)
F (IN)
MAX.
ROD
REC.
TAKEOUT
LOAD
(IN)
(LBS)*
WT
EA
3/8
1 3/16
1 1/4
7/16
7/8
610
0.33
1/2
1 1/2
1 1/4
9/16
1 1/4
3/4
1130
0.61
5/8
1 1/2
1 1/4
9/16
1 1/4
5/8
1130
0.61
FIG. 563
WIDE THROAT BEAM C CLAMP W/
LOCKNUT
ROD
DIA
A
MAX REC
MAX REC
LOAD, LBS. LOAD, LBS.
650 F
750 F
WT EA
13/16
3/8
1 9/16
5/8
3/8
610
540
0.23
1 1/4
1/2
1130
1010
0.55
1 1/4
13/16
3/8
1 9/16
5/8
5/8
1810
1610
0.52
1 1/2
1 3/16
1/2
1 3/8
11/16
3/4
2710
2420
1.70
1 1/2
1 3/16
1/2
1 3/8
11/16
7/8
3770
3360
1.70
1 13/16
3/4
2 3/8
1 15/16
4960
4420
1.70
1 13/16
3/4
2 3/8
1 15/16
1 1/8
6230
5560
3.70
2 1/2
1 13/16
3 3/8
2 3/8
1 1/4
1 1/4
8000
7140
3.50
2 1/2
1 13/16
3 3/8
2 3/8
1 1/4
1 1/2
11630
10370
3.50
2 1/2
1 13/16
3 3/8
2 3/8
1 1/4
1 3/4
15700
14000
16.40
1 1/2
6 1/4
2 1/4
20700
18460
15.95
1 1/2
6 1/4
2 1/4
2 1/4
27200
24260
15.40
1 1/2
6 1/4
2 1/2
33500
29880
14.90
1 1/2
6 1/4
2 3/4
41580
37066
14.50
1 1/2
6 1/4
APPLICATION: Wide Throat Top Beam C Clamps with Lock Nuts

are used to mechanically attach hanger rods to supporting structural
members where wider throats are required for proper attachment.
This design is particularly useful under roofs with bar joists. This C
Clamp must be used with the set screw on the bottom side of the
beam.
CONSTRUCTION: Wide Throat Top Beam C Clamps with Locknuts
are made of carbon steel. Hardened steel cup point set screws with
carbon steel locknuts are also provided.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 563, 1/2, Wide Throat Top Beam C Clamp with
ROD
DIA. A
(IN)
B (IN)
ROD
C (IN) D (IN) E (IN) TAKEOUT
(IN)
MAX.
REC.
LOAD
WT EA
3/8
1 11/16
3/4
29/32
3/8
3/8
400
0.34
2 1/4
1/2
1 11/16
1 1/8
7/8
3/8
5/8
500
0.5
2 1/4
5/8
2 1/4
1 1/4
2 1/4
1/2
5/8
600
0.53
3/4
2 3/8
1 1/4
1 1/8
9/16
1/2
800
0.86
Page 124
FIG. 554
STEEL C CLAMP W/ LOCKNUT
FIG. 421
EYE SOCKET
APPLICATION: Steel C-Clamps with Lock Nuts are used to mechanically attach hanger rods to supporting structural members where the
welding of Beam Brackets or Side Beam Brackets is not desired or
allowed. The structural member may be I beams, wide flange beams,
channels, tees or angles where the thickness does not exceed 3/4.
The locking nut when tightened prevents loosening of the set screw
from vibration. In piping systems where vibration is of a concern, the
Steel C-Clamp with Lock Nut is highly recommended.
CONSTRUCTION: Steel C-Clamps are made of carbon steel. Hardened steel cup point set screws with carbon steel lock nuts are also
provided.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 554, 5/8, Steel C-Clamp with Lock Nut, HDG.
APPLICATION: A Fig. 421 Eye Socket is used to join a right hand

threaded rod to a pinned connection such as a split ring hanger or
various building attachments.
CONSTRUCTION: Fig. 421 Eye Sockets are made of malleable iron
and are available for rod diameters of 1/4 through 7/8.
other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 421, 3/4 Eye Socket.
MAX.
PIPE
DIA.
ROD
DIA. A
(IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
MAX.
REC.
LOAD
WT EA
2
3 1/2
5
6
8
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
2 3/8
2 3/8
2 5/16
2 5/16
3 5/16
2
2
2
2
5/8
5/8
3/4
3/4
1 3/8
400
500
550
630
1200
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.68
1.88
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3
FIG. 557
STEEL REVERSIBLE C CLAMP W/
LOCKNUT (3/4 OPENING)
APPLICATION: Reversible C-Type Beam Clamps with Lock Nuts are
used to mechanically attach hanger rods to supporting structural
members where the welding of Beam Brackets or Side Beam Brackets is not desired or allowed. The structural member may be I
beams, wide flange beams, channels, tees or angles where the thickness does not exceed 3/4. The locking nut when tightened prevents
loosening of the set screw from vibration. In piping systems where
vibration is of a concern, the Reversible C-Type Beam Clamp with
Lock Nut is highly recommended. The offset design permits unlimited
rod adjustment. The hanger rod may be threaded completely through
the clamp. The open design allows easy inspection of the thread
engagement.
CONSTRUCTION: Reversible C-Type Beam Clamps are made of
carbon steel. Hardened steel cup point set screws with carbon steel
locknuts are also provided.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 557, 1/2, Reversible C-Type Beam Clamp with Lock
Nut, HDG.
ROD
DIA. A
(IN)
B (IN) C (IN) D (IN) E (IN)
F (IN)
MAX.
ROD
REC.
TAKEOUT
LOAD
(IN)
(LBS)*
WT
EA
3/8
1 3/16
3/4
7/16
7/8
610
0.28
1/2
1 1/2
3/4
9/16
1 1/4
3/4
1130
0.55
5/8
1 1/2
3/4
9/16
1 1/4
5/8
1130
0.55
Page 99
PIPE DIA
(IN)
ROD DIA
A (IN)
B (IN)
E (IN)
MAX.
REC.
LOAD
WT EA
3/8
1/4
1/4
1 3/8
230
0.05
1/2 - 2
3/8
1/4
1 5/16
610
0.07
2 1/2 - 3 1/2
1/2
1/4
1 1/2
1000
0.14
4-5
5/8
3/8
1 3/4
1400
0.22
3/4
1/2
2 1/8
2200
0.32
7/8
1/2
2 3/8
2300
0.53
Page 100
FIG. 424
FORGED STEEL TURNBUCKLE
FIG. 548
THREADED TOP HOOK
APPLICATION: Fig. 424, 424S, and 424L Forged Steel Turnbuckles

are used to connect two threaded hanger rods and to provide for relational adjustment of the hanger rod ends to or from each other. Turnbuckles are tapped right hand thread on one end and left hand thread
on the other end. Thus, when the turnbuckle is twisted clockwise
about the rod centerlines, the two hanger rod ends are pulled closer
together and when the turnbuckle is twisted counterclockwise, the rod
ends are moved apart from each other.
CONSTRUCTION: Turnbuckles are made of Drop Forged Carbon
Steel and are available for rod diameters of 3/8 to 3. The Fig. 424S
provides for 3 of adjustment and is only available for rod diameters
1/2 through 1. Fig. 424 provides for 6 of adjustment and Fig. 424L
provides for 12 of adjustment.
Painted.
other than black.
ROD
DIA
3/8
MAX
MAX
REC
REC
WT EA
LOADS, LOADS,
(IN)
LBS, 650 LBS, 750
F
F
610
540
0.42
A (IN)
B (IN)
ROD
TAKE
OUT
(IN)
9/16
7 1/8
3.00
1/2
1130
1010
0.65
3/4
7 1/2
3.00
5/8
1810
1610
0.98
15/16
7 7/8
3.00
3/4
2710
2420
1.50
1 1/8
8 1/4
3.00
7/8
3770
3360
1.90
1 5/16
8 5/8
3.00
4960
4420
2.60
1 1/2
3.00
1 1/8
6230
5560
4.00
1 9/16
9 1/8
3.00
1 1/4
8000
7140
4.50
1 9/16
9 1/8
3.00
1 1/2
11630
10370
6.40
1 7/8
9 3/4
1 3/4
15700
14000
11.00
2 3/16
20700
18460
14.90
2 1/2
2 1/4
27200
24260
19.60
2 1/2
33500
29880
26.90
Page 123
APPLICATION: Fig. 548 Threaded Top Hooks are recommended for

use over back to back angles or the top chord of metal bar joists.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 548 Threaded Top Hook consists of a bent
flat bar with a hook on one end and a threaded attachment hole for
the support rod in the middle of the flat bar. The washer and nut are
provided separately.
NOM. PIPE DIA.
MAX. REC. LOAD

(LBS)
3.00
1/2 - 4
300
3/8
10 3/8
3.00
5&6
600
3/4
11
3.00
3 3/4
13 1/2
3.00
3 3/4
13 1/2
3.00
ROD DIA. A (IN)
FIG. 551
CENTER LOAD BEAM CLAMP
FIG. 427
TURNBUCKLE W/ SWIVELSHORT
PATTERN
APPLICATION: Fig. 551 Center Load beam Clamps are recommended for use in suspending hanger rods from the center of an overhead
support beam.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 551 Center Load Beam Clamp consists of
two bent flat bars as shown in the diagram. One end of each flat bar
is hooked and the other is bent and a hole is punched in the flat bar.
Both bent flat bars are attached with a support bolt and hex nut to a
which a hanger rod can be attached.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, type, width of flange, name and
EXAMPLE: Fig. 551, type 4, Flange width = 8, Center Load Beam
Clamp, HDG.
APPLICATION: Fig. 427 Turnbuckles with Swivel Short Pattern are

used to connect a threaded hanger rod and a split ring hanger.
CONSTRUCTION: Turnbuckles with swivels are made of malleable
iron.
other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 427, , Turnbuckle with Swivel, Electro-plated.
PIPE ROD DIA

B (IN)
DIA (IN)
(IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
MAX
REC
LOAD
LBS
WT EA
1/2 - 2
3/8
3 3/4
7/16
610
28
2 1/2 - 3
1/2
1/2
3 3/4
7/16
725
31
4-5
5/8
2 1/2
9/16
710
72
3/4
2 1/2
9/16
860
70
TYPE
MAX. REC.
LOAD (LBS)
A (IN)
B* (IN)
BOLT DIA.
D (IN)
5
6
1000
3000
5/8
7/8
1 1/8
1 5/8
1/2
3/4
Page 122
Page 101
FIG. 542
TOP BEAM CLAMP
FIG. 430
FABRICATED TURNBUCKLE
APPLICATION: Fig. 542 Top Beam Clamps are recommended for

use on the top flange of standard wide flange beams, I-beams and
roof trusses where the top flange thickness does not exceed .81.
Custom Top Beam Clamps can be provided through special order.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 542 Top Beam Clamp consists of an attachment rod, a washer, a lock washer and a standard hex nut, all
made of SA-36 carbon steel.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 542, 4, Top Beam Clamp.
APPLICATION: Fig. 430 Fabricated Turnbuckles are used to connect

two threaded hanger rods and to provide for relational adjustment of the
hanger rod ends to or from each other. Fabricated Turnbuckles provide
right hand threads on one end and left hand threads on the other end.
Thus, when the turnbuckle is twisted clockwise about the rod centerlines,
the two hanger rod ends are pulled closer together and when the turnbuckle is twisted counterclockwise, the rod ends are moved apart from
each other. Adjustments of 6, 12, 18 and 24 are available.
CONSTRUCTION: Turnbuckles are made of carbon steel pipe and
heavy hex nuts and are available for rod diameters of 1 to 4 1/4.
Painted.
other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 430, 2 1/4, Fabricated Turnbuckle, HDG.
NOM. PIPE DIA.

RANGE (IN)
MAX. REC.
LOAD (LBS)
EYEROD DIA.
A (IN)
HOOK ROD
DIA. B (IN)
WT EA
1/2 - 2
610
3/8
3/8
0.38
2 /12 - 3 1/2
940
1/2
1/2
0.67
4&5
940
5/8
1/2
0.67
940
3/4
1/2
0.67
FIG. 545
TOP BEAM HOOK
APPLICATION: Fig. 545 Top Beam Hooks are recommended for use
on the top flange of standard wide flange beams, I-beams, tees and
angle trusses. Top Beam Hooks are not recommended where upward movement of the pipe may occur from surge or seismic loading.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 545 Top Beam Hook consists of a bent flat
bar with a hook on one end and an attachment hole for the support
rod in the other end of the flat bar.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, type, name and finish, if other
than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 545, 4, Top Beam Hook, HDG.
ROD DIA A
TYPE
1
2
3
4
5
MAX. REC.
LOAD (LBS)
300
500
700
1000
2000
A (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
1
1
1
1 1/2
1 1/2
MAX. REC. C = 6" WT EA

LOAD (LBS.)
(LBS.)
C = 12" WT
EA (LBS.)
C = 18" WT
EA (LBS.)
C = 24" WT
EA (LBS.)
4960
2.30
3.62
4.94
6.26
1 3/8
1 1/8
6230
2.87
4.37
5.87
7.37
1 9/16
1 1/4
8000
3.73
5.54
7.36
9.17
1 7/8
1 1/2
11630
6.46
9.70
12.94
16.18
2 1/8
1 3/4
15700
9.43
13.94
18.44
22.95
2 3/8
2 3/4
20700
12.13
17.14
22.14
27.15
2 1/4
27200
15.45
21.21
28.96
32.72
2 1/2
33500
20.08
27.23
34.39
41.54
3 1/4
2 3/4
41580
25.00
33.33
41.66
49.99
3 1/2
50580
32.85
44.10
55.36
66.62
3 3/4
3 1/4
60480
44.85
61.35
77.85
94.35
4 1/8
3 1/2
71280
50.14
65.57
81.01
96.44
4 3/8
3 3/4
82890
60.42
79.44
98.47
117.49
4 5/8
95400
70.32
91.34
112.37
133.39
4 7/8
4 1/4
109000
73.84
95.91
117.99
140.06
5 1/8
Page 102
Page 121
FIG. 433
HEX HEAD MACHINE BOLT
FIG. 533
CONCRETE ATTACHMENT PLATE W/ WELDING LUG
APPLICATION: These bolts are used in all types of fastening applications and are stocked in various lengths in diameters of 3/8 through
2.
CONSTRUCTION: Hex Head Machine Bolts are furnished in SA-307,
Gr. B.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, bolt diameter X bolt length,
name (Hex Head Machine Bolt) and finish, if other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 433, 3/8 X 2 1/2 long, Hex Head Bolt, Electro-
APPLICATION: Concrete Single Lug Plates are used in conjunction

with Fig. 415 Forged Steel Clevises to attach pipe hanger rods to
concrete ceilings. Fig. 533 provides for limited vertical adjustment of
the hanger rod and allows for rotation about the axis of the pin.
CONSTRUCTION: Carbon Steel - A-36, Special materials available
on request.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Carbon Steel - Black, Painted or Hot Dip
Galvanized. Stainless Steel Plain
ORDERING: Specify figure number (Fig. 533), name (concrete single
lug plate), rod diameter and finish.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 533 concrete single lug plate, 1 1/4" dia. rod, HDG.
DIA. OF
BOLT
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
2
36
57
86
127
2 1/4
38
60
90
133
2 1/2
40
62
94
138
2 3/4
42
65
99
143
LENGTH OF BOLT (IN.)

3
3 1/4
44
46
68
71
103
107
148
153
3 1/2
48
74
111
158
3 3/4
50
77
115
163
4
52
80
118
169
5
60
92
135
190
FIG. 436
STANDARD HEX NUT
APPLICATION: Standard Hex Nuts can be used with Hex Head Machine Bolts, Flange Bolts and hanger rods.
CONSTRUCTION: All Standard Hex Nuts are furnished with right
hand threads unless otherwise specified.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, nut size, name and finish, if other
than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 436, 3/4 Standard Hex Nut, HDG.
ROD DIA
(IN)
WIDTH
ACROSS
FLATS (IN)
WIDTH
THICKNESS
ACROSS
(IN)
CORNERS
WT EA
1/4
7/16
0.505
0.219
0.01
5/16
1/2
0.577
0.266
0.01
ROD
DIA. (IN.)
MAX.
REC.
LOAD
(LBS.)
WT EA
A (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
F (IN)
G (IN)
H (IN)
R (IN)
T (IN)
U (IN)
W (IN)
1/2
1350
11.1
10
9/16
3/8
1 1/2
1 1/4
1/4
5/8
2 1/2
5/8
2160
14.6
10
9/16
1/2
1 1/2
1 1/4
1/4
3/4
2 1/2
3/8
9/16
0.65
0.328
0.01
7/16
11/16
0.794
0.375
0.03
1/2
3/4
0.866
0.438
0.03
9/16
7/8
1.01
0.484
0.06
3/4
3230
14.8
10
11/16
1/2
1 1/2
1 1/4
3/8
7/8
2 1/2
5/8
15/16
1.083
0.547
0.07
7/8
44480
22
10
11/16
3/4
1 1/4
3/8
2 1/2
3/4
1 1/8
1.299
0.641
0.19
7/8
1 5/16
1.516
0.750
0.19
5900
31.9
12
13/16
3/4
1 1/2
1/2
1 1/8
1 1/2
1.732
0.859
0.28
1 1/4
9500
43.8
12
15/16
5/8
1 3/8
1 1/8
1 11/16
1.949
0.969
0.40
1 1/2
13800
45.6
12
1 1/8
2 1/2
3/4
1 5/8
1 1/4
1 7/8
2.165
1.063
0.54
1 3/8
2 1/16
2.382
1.172
0.73
1 3/4
18600
55.7
12
1 3/8
1 1/4
2 1/2
3/4
1 7/8
1 1/2
2 1/4
2.598
1.290
0.94
24600
58.2
12
1 3/8
1 1/4
3/4
2 1/4
Page 120
Page 103
FIG. 530
CONCRETE ATTACHMENT PLATE W/
BEAM BRACKET W/ PIN
FIG. 439
HEAVEY HEX NUT
APPLICATION: Heavy Hex Nuts can be used with Hex Head Machine
Bolts, Flange Bolts, and hanger rods.
CONSTRUCTION: All Heavy Hex Nuts are furnished with right hand
threads unless otherwise specified.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, nut size, name and finish, if other
than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 439, 1/2 Heavy Hex Nut, Electro-Plated.
APPLICATION: Concrete Clevis Plates are used to attach pipe hanger rods to concrete ceilings where rotational flexibility at the clevis
plate is desired. Fig. 530 provides for vertical adjustment of the hanger rod.
upon request.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Carbon Steel - Black, Painted, or Hot
Dipped Galvanized. Stainless Steel - Plain.
ORDERING: Specify figure number (Fig. 530), name (concrete clevis
plate), rod size, and finish.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 530 concrete clevis plate, 1/2 dia. rod, HDG.
WIDTH
ACROSS
FLATS (IN)
WIDTH
ACROSS
CORNERS
THICKNESS
(IN)
WT EA
1/4
1/2
0.577
0.234
0.03
1/3
9/16
0.65
0.297
0.03
3/8
11/16
0.794
0.359
0.03
4/9
3/4
0.866
0.422
0.05
1/2
7/8
1.01
0.484
0.07
4/7
15/16
1.083
0.547
0.10
5/8
1 1/16
1.227
0.609
0.12
3/4
1 1/4
1.443
0.734
0.20
7/8
1 7/16
1.66
0.859
0.30
1 5/8
1.876
0.984
0.43
1 1/8
1 13/16
2.093
1.109
0.59
1 1/4
2.309
1.219
0.79
1 3/8
2 3/16
2.526
1.355
1.02
1 1/2
2 3/8
2.742
1.469
1.31
1 5/8
2 9/16
2.959
1.594
1.62
1 3/4
2 3/4
3.175
1.719
2.04
1 7/8
2 15/16
3.392
1.844
2.41
3 1/8
3.608
1.969
2.99
2 1/4
3 1/2
4.041
2.203
4.19
2 1/2
3 7/8
4.474
2.453
5.64
2 3/4
4 1/4
4.907
2.703
7.38
ROD DIA (IN)
ROD
DIA. (IN.)
3/8
MAX.
REC.
LOAD
(LBS.)
WT EA
610
11.87
A (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
10
D (IN)
F (IN)
9/16
G (IN)
3/8
H (IN)
R (IN)
7/8
T (IN)
1/4
1/2 x 2 1/2
W (IN)
1/2
1130
12.01
10
9/16
3/8
7/8
1/4
5/8 x 2 1/2
5/8
1810
15.75
10
9/16
1/2
7/8
1/4
3/4 x 2 3/4
3/4
2710
16.99
10
11/16
1/2
1 1/8
3/8
7/8 x 4
2 1/2
7/8
3770
18.14
10
11/16
1/2
1 1/4
3/8
1x4
2 1/2
4960
37.01
12
13/16
3/4
1 1/2
1/2
1 1/8 x 5
4 5/8
5.34
2.953
9.50
3 1/4
5.774
3.188
11.94
3 1/2
5 3/8
6.207
3.438
15.26
3 3/4
5 3/4
6.64
3.688
18.12
6 1/8
7.073
3.875
21.80
1 1/8
6230
37.9
12
15/16
3/4
1 3/4
1 1/4
8000
40.72
12
15/16
3/4
1 1/2
11630
60
12
1 1/8
2 1/2
5/8
1 1/4 x 5
5/8 1 3/8 x 5 3/8
3/4
1 5/8 x 6
Page 104
Page 119
FIG. 442
FLAT ROUND WASHER
FIG. 527
CONCRETE ATTACHMENT PLATE W/
BEAM BRACKET
APPLICATION: Flat Round Washers are often used as spacers

and may also be used to bridge oversized holes when attaching
hanger rods or bolts to structural members.
CONSTRUCTION: Steel Round Washers are made of SA-36 mild
low carbon steel and are available for 1/4 through 1 1/2 diameter
bolts or hanger rods.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Black, Hot Dip Galvanized, Electro-Plated
or Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, size of bolt or hanger rod,
EXAMPLE: Fig. 442, 1/2, Flat Round Washer, HDG.
ROD DIA (IN)
O.D. (IN)
ID (IN)
WT EA
1/4
3/8
3/4
1
5/16
7/16
0.01
0.02
1/2
5/8
3/4
1 3/8
1 3/4
2
9/16
11/16
13/16
0.04
0.08
0.11
7/8
1
1 1/8
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
15/16
1 1/16
1 1/4
0.15
0.19
0.22
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
3
3 1/2
4
1 3/8
1 5/8
1 7/8
0.26
0.39
0.65
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
4 1/2
4 3/4
5
2 1/8
2 3/8
2 5/8
0.93
1.16
1.45
2 3/4
3
5 1/4
5 1/2
2 7/8
3 1/8
1.82
2.27
APPLICATION: Concrete Rod Attachment Plates are used to attach

pipe hanger rods to concrete ceilings. Fig. 527 provides for limited
vertical adjustment of the hanger rod.
upon request.
FINISHES AVAILABLE: Carbon Steel - Black, Painted, or Hot
Dipped Galvanized. Stainless Steel - Plain.
ORDERING: Specify figure number (Fig. 527), name (concrete rod
attachment plate), rod size, and finish.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 527 concrete rod attachment plate, 1/2 dia. rod,
HDG.
FIG. 445
LOCK WASHER
APPLICATION: Lock Washers are placed under closure nuts in order
to provide axial tension on a nut and thereby reduce the likelihood of
the nut becoming loose.
CONSTRUCTION: Lock Washers are made of SA-36 mild low carbon
steel and are available for 1/4 through 3/4 diameter bolts or hanger
rods.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, size of bolt or hanger rod, name
EXAMPLE: Fig. 445, 1/2, Lock Washer, electro-plated.
ROD DIA (IN)

1/4
OD (IN)
3/8
WT EA
0.01
3/8
11/16
0.01
1/2
7/8
0.01
5/8
0.02
3/4
1 1/4
0.03
7/8
1 3/8
0.07
1 1/2
0.10
1 1/2
2 1/4
1 3/4
2
ROD DIA
(IN)
MAX. REC.
LOAD
(LBS.)
WT EA
A (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
E (IN)
F (IN)
G (IN)
W (IN)
0.28
3/8
610
11.66
10
2 1/4
9/16
3/8
2 5/8
0.32
1/2
1130
11.66
10
2 1/4
9/16
3/8
2 3/4
0.39
2 1/4
3 3/8
0.47
5/8
1810
15.16
10
2 1/4
9/16
1/2
2 1/2
3 5/8
0.51
3/4
2710
16.12
10
2 1/4
11/16
1/2
2 1/2
2 3/4
4 1/8
0.65
7/8
3770
16.73
10
3 1/8
11/16
1/2
2 1/2
4 3/8
0.70
4960
34.99
12
3 1/2
13/16
3/4
Page 118
FIG. 524
HORIZONTAL TRAVELER
FIG. 448
SQUARE WASHER
Page 105
APPLICATION: Square Washers are used on back-to-back channels

or angles for supporting pipe with rods or U-Bolts. A Square Washer
is a lighter version of the Figure 509 Washer Plate.
CONSTRUCTION: Square Washer are made of carbon steel with the
hole located in the center of the plate.
Painted.
other than black.
MAXIMUM
LOAD
WT
A (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
H MAX (IN)
L (IN)
T (IN)
W (IN)
3880
15
2 1/2
1 5/8
5 3/8
2 1/2
1 1/8
15 1/8
3/4
4 5/8
3
4
11700
21000
37
69
102
3 1/2
5
6
2 5/8
3
3 1/2
1/2
9/16
5/8
A (IN)
B (IN)
WT EA
1/4
0.27
1/4
0.27
11/16
2 1/2
1/4
0.47
3/4
13/16
2 1/2
1/4
0.42
7/8
15/16
3/8
0.82
1 1/8
3/8
1.60
BOLT DIA
A (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
WT EA
3/8
1 1/4
11/32
5/32
0.09
1/2
1 1/4
11/32
5/32
0.09
5/8
1 1/2
13/32
5/32
0.14
3/4
1 1/2
15/32
7/32
0.16
7/8
9/16
7/32
0.34
APPLICATION: Beveled Washers are designed to match the taper of

the flange of an I-beam or channel in order to provide a perpendicular
surface for a nut or a bolt to seat properly.
CONSTRUCTION: Beveled Washers are made of malleable iron and
are available for 3/8 through 7/8 diameter bolts or hanger rods.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, size of bolt or hanger rod, name
SIZE
6300
HOLE DIA
(IN)
7/16
FIG. 451
BEVELED WASHER
APPLICATION: Fig, 524 Horizontal Traveler facilitates the supporting

of piping systems subject to linear horizontal movements where headroom is limited. Design for use with EQUAL Variable Spring Hangers
or Constant Supports it can also be used in conjunction with a rigid
type hanger assembly.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, size number, name and "H" dimension. If required, Horizontal Travelers will be designed for special
loads, travels or dual directional travel, upon request.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 524, Size 3, Horizontal Traveler, H = 1 1/8".
ROD DIA
(IN)
3/8
7 7/8
10 1/2
12 1/2
3 1/2
5
6
1 3/8
1 3/4
2 3/8
16 3/8
17 7/8
19 1/8
3/4
1
1 1/2
6 7/8
8 7/16
9 7/8
Page 106
Page 117
FIG. 454
OVERSIZED ROUND WASHER
FIG. 521
STRUCTURAL WELDING LUG, SHORT
FIG. 522
STRUCTURAL WELDING LUG, LONG
APPLICATION: Oversized Round Washers are often used as spacers and may also be used to bridge oversized holes when attaching
hanger rods or bolts to structural members. They provide a greater
bearing surface than regular flat round washers, but not as much load
bearing capacity as square washers.
CONSTRUCTION: Oversized Round Washers are made of SA-36
mild low carbon steel and are available for 1/4 through 1/2 diameter
bolts or hanger rods.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, size of bolt or hanger rod, name.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 454, 1/2, Oversized Round Washer.
APPLICATION: A Fig. 521 or 522 Welding Lug is commonly used for

welding to the underside of a structural member in order to provide an
attachment to the structure for a Type C Variable Spring Hanger or
a Fig. 415 Forged Steel Clevis. In addition, a Fig. 521 or 522 Welding
Lug is sometimes welded to the outer surface of a pipe to facilitate
the attachment to the pipe of a Fig. 415 Forged Steel Clevis. Side by
side Fig. 521 or 522 Welding Lugs may also be used to provide an
attachment for a Type B Variable Spring Hanger, a Fig. 418 Weldless Eye Nut or a Fig. 457 or 460 Eye Rod. The Fig. 521 and 522
Welding Lugs are sized to insure that the load carrying capability of
the lug equals or exceeds the load carrying capability of the bolt.
CONSTRUCTION: A Fig. 521 or 522 Welding Lug is made from SA36 carbon steel plate to the dimensions given in the table.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, name, bolt diameter to be accommodated and finish, if other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 521 or Fig. 522, Welding Lug, 1 1/2 bolt diameter.
ROD DIA (IN)
1/4
ID (IN)
5/16
OD (IN)
1 1/2
WT EA
0.03
3/8
7/16
1 1/2
0.03
1/2
9/16
0.03
PIN OR
ROD DIA
BOLT DIA
(IN)
(IN)
A (IN)
B (IN)
D (IN)
F (IN)
G
H
H
G
(LONG (SHORT (LONG
(SHORT
LUG)
LUG)
LUG)
LUG) (IN)
(IN)
(IN)
(IN)
MAX.
REC.
LOAD
650F
LBS.
MAX.
REC. WT EA WT EA
LOAD (SHORT (LONG
750F
LUG)
LUG)
LBS.
3/8
1/2
2 1/2
1/4
9/16
1 1/4
1 1/2
2 3/4
4 1/4
1350
1057
0.50
0.74
1/2
5/8
2 1/2
1/4
11/16
1 1/4
1 1/2
2 3/4
4 1/4
1350
1057
0.48
0.73
5/8
3/4
2 1/2
1/4
13/16
1 1/4
1 1/2
2 3/4
4 1/4
2160
1692
0.46
0.72
3/4
7/8
2 1/2
3/8
15/16
1 1/4
1 1/2
2 3/4
4 1/4
3230
2530
0.6
7/8
3/8
1 1/8
1 1/4
3 1/4
4 1/4
4480
3508
0.74
0.98
1 1/8
1/2
1 1/4
1 1/2
3 1/2
4 1/2
5900
4620
1.2
1.6
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
3 1/2
4 1/2
6230
6230
1.6
2.5
1 1/4
1 3/8
5/8
1 1/2
9500
7440
3.7
1 1/2
1 5/8
3/4
1 3/4
2 1/2
4 1/2
5 1/2
13800
10807
4.8
6.4
1 3/4
1 7/8
3/4
2 1/2
4 1/2
5 1/2
18600
14566
4.7
6.3
2 1/4
3/4
2 3/8
4 1/2
7 1/2
24600
19265
7.2
8.8
2 1/4
2 1/2
3/4
2 5/8
4 1/2
7 1/2
32300
25295
7.6
2 1/2
2 3/4
2 7/8
4 1/2
8 1/2
39800
31169
15.5
2 3/4
3 1/8
4 1/2
8 1/2
49400
38687
15.1
3 1/4
3 3/8
60100
47066
16
Page 116
FIG. 518
WELDED BEAM BRACKET W/ HEX
HEAD MACHINE BOLT OR PIN
FIG. 457
EYE ROD
Page 107
APPLICATION: Beam Brackets with Hex Head Machine Bolts when

welded to the bottom flange of the I Beam, takes full advantage of the
load carrying capability of the beam. It also allows the attached rod to
swing in all directions according to the movement of the piping supported.
CONSTRUCTION: Beam Brackets with Hex Head Machine Bolts are
manufactured of wrought steel.
Painted.
other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 518, 3/8, Beam Bracket with Hex Head Machine
Bolt.
FIG. 457 - Right Hand Thread

FIG. 457L - Left Hand Thread
FIG. 457N - Not Threaded
ROD DIA
(IN)
BOLT SIZE
MAX LOAD MAX LOAD

650F
750F
3/8
1/2 x 2 1/2
730
1/2
5/8 x 2 1/2
5/8
APPLICATION: A Fig. 457 Eye Rod provides a means of attachment

without the use of a Weldless Eye Nut. A Fig. 457 Eye Rod and a
Fig. 518 Beam Bracket with a Hex Head Machine Bolt are frequently
used for the upper attachment of pipe hanger assemblies.
CONSTRUCTION: Eye Rods (not welded) are available in diameters
of 3/8 through 2 1/2. The inside diameter of the eye is designed to
accommodate a bolt with a diameter equal to the value shown in the
table column A. Eye Rods are furnished with the standard thread
lengths shown in the table column B. Eye Rods can be furnished in
any length, so long as adequate threading can be provided on the
straight rod.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, rod diameter X Eye Rod length
(center of eye to tip of rod), name and finish, if other than black.
ORDERING NOTE: Specify if non-standard thread lengths are required.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 457, 3/4 diameter X 18 long, Eye Rod (not welded),
ROD DIA
(IN)
A (IN)
B (IN)
C (ID) (IN)
MAX. REC.
LOAD LBS.
FOR SERVICE
TEMPS.
3/8
2 1/2
4 1/4
1/2
240
1/2
2 1/2
4 1/4
5/8
440
5/8
2 1/2
4 1/2
3/4
705
3/4
5 1/2
7/8
1050
7/8
3 1/2
6 1/2
1470
7 1/4
1 1/8
1940
1 1/8
4 1/2
7 3/4
1 1/4
2430
1 1/4
8 1/4
1 3/8
3120
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
E (IN)
F (IN)
W (IN)
WT EA W/
BOLT
572
1/4
1 1/4
2 7/8
7/8
1.20
1350
1057
1/4
1 1/4
2 7/8
7/8
1.30
3/4 x 2 3/4
2160
1692
1/4
1 1/4
2 7/8
7/8
1.60
3/4
7/8 x 4
3230
2530
3/8
1 7/8
3 1/8
1 1/8
2 1/2
2.80
7/8
1x4
4480
3508
3/8
4 1/4
1 1/4
2 1/2
3.90
1 1/8 x 5
5900
4620
1/2
2 1/2
4 1/2
1 1/2
6.30
1 1/8
1 1/4 x 5
6200
5900
5/8
2 1/4
4 3/4
1 3/4
7 1/2
1 1/4
1 3/8 x 5 3/8
9500
7440
5/8
2 1/2
10.20
1 1/2
1 5/8 x 6
13800
10807
3/4
6 1/2
2 1/2
19.00
1 3/4
1 7/8 x 6 7/8
18600
14566
3/4
3 3/4
7 3/4
2 3/4
24.20
1 1/2
10
1 5/8
4650
2 1/4 x 6 7/8
24600
19265
3/4
3 1/2
8 1/4
3 1/4
30.60
1 3/4
12
2 1/4
6380
2 1/4
2 1/2 x 7 3/8
32300
25295
3/4
3 1/2
9 1/2
3 1/2
36.80
2 1/2
2 3/4 x 7 5/8
39800
31169
3/4
3 3/4
9 3/4
3 3/4
39.70
14
2 1/2
8280
2 3/4
3x7
49400
38687
3 3/4
10
40.80
2 1/4
15 1/2
2 3/4
10900
3 1/4 x 7
60100
47066
3 3/4
11
46.70
2 1/2
10
17
13400
Page 108
Page 115
FIG. 460
WELDED EYE ROD
FIG. 515
WELDED BEAM BRACKET
APPLICATON: Beam Brackets are designed to provide for the economical attachment of hanger rods to beams regardless of beam
size.
CONSTRUCTION: Beam Brackets are manufactured of wrought
steel.
Painted.
other than black.
FIG. 460 - Right Hand Thread

FIG. 460L - Left Hand Thread
FIG. 460N - Not Threaded
APPLICATION: Welded Eye Rods are specified where loads exceed
the recommended ratings for Eye Rods (non-welded). A Fig. 460 Eye
Rod and a Fig. 518 Beam Bracket with a Hex Head Machine Bolt are
frequently used for the upper attachment of pipe hanger assemblies.
CONSTRUCTION: Welded Eye Rods are manufactured identically to
the non-welded type except that the eye is seal welded giving the eye
rod a significantly higher load rating.
MAX.
MAX.
REC.
REC.
LOAD
LOAD
C (ID) (IN) LBS. FOR LBS. FOR
SERVICE SERVICE
TEMPS. TEMPS.
650F
750F
ROD DIA
(IN)
A (IN)
B (IN)
3/8
2 1/2
4 1/4
1/2
610
540
ROD DIA A
(IN)
MAX LOAD
650F
MAX LOAD
750F
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
E (IN)
W (IN)
WT EA
1/2
2 1/2
4 1/4
5/8
1130
1010
3/8
730
572
1/4
1 1/4
2 7/8
1 7/8
0.96
5/8
2 1/2
4 1/2
3/4
1810
1610
1/2
1350
1057
1/4
1 1/4
2 7/8
1 3/4
0.96
3/4
5 1/2
7/8
2710
2420
5/8
2160
1692
1/4
1 1/4
2 7/8
1 3/4
0.96
3/4
3230
2530
3/8
1 7/8
3 1/8
1 3/4
2 1/2
1.90
7/8
4480
3508
3/8
4 1/4
2 1/2
2.50
4.30
7/8
3 1/2
6 1/2
3770
3360
7 1/4
1 1/8
4960
4420
5900
4620
1/2
2 1/2
4 1/2
1 1/8
4 1/2
7 3/4
1 1/4
6230
5560
1 1/8
6200
5900
5/8
2 1/4
4 3/4
1 1/4
8 1/4
1 3/8
8000
7140
1 1/4
9500
7440
5/8
2 1/2
8.10
1 1/2
10
1 5/8
11630
10370
1 1/2
13800
10807
3/4
6 1/2
15.60
1 3/4
12
2 1/4
18600
14566
1 3/4
18600
14566
3/4
3 3/4
7 3/4
18.70
24600
19265
3/4
3 1/2
8 1/4
22.80
2 1/4
32300
25295
3/4
3 1/2
9 1/2
26.40
2 1/2
39800
31169
3/4
3 3/4
9 3/4
26.70
2 3/4
49400
38687
3 3/4
10
5 3/4
26.80
60100
47066
3 3/4
11
6 1/4
32.60
14
2 1/2
24600
19265
2 1/4
15 1/2
2 3/4
32300
25295
2 1/2
10
17
39800
31169
Page 114
FIG.509
WASHER PLATE
FIG. 463
LINKED EYE RODS, NOT WELDED
Page 109
APPLICATION: Washer Plates are used on back to back channels or

angles for supporting pipe with rods or U-Bolts.
CONSTRUCTION: Washer Plates are made of carbon steel with the
hole located in the center of the plate.
Painted.
other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 509, 5/8, Washer Plate
ROD DIA.
C (IN)
D (IN)
H DIA. (IN)
WT EA
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/4
0.60
0.60
0.90
1.60
2.20
2.10
2.23
3.30
1.80
1.47
1.50
6.60
6.40
6.20
5.90
FIG.512
THREADED SIDE BEAM BRACKET
APPLICATION: Linked Eye Rods are designed to provide for the universal joint styled movement at the point
where the eye rods are linked. Given two hinged or
universal joint styled points in a hanger assembly, horizontal movement of the piping system will be allowed
without causing the hanger rod to be bent.
CONSTRUCTION: Linked Eye Rods - Not Welded are
a combination of two standard non-welded Eye Rods
linked together at the eyes, forming one complete unit.
FINISHES AVAILLABLE: Black, Hot Dip Galvanized,
ORDERING: Specify figure number, rod diameter,
lengths A, B & C, name and finish, if other than
black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 463, 3/4 diameter rod, A = 48, B =
30, C = 18, Linked Eye Rods Not Welded, HDG.
APPLICATION: Threaded Side Beam Brackets are used to attach

hanger rod to the side of wood, concrete or steel members. Threaded Side Beam Brackets are attached to a support structure by bolting.
The offset design allows for virtually unlimited thread adjustment.
The rod diameter that can be supported from this bracket is 3/8. To
attach the bracket to support member for 1/2 through 2 pipe, use a
3/8 fastener. To attach the bracket to support member for 2 1/2
through 4 pipe, use a 1/2 fastener.
CONSTRUCTION: Threaded Side Beam Brackets are cut from carbon steel flat bar with holes centered and punched.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, name and finish, if other than
black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 512, 2 pipe, Threaded Side Beam Bracket.
PIPE DIA
ROD
SIZE (IN)
1/2 thru 4
3/8
A (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
2 3/4
1 1/2
1 1/4
*Safety Factor of 5
MAX.
REC.
LOAD
WT EA
300
0.14
D (IN)
MAX. REC.
LOAD LBS.
FOR SERVICE
TEMPS. 650F
MAX. REC.
LOAD LBS.
FOR SERVICE
TEMPS. 750F
3/8
2 1/2
610
540
1/2
2 1/2
1130
1010
5/8
2 1/2
1810
1610
3/4
2710
2420
7/8
3 1/2
3770
3360
ROD DIA (IN)
4960
4420
1 1/8
4 1/2
6230
5560
1 1/4
8000
7140
1 1/2
11630
10370
1 3/4
18600
14566
24600
19265
2 1/4
32300
25295
2 1/2
10
39800
31169
Page 110
FIG. 466
LINKED EYE RODS, WELDED
FIG. 503
ANGLE BRACKET
Page 113
APPLICATION: Angle Brackets are used to attach hanger rod to the

side of beams, columns or joists, etc. Angle Brackets are attached to
a support structure by bolting.
CONSTRUCTION: Angle Brackets are cut from flat bar and bent to a
right angle. Holes are punched as shown on the sketch.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, size, name and finish, if other
than black.
APPLICATION: Linked Welded Eye Rods are designed

to provide for the universal joint styled movement at the
point where the eye rods are linked. Given two hinged
or universal joint styled points in a hanger assembly,
horizontal movement of the piping system will be allowed without causing the hanger rod to be bent.
CONSTRUCTION: Linked Welded Eye Rods are a
combination of two standard Welded Eye Rods linked
together at the eyes, forming one complete unit.
FINISHES AVAILLABLE: Black, Hot Dip Galvanized,
ORDERING: Specify figure number, rod diameter,
lengths A, B & C, name and finish, if other than
black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 466, 1 diameter rod, A = 66, B =
30, C = 36, Linked Welded Eye Rods, HDG.
D (IN)
MAX. REC.
LOAD LBS.
FOR SERVICE
TEMPS. 650F
MAX. REC.
LOAD LBS.
FOR SERVICE
TEMPS. 750F
3/8
2 1/2
610
540
1/2
2 1/2
1130
1010
5/8
2 1/2
1810
1610
3/4
2710
2420
7/8
3 1/2
3770
3360
ROD DIA (IN)
4960
4420
1 1/8
4 1/2
6230
5560
1 1/4
8000
7140
1 1/2
11630
10370
1 3/4
18600
14566
24600
19265
2 1/4
32300
25295
2 1/2
10
39800
31169
Size
A (IN)
B (IN)
HOLE
SIZE
MAX REC
LOAD
WT EA
11/16
180
0.43
11/16
180
0.59
11/16
390
0.87
11/16
390
1.18
11/16
180
0.83
11/16
190
1.65
FIG. 506
ADJUSTABLE BEAM ATTACHMENT
APPLICATION: Adjustable Beam Attachments are used to attach
hanger rod to the bottom flange of beams, etc. Adjustable Beam
Attachments are attached to a support structure by bolting and provide for vertical adjustment of the hanger rod.
CONSTRUCTION: Adjustable Beam Attachments are cut from flat
bar and bent to shape. Holes are punched as shown on the sketch.
Painted.
other than black.
EXAMPLE: Fig. 506, 5/8 dia. Rod, Adjustable Beam Attachment,
Rod
Dia
B (IN) C (IN) D (IN) E (IN) F (IN)
A
(IN)
STOCK
SIZE
Max.
Rec.
WT EA
Load
Lbs.
3/8 2 3/4
3 7/8
4 7/8
7/16 2 1/8 1/4 X 1 1/4 610
0.53
1/2 3 1/8
4 3/4
9/16 2 5/16 3/8 X 1 1/2 1130
1.29
5/8 3 1/8
4 3/4
9/16 2 3/16 3/8 X 1 1/2 1810
1.28
3/4 3 11/16 6 1/4
7 3/4 11/16 2 11/16
1/2 X 2
2710
1.96
7/8 3 3/4
8 1/4 13/16 2 1/2
1/2 X 2
3770
2.82
6 3/8
Page 112
Page 111
FIG. 500
SIDE BEAM BRACKET
FIG. 469
PADDLE EYE ROD
APPLICATION: Paddle Eye Rods are designed for service where
extreme loading is required and are ideally suited for use with our
large Variable or Constant Effort Spring hangers.
CONSTRUCTION: Paddle Eye Rods are available in diameters of 1
1/2 through 5, and are fabricated from SA-36 plate and bar stock.
Threads are UNC, class 2 fit, 4 threads per inch for 2 1/2 diameter
and larger. A special bearing may be pressed into the paddle to allow
for universal movement.
Painted.
ORDERING: Specify figure number, rod diameter X Eye Rod length
(center of eye to tip of rod), name, with or without Bearing and finish,
APPLICATION: Side Beam Brackets are used to attach hanger rod

to the side of beams, columns and joists, etc. Side Beam Brackets
are attached to a support structure by bolting or welding.
CONSTRUCTION: Side Beam Brackets are cut from carbon steel
angle with holes centered and punched.
Painted.
other than black.
Rod Dia
(IN)
MAX
LOAD,
LOG
SCREW,
LBS
MAX
LOAD,
BOLT TO
STEEL,
LBS
3/8
390
For Pipe
Sizes
A (IN)
B (IN)
C (IN)
D (IN)
E (IN)
G (IN)
HOLES
(IN)
WT EA
580
3/4" to 2"
7/8
1 3/8
1 7/8
1 1/4
1 1/4
1/4
7/16
0.25
1 3/16
1 7/8
2 3/8
1 5/8
1 1/2
1/4
9/16
0.4
1/2
640
960
2 1/2" to 3
1/2"
3/4
830
2500
6"
1 11/16
2 1/2
3 1/4
2 1/8
3/8
13/16
1.07
7/8
830
3600
8" to 12"
3 3/4
2 1/2
1/2
15/16
1.64
ROD DIA
A (IN)
MAX. REC.
WT/FT
WT EA,
LOAD
ADDITIONMIN , LBS
(LBS.)
AL L
B (IN)
D (IN)
E (IN)
H (IN)
WITH STD.
THREAD L
(MIN.) (IN)
R (IN)
T (IN)
W (IN)
5
1 1/2
11630
10
12
1 7/8
17
2 1/2
3/4
1 3/4
15700
13
6 1/2
12
2 1/4
2 1/8
17
2 1/2
3/4
20700
18
11
7 1/2
12
2 3/4
2 3/8
18
2 3/4
5 1/2
2 1/4
27200
22
14
7 3/4
12
2 5/8
18
2 3/4
5 1/2
2 1/2
33500
27
17
8 1/2
12
3 1/4
2 7/8
19
1 1/2
2 3/4
41580
35.9
20
12
3 3/4
3 1/8
19
1 1/2
3 1/4
60480
54.7
28
11 1/2
12
3 5/8
21
3 1/2
1 1/2
3 1/2
71280
97.3
33
11 1/2
15
4 3/4
3 7/8
24
3 1/2
3 3/4
82890
80
37
12 3/4
15
4 1/8
25
3 3/4
7 1/2
95400
97
43
14 1/4
15
4 3/8
26
4 1/4
8 1/2
4 1/4
109000
127
48
15 1/2
18
5 1/4
4 5/8
30
4 3/4
9 1/2
4 1/2
123000
131
54
14 1/2
18
5 3/4
4 7/8
30
4 1/4
2 1/2
8 1/2
4 3/4
138000
154
60
15 3/4
18
5 3/4
5 1/8
31
4 3/4
2 1/2
9 1/2
154000
175
67
17 1/2
18
6 1/4
5 3/8
32
2 1/2
10

Pipe Hanger

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Pipe Hanger

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

AAA TECHNOLOGY

& SPECIALTIES CO., INC.

AAA TECHNOLOGY & SPECIALTIES CO., INC.

713-849-3366 | www.aaatech.com | info@aaatech.com

AAA Technology & Specialties Co., Inc.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

713-849-3366 | www.aaatech.com | info@aaatech.com

AAA Technology & Specialties Co., Inc.

PLEASE INQUIRE ABOUT THESE OTHER QUALITY

MOLDED POLYURETHANE FOAM

Core Product Categories

EQUAL Variable Spring Hangers

EQUALBALANCE Constant Effort Supports

Hardware Pipe Hangers and Supports

Clevis and Band Hangers

Pipe Clamps 2 and 3 Bolt

Pipe Rollers Supports

Vibration Control Hold Down Clamps

TRI*SLIDE Low Friction Slide Bearings

Corrosion Resistance Products

TRI*WEAR FRP Wear Pads

TRI*COMPOSITE Molded Insulated Supports

TRI*GUARD - Thermoplastic Supports

Terms and Conditions

713-849-3366 | www.aaatech.com | info@aaatech.com

AAA Technology & Specialties Co., Inc.

CORROSION RESISTANCE PRODUCTS

713-849-3366 | www.aaatech.com | info@aaatech.com

Mission, Vision and Values

Pipe Size Thickness Angle

Standard Radius Angles: 30, 60, 90, 120, 180

Custom Radius Angles: 15 to 360 (any radius in this range)

Standard Thickness: Pipe sizes to 22 (1/4)

Pipe sizes 24 to 36 (3/8)

Heavy Duty Thickness: 1/2 to 3/4

Standard Composites: Fiberglass + Vinyl Ester Resin

Fiberglass + Epoxy Resin

Custom Composites: Fiberglass + Polyimide

Aramid + any above resin

CORROSION RESISTANCE PRODUCTS

SIZE RANGES & COMPOSITION

AAA Technology & Specialties Co., Inc.

TO ORDER DESIGNATE AS BELOW:

713-849-3366 | www.aaatech.com | info@aaatech.com

CORE PRODUCT CATEGORIES

EQUAL Spring Hangers, Spring Supports, Sway

EQUALBALANCE Constant Effort Spring Hangers

TRI*FOAM molded rigid polyurethane saddles and

TRI*WOOD solid or laminated wood saddles and supports

AAA Technology & Specialties Co., Inc.

CORROSION RESISTANCE PRODUCTS

TRI*COMPOSITE corrosion resistant urethane pipe supports with fiberglass outer

Light Duty TRI*COMPOSITE Pipe Support

Medium Duty TRI*COMPOSITE Pipe Support

TRI*SLIDE Low Friction Bearings and Supports for cryogenic service

PIPE SHOES (Weld-on, clamp-on, U-bolt-on, non-metallic)

PIPE ROLLERS (Large diameter & high temperature)

Pipe Clamps and Hardware

Vibration Control Restraints (Hold Down Clamps & Wedge Blocks)

713-849-3366 | www.aaatech.com | info@aaatech.com

AAA Technology & Specialties Co., Inc.

CORROSION RESISTANCE PRODUCTS